View original document

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

Occupational
Outlook
Handbook

2010-11
Library Edition

U.S. Department of Labor
Hilda L. Solis, Secretary
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics
Keith Hall, Commissioner
January 2010
Bulletin 2800

Suggested citation: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2010-11
Library Edition, Bulletin 2800. Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC.

U.S. GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
U.S.
GOVERNMENT OFFICIAL EDITION NOTICE
Legal Status and Use of Trademarks, Logos and Seals
The seal of the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS)
Legal
Status this
andpublication
Use of Trademarks,
Logos
Seals
authenticates
as the Official
U.S.and
Government
The
seal of
of Labor Statistics
authenticates
edition
of the
theU.S.
BLSBureau
Occupational
Outlook (BLS)
Handbook,
a nationally
this
publication
as
the
Official
U.S.
Government
edition
of
the
BLSduties,
recognized source of career information describing the job
Occupational
Outlook Handbook,
a nationally recognized
working conditions,
training requirements,
earnings,source
and job
ofprospects
career information
describing
the
job
duties,
working
in a wide variety of occupations.
conditions, training requirements, earnings, and job prospects in a
wide
variety
of occupations.
Under
the provisions
of 15 U.S.C § 1125 and 18 U.S.C. § 709,
the unauthorized use of this seal is prohibited and subject to civil
Under
the provisions
of 15including
U.S.C § 1125
18imprisonment.
U.S.C. § 709, the
and criminal
penalties
finesand
and
unauthorized use of this seal is prohibited and subject to civil and
criminal
penalties including fines and imprisonment.
Use of ISBN
This is the Official U.S. Government edition of this publication
and is herein identified to certify its authenticity. Use of the
978-0-16-084318-1
Use
of ISBN PrefixISBN is for U.S. Government Printing Office
Official
only.Government
The Superintendent
ofpublication
Documents
of
This
is theEditions
Official U.S.
edition of this
and
U.S.identified
Government
Printing
Office requests
any ISBN
reprinted
isthe
herein
to certify
its authenticity.
Use of that
the 0-16
edition
be
labeled
clearly
as
a
copy
of
the
authentic
work
prefix is for U.S. Government Printing Office Official Editions with a
new The
ISBN.
only.
Superintendent of Documents of the U.S. Government
Printing Office requests that any reprinted edition be labeled
clearly as a copy of the authentic work with a new ISBN.

Suggested citation: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2006-07
Library Edition, Bulletin 2600. Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 2006.

78588-7

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area (202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2104 Mail: Stop IDCC, Washington, DC 20402-0001
I S B N 978-0-16-084318-1

5887

Guide to the Handbook
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

The job outlook between 2008 and 2018 is discussed in Overview of the
2008-2018 Projections, page 1.
Additional sources of information on careers and State occupational employment
projections are described in Sources of Career Informa­tion, page 12.
Additional sources of information are described in Sources of Education,
Training, and Financial Aid, page 17.
Job search methods and tips on applying for a job and evaluating a job offer
are discussed in Finding and Applying for Jobs and Evaluating Offers,
page 20.
Highlights and an explanation of information presented in the Handbook, how
the information was acquired, and hints on how to interpret this information,
appear in Occu­pational Information Included in the Hand­book, page 25.
Brief descriptions of the nature of the work, the number of jobs in 2008,
the projected employment change over the 2008-18 period, and the most
significant source of postsecondary education or training, are presented in
Data for Occupations Not Covered in Detail, page 823.
The assumptions and methods underlying BLS projections are described in
Assumptions and Methods Used in Preparing Employment Projections,
page 834.
O*NET titles and codes that are related to Handbook occupations are listed in
Occupational Information Network (O*NET  ) Coverage, page 836.
An alphabetical list of of occupations found in the Handbook is presented in
the Index, page 847.
A description of BLS employ­ment outlook information on the Internet appears
at the end of the Handbook.
Information about a publication closely related to the Handbook—
Occupational Outlook Quarterly —appears on the inside back cover.

Acknowledgments
The Bureau of Labor Statistics produced the Handbook under the general guidance and direction of Dixie Sommers, Associate Commissioner for Occupational
Statistics and Employment Projections, and Kristina J. Bartsch, Chief, Division
of Occupational Outlook, Office of Occupational Statistics and Employment Projections. Chester C. Levine and Roger J. Moncarz, Managers of Occupational
Outlook Studies, provided planning and day-to-day direction.
Supervisors overseeing the research and preparation of material were Douglas Braddock, Arlene Dohm, Teresa L. Morisi, Henry T. Kasper, Sheryl Konigsberg, Terry Schau, and Michael Wolf. Occupational analysts who contributed
material were Phillip C. Bastian, Adam Bibler, Diana Gehlhaus Carew, Lauren
Csorny, Tamara Dillon, Tom DiVincenzo, Jonathan Kelinson, Bradley Kunz, William Lawhorn, Kevin M. McCarron, Colleen D. Teixeira Moffat, Alice Ramey,
Mike Rieley, Brian Roberts, Patricia Tate, Dalton B. Terrell, Benjamin Wright,
and Ian Wyatt.
Editorial work was provided by Kathleen Green, Drew Liming, John Mullins, and Elka Maria Torpey, Office of Occupational Statistics and Employment
Projections. Editorial work also was provided by Brian Baker, Edith Baker, Monica Gabor, Casey Homan, Lawrence H. Leith, and Maureen Soyars, Office of
Publications and Special Studies, and Eugene Becker and Richard M. Devens,
formerly with BLS, all under the supervision of William Parks II, Division Chief,
BLS Publishing, and Leslie Brown Joyner, Branch Chief, Editorial Services.
Technical and computer programming support was provided by T. Alan Lacey,
C. Brett Lockard, Erik A. Savisaar, and D. Terkanian, under the supervision of
Eric Figueroa. Ryan Buffkin and Megan Sweitzer also provided technical support. The cover and other art were designed by Keith Tapscott. Drew Liming also
contributed art.
Photographs were provided by the Department of Labor Photographic Services. The Bureau of Labor Statistics also wishes to express its appreciation for
the cooperation and assistance of the many organizations and individuals who
either contributed photographs or made their facilities available to photographers
working for or under contract to the Department of Labor. Situations portrayed
in the photographs may not be free of every possible safety or health hazard.
Depiction of company or trade name in no way constitutes endorsement by the
Department of Labor.

Dedication
This edition of the Occupational Outlook Handbook is dedicated to the memory
of Michael J. Pilot, who retired in 2005 after 42 years of Federal Government
service. Mike’s leadership significantly contributed to the quality of many editions of the Handbook.

iii

Note
Many trade associations, professional societies, unions, industrial organizations, and government agencies provide career information that is valuable to
counselors and jobseekers. For the convenience of Handbook users, some of
these organizations and, in some cases, their Internet addresses are listed at the
end of each occupational statement. Although these references were carefully
compiled, the Bureau of Labor Statistics has neither authority nor facilities for
investigating the organizations or the information or publications that may be
sent in response to a request and cannot guarantee the accuracy of such information. The listing of an organization, therefore, does not constitute in any
way an endorsement or recommendation by the Bureau either of the organization and its activities or of the information it may supply. Each organization
has sole responsibility for whatever information it may issue.
The Handbook describes the job outlook over a projected 10-year period
for occupations across the Nation; consequently, short-term labor market fluctuations and regional differences in job outlook generally are not discussed.
Similarly, the Handbook provides a general, composite description of jobs
and cannot be expected to reflect work situations in specific establishments
or localities. The Handbook, therefore, is not intended and should never be
used for any legal purpose. For example, the Handbook should not be used as
a guide for determining wages, hours of work, the right of a particular union
to represent workers, appropriate bargaining units, or formal job evaluation
systems. Nor should earnings data in the Handbook be used to compute future
loss of earnings in adjudication proceedings involving work injuries or accidental deaths.
Material in this publication is in the public domain and, with appropriate
credit, may be reproduced without permission. Comments about the contents
of this publication and suggestions for improving it are welcome. Please
­address them to Chief, Division of Occupational Outlook, Office of Occupational Statistics and Employment Projections, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
U.S. Department of Labor, 2 Massachusetts Ave. NE., Room 2135, Washington, DC 20212. Phone: (202) 691-5700. FAX: (202) 691-5745. E-mail:
oohinfo@bls.gov. Additional information is available on the Internet: http://
www.bls.gov/oco. Information in the Handbook is available to sensory impaired individuals upon request. Voice telephone: (202) 691-5200; Federal
Relay Service: (800) 877-8339.

iv

Contents
Insurance underwriters.......................................................... 106
Loan officers......................................................................... 109
Management analysts............................................................ 111
Meeting and convention planners......................................... 115
Personal financial advisors.................................................... 118
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents..................... 121

Special Features
Overview of the 2008-2018 Projections........................ 1
Sources of Career Information .................................. 12
Sources of Education, Training,
and Financial Aid . ................................................... 17
Finding and Applying for Jobs
and Evaluating Offers ............................................. 20
Occupational Information Included
in the Handbook ....................................................... 25
Data for Occupations Not Covered
in Detail . ................................................................. 823
Assumptions and Methods Used
in Preparing Employment Projections ................ 834
Occupational Information Network Coverage ......... 836
Index . ......................................................................... 847

Professional and related occupations
Computer and mathematical occupations
Actuaries............................................................................... 125
Computer network, systems, and database
administrators.................................................................... 128
Computer scientists............................................................... 132
Computer software engineers and
computer programmers..................................................... 134
Computer support specialists................................................ 138
Computer systems analysts................................................... 140
Mathematicians..................................................................... 143
Operations research analysts................................................. 145
Statisticians........................................................................... 148

Occupational Coverage

Architects, surveyors, and cartographers
Architects, except landscape and naval................................. 151
Landscape architects............................................................. 154
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists,
and surveying and mapping technicians............................ 157

Management, business, and financial occupations
Management occupations
Administrative services managers.......................................... 29
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public
relations, and sales managers.............................................. 32
Computer and information systems managers........................ 35
Construction managers............................................................ 38
Education administrators........................................................ 41
Engineering and natural sciences managers........................... 46
Farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers........................ 48
Financial managers................................................................. 52
Food service managers............................................................ 55
Funeral directors..................................................................... 58
Human resources, training, and labor relations
managers and specialists..................................................... 61
Industrial production managers............................................... 67
Lodging managers................................................................... 70
Medical and health services managers.................................... 73
Property, real estate, and community
association managers........................................................... 76
Purchasing managers, buyers, and
purchasing agents................................................................ 79
Top executives......................................................................... 83

Engineers ............................................................................161
Drafters and engineering technicians
Drafters................................................................................. 170
Engineering technicians........................................................ 173
Life scientists
Agricultural and food scientists............................................ 177
Biological scientists.............................................................. 181
Conservation scientists and foresters.................................... 185
Medical scientists.................................................................. 189
Physical scientists
Atmospheric scientists.......................................................... 192
Chemists and materials scientists.......................................... 195
Environmental scientists and specialists............................... 199
Geoscientists and hydrologists.............................................. 202
Physicists and astronomers................................................... 206
Social scientists and related occupations
Economists . ......................................................................... 209
Market and survey researchers.............................................. 212
Psychologists........................................................................ 215
Urban and regional planners................................................. 220
Sociologists and political scientists...................................... 223
Social scientists, other........................................................... 226

Business and financial operations occupations
Accountants and auditors........................................................ 86
Appraisers and assessors of real estate................................... 90
Budget analysts....................................................................... 93
Claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners,
and investigators................................................................. 96
Cost estimators...................................................................... 100
Financial analysts.................................................................. 103

Science technicians . ...........................................................230
Community and social services occupations
Counselors............................................................................. 234
Health educators .................................................................. 238

v

Probation officers and correctional
treatment specialists.......................................................... 241
Social and human service assistants..................................... 244
Social workers....................................................................... 246

Pharmacists........................................................................... 374
Physical therapists................................................................. 377
Physician assistants............................................................... 379
Physicians and surgeons....................................................... 381
Podiatrists.............................................................................. 385
Radiation therapists............................................................... 387
Recreational therapists.......................................................... 389
Registered nurses.................................................................. 392
Respiratory therapists............................................................ 397
Speech-language pathologists............................................... 399
Veterinarians......................................................................... 402

Legal occupations
Court reporters...................................................................... 250
Judges, magistrates, and other judicial workers.................... 253
Lawyers................................................................................. 257
Paralegals and legal assistants............................................... 261
Education, training, library,
and museum occupations
Archivists, curators, and museum technicians...................... 265
Instructional coordinators..................................................... 268
Librarians.............................................................................. 270
Library technicians and library assistants............................. 273
Teacher assistants.................................................................. 276
Teachers—adult literacy and remedial education................. 279
Teachers—postsecondary..................................................... 282
Teachers—preschool, except special education.................... 286
Teachers—kindergarten, elementary,
middle, and secondary....................................................... 288
Teachers—self-enrichment education................................... 292
Teachers—special education................................................. 294
Teachers—vocational............................................................ 298

Health technologists and technicians
Athletic trainers..................................................................... 405
Cardiovascular technologists and technicians....................... 408
Clinical laboratory technologists and technicians................. 411
Dental hygienists................................................................... 414
Diagnostic medical sonographers......................................... 416
Emergency medical technicians and paramedics.................. 419
Licensed practical and licensed vocational nurses................ 421
Medical records and health information technicians............ 423
Nuclear medicine technologists............................................ 426
Occupational health and safety specialists............................ 428
Occupational health and safety technicians.......................... 431
Opticians, dispensing............................................................ 434
Pharmacy technicians and aides............................................ 436
Radiologic technologists and technicians............................. 438
Surgical technologists........................................................... 441
Veterinary technologists and technicians.............................. 443

Art and design occupations
Artists and related workers................................................... 301
Commercial and industrial designers.................................... 304
Fashion designers.................................................................. 307
Floral designers..................................................................... 310
Graphic designers.................................................................. 312
Interior designers.................................................................. 314

Other professional and related occupations
Epidemiologists.................................................................... 446
Respiratory therapy technicians............................................ 446

Service occupations

Entertainers and performers, sports
and related ­occupations
Actors, producers, and directors........................................... 318
Athletes, coaches, umpires, and related workers.................. 321
Dancers and choreographers................................................. 325
Musicians, singers, and related workers............................... 328

Healthcare support occupations
Dental assistants.................................................................... 447
Home health aides and personal and home care aides.......... 449
Massage therapists................................................................ 452
Medical assistants................................................................. 455
Medical transcriptionists....................................................... 457
Nursing and psychiatric aides............................................... 460
Occupational therapist assistants and aides.......................... 462
Physical therapist assistants and aides.................................. 465

Media and communication-related occupations
Announcers........................................................................... 331
Authors, writers, and editors................................................. 333
Broadcast and sound engineering technicians
and radio operators............................................................ 337
Interpreters and translators.................................................... 340
News analysts, reporters, and correspondents...................... 344
Photographers....................................................................... 347
Public relations specialists.................................................... 350
Technical writers................................................................... 353
Television, video, and motion picture camera
operators and editors......................................................... 356

Protective service occupations
Correctional officers.............................................................. 467
Fire fighters........................................................................... 470
Police and detectives............................................................. 473
Private detectives and investigators....................................... 477
Security guards and gaming surveillance officers................ 481
Food preparation and serving related occupations
Chefs, head cooks, and food preparation and
serving supervisors............................................................ 484
Cooks and food preparation workers.................................... 487
Food and beverage serving and related workers................... 491

Health diagnosing and treating practitioners
Audiologists.......................................................................... 358
Chiropractors......................................................................... 360
Dentists................................................................................. 363
Dietitians and nutritionists.................................................... 366
Occupational therapists......................................................... 369
Optometrists.......................................................................... 371

Building and grounds cleaning and
maintenance occupations
Building cleaning workers.................................................... 495

vi

Grounds maintenance workers.............................................. 498
Pest control workers.............................................................. 501

Communications equipment operators................................. 588
Computer operators............................................................... 589
Credit authorizers, checkers, and clerks............................... 589
Data entry and information processing workers................... 590
Dispatchers, except police, fire, and ambulance................... 590
Eligibility interviewers, government programs..................... 591
File clerks.............................................................................. 591
Hotel, motel, and resort desk clerks...................................... 592
Human resources assistants, except payroll
and timekeeping................................................................ 592
Interviewers, except eligibility and loan............................... 593
Loan interviewers and clerks................................................ 593
Meter readers, utilities.......................................................... 594
Office and administrative support worker
supervisors and managers.................................................. 594
Order clerks........................................................................... 595
Payroll and timekeeping clerks............................................. 595
Police, fire, and ambulance dispatchers................................ 595
Postal Service clerks............................................................. 596
Postal Service mail sorters, processers, and
processing ­machine operators........................................... 596
Procurement clerks................................................................ 597
Production, planning, and expediting clerks......................... 597
Reservation and transportation ticket agents
and travel clerks................................................................. 598
Stock clerks and order fillers................................................. 598
Tellers.................................................................................... 599
Weighers, measurers, checkers,
and samplers, recordkeeping............................................. 599

Personal care and service occupations
Animal care and service workers.......................................... 504
Barbers, cosmetologists, and other personal
appearance workers........................................................... 507
Child care workers................................................................ 510
Fitness workers..................................................................... 513
Flight attendants.................................................................... 517
Gaming services occupations................................................ 520
Recreation workers............................................................... 522
Other service occupations
Fire inspectors and investigators........................................... 525
Makeup artists, theatrical and performance.......................... 526

Sales and related occupations
Advertising sales agents........................................................ 527
Cashiers................................................................................. 530
Demonstrators and product promoters.................................. 532
Insurance sales agents........................................................... 534
Models................................................................................... 537
Real estate brokers and sales agents..................................... 540
Retail salespersons................................................................ 543
Sales engineers...................................................................... 545
Sales representatives, wholesale and manufacturing............ 547
Sales worker supervisors....................................................... 551
Securities, commodities, and financial
services sales agents.......................................................... 553
Travel agents......................................................................... 557

Farming, fishing, and forestry occupations

Other sales and related occupations
Counter and rental clerks...................................................... 560

Fishers and fishing vessel operators...................................... 601
Forest and conservation workers........................................... 604
Logging workers................................................................... 606
Agricultural workers, other................................................... 609

Office and administrative support occupations
Financial clerks
Bill and account collectors.................................................... 561
Bookkeeping, accounting, and auditing clerks..................... 563
Gaming cage workers........................................................... 565

Other farming, fishing, and forestry occupations
Agricultural inspectors.......................................................... 612
Graders and sorters, agricultural products............................ 612

Information and record clerks
Customer service representatives.......................................... 567
Receptionists and information clerks.................................... 570

Construction trades and related workers
Boilermakers......................................................................... 613
Brickmasons, blockmasons, and stonemasons...................... 615
Carpenters............................................................................. 618
Carpet, floor, and tile installers and finishers........................ 621
Cement masons, concrete finishers, segmental
pavers, and ­terrazzo workers............................................. 625
Construction and building inspectors.................................... 628
Construction equipment operators........................................ 632
Construction laborers............................................................ 635
Drywall and ceiling tile installers, tapers,
plasterers, and ­stucco masons............................................ 638
Electricians............................................................................ 641
Elevator installers and repairers............................................ 644
Glaziers................................................................................. 647
Hazardous materials removal workers.................................. 650
Insulation workers................................................................. 653
Painters and paperhangers..................................................... 656
Plumbers, pipelayers, pipefitters, and steamfitters................ 659

Material recording, scheduling, dispatching,
and ­distributing occupations
Cargo and freight agents....................................................... 572
Couriers and messengers....................................................... 573
Postal Service mail carriers................................................... 575
Shipping, receiving, and traffic clerks.................................. 577
Miscellaneous office and administrative
support ­occupations
Desktop publishers................................................................ 579
Office clerks, general............................................................ 581
Secretaries and administrative assistants.............................. 583
Other office and administrative
support occupations
Billing and posting clerks and machine operators................ 587
Brokerage clerks................................................................... 588

vii

Roofers.................................................................................. 662
Sheet metal workers.............................................................. 665
Structural and reinforcing iron and metal workers............... 668

Computer control programmers and operators..................... 731
Machine setters, operators, and tenders—
metal and plastic................................................................ 734
Machinists............................................................................. 737
Tool and die makers.............................................................. 740
Welding, soldering, and brazing workers.............................. 743

Installation, maintenance, and repair occupations
Electrical and electronic equipment mechanics,
installers, and repairers
Computer, automated teller, and office
machine repairers.............................................................. 672
Electrical and electronics installers and repairers................. 675
Electronic home entertainment equipment
installers and ­repairers....................................................... 678
Radio and telecommunications equipment
installers and ­repairers....................................................... 680

Printing occupations
Bookbinders and bindery workers........................................ 746
Prepress technicians and workers......................................... 748
Printing machine operators................................................... 750
Textile, apparel, and furnishings occupations ................. 753
Woodworkers . .................................................................... 757
Plant and system operators
Power plant operators, distributors, and dispatchers............. 760
Stationary engineers and boiler operators............................. 763
Water and liquid waste treatment plant and
system operators................................................................ 765

Vehicle and mobile equipment mechanics,
installers, and repairers
Aircraft and avionics equipment mechanics
and service ­technicians...................................................... 684
Automotive body and related repairers................................. 687
Automotive service technicians and mechanics.................... 690
Diesel service technicians and mechanics............................ 694
Heavy vehicle and mobile equipment service
technicians and mechanics................................................ 697
Small engine mechanics........................................................ 700

Miscellaneous production occupations
Inspectors, testers, sorters, samplers, and weighers.............. 768
Jewelers and precious stone and metal workers.................... 770
Medical, dental, and ophthalmic
laboratory technicians....................................................... 774
Painting and coating workers, except construction
and maintenance................................................................ 778
Semiconductor processors.................................................... 780

Miscellaneous installation, maintenance,
and repair occupations
Heating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration
mechanics and installers.................................................... 703
Home appliance repairers..................................................... 707
Industrial machinery mechanics and millwrights................. 709
Line installers and repairers.................................................. 713
Maintenance and repair workers, general............................. 716
Medical equipment repairers................................................. 718

Other production occupations
Photographic process workers and processing
machine operators............................................................. 782

Transportation and material moving occupations
Air transportation occupations
Air traffic controllers............................................................. 784
Aircraft pilots and flight engineers....................................... 787

Other installation, maintenance,
and repair occupations
Camera and photographic equipment repairers.................... 720
Coin, vending, and amusement machine servicers
and repairers...................................................................... 720
Musical instrument repairers and tuners............................... 721
Watch repairers..................................................................... 721

Motor vehicle operators
Bus drivers............................................................................ 791
Taxi drivers and chauffeurs................................................... 794
Truck drivers and driver/sales workers................................. 797

Production occupations

Rail transportation occupations........................................ 801

Assemblers and fabricators .............................................. 723

Water transportation occupations . .................................. 805

Food processing occupations . ........................................... 726

Material moving occupations . .......................................... 809

Metal workers and plastic workers

Job Opportunities in the Armed Forces . ................813

viii

Additional Information About the 2008–18 Projections
Readers interested in more information about the projections; about the
methods and assumptions that underlie them; or about details on economic growth, the labor force, or industry and occupational employment,
should consult the November 2009 Monthly Labor Review, or the Winter
2009–10 Occupational Outlook Quarterly.
More information about employment change, job openings, earnings,
and training requirements by occupation is available on the Bureau’s Employment Projections homepage at http://www.bls.gov/emp. The Career
Guide to Industries, which presents occupational information from an
industry perspective, is also accessible.

x

Overview of the 2008–2018
Projections
Job openings result from the relationship between the population, labor force, and demand for goods and services. The population restricts the size of the labor force, which consists of
working individuals and those looking for work. The size and
productivity of the labor force limits the quantity of goods and
services that can be produced. In addition, changes in the demand for goods and services influence which industries expand
or contract. Industries respond by hiring the workers necessary
to produce goods and provide services. However, improvements
to technology and productivity, changes in which occupations
perform certain tasks, and changes to the supply of workers all
affect which occupations will be employed by those industries.
Examining past and present changes to these relationships in order to project future shifts is the foundation of the Employment
Projections Program. This chapter presents highlights of population, labor force, and occupational and industry employment
projections for 2008−2018. Sources of additional information
about the projections appear on the preceding page.

Population

Chart 1. Numeric change in the population and labor force
Labor force
Increase
(millions)

30

Civilian noninstitutional
population

28.6

25.1

25
20.6

20
16.0

16.6

15

12.6

10

5

Shifts in the size and composition of the population can create a number of changes to the U.S. economy. Most importantly, population trends produce corresponding changes in
the size and composition of the labor force. The U.S. civilian noninstitutional population, including individuals aged
16 and older, is expected to increase by 25.1 million from
2008 to 2018 (chart 1). The projected 2008–18 growth rate of
10.7 percent is less than the 11.2-percent growth rate for the
1988–98 period and the 13.9-percent rate for the 1998–2008
period. As in the past few decades, population growth will
vary by age group, race, and ethnicity.
As the baby boomers continue to age, the 55 and older age
group is projected to increase by 29.7 percent, more than any
other age group. Meanwhile, the 45 to 54 age group is expected
to decrease by 4.4 percent, reflecting the slower birth rate following the baby-boom generation. The 35 to 44 age group is
anticipated to experience little change, with a growth rate of
0.2 percent, while the population aged 16 to 24 will grow 3.4
percent over the projection period. Minorities and immigrants
are expected to constitute a larger share of the U.S. population
in 2018. The numbers of Asians and people of Hispanic origin
are projected to continue to grow much faster than other racial
and ethnic groups.

all other groups will increase their share (chart 2). Among ethnic groups, persons of Hispanic origin are projected to increase
their share of the labor force from 14.3 percent to 17.6 percent,
reflecting 33.1 percent growth.
The number of women in the labor force will grow at a slightly
faster rate than the number of men. The male labor force is projected to grow by 7.5 percent from 2008 to 2018, compared with
9.0 percent for the female labor force.
The share of the youth labor force, workers aged 16 to 24, is
expected to decrease from 14.3 percent in 2008 to 12.7 percent
by 2018. The primary working-age group, those between 25
and 54 years old, is projected to decline from 67.7 percent of
the labor force in 2008 to 63.5 percent by 2018. Workers aged
55 years and older, by contrast, are anticipated to leap from
18.1 percent to 23.9 percent of the labor force during the same
period (chart 3).

Labor force

Employment

Population is the single most important factor in determining
the size and composition of the labor force. The civilian labor
force is projected to reach 166.9 million by 2018, which is an
increase of 8.2 percent.
The U.S. workforce is expected to become more diverse by
2018. Among racial groups, Whites are expected to make up a
decreasing share of the labor force, while Blacks, Asians, and

Total employment is expected to increase by 10 percent from
2008 to 2018. However, the 15.3 million jobs expected to be
added by 2018 will not be evenly distributed across major industry and occupational groups. Changes in consumer demand,
improvements in technology, and many other factors will contribute to the continually changing employment structure of the
U.S. economy.

0

1988–98

1998–2008

2008–18
(projected)

Period

1

2 Occupational Outlook Handbook
Chart 2. Percent of labor force, by race and ethnic origin

Percent
of
labor force
100

2008
2018 (projected)

85.7
81.4

80

82.4

79.4

Employment change by industry

60

40

17.6

20

14.3

11.5 12.1
4.7 5.6

0

White

The next two sections examine projected employment change
within industries and occupations. The industry perspective is
discussed in terms of wage and salary employment. The exception is employment in agriculture, which includes the selfemployed and unpaid family workers in addition to wage and
salary workers. The occupational profile is viewed in terms of
total employment—including wage and salary, self-employed,
and unpaid family workers.

Black

Asian

2.4 2.9

All other Other than Hispanic
race
Hispanic
origin
groups
origin

Race and ethnic origin
NOTE: The four race groups add to the total labor force. The two ethnic origin
groups also add to the total labor force. Hispanics may be of any race.

Chart 3. Percent of labor force, by age group

Goods-producing industries. Employment in goods-producing
industries has declined since the 1990s. Although overall employment is expected to change little, projected growth among
goods-producing industries varies considerably (chart 4).
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction. Employment
in mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction is expected to
decrease by 14 percent by 2018. Employment in support activities for mining will be responsible for most of the job loss in
this industry with a decline of 23 percent. Other mining industries, such as nonmetallic mineral mining and quarrying and
coal mining, are expected to see little or no change or a small
increase in employment. Employment stagnation in these industries is attributable mainly to strict environmental regulations and technology gains that boost worker productivity.
Construction. Employment in construction is expected to
rise 19 percent. Demand for commercial construction and an
increase in road, bridge, and tunnel construction will account
for the bulk of job growth.
Manufacturing. Overall employment in this sector will decline by 9 percent as productivity gains, automation, and international competition adversely affect employment in most
manufacturing industries. Employment in household appliance
manufacturing is expected to decline by 24 percent over the
decade. Similarly, employment in machinery manufacturing,
apparel manufacturing, and computer and electronic product

2008

Percent
of
labor force

2018 (Projected)

25
21.6

22.1

23.9

23.3

22.7
20.8

Chart 4. Numeric change in wage and salary employment in
goods-producing industries, 2008–18 (projected)

20.6

20

Construction

18.1

15

1,337

14.3

Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting

-17

12.7

10
Mining, quarrying, and oil and gas extraction

-104

5
Manufacturing

-1,206

0

16 to 24

25 to 34

35 to 44
Age group

45 to 54

55 years
and older

-1,200

-600

0
Thousands of jobs

600

1,200

Overview of the 2008–2018 Projections 3

manufacturing will decline as well. However, employment in
a few manufacturing industries will increase. For example, employment in pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing is expected to grow by 6 percent by 2018; however, this increase is
expected to add only 17,600 new jobs.
Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting. Overall employment in agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting is expected to
decrease by 1 percent. Employment is projected to continue to
decline because of rising costs of production, increasing consolidation, and more imports of food and lumber. Within this
sector, the only industry that is expected to add jobs is support
activities for agriculture and forestry, which includes farm labor contractors and farm management services. This industry
is anticipated to grow by 13 percent, but this corresponds to an
increase of only 13,800 new jobs.
Service-providing industries. The shift in the U.S. economy
away from goods-producing in favor of service-providing is
expected to continue. Service-providing industries are anticipated to generate approximately 14.5 million new wage and
salary jobs. As with goods-producing industries, growth among
service-providing industries will vary (chart 5).
Utilities. Employment in utilities is projected to decrease
by 11 percent through 2018. Despite increased output, employment in electric power generation, transmission, and distribution and in natural gas distribution is expected to decline
because of improved technology that will increase worker
productivity. However, employment in the water, sewage, and
other systems industry is anticipated to increase 13 percent by
2018. As the population continues to grow, more water treatment facilities are being built. Further, changing Federal and
State Government water quality regulations may require more
workers to ensure that water is safe to drink and to release into
the environment.
Chart 5. Numeric change in wage and salary employment in
service-providing industries, 2008–18 (projected)

Healthcare and social assistance

4,017

Professional, scientific, and technical services

2,657

Educational services

1,683

Administrative and support and waste
management and remediation services

1,431

Accommodation and food services

838

Government

788

Other services (except government)

704

Retail trade

654

Transportation and warehousing

446

Finance and insurance

322

Arts, entertainment, and recreation

304

Wholesale trade

256

Real estate and rental and leasing

236

Information

118

Management of companies and enterprises

102

Utilities

-59

-1000
,

0

1,000

Thousands of jobs

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

Wholesale trade. The number of workers in wholesale trade
is expected to increase by 4 percent, adding about 255,900 jobs.
The consolidation of wholesale trade firms into fewer and larger
companies will contribute to slower-than-average employment
growth in the industry.
Retail trade. Employment in retail trade is expected to increase by 4 percent. Despite slower-than-average growth, this
industry is projected to add about 654,000 new jobs over the
2008–18 period. Slower job growth reflects both continued
consolidation and slower growth in personal consumption than
in the previous decade.
Transportation and warehousing. Employment in transportation and warehousing is expected to increase by 10 percent,
adding about 445,500 jobs to the industry total. Truck transportation is anticipated to grow by 10 percent, and the warehousing
and storage sector is projected to grow by 12 percent. Demand
for truck transportation and warehousing services will expand
as many manufacturers concentrate on their core competencies and contract out their product transportation and storage
­functions.
Information. Employment in the information sector is expected to increase by 4 percent, adding 118,100 jobs by 2018.
The sector contains fast-growing computer-related industries.
The data-processing, hosting, and related services industry,
which is expected to grow by 53 percent, includes establishments that provide Web and application hosting and streaming services. Internet publishing and broadcasting is expected
to grow rapidly as it gains market share from newspapers and
other more traditional media. Software publishing is projected
to grow by 30 percent as organizations of all types continue to
adopt the newest software products.
The information sector also includes the telecommunications
industry, whose employment is projected to decline 9 percent.
Despite an increase in demand for telecommunications services, more reliable networks along with consolidation among
organizations will lead to productivity gains, reducing the need
for workers. In addition, employment in the publishing industry is expected to decline by 5 percent, which is the result of
increased efficiency in production, declining newspaper revenues, and a trend towards using more freelance workers.
Finance and insurance. The finance and insurance industry is expected to increase by 5 percent from 2008 to 2018.
Employment in the securities, commodity contracts, and other
financial investments and related activities industry is projected
to expand 12 percent by 2018, which reflects the number of
baby boomers in their peak savings years, the growth of taxfavorable retirement plans, and the globalization of securities
markets. Employment in the credit intermediation and related
activities industry, which includes banks, will grow by about
5 percent, adding 42 percent of all new jobs within the finance
and insurance sector. Employment in the insurance carriers and
related activities industry is expected to grow by 3 percent,
translating into 67,600 new jobs by 2018. The number of jobs
in the agencies, brokerages, and other insurance-related activities industry is expected to grow by 14 percent. Growth will
stem from both the needs of an increasing population and new
insurance products on the market.

4 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Real estate and rental and leasing. The real estate and rental
and leasing industry is expected to grow by 11 percent through
2018. Growth will be due, in part, to increased demand for
housing as the population expands. The fastest growing industry in the real estate and rental and leasing services sector will
be lessors of nonfinancial intangible assets (except copyrighted
works), increasing by 34 percent over the projection period.
Professional, scientific, and techncal services. Employment
in professional, scientific, and technical services is projected
to grow by 34 percent, adding about 2.7 million new jobs by
2018. Employment in computer systems design and related
services is expected to increase by 45 percent, accounting for
nearly one-fourth of all new jobs in this industry sector. Employment growth will be driven by growing demand for the
design and integration of sophisticated networks and Internet
and intranet sites. Employment in management, scientific, and
technical consulting services is anticipated to expand at a staggering 83 percent, making up about 31 percent of job growth in
this sector. Demand for these services will be spurred by businesses’ continued need for advice on planning and logistics,
the implementation of new technologies, and compliance with
workplace safety, environmental, and employment regulations.
Management of companies and enterprises. Management
of companies and enterprises is projected to grow relatively
slowly, by 5 percent, as companies focus on reorganization to
increase efficiency.
Administrative and support and waste management and
­remediation services. Employment in this sector is expected to
grow by 18 percent by 2018. The largest growth will occur in employment services, an industry that is anticipated to account for
42 percent of all new jobs in the administrative and support and
waste management and remediation services sector. The employment services industry ranks fifth among industries with the most
new employment opportunities in the Nation over the 2008–18 period and is expected to grow faster than the average for all industries. Projected growth stems from the strong need for seasonal and
temporary workers and for specialized human resources services.
Educational services. Employment in public and private
educational services is anticipated to grow by 12 percent, adding about 1.7 million new jobs through 2018. Rising student
enrollments at all levels of education will create demand for
educational services.
Healthcare and social assistance. About 26 percent of all
new jobs created in the U.S. economy will be in the healthcare and social assistance industry. This industry—which
includes public and private hospitals, nursing and residential care facilities, and individual and family services—is
­expected to grow by 24 percent, or 4 million new jobs. Employment growth will be driven by an aging population and
longer life expectancies.
Arts, entertainment, and recreation. The arts, entertainment,
and recreation industry is expected to grow by 15 percent by
2018. Most of the growth will be in the amusement, gambling,
and recreation sector. Job growth will stem from public participation in arts, entertainment, and recreation activities—reflecting increasing incomes, leisure time, and awareness of the
health benefits of physical fitness.

Accommodation and food services. Employment in accommodation and food services is expected to grow by 7 percent,
adding about 838,200 new jobs through 2018. Job growth will
be concentrated in food services and drinking places, reflecting
an increase in the population and the convenience of many new
food establishments.
Other services (except government and private households).
Employment is expected to grow by 13 percent in other services. Personal care services comprise the fastest growing
industry in this sector, at 32 percent. This industry includes
barbers, salons, and spas, which have experienced growing demand as individuals increasingly are seeking to improve their
personal appearance.
Government. Between 2008 and 2018, government employment, excluding employment in public education and
hospitals, is expected to increase by 7 percent. Growth in
government employment will be fueled by expanding demand for public safety services and assistance provided to
the elderly, but dampened by budgetary constraints and the
outsourcing of government jobs to the private sector. State
and local governments, excluding education and hospitals,
are anticipated to grow by 8 percent as a result of the continued shift of responsibilities from the Federal Government to
State and local governments. Federal Government employment, including the Postal Service, is expected to increase
by 3 percent.

Employment change by occupation
Industry growth or decline will affect demand for occupations.
However, job growth is projected to vary among major occupational groups (chart 6).
Management, business, and financial occupations. ­Workers
in management, business, and financial occupations plan and
direct the activities of business, government, and other organizations. Their employment is expected to increase by 11 percent
by 2018. These workers will be needed to help organizations
navigate the increasingly complex and competitive business
Chart 6. Percent change in total employment, by major
occupational group, 2008–18 (projected)

Professional and related

17

Service

14

Construction and extraction

13

Management, business, and financial

11

Office and administrative support

8

Installation, maintenance, and repair

8

Sales and related

6

Transportation and material moving

4

Farming, fishing, and forestry

-1

Production

-3
-5

0

5
Percent

10

15

20

Overview of the 2008–2018 Projections 5

environment. A large portion of these jobs will arise in the management, scientific, and technical consulting ­industry sector. A
substantial number, in addition, are expected in several other
large or rapidly growing industries, including ­government,
healthcare and social assistance, finance and insurance, and
construction.
Employment in management occupations is projected to
grow slowly over the projection period, increasing by 5 percent,
an addition of 454,300 new jobs. Growth is being affected by
declines in several occupations, including farmers and ranchers. Employment of farmers and ranchers is projected to decline
as the agricultural industry produces more output with fewer
workers.
Employment in business and financial operations occupations is projected to grow by 18 percent, resulting in 1.2 million new jobs. Increasing financial regulations and the need for
greater accountability will drive demand for accountants and
auditors, adding roughly 279,400 jobs to this occupation from
2008 to 2018. Further, an increasingly competitive business environment will grow demand for management analysts, an occupation that is expected to add 178,300 jobs. Together, these
two occupations are anticipated to account for 38 percent of
new business and financial operations jobs.
Professional and related occupations. This occupational
group, which includes a wide variety of skilled professions, is
expected to be the fastest growing major occupational group, at
17 percent, and is projected to add the most new jobs—about
5.2 million.
Employment among healthcare practitioners and technical
occupations, a subgroup of the professional and related category, is expected to increase by 21 percent. This growth, resulting in a projected 1.6 million new jobs, will be driven by
increasing demand for healthcare services. As the number of
older people continues to grow, and as new developments allow
for the treatment of more medical conditions, more healthcare
professionals will be needed.
Education, training, and library occupations are anticipated
to add more than 1.3 million jobs, representing a growth rate of
more than 14 percent. As the U.S. population increases, and as
a larger share of adults seeks educational services, demand for
these workers will increase.
Computer and mathematical science occupations are projected to add almost 785,700 new jobs from 2008 to 2018. As a
group, these occupations are expected to grow more than twice
as fast as the average for all occupations in the economy. Demand for workers in computer and mathematical occupations
will be driven by the continuing need for businesses, government agencies, and other organizations to adopt and utilize the
latest technologies.
Employment in community and social services occupations
is projected to increase by 16 percent, growing by roughly
448,400 jobs. As health insurance providers increasingly cover
mental and behavioral health treatment, and as a growing number of elderly individuals seek social services, demand for these
workers will increase.
Employment in arts, design, entertainment, sports, and media occupations is expected to grow by 12 percent from 2008
to 2018, resulting in almost 332,600 new jobs. Growth will be

spread broadly across different occupations within the group.
Media and communications occupations will add a substantial
number of jobs, led by rapid growth among public relations
specialists, who will be needed in greater numbers as firms
place a greater emphasis on managing their public image.
­Employment among entertainers and performers and those in
sports and related occupations also will increase, partly as a
result of increasing demand for coaches and scouts. Furthermore, art and design occupations will see substantial growth,
with demand increasing for graphic and interior designers. As
more advertising is conducted over the Internet, a medium
that generally includes many graphics, and as businesses and
households increasingly seek professional design services, a
greater number of these workers will be needed.
Employment in life, physical, and social science occupations
is projected to increase by nearly 277,200 jobs over the 2008–18
projection period. This increase represents a growth rate of 19
percent, almost twice the average for all occupations across the
economy. About 116,700 of these jobs are expected to be created among social science and related occupations, led by strong
growth among market and survey researchers, as businesses
increase their marketing efforts in order to remain competitive
and as public policy firms and government agencies utilize more
public opinion research. Employment in life science occupations, in addition, will increase rapidly as developments from
biotechnology research continue to be used to create new medical technologies, treatments, and pharmaceuticals.
Architecture and engineering occupations are projected to
add roughly 270,600 jobs, representing a growth rate of 10
percent. Much of this growth will occur among engineering
occupations, especially civil engineers. As greater emphasis is
placed on improving the Nation’s infrastructure, these specialists will be needed to design, implement, or upgrade municipal
transportation, water supply, and pollution control systems.
Legal occupations will add the fewest new jobs among all professional and related subgroups, increasing by about 188,400.
However, with a growth rate of 15 percent, this group will grow
faster than the average for all occupations in the economy. Of
the new jobs created, lawyers will account for 98,500 while
paralegals and legal assistants will account for 74,100. Paralegals and legal assistants are expected to grow by 28 percent as
legal establishments begin to expand the role of these workers
and assign them more tasks once performed by lawyers.
Service occupations. The duties of service workers range
from fighting fires to cooking meals. Employment in service occupations is projected to increase by 4.1 million, or 14 percent,
which is both the second-largest numerical gain and the secondlargest growth rate among the major occupational groups.
Among service occupation subgroups, the largest number of
new jobs will occur in healthcare support occupations. With
more than 1.1 million new jobs, employment in this subgroup
is expected to increase by 29 percent. Much of the growth will
be the result of increased demand for healthcare services as the
expanding elderly population requires more care.
Employment in personal care and service occupations is
anticipated to grow by 20 percent over the projection period,
adding more than 1 million jobs. As consumers become more
concerned with health, beauty, and fitness, the number of cos-

6 Occupational Outlook Handbook

metic and health spas will increase, causing an increase in demand for workers in this group. However, the personal care
and ­service group contains a wide variety of occupations, and
two of them—personal and home care aides, and child care
workers—will account for most of this group’s new jobs. Personal and home care aides will experience increased demand
as a growing number of elderly individuals require assistance
with daily tasks. Child care workers, in addition, will add jobs
as formal preschool programs, which employ child care workers alongside preschool teachers, become more prevalent.
Employment in food preparation and serving and related
occupations is projected to increase by roughly 1 million jobs
from 2008 to 2018, representing a growth rate of 9 percent.
Growth will stem from time-conscious consumers patronizing
fast-food establishments and full-service restaurants.
Employment in building and grounds cleaning and maintenance occupations is expected to grow by almost 483,900 jobs
over the projection period, representing a growth rate of 8 percent. As businesses place a larger emphasis on grounds aesthetics, and as households increasingly rely on contract workers
to maintain their yards, grounds maintenance workers will see
rapid growth. In addition, more building cleaning workers will
be needed to maintain an increasing number of residential and
commercial structures.
Protective service occupations are expected to gain the fewest new jobs among all service subgroups: about 400,100, or
12-percent growth. These workers protect businesses and other
organizations from crime and vandalism. In addition, there will
be increased demand for law enforcement officers to support
the growing U.S. population.
Sales and related occupations. Sales and related workers solicit goods and services for businesses and consumers. Sales and
related occupations are expected to add 980,400 new jobs by
2018, growing by 6 percent. As organizations offer a wider array
of products and devote an increasing share of their resources to
customer service, many new retail salesworkers will be needed.
Job growth in this group will be spread across a wide variety of
industries, but almost half will occur in retail sales establishments.
Office and administrative support occupations. Office and
administrative support workers perform the day-to-day activities of the office, such as preparing and filing documents, dealing with the public, and distributing information. Employment
in these occupations is expected to grow by 8 percent, adding
1.8 million new jobs by 2018. Customer service representatives are anticipated to add the most new jobs, 399,500, as
businesses put an increased emphasis on building customer
relationships. Other office and administrative support occupations will experience declines as advanced technology
­improves productivity, decreasing the number of workers necessary to perform some duties.
Farming, fishing, and forestry occupations. Farming, fishing, and forestry workers cultivate plants, breed and raise livestock, and catch animals. These occupations are projected to
decline by about 1 percent, losing 9,100 jobs, by 2018. Productivity increases in agriculture will lead to declining employment among agricultural workers, offsetting small gains among
forest, conservation, and logging workers.

Construction and extraction occupations. Construction and
extraction workers build new residential and commercial buildings and also work in mines, quarries, and oil and gas fields.
Employment of these workers is expected to grow 13 percent,
adding about 1 million new jobs. Construction trades and related workers will account for about 808,400 of these jobs.
Growth will result from increased construction of homes, office
buildings, and infrastructure projects. Declines in extraction
occupations will reflect overall employment stagnation in the
mining and oil and gas extraction industries.
Installation, maintenance, and repair occupations. Workers
in installation, maintenance, and repair occupations install new
equipment and maintain and repair older equipment. These
occupations are projected to add 440,200 jobs by 2018, growing by 8 percent. More than 1 in 3 new jobs in this group will
occur in the construction industry, because these workers are
integral to the development of buildings, communication structures, transportation systems, and other types of infrastructure.
As construction on these types of projects increases over the
projection period, installation, maintenance and repair workers
will be needed in greater numbers.
Production occupations. Production workers are employed
mainly in manufacturing, where they assemble goods and operate plants. Production occupations are expected to decline by 3
percent, losing 349,200 jobs by 2018. As productivity improvements reduce the need for workers, and as a growing number
of these jobs are offshored, demand for production workers will
decline. Some jobs will be created in production occupations,
mostly in food processing and woodworking.
Transportation and material moving occupations. Transportation and material moving workers transport people and
materials by land, sea, or air. Employment of these workers is
anticipated to increase by 4 percent, accounting for 391,100
new jobs. As the economy grows over the projection period, and
the demand for goods increases, truck drivers will be needed to
transport those goods to businesses, consumers, and other entities. In addition, a substantial number of jobs will arise among
bus drivers, as well as taxi drivers and chauffeurs, as a growing
number of people utilize public transportation.

Employment change by detailed occupation
Occupational growth can be considered in two ways: by the rate
of growth and by the number of new jobs created by growth.
Some occupations both have a fast growth rate and create a
large number of new jobs. However, an occupation that employs few workers may experience rapid growth, although the
resulting number of new jobs may be small. For example, a
small occupation that employs just 1,000 workers and is projected to grow 50 percent over a 10-year period will add only
500 jobs. By contrast, a large occupation that employs 1.5 million workers may experience only 10 percent growth, but will
add 150,000 jobs. As a result, in order to get a complete picture
of employment growth, both measures must be considered.
Occupations with the fastest growth. Of the 20 fastest growing occupations in the economy (table 1), half are related to
healthcare. Healthcare is experiencing rapid growth, due in
large part to the aging of the baby-boom generation, which will
require more medical care. In addition, some healthcare occupations will be in greater demand for other reasons. As health-

Overview of the 2008–2018 Projections 7

Table 1. Occupations with the fastest growth
Occupations

Percent
change

Number of new
jobs
(in thousands)
11.6
155.8
460.9

Wages
(May 2008
median)
$77,400
71,100
20,460

Biomedical engineers......................................................................................
Network systems and data communications analysts.....................................
Home health aides...........................................................................................

72
53
50

Personal and home care aides.........................................................................

46

375.8

19,180

Financial examiners........................................................................................
Medical scientists, except epidemiologists.....................................................
Physician assistants.........................................................................................
Skin care specialists........................................................................................

41
40
39
38

11.1
44.2
29.2
14.7

70,930
72,590
81,230
28,730

Biochemists and biophysicists........................................................................
Athletic trainers...............................................................................................
Physical therapist aides...................................................................................

37
37
36

8.7
6.0
16.7

82,840
39,640
23,760

Dental hygienists.............................................................................................
Veterinary technologists and technicians........................................................
Dental assistants..............................................................................................

36
36
36

62.9
28.5
105.6

66,570
28,900
32,380

Computer software engineers, applications....................................................
Medical assistants...........................................................................................

34
34

175.1
163.9

85,430
28,300

Physical therapist assistants............................................................................
Veterinarians...................................................................................................

33
33

21.2
19.7

46,140
79,050

Self-enrichment education teachers................................................................

32

81.3

35,720

Compliance officers, except agriculture, construction,
health and safety, and transportation...........................................................

31

80.8

48,890

care costs continue to rise, work is increasingly being delegated
to lower paid workers in order to cut costs. For example, tasks
that were previously performed by doctors, nurses, dentists, or
other healthcare professionals increasingly are being performed
by physician assistants, medical assistants, dental hygienists,
and physical therapist aides. In addition, patients increasingly
are seeking home care as an alternative to costly stays in hospitals or residential care facilities, causing a significant increase
in demand for home health aides. Although not classified as
healthcare workers, personal and home care aides are being affected by this demand for home care as well.
Two of the fastest growing detailed occupations are in the
computer specialist occupational group. Network systems and
data communications analysts are projected to be the secondfastest-growing occupation in the economy. Demand for these
workers will increase as organizations continue to upgrade their
information technology capacity and incorporate the newest
technologies. The growing reliance on wireless networks will
result in a need for more network systems and data communications analysts as well. Computer applications software engineers
also are expected to grow rapidly from 2008 to 2018. Expanding
Internet technologies have spurred demand for these workers,
who can develop Internet, intranet, and Web applications.
Developments from biotechnology research will continue to
be used to create new medical technologies, treatments, and
pharmaceuticals. As a result, demand for medical scientists
and for biochemists and biophysicists will increase. However,

Education/training
category
Bachelor’s degree
Bachelor’s degree
Short-term on-thejob training
Short-term on-thejob training
Bachelor’s degree
Doctoral degree
Master’s degree
Postsecondary
vocational award
Doctoral degree
Bachelor’s degree
Short-term on-thejob training
Associate degree
Associate degree
Moderate-term onthe-job training
Bachelor’s degree
Moderate-term onthe-job training
Associate degree
First professional
degree
Work experience in
a related occupation
Long-term on-thejob training

although employment of biochemists and biophysicists is projected to grow rapidly, this corresponds to only 8,700 new jobs
over the projection period. Increased medical research and demand for new medical technologies also will affect biomedical
engineers. The aging of the population and a growing focus on
health issues will drive demand for better medical devices and
equipment designed by these workers. In fact, biomedical engineers are projected to be the fastest growing occupation in the
economy. However, because of its small size, the occupation is
projected to add only about 11,600 jobs.
Increasing financial regulations will spur employment growth
both of financial examiners and of compliance officers, except
agriculture, construction, health and safety, and transportation.
Self-enrichment teachers and skin care specialists will experience growth as consumers become more concerned with selfimprovement. Self-enrichment teachers are growing rapidly as
more individuals seek additional training to make themselves
more appealing to prospective employers. Skin care specialists
will experience growth as consumers increasingly care about
their personal appearance.
Of the 20 fastest growing occupations, 12 are in the associate degree or higher category. Of the remaining 8, 6 are in
an on-the-job training category, 1 is in the work experience in
a related occupation category, and 1 is in the postsecondary
vocational degree category. Eleven of these occupations earn
at least $10,000 more than the National annual median wage,

8 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Table 2. Occupations with the largest numerical growth
Occupations
Registered nurses....................................................................................

Number of
new jobs
(in thousands)
581.5

Wages
Percent
(May 2008
change
median)
22
$62,450

Home health aides...................................................................................

460.9

50

20,460

Customer service representatives............................................................

399.5

18

29,860

Combined food preparation and serving workers,
including fast food..............................................................................
Personal and home care aides.................................................................

394.3

15

16,430

375.8

46

19,180

Retail salespersons..................................................................................

374.7

8

20,510

Office clerks, general..............................................................................

358.7

12

25,320

Accountants and auditors........................................................................
Nursing aides, orderlies, and attendants.................................................

279.4
276.0

22
19

59,430
23,850

Postsecondary teachers...........................................................................
Construction laborers..............................................................................

256.9
255.9

15
20

58,830
28,520

Elementary school teachers, except special education...........................
Truck drivers, heavy and tractor-trailer...................................................

244.2
232.9

16
13

49,330
37,270

Landscaping and groundskeeping workers.............................................

217.1

18

23,150

Bookkeeping, accounting, and auditing clerks.......................................

212.4

10

32,510

Executive secretaries and administrative assistants................................

204.4

13

40,030

Management analysts..............................................................................

178.3

24

73,570

Computer software engineers, applications............................................
Receptionists and information clerks......................................................

175.1
172.9

34
15

85,430
24,550

Carpenters...............................................................................................

165.4

13

38,940

which was $32,390 as of May 2008. In fact, 9 of the occupations earned at least twice the National median in May 2008.
Occupations with the largest numerical growth. The 20 occupations listed in table 2 are projected to account for more
than one-third of all new jobs—5.8 million combined—over the
2008–18 period. The occupations with the largest numerical increases cover a wider range of occupational categories than do
those occupations with the fastest growth rates. Health occupations will account for some of these increases in employment,
as will occupations in education, sales, and food service. Office
and administrative support services occupations are expected to
grow by 1.3 million jobs, accounting for about one-fifth of the
job growth among the 20 occupations with the largest growth.
Many of the occupations listed in the table are very large and will
create more new jobs than occupations with high growth rates.
Only 3 out of the 20 fastest growing occupations—home health
aides, personal and home care aides, and computer software application engineers—also are projected to be among the 20 occupations with the largest numerical increases in ­employment.
The education or training categories and wages of the occupations with the largest numbers of new jobs are significantly

Education/training category
Associate degree
Short-term on-the-job
training
Moderate-term on-the-job
training
Short-term on-the-job
training
Short-term on-the-job
training
Short-term on-the-job
training
Short-term on-the-job
training
Bachelor’s degree
Postsecondary vocational
award
Doctoral degree
Moderate-term on-the-job
training
Bachelor’s degree
Short-term on-the-job
training
Short-term on-the-job
training
Moderate-term on-the-job
training
Work experience in a
related occupation
Bachelor’s or higher degree, plus work experience
Bachelor’s degree
Short-term on-the-job
training
Long-term on-the-job
training

different than those of the fastest growing occupations. Twelve
of these occupations are in an on-the-job training category, and
just 7 are in a category that indicates any postsecondary education. Ten of the 20 occupations with the largest numbers of new
jobs earned less than the National median wage in May 2008.
Occupations with the fastest decline. Declining ­occupational
employment stems from falling industry employment, technological advances, changes in business practices, and other
factors. For example, technological developments and the continued movement of textile production abroad are expected to
contribute to a decline of 71,500 sewing machine operators
over the projection period (table 3). Fifteen of the 20 occupations with the largest numerical decreases are either production
occupations or office and administrative support occupations,
both of which are adversely affected by increasing plant and
factory automation or the implementation of office technology,
reducing the need for workers in those occupations. The difference between the office and administrative support occupations
that are expected to experience the largest declines and those
which are expected to see the largest increases is the extent to
which job functions can be easily automated or performed by

Overview of the 2008–2018 Projections 9

Table 3. Occupations with the fastest decline
Percent
change

Occupation

Number of
jobs lost
(in thousands)
-7.2

Wages
(May 2008
median)
$23,680

Textile bleaching and dyeing machine operators and tenders...............................

-45

Textile winding, twisting, and drawing out machine setters,
operators, and tenders.......................................................................................
Textile knitting and weaving machine setters, operators, and tenders..................

-41

-14.2

23,970

-39

-11.5

25,400

Shoe machine operators and tenders.....................................................................

-35

-1.7

25,090

Extruding and forming machine setters, operators, and tenders,
synthetic and glass fibers..................................................................................
Sewing machine operators....................................................................................

-34

-4.8

31,160

-34

-71.5

19,870

Semiconductor processors....................................................................................

-32

-10.0

32,230

Textile cutting machine setters, operators, and tenders........................................

-31

-6.0

22,620

Postal Service mail sorters, processors, and processing machine operators.........

-30

-54.5

50,020

Fabric menders, except garment...........................................................................

-30

-0.3

28,470

Wellhead pumpers.................................................................................................

-28

-5.3

37,860

Fabric and apparel patternmakers.........................................................................

-27

-2.2

37,760

Drilling and boring machine tool setters, operators, and tenders,
metal and plastic...............................................................................................
Lathe and turning machine tool setters, operators, and tenders,
metal and plastic...............................................................................................
Order clerks...........................................................................................................

-27

-8.9

30,850

-27

-14.9

32,940

-26

-64.2

27,990

Coil winders, tapers, and finishers........................................................................

-25

-5.6

27,730

Photographic processing machine operators.........................................................

-24

-12.5

20,360

File clerks..............................................................................................................

-23

-49.6

23,800

Derrick operators, oil and gas...............................................................................

-23

-5.8

41,920

Desktop publishers................................................................................................

-23

-5.9

36,600

other workers. For instance, the duties of executive secretaries
and administrative assistants involve a great deal of personal
interaction that cannot be automated, whereas the duties of file
clerks—adding, locating, and removing business records—can
be automated or performed by other workers.
Only 2 of the occupations with the fastest percent decline
are in a category that indicates workers have any postsecondary
education, while the rest are in an on-the-job training category.
Eleven of these occupations earned less than $30,000 in May
2008, below the National median wage of $32,390.

Employment change by education
and training category
In general, occupations in a category with some postsecondary education are expected to experience higher rates of
growth than those in an on-the-job training category. Occupations in the associate degree category are projected to grow

Education/training
category
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Long-term on-thejob training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Postsecondary
vocational award
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Short-term on-thejob training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Long-term on-thejob training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Short-term on-thejob training
Short-term on-thejob training
Short-term on-thejob training
Short-term on-thejob training
Moderate-term
on-the-job training
Postsecondary
vocational award

the fastest, at about 19 percent. In addition, occupations in
the master’s and first professional degree categories are anticipated to grow by about 18 percent each, and occupations
in the bachelor’s and doctoral degree categories are expected
to grow by about 17 percent each. However, occupations in
the on-the-job training categories are expected to grow by
8 percent each (chart 7).

Total job openings
Job openings stem from both employment growth and replacement needs (chart 8). Replacement needs arise as workers leave
occupations. Some transfer to other occupations, while others
retire, return to school, or quit to assume household responsibilities. Replacement needs are projected to account for 67 percent
of the approximately 50.9 million job openings between 2008
and 2018. Thus, even occupations that are projected to experi-

10 Occupational Outlook Handbook
Chart 8. Number of jobs due to growth and replacement needs, by major occupational group,
2008–18 (projected)

Chart 7. Percent change in employment, by education or training
category, 2008–18 (projected)
19

Associate degree
Master's degree

18

First professional degree

18

Bachelor's degree

17

Doctoral degree

17

Professional and related

11,923

Service

11,718

7,255

Office and administrative support
5,713

Sales and related

5,035

Management, business, and financial

13

Postsecondary vocational award

Transportation and material moving

Bachelor's or higher degree, plus
work experience

8

Moderate-term on-the-job training

8

Work experience in a related occupation

8

Short-term on-the-job training

8

Long-term on-the-job training

8

2,857

5

10

1,586

Installation, maintenance, and repair
Farming, fishing, and forestry

15

20

Percent

ence slower-than-average growth or to decline in employment
still may offer many job openings.
Professional and related occupations are projected to have
the largest number of total job openings, 11.9 million, and 56
percent of those will be due to replacement needs. Replacement needs generally are greatest in the largest occupations
and in those with relatively low pay or limited training requirements. As a result, service occupations are projected to
have the greatest number of job openings due to replacements,
about 7.6 ­million.
Office automation will significantly affect many individual office and administrative support occupations. Although
these occupations are projected to grow about as fast as average, some are projected to decline rapidly. Office and administrative support occupations are expected to create 7.3
million total job openings from 2008 to 2018, ranking third
behind professional and related occupations and service
­occupations.
Farming, fishing, and forestry occupations and production occupations should offer job opportunities despite overall ­declines

Replacement needs

2,156

Production

0

Numeric growth

2,396

Construction and extraction

291
0

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

Thousands of jobs

in employment. These occupations will lose 9,100 and 349,200
jobs, respectively, but are expected to provide more than 2.4 million total job openings. Job openings will be due solely to the
replacement needs of a workforce characterized by high levels
of retirement and job turnover.

The analysis underlying BLS employment projections
uses currently available information to focus on long-term
structural changes in the economy. The 2008–18 projections assume a full-employment economy in 2018. The
impact of the recent recession, which began in December
of 2007, on long-term structural changes in the economy
will not be fully known until some point during or after
the recovery. Because the 2008 starting point is a recession
year, the projected growth to an assumed full-employment
economy in 2018 will generally be stronger than if the
starting point were not a recession year.

Overview of the 2008–2018 Projections 11

Classification of occupations by most significant source of education or training
Postsecondary awards
First professional degree. Completion of the degree usually
requires at least 3 years of full-time academic study beyond
a bachelor’s degree. Examples are lawyers; and physicians
and surgeons.
Doctoral degree. Completion of a Ph.D. or other doctoral
degree usually requires at least 3 years of full-time academic
study beyond a bachelor’s degree. Examples are postsecondary teachers; and medical scientists, except epidemiologists.
Master’s degree. Completion of the degree usually requires
1 or 2 years of full-time academic study beyond a bachelor’s
degree. Examples are educational, vocational, and school
counselors; and clergy.
Bachelor’s or higher degree, plus work experience. Most
occupations in this category are management occupations.
All require experience in a related nonmanagement position
for which a bachelor’s or higher degree is usually required.
Examples are general and operations man­agers; and judges,
magistrate judges, and magistrates.
Bachelor’s degree. Completion of the degree generally requires at least 4 years, but not more than 5 years, of full-time
academic study. Examples are accountants and auditors; and
elementary school teachers, except special education.
Associate degree. Completion of the degree usually requires
at least 2 years of full-time academic study. Examples are
paralegals and legal assistants; and medical records and
health information technicians.
Postsecondary vocational award. Some programs last only
a few weeks, others more than a year. Programs lead to a
cer­tificate or other award, but not a degree. Examples are
nursing aides, orderlies, and attendants; and ­hairdressers,
hairstylists, and cosmetologists.
Work-related training
Work experience in a related occupation. Most of the occupations in this category are first-line supervisors or

­ anagers of service, sales and related, production, or other
m
occupations; or are management occupations.
Long-term on-the-job training. Occupations in this category
generally require more than 12 months of on-the-job training or combined work experience and formal classroom instruction for workers to de­velop the skills necessary to be
fully qualified in the occupation. These occupations include
formal and informal apprenticeships that may last up to 5
years. Long-term on-the-job training also includes inten­sive
occupation-specific, employer-sponsored programs that
workers must complete. Among such programs are those
conducted by fire and police academies and by schools for
air traffic controllers and flight attendants. In other occupations—insurance sales and securities sales, for example—
trainees take formal courses, often provided on the jobsite,
to prepare for the required licensing exams. Individuals undergoing training generally are considered to be employed
in the occupation. Also included in this category is the development of a natural ability—such as that possessed by
musicians, athletes, actors, and other entertainers—that
must be cultivated over several years, frequently in a nonwork setting.
Moderate-term on-the-job training. In this category of occupations, the skills needed to be fully qualified in the occupation can be ac­quired during 1 to 12 months of combined
on-the-job experience and informal training. Examples are
truckdrivers, heavy and tractor-trailer; and secretaries, except legal, medical, and executive.
Short-term on-the-job training. In occupations in this category, the skills needed to be fully qualified in the occupation can be acquired during a short demonstration of job
duties or during 1 month or less of on-the-job experience or
instruction. Examples of these occupa­tions are retail salespersons; and waiters and waitresses.

Sources of Career Information
This section identifies some major sources of information on
careers. These sources are meant to be used in addition to those
listed at the end of each Handbook statement, and they may
provide additional information.
How to best use this information. The sources mentioned in
this section offer different types of information. For example,
people you know may provide very specific information because they have knowledge of you, your abilities and interests,
and your qualifications. Other sources, such as those found in
the State Sources below, provide information on occupations in
each State. Gathering information from a wide range of sources
is the best way to determine what occupations may be appropriate for you, and in what geographic regions these occupations
are found. The sources of information discussed in this section
are not exhaustive, and other sources could prove equally valuable in your career search.

Career information
Like any major decision, selecting a career involves a lot of fact
finding. Fortunately, some of the best informational resources
are easily accessible. You should assess career guidance materials carefully. Information that seems out of date or glamorizes an occupation—overstates its earnings or exaggerates the
demand for workers, for example—should be evaluated with
skepticism. Gathering as much information as possible will
help you make a more informed decision.
People you know. One of the best resources can be your friends
and family. They may answer some questions about a particular
occupation or put you in touch with someone who has some
experience in the field. This personal networking can be invaluable in evaluating an occupation or an employer. These people
will be able to tell you about their specific duties and training,
as well as what they did or did not like about a job. People
who have worked in an occupation locally also may be able to
give you a recommendation and get you in touch with specific
employers.
Employers. This is the primary source of information on
specific jobs. Employers may post lists of job openings and
­application requirements, including the exact training and experience required, starting wages and benefits, and advancement
opportunities and career paths.
Informational interviews. People already working in a particular field often are willing to speak with people interested in
joining their field. An informational interview will allow you to
get good information from experts in a specific career without
the pressure of a job interview. These interviews allow you to
determine how a certain career may appeal to you while helping
you build a network of personal contacts.
Professional societies, trade groups, and labor unions. These
groups have information on an occupation or various related
­occupations with which they are associated or which they ac12

tively represent. This information may cover training requirements, earnings, and listings of local employers. These groups
may train members or potential members themselves, or they
may be able to put you in contact with organizations or individuals who perform such training.
Each occupational statement in the Handbook concludes with
a “Sources of Additional Information” section, which lists organizations that may be contacted for more information. Another
valuable source for finding organizations associated with occupations is the Encyclopedia of Associations, an annual publication that lists trade associations, professional societies, labor
unions, and other organizations.
Guidance and career counselors. Counselors can help you
make choices about which careers might suit you best. They
can help you establish what occupations suit your skills by testing your aptitude for various types of work and determining
your strengths and interests. Counselors can help you evaluate
your options and search for a job in your field or help you select
a new field altogether. They can also help you determine which
educational or training institutions best fit your goals, and then
assist you in finding ways to finance them. Some counselors
offer other services such as interview coaching, résumé building, and help in filling out various forms. Counselors in secondary schools and postsecondary institutions may arrange guest
speakers, field trips, or job fairs.
You can find guidance and career counselors at many common
institutions, including:
••
••
••
••
••
••
••

High school guidance offices
College career planning and placement offices
Placement offices in private vocational or technical
schools and institutions
Vocational rehabilitation agencies
Counseling services offered by community organizations
Private counseling agencies and private practices
State employment service offices

When using a private counselor, check to see that the counselor is experienced. One way to do so is to ask people who
have used their services in the past. The National Board of Certified Counselors and Affiliates is an institution which accredits
career counselors. To verify the credentials of a career counselor and to find a career counselor in your area, contact:

hh

National Board for Certified Counselor and Affiliates,
3 Terrace Way, Suite D, Greensboro, NC 27403-3660. Internet:
http://www.nbcc.org/directory/FindCounselors.aspx

Postsecondary institutions. Colleges, universities, and other
postsecondary institutions typically put a lot of effort into helping place their graduates in good jobs, because the success of
their graduates may indicate the quality of their institution and
may affect the institution’s ability to attract new students. Postsecondary institutions commonly have career centers with libraries of information on different careers, listings of related
jobs, and alumni contacts in various professions. Career cen-

Sources of Career Information 13

ters frequently employ career counselors who generally provide their services only to their students and alumni. Career
centers can help you build your résumé, find internships and
co-ops—which can lead to full-time positions—and tailor your
course selection or program to make you a more attractive job
­applicant.
Local libraries. Libraries can be an invaluable source of information. Since most areas have libraries, they can be a convenient place to look for information. Also, many libraries provide access to the Internet and email.
Libraries may have information on job openings, locally and
nationally; potential contacts within occupations or industries;
colleges and financial aid; vocational training; individual businesses or careers; and writing résumés. Libraries frequently
have subscriptions to various trade magazines that can provide
information on occupations and industries. Your local library
also may have video materials. These sources often have references to organizations that can provide additional information
about training and employment opportunities.
If you need help getting started or finding a resource, ask
your librarian for assistance.
Internet resources. A wide variety of career information is
­easily accessible on the Internet. Many online resources include
job listings, résumé posting services, and information on job
fairs, training, and local wages. Many of the resources listed
elsewhere in this section have Internet sites that include valuable information on potential careers. No single source contains
all information on an occupation, field, or employer; therefore
you will likely need to use a variety of sources.
When using Internet resources, be sure that the organization
is a credible, established source of information on the particular
occupation. Individual companies may include job listings on
their Web sites, and may include information about required
credentials, wages and benefits, and the job’s location. Contact
information, such as whom to call or where to send a résumé,
is usually included.
Some sources exist primarily as a Web service. These ­services
often have information on specific jobs, and can greatly aid in
the job hunting process. Some commercial sites offer these services, as do Federal, State, and some local governments. ­Career
OneStop, a joint program by the Department of Labor and the
States as well as local agencies, provides these services free of
charge.
Online Sources from the Department of Labor. A major portion of the U.S. Department of Labor’s Labor Market Information System is the Career OneStop site. This site includes links
to the following:
••
••

••

State job banks allow you to search over a million job
openings listed with State employment agencies.
America’s Career InfoNet provides data on employment
growth and wages by occupation; the knowledge, skills,
and abilities required by an occupation; and links to
employers.
America’s Service Locator is a comprehensive database of
career centers and information on unemployment benefits, job training, youth programs, seminars, educational
opportunities, and disabled or older worker programs.

Career OneStop, along with the National Toll-Free Jobs
Helpline (877-USA-JOBS) and the local One-Stop Career Centers in each State, combine to provide a wide range of workforce assistance and resources:

hh

Career OneStop. Internet: http://www.careeronestop.org

Use the O*NET numbers at the start of each Handbook statement to find more information on specific occupations:

hh

O*NET Online. Internet: http://www.onetcenter.org

Provided in collaboration with the U.S. Department of Education, Career Voyages has information on certain high-demand
occupations:

hh

Career Voyages. Internet: http://www.careervoyages.gov

The Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics publishes a wide range of labor market information, from regional
wages for specific occupations to statistics on National, State,
and area employment.

hh

Bureau of Labor Statistics. Internet: http://www.bls.gov

While the Handbook discusses careers from an occupational perspective, a companion publication—Career Guide to Industries—
discusses careers from an industry perspective. The Career Guide
is also available at your local career center and library:

hh

Career Guide to Industries. Internet: http://www.bls.gov/oco/cg

For information on occupational wages:

hh

Wage Data. Internet: http://www.bls.gov/bls/blswage.htm

For information on training, workers’ rights, and job listings:

hh

Employment and Training Administration.
Internet: http://www.doleta.gov/jobseekers

Organizations for specific groups. Some organizations provide
information designed to help specific groups of people. Consult
directories in your library’s reference center or a career guidance office for information on additional organizations associated with specific groups.

Disabled workers:
Information on employment opportunities, transportation, and
other considerations for people with a wide variety of disabilities is available from:

hh

National Organization on Disability, 888 Sixteenth St. NW., Suite
800, Washington, DC 20006. Telephone: (202) 293-5960. TTY:
(202) 293-5968. Internet: http://www.nod.org/economic

For information on making accommodations in the work place
for people with disabilities:

hh

Job Accommodation Network (JAN), P.O. Box 6080,
Morgantown, WV 26506. Internet: http://www.jan.wvu.edu

A comprehensive Federal Web site of disability-related resources
is accessible at:

hh

http://www.disability.gov

14 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Blind workers:

State Sources. Most States have career information delivery

Information on the free national reference and referral service
for the blind can be obtained by contacting:

systems (CIDS), which may be found in secondary and post-

hh

National Federation of the Blind, Job Opportunities for the Blind
(JOB), 1800 Johnson St., Baltimore, MD 21230. Telephone:
(410) 659-9314. Internet: http://www.nfb.org

Older workers:

hh
hh

National Council on the Aging, 1901 L St. NW., 4th Floor.,
Washington, DC 20036. Telephone: (202) 479-1200. Internet:
http://www.ncoa.org
National Caucus and Center on Black Aged, Inc., Senior
Employment Programs, 1220 L St. NW., Suite 800, Washington,
DC 20005. Telephone: (202) 637-8400. Fax: (202) 347-0895.
Internet: http://www.ncba-aged.org

Veterans:
Contact the nearest regional office of the U.S. Department of
Labor’s Veterans Employment and Training Service or:

hh

Credentialing Opportunities Online (COOL), which explains
how military personnel can meet civilian certification and license
requirements related to their Military Occupational Specialty
(MOS). Internet: http://www.cool.army.mil

Women:

hh

Department of Labor, Women’s Bureau, 200 Constitution Ave.
NW., Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: (800) 827-5335.
Internet: http://www.dol.gov/wb

Federal laws, executive orders, and selected Federal grant
programs bar discrimination in employment based on race,
color, religion, sex, national origin, age, and handicap. Information on how to file a charge of discrimination is available
from U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission offices
around the country. Their addresses and telephone numbers are
listed in telephone directories under U.S. Government, EEOC.
Telephone: (800) 669-4000. TTY: (800) 669-6820. Internet:
http://www.eeoc.gov
Office of Personnel Management. Information on obtaining
civilian positions within the Federal Government is available
from the U.S. Office of Personnel Management through USAJobs, the Federal Government’s official employment information system. This resource for locating and applying for job
­opportunities can be accessed through the Internet or through an
interactive voice response telephone system at (703) 724‑1850
or TDD (978) 461-8404.

hh

USA Jobs: http://www.usajobs.opm.gov

Military. The military employs and has information on hundreds of occupations. Information is available on tuition
­assistance programs, which provide money for school and
educational debt repayments. Information on military ­service
can be provided by your local recruiting office. Also see the
­Handbook statement on Job Opportunities in the Armed Forces.
You can find more information on careers in the military at:

hh

Today’s Military. Internet: http://www.todaysmilitary.com

secondary institutions, as well as libraries, job training sites,
vocational-technical schools, and employment offices. A wide
range of information is provided, from employment opportunities to unemployment insurance claims.
Whereas the Handbook provides information for occupations on a national level, each State has detailed information
on occupations and labor markets within their respective jurisdictions. State occupational projections are available at:

hh http://www.projectionscentral.com
Alabama
Labor Market Information Division, Alabama Department of Industrial
Relations, 649 Monroe St., Room 422, Montgomery, AL 36131.
Telephone: (334) 242-8859. Internet: http://dir.alabama.gov
Alaska
Research and Analysis Section, Department of Labor and
Workforce Development, P.O. Box 25501, Juneau, AK 99802-5501.
Telephone: (907) 465-4500. Internet: http://almis.labor.state.ak.us
Arizona
Arizona Department of Economic Security, P.O. Box 6123 SC
733A, Phoenix, AZ 85005-6123. Telephone: (602) 542-5984.
Internet: https://www.azdes.gov
Arkansas
Labor Market Information, Department of Workforce Services, #2
Capital Mall, Little Rock, AR 72201. Telephone: (501) 682-3198.
Internet: http://www.discoverarkansas.net
California
State of California Employment Development Department, Labor
Market Information Division, P.O. Box 826880, Sacramento, CA
94280-0001. Telephone: (916) 262-2162.
Internet: http://www.labormarketinfo.edd.ca.gov
Colorado
Labor Market Information, Colorado Department of Labor and
Employment, 633 17th St., Suite 600, Denver, CO 80202-3660.
Telephone: (303) 318-8850.
Internet: http://lmigateway.coworkforce.com
Connecticut
Office of Research, Connecticut Department of Labor, 200 Folly Brook
Blvd., Wethersfield, CT 06109-1114. Telephone: (860) 263-6275.
Internet: http://www.ctdol.state.ct.us/lmi
Delaware
Office of Occupational and Labor Market Information, Department of
Labor, 19 West Lea Blvd., Wilmington, DE 19802. Telephone: (302)
761-8069. Internet: http://www.delawareworks.com/oolmi/

Sources of Career Information 15
District of Columbia
DC Department of Employment Services, 64 New York Ave. NE.,
Suite 3000, Washington, D.C. 20002. Telephone: (202) 724-7000.
Internet: http://www.does.dc.gov/does
Florida
Labor Market Statistics, Agency for Workforce Innovation, 107 E.
Madison St., MSC 110 - Caldwell Building, Tallahassee, FL 32399-4111.
Telephone: (850) 245-7105.
Internet: http://www.labormarketinfo.com

Michigan
Bureau of Labor Market Information and Strategic Initiatives,
Department of Labor and Economic Growth, 3032 West Grand
Blvd., Suite 9-100, Detroit, MI 48202. Telephone: (313) 456-3100.
Internet: http://www.milmi.org
Minnesota
Department of Employment and Economic Development, Labor
Market Information Office, 1st National Bank Building, 332 Minnesota
St., Suite E200, St. Paul, MN 55101-1351. Telephone: (888) 234-1114.
Internet: http://www.deed.state.mn.us/lmi

Georgia
Workforce Information and Analysis, Room 300, Department of Labor,
223 Courtland St., CWC Building, Atlanta, GA 30303. Telephone:
(404) 232-3875. Internet:
http://www.dol.state.ga.us/em/get_labor_market_information.htm

Mississippi
Labor Market Information Division, Mississippi Department of
Employment Security, 1235 Echelon Pkwy., P.O. Box 1699, Jackson,
MS 39215. Telephone: (601) 321-6000. Internet: http://mdes.ms.gov

Guam
Guam Department of Labor, 504 D St., Tiyan, Guam 96910. Telephone:
(671) 475-0101. Internet: http://guamdol.net

Missouri
Missouri Economic Research and Information Center, P.O. Box
3150, Jefferson City, MO 65102-3150. Telephone: (866) 225-8113.
Internet: http://www.missourieconomy.org

Hawaii
Research and Statistics Office, Department of Labor and Industrial
Relations, 830 Punchbowl St., Room 304, Honolulu, HI 96813.
Telephone: (808) 586-9013. Internet: http://www.hiwi.org

Montana
Research and Analysis Bureau, P.O. Box 1728, Helena, MT 59624.
Telephone: (800) 541-3904.
Internet: http://www.ourfactsyourfuture.org

Idaho
Research and Analysis Bureau, Department of Commerce and Labor,
317 West Main St., Boise, ID 83735-0670. Telephone: (208) 332-3570.
Internet: http://lmi.idaho.gov

Nebraska
Nebraska Workforce Development—Labor Market Information,
Nebraska Department of Labor, 550 South 16th St., P.O. Box
94600, Lincoln, NE 68509. Telephone: (402) 471-2600. Internet:
www.dol.nebraska.gov/nwd/center.cfm?PRICAT=3&SUBCAT=4Z0

Illinois
Illinois Department of Employment Security, Economic Information
and Analysis Division, 33 S. State St., 9th Floor, Chicago, IL 60603.
Telephone: (312) 793-6521. Internet: http://lmi.ides.state.il.us

Nevada
Research and Analysis, Department of Employment Training and
Rehabilitation, 500 East Third St., Carson City, NV 89713. Telephone:
(775) 684-0450. Internet: http://www.nevadaworkforce.com

Indiana
Research and Analysis—Indiana Workforce Development, Indiana
Government Center South, 10 North Senate Ave., Indianapolis, IN
46204. Telephone: (800) 891-6499. Internet: http://www.in.gov/dwd

New Hampshire
Economic and Labor Market Information Bureau, New Hampshire
Employment Security, 32 South Main St., Concord, NH 03301-4857.
Telephone: (603) 228-4124. Internet: http://www.nh.gov/nhes/elmi

Iowa
Policy and Information Division, Iowa Workforce Development, 1000
East Grand Ave., Des Moines, IA 50319-0209. Telephone: (515) 2815387. Internet: http://www.iowaworkforce.org/lmi

New Jersey
Division of Labor Market and Demographic Research, Department of
Labor and Workforce Development, P.O. Box 388, Trenton, NJ 086250388. Telephone: (609) 984-2593. Internet: http://www.wnjpin.net

Kansas
Kansas Department of Labor, Labor Market Information Services, 401
SW Topeka Blvd., Topeka, KS 66603-3182. Telephone: (785) 2965000. Internet: http://laborstats.dol.ks.gov

New Mexico
New Mexico Department of Labor , Economic Research and Analysis,
401 Broadway NE., Albuquerque, NM 87102. Telephone: (505) 2224683. Internet: http://www.dws.state.nm.us/dws-lmi.html

Kentucky
Research and Statistics Branch, Office of Employment and Training,
275 East Main St., Frankfort, KY 40621. Telephone: (502) 564-7976.
Internet: http://www.workforcekentucky.ky.gov

New York
Research and Statistics, New York State Department of Labor, W.
Averell Harriman State Office Campus, Building 12, Albany, NY
12240. Telephone: (518) 457-9000.
Internet: http://www.labor.state.ny.us

Louisiana
Research and Statistics Division, Department of Labor, 1001 North
23rd St., Baton Rouge, LA 70802-3338. Telephone: (225) 342-3111.
Internet: http://www.laworks.net

North Carolina
Labor Market Information Division, Employment Security
Commission, 700 Wade Ave., Raleigh, NC 27605. Telephone: (919)
733-2936. Internet: http://www.ncesc.com

Maine
Labor Market Information Services Division, Maine Department of
Labor, 45 Commerce Dr., State House Station 118, Augusta, ME 04330.
Telephone: (207) 623-7900. Internet: http://maine.gov/labor/lmis

North Dakota
Labor Market Information Manager, Job Service North Dakota,
1000 East Divide Ave., Bismarck, ND 58506. Telephone: (800) 7329787. Internet: http://www.ndworkforceintelligence.com

Maryland
Maryland Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, Office of
Labor Market Analysis and Information, 1100 N. Eutaw, Baltimore,
MD 21201. Telephone: (410) 767-2250.
Internet: http://www.dllr.state.md.us/lmi/index.shtml
Massachusetts
Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development, Division
of Career Services, 19 Staniford St., Boston, MA 02114. Telephone:
(617) 626-5300. Internet: http://www.detma.org/LMIdataprog.htm

Ohio
Bureau of Labor Market Information, Ohio Department of Job and
Family Services, 420 East 5th Ave., Columbus, OH 43219. Telephone:
(614) 752-9494. Internet: http://ohiolmi.com
Oklahoma
Labor Market Information, Oklahoma Employment Security
Commission, P.O. Box 52003., Oklahoma City, OK 73152.
Telephone: (405) 557-7172. Internet:
http://www.ok.gov/oesc_web/Services/Find_Labor_Market_
Statistics/index.html

16 Occupational Outlook Handbook
Oregon
Oregon Employment Department, Research Division, 875 Union St.
NE., Salem, OR 97311. Telephone: (503) 947-1200. Internet:
http://www.qualityinfo.org/olmisj/OlmisZine

Utah
Director of Workforce Information, Utah Department of Workforce
Services, P.O. Box 45249, Salt Lake City, UT 84145-0249. Telephone:
(801) 526-9675. Internet: http://jobs.utah.gov/opencms/wi

Pennsylvania
Center for Workforce Information & Analysis, Pennsylvania
Department of Labor and Industry, 220 Labor and Industry Building,
Seventh and Forster Sts., Harrisburg, PA 17121. Telephone: (877) 4933282. Internet: http://www.paworkstats.state.pa.us

Vermont
Economic and Labor Market Information, Vermont Department of
Labor, P.O. Box 488, Montpelier, VT 05601-0488. Telephone: (802)
828-4000. Internet: http://www.vtlmi.info

Puerto Rico
Department of Work and Human Resources, Ave. Muñoz Rivera 505,
Hato Rey, PR 00918. Telephone: (787) 754-5353.
Internet: http://www.dtrh.gobierno.pr

Virgin Islands
Bureau of Labor Statistics, Department of Labor, 53A & 54AB
Kronprindsens Gade, St Thomas, VI 00803-2608. Telephone: (340)
776-3700. Internet: http://www.vidol.gov

Rhode Island
Labor Market Information, Rhode Island Department of Labor and
Training, 1511 Pontiac Ave., Cranston, RI 02920. Telephone: (401)
462-8740. Internet: http://www.dlt.ri.gov/lmi

Virginia
Virginia Employment Commission, P.O. Box 1358, Richmond, VA
23218-1358. Telephone: (800) 828-1140.
Internet: http://www.vec.virginia.gov/vecportal/index.cfm

South Carolina
Labor Market Information Department, South Carolina Employment
Security Commission, 631 Hampton St., Columbia, SC 29202. Telephone:
(803) 737-2660. Internet: http://www.sces.org/lmi/index.asp

Washington
Labor Market and Economic Analysis, Washington Employment
Security Department, P.O. Box 9046, Olympia, WA 98507-9046.
Telephone: (360) 438-4833.
Internet: http://www.workforceexplorer.com

South Dakota
Labor Market Information Center, Department of Labor, P.O. Box
4730, Aberdeen, SD 57402-4730. Telephone: (605) 626-2314.
Internet: http://dol.sd.gov/lmic

West Virginia
Workforce West Virginia, Research, Information and Analysis Division,
112 California Ave., Charleston, WV 25303-0112. Telephone: (304)
558-2660. Internet: http://workforcewv.org/lmi

Tennessee
Research and Statistics Division, Department of Labor and Workforce
Development, 220 French Landing Dr., Nashville, TN 37245.
Telephone: (615) 741-1729.
Internet: http://www.state.tn.us/labor-wfd/lmi.htm

Wisconsin
Bureau of Workforce Information, Department of Workforce
Development, P.O. Box 7944, Madison, WI 53707-7944. Telephone:
(608) 266-7034. Internet: http://worknet.wisconsin.gov/worknet

Texas
Labor Market Information, Texas Workforce Commission, 9001 North
IH-35, Suite 103A, Austin, TX 75753. Telephone: (866) 938-4444.
Internet: http://www.tracer2.com

Wyoming
Research and Planning, Wyoming Department of Employment,
246 S. Center St., Casper, WY 82602. Telephone: (307) 473-3807.
Internet: http://doe.state.wy.us/lmi

Sources of Education, Training,
and Financial Aid
Education can present opportunities for those looking to start
a new career or change specialty within their current occupation. This section outlines some major sources of education and
training required to enter many occupations, as well as some
ways to finance that education or training.
For information on the specific training and educational requirements for a particular occupation, and what training is
typically provided by an employer, consult the “Training, Other
Qualifications, and Advancement” section of the appropriate
Handbook statement.

Sources of Education and Training
Four-year colleges and universities. These institutions provide
detailed information on theory and practice for a wide variety
of subjects. Colleges and universities can provide students with
the knowledge and background necessary to be successful in
many fields. They also can help to place students in cooperative
education programs (often called “co-ops”) or internships. Coops and internships are short-term jobs with firms related to a
student’s field of study that lead to college credit. In co-ops and
internships, students learn the specifics of a job while making
valuable contacts that can lead to a permanent position.
For more information on colleges and universities, go to your
local library, consult your high school guidance counselor, or
contact individual colleges. Also check with your State’s higher
education agency. A list of these agencies is available on the
Internet: http://www.ed.gov/erod.
Junior and community colleges. Junior and community colleges
offer a variety of programs that lead to associate degrees and
training certificates. Community colleges tend to be less expensive than 4-year colleges and universities. They usually are more
willing to accommodate part-time students than colleges and
universities, and their programs are more tailored to the needs
of local employers. Many community colleges have an open admissions policy, and they often offer weekend and night classes.
Community colleges often form partnerships with local businesses that allow students to gain job-specific training. Many
students may not be able to enroll in a college or university
because of their academic record, limited finances, or distance
from such an institution, so they attend junior or community
colleges to earn credits that can be applied toward a degree at
a 4-year college. Junior and community colleges also are noted
for their extensive role in continuing and adult education.
For more information on junior and community colleges,
go to your local library, consult your high school guidance
­counselor, or contact individual schools. Also check with your
State’s higher education agency. A list of these agencies is
available on the Internet: http://www.ed.gov/erod.
Online colleges and universities. Online colleges and universities cover most of the same material as their traditional

c­ lassroom counterparts, but they offer classes over the Internet.
Offering classes on the Internet provides a great deal of flexibility to students, allowing many who work, travel frequently,
or lack the ability or means to attend a traditional university to
earn a degree from an accredited institution.
A prospective student should talk to a guidance counselor or
advisor before deciding to enroll in an online college or university. Additionally, the prospective student should check the
college or university’s accreditation with the U.S. Department
of Education. This can be done online at: http://ope.ed.gov/
accreditation.
Vocational and trade schools. These institutions train people in
specific trades. They offer courses designed to provide handson experience. Vocational and trade schools tend to concentrate
on trades, services, and other types of skilled work.
Vocational and trade schools frequently engage students in
real-world projects, allowing them to apply field methods while
learning theory in classrooms. Graduates of vocational and
trade schools have an advantage over informally trained or selftrained jobseekers because graduates have an independent organization certifying that they have the knowledge, skills, and
abilities necessary to perform the duties of a particular occupation. These schools also help students to acquire any license or
other credentials needed to enter the job market.
For more information on vocational and trade schools, go to
your local library, consult your high school guidance counselor,
or contact individual schools. Also check with your State’s director of vocational-technical education. A list of State directors
of vocational-technical education is available on the Internet:
http://www.ed.gov/erod.
Apprenticeships. An apprenticeship provides work experience
as well as education and training for people entering certain
occupations. Apprenticeships are offered by sponsors, who employ and train the apprentice. The apprentice follows a training
course under close supervision and receives some formal education to learn the theory related to the job.
Apprenticeships, which generally last between 1 and 4 years,
are a way for inexperienced people to become skilled workers.
Some apprenticeships allow the apprentice to earn an associate
degree. An Apprenticeship Completion Certificate is granted to
those completing programs. This certificate is administered by
federally approved State agencies.
For more information on apprenticeships and for assistance
finding a program, go to the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer, and Labor Services on the Internet: http://www.
doleta.gov/atels_bat.
Professional societies, trade associations, and labor unions.
These groups are made up of people with common interests, usually in related occupations or industries. The groups ­frequently
17

18 Occupational Outlook Handbook

are able to provide training, access to training through their
affiliates, or information on acceptable sources of training for
their field. If licensing or certification is required, they also may
be able to assist you in meeting those requirements.
For a listing of professional societies, trade associations, and
labor unions related to an occupation, check the “Sources of
Additional Information” section at the end of that occupational
statement in the Handbook.
Employers. Many employers provide on-the-job training,
which can range from spending a few minutes watching another
employee demonstrate a task to participating in formal training programs that may last for several months. In some jobs,
employees may continually undergo training to stay up to date
with new developments and technologies or to add new skills.
Military. The United States Armed Forces trains and employs
people in more than 4,100 different occupations. For more information, see the Handbook statement on “Job Opportunities in
The Armed Forces.” For detailed answers to specific questions,
contact your local recruiting office. Valuable resources also are
available on the Internet: http://www.todaysmilitary.com.

Sources of Financial Aid
Many people fund their education or training through financial
aid or tuition assistance programs. Federal student aid comes in
three forms: grants, work-study programs, and loans. All Federal student aid applicants must first fill out a Free Application
for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), which provides a Student
Aid Report (SAR) and eligibility rating. Forms must be submitted to desired institutions of study, which determine the amount
of aid you will receive.
For information on applying for Federal financial aid, visit the
FAFSA Internet site: http://www.fafsa.ed.gov.
A U.S. Department of Education publication describing Federal
financial aid programs, called Funding Education Beyond High
School: The Guide to Federal Student Aid, is available at http://
www.studentaid.ed.gov/students/publications/student_
guide/index.html.
Information on Federal programs is available from http://www.
studentaid.ed.gov and www.students.gov.
Information on State programs is available from your State’s
higher education agency. A list of these agencies is available at
http://www.ed.gov/erod.
Grants. A grant is money that is given to students or the institution they are attending to pay for the student’s education or training and any associated expenses. Grants are usually given on the
basis of financial need. Grants are considered gifts and are not
paid back. Federal grants are almost exclusively for undergraduate students. They include Pell Grants, which can be worth up
to $5,350 annually. The maximum amount given out can change
each year, however. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) can be worth up to $4,000 annually. Priority for FSEOG awards is given to those who have also received
the Pell Grant and have exceptional financial need.

Additional information on grants is available on the Internet:
http://www.studentaid.ed.gov. Information also is available
from your State Higher Education agency. A list of these agencies is available at http://www.ed.gov/erod.
Federal Work-Study program. The Federal Work-Study program is offered at most institutions and consists of Federal
sponsorship of a student who works part time at the institution
he or she is attending. The money a student earns through this
program goes directly toward the cost of attending the institution. There are no set minimum or maximum amounts for this
type of aid, although, on average, a student can expect to earn
about $2,000 per school year.
For additional information on work-study opportunities offered, check with individual institutions. General information
on the Federal Work-Study program is available at http://studentaid.ed.gov/PORTALSWebApp/students/english/campusaid.jsp.

Scholarships. A scholarship is a sum of money donated to a
student to help pay for his or her education or training and any
associated costs. Scholarships can range from small amounts
up to the full cost of schooling. They are based on financial
need, academic merit, athletic ability, or a wide variety of other
criteria set by the organizations that provide the scholarships.
Frequently, students must meet minimum academic requirements to be considered for a scholarship. Other qualifying
­requirements—such as intended major field of study, heritage,
or group membership—may be added by the organization providing the scholarship.
Scholarships are provided by a wide variety of institutions,
including educational institutions, State and local governments, private associations, social groups, and individuals.
There are no federally awarded scholarships based on academic merit. Most large scholarships are awarded to students
by the institution they plan to attend. Students who have received State scholarships and plan to attend a school in another
State should check with their State to see if the scholarship can
be ­transferred.
Information on scholarships is typically available from high
school guidance counselors and local libraries. Additional
scholarship information is available from State higher education agencies. A list of these agencies is available at http://
www.ed.gov/erod. The College Board has information on
available scholarships at http://www.collegeboard.com/pay.
Student loans. Many institutions, both public and private, provide low-interest loans to students and their parents or guardians. The Federal Government also provides several types of
student loans based on the applicant’s level of financial need.
The amount of money a student can receive in loans varies by
the distributing institution and depends on whether the student
is claimed by a parent or guardian as a dependent. Since the
process of applying for a loan may take several months, it is
a good idea to start applying for Federal student loans well in
advance.
The available Federal loan programs can accommodate prospective undergraduate, graduate, vocational, and disabled
students. Federal loans can be distributed through the school
that the student is attending, from the Federal Government

Sources of Education, Training, and Financial Aid 19

directly, or from a third-party private lender or bank. Perkins
loans are distributed through the school the student is attending. Loans coming from the Federal Government directly
from the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program are
dispersed by the Department of Education. Third-party loans
through a private lender or bank are from the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL) program. For all federally funded
loans, payments are made to the institution that originally dispersed the funds.
For those with financial need, Federal Perkins loans and both
Direct and FFEL-subsidized Stafford loans are available. Perkins loans have no minimum amount; they are capped at $5,500
per year for undergraduates. Students should visit the Department of Education’s Web site (http://www.studentaid.ed.gov/
PORTALSWebApp/students/english/fafsa.jsp) to learn about
the current level of aid available because it will vary by year
and a student’s status (married, single, dependent, or independent). Subsidized Stafford loans vary in size and can increase
as a student completes more years of undergraduate, graduate,
or professional education. Interest rates for both loans will be
gradually decreasing until 2012. Information on specific interest
rates is available through the school’s financial aid officer or the
Department of Education’s Web site. Individuals who receive
Perkins loans are not responsible for starting to repay the loan
until they have been out of school for 9 months. Those with subsidized Stafford loans must begin payments within 6 to 9 months
of leaving school but are not charged monthly interest while in
school.
For those who do not demonstrate financial need, Direct and
FFEL-unsubsidized Stafford Loans and Federal Parent Loans
for Students (PLUS) are available. Unsubsidized Stafford loans
vary in value and are capped at the cost of attendance. With
Federal unsubsidized Stafford Loans, interest payments start

almost immediately and can be paid monthly or accrued until
the completion of studies. The latter option results in a larger
total loan cost but may be more convenient for some students.
With PLUS loans, the parent must pay interest and principal
payments while the student is enrolled in school and must continue payments after completion. Check with your lender for
available repayment schedules. Students usually have 10 years
to repay Perkins loans and from 10 to 30 years for unsubsidized
Stafford loans.
Subsidized and unsubsidized Stafford loans are only available
to students who are enrolled in an academic program at least half
time. As with any loan, be sure to investigate different lenders,
and understand what your loan contract requires of you before
agreeing to any loan. Check with established financial institutions to compare the terms of available private student loans.
Comparisons of the various types of loans are available on the
Internet: http://www.studentaid.ed.gov/students/publications/
student_guide/index.html. The College Board has information
on available loans at http://www.collegeboard.com/pay.
Employer tuition support programs. Some employers offer
tuition assistance programs as part of their employee benefits
package. The terms of these programs depend on the firm and
can vary by the type and amount of training subsidized, as well
as by eligibility requirements. Consult your human resources
department for information on tuition support programs offered
by your employer.
Military tuition support programs. The United States Armed
Forces offer various tuition assistance and loan repayment programs for military personnel. See the Handbook statement on
“Job Opportunities in the Armed Forces” for more information, or
go to http://www.todaysmilitary.com/benefits/tuition-support.

Finding and Applying for Jobs and
Evaluating Offers
Finding—and getting—the job you want can be a challenging
process, but knowing more about job search methods and application techniques can increase your chances of success. And
knowing how to judge the job offers you receive makes it more
likely that you will end up with the best possible job.

Where to learn about job openings
Personal contacts
School career planning and placement offices
Employers
Classified ads
—National and local newspapers
—Professional journals
—Trade magazines
Internet resources
Professional associations
Labor unions
State employment service offices
Federal Government
Community agencies
Private employment agencies and career consultants
Internships

Job search methods
Finding a job can take months of time and effort. But you can
speed the process by using many methods to find job openings.
Data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics suggest that people
who use many job search methods find jobs faster than people
who use only one or two.
In the box above, some sources of job openings are listed.
Those sources are described more fully below.
Personal contacts. Many jobs are never advertised. People get
them by talking to friends, family, neighbors, acquaintances,
teachers, former coworkers, and others who know of an opening. Be sure to tell people that you are looking for a job because
the people you know may be some of the most effective resources for your search. To develop new contacts, join student,
community, or professional organizations.
School career planning and placement offices. High school
and college placement services help their students and alumni
find jobs. Some invite recruiters to use their facilities for interviews or career fairs. They also may have lists of open jobs.
Most also offer career counseling, career testing, and job search
advice. Some have career resource libraries; host workshops on
job search strategy, resume writing, letter writing, and effective
interviewing; critique drafts of resumes; conduct mock interviews; and sponsor job fairs.
20

Employers. Directly contacting employers is one of the most
successful means of job hunting. Through library and Internet
research, develop a list of potential employers in your desired
career field. Then call these employers and check their Web
sites for job openings. Web sites and business directories can
tell you how to apply for a position or whom to contact. Even
if no open positions are posted, do not hesitate to contact the
employer: You never know when a job might become available.
Consider asking for an informational interview with people
working in the career you want to learn more about. Ask them
how they got started, what they like and dislike about the work,
what type of qualifications are necessary for the job, and what
type of personality succeeds in that position. In addition to giving you career information, they may be able to put you in contact with other employers who may be hiring, and they can keep
you in mind if a position opens up.
Classified ads. The “Help Wanted” ads in newspapers and the
Internet list numerous jobs, and many people find work by responding to these ads. But when using classified ads, keep the
following in mind:

•
•
•
•

Follow all leads to find a job; do not rely solely on the classifieds.
Answer ads promptly, because openings may be filled
quickly, even before the ad stops appearing in the paper.
Read the ads every day, particularly the Sunday edition,
which usually includes the most listings.
Keep a record of all ads to which you have responded, including the specific skills, educational background, and
personal qualifications required for the position. You may
want to follow up on your initial inquiry.

Internet resources. The Internet includes many job hunting Web
sites with job listings. Some job boards provide National listings
of all kinds; others are local. Some relate to a specific type of
work; others are general. To find good prospects, begin with an
Internet search using keywords related to the job you want. Also
look for the Web sites of related professional associations.
Also consider checking Internet forums, also called message
boards. These are online discussion groups where anyone may
post and read messages. Use forums specific to your profession
or to career-related topics to post questions or messages and
to read about the job searches or career experiences of other
people. Although these message boards may seem helpful,
carefully evaluate all advice before acting; it can be difficult
to determine the reliability of information posted on message
boards.
In online job databases, remember that job listings may be
posted by field or discipline, so begin your search using keywords. Many Web sites allow job seekers to post their resumes
online for free.

Finding and Applying for Jobs and Evaluating Offers 21

Professional associations. Many professions have associations
that offer employment information, including career planning,
educational programs, job listings, and job placement. Information can be obtained directly from most professional associations through the Internet, by telephone, or by mail. Associations
usually require that you be a member to use these services.
Labor unions. Labor unions provide various employment services to members and potential members, including apprenticeship programs that teach a specific trade or skill. Contact the appropriate labor union or State apprenticeship council for more
information.
State employment service offices. The State employment service,
sometimes called the Job Service, operates in coordination with
the U.S. Department of Labor’s Employment and Training Administration. Local offices, found nationwide, help job seekers to
find jobs and help employers to find qualified workers at no cost to
either. To find the office nearest you, look in the State government
telephone listings under “Job Service” or “Employment.”
Job matching and referral. At the State employment service
office, an interviewer will determine if you are “job ready” or
if you need help from counseling and testing services to assess your occupational aptitudes and interests and to help you
choose and prepare for a career. After you are job ready, you
may examine available job listings and select openings that interest you. A staff member can then describe the job openings
in detail and arrange for interviews with prospective employers.
Services for special groups. By law, veterans are entitled to priority job placement at State employment service centers. If you
are a veteran, a veterans’ employment representative can inform
you of available assistance and help you to deal with problems.
State employment service offices also refer people to opportunities available under the Workforce Investment Act (WIA)
of 1998. Educational and career services and referrals are provided to employers and job seekers, including adults, dislocated
workers, and youth. These programs help to prepare people to
participate in the State’s workforce, increase their employment
and earnings potential, improve their educational and occupational skills, and reduce their dependency on welfare.
Federal Government. Information on obtaining a position with
the Federal Government is available from the U.S. Office of
Personnel Management (OPM) through USAJOBS, the Federal
Government’s official employment information system. This resource for locating and applying for job opportunities can be
accessed through the Internet at http://www.usajobs.gov or
through an interactive voice response telephone system at (703)
724-1850, (866) 204-2858, or TDD (978) 461-8404. These
numbers are not all toll free, and telephone charges may result.
Community agencies. Many nonprofit organizations, including religious institutions and vocational rehabilitation agencies,
offer counseling, career development, and job placement services, generally targeted to a particular group, such as women,
youths, minorities, ex-offenders, or older workers.
Private employment agencies and career consultants. Private
agencies can save you time and they will contact employers who
otherwise might be difficult to locate. Such agencies may be called

recruiters, head hunters, or employment placement agencies. These
agencies may charge for their services. Most operate on a commission basis, charging a percentage of the first-year salary paid to a
successful applicant. You or the hiring company will pay the fee.
Find out the exact cost and who is responsible for paying associated fees before using the service. When determining if the service
is worth the cost, consider any guarantees that the agency offers.
Internships. Many people find jobs with business and organizations with whom they have interned or volunteered. Look for
internships and volunteer opportunities on job boards, school
career centers, and company and association Web sites, but also
check community service organizations and volunteer opportunity databases. Some internships and long-term volunteer positions come with stipends and all provide experience and the
chance to meet employers and other good networking contacts.

Applying for a job
After you have found some jobs that interest you, the next step is
to apply for them. Many potential employers require complete resumes or application forms and cover letters. Later, you will probably need to go on interviews to meet with employers face to face.
Resumes and application forms. Resumes and application forms
give employers written evidence of your qualifications and skills.
The goal of these documents is to prove—as clearly and directly
as possible—how your qualifications match the job’s requirements. Do this by highlighting the experience, accomplishments,
education, and skills that most closely fit the job you want.
Gathering information. Resumes and application forms both
include the same information. As a first step, gather the following facts:

•
•
•

•

•
•

Contact information, including your name, mailing address, e-mail address (if you have one you check often),
and telephone number.
Type of work or specific job you are seeking or a qualifications summary, which describes your best skills and experience in just a few lines.
Education, including school name and its city and State,
months and years of attendance, highest grade completed or
diploma or degree awarded, and major subject or subjects
studied. Also consider listing courses and awards that might
be relevant to the position. Include a grade point average if
you think it would help in getting the job.
Experience, paid and volunteer. For each job, include the job
title, name and location of employer, and dates of employment. Briefly describe your job duties and major accomplishments. In a resume, use phrases instead of sentences
to describe your work; write, for example, “Supervised 10
children” instead of writing “I supervised 10 children.”
Special skills. You might list computer skills, proficiency in
foreign languages, achievements, or membership in organizations in a separate section.
References. Be ready to provide references if requested.
Good references could be former employers, coworkers,
or teachers or anyone else who can describe your abilities
and job-related traits. You will be asked to provide contact
information for the people you choose.

22 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Throughout the application or resume, focus on accomplishments that relate most closely to the job you want. You can even
use the job announcement as a guide, using some of the same
words and phrases to describe your work and education.
Look for concrete examples that show your skills. When
describing your work experience, for instance, you might say
that you increased sales by 10 percent, finished a task in half
the usual time, or received three letters of appreciation from
customers.
Choosing a format. After gathering the information you
want to present, the next step is to put it in the proper format.
In an application form, the format is set. Just fill in the blanks.
But make sure you fill it out completely and follow all instructions. Do not omit any requested information. Consider making
a copy of the form before filling it out, in case you make a mistake and have to start over. If possible, have someone else look
over the form before submitting it.
In a resume, there are several acceptable ways of organizing the information you want to include. It is common to place
the most important information first. One format is to list the
applicant’s past jobs in reverse chronological order, describing the most recent employment first and working backward.
But some applicants use a functional format, organizing their
work experience under headings that describe their major skills.
They then include a brief work history section that lists only
job titles, employers, and dates of employment. Still other applicants choose a format that combines these two approaches in
some way. Choose the style that best showcases your skills and
experience. Examples of resume formats can be found on the
Web sites of career centers, job boards, and State employment
services.
Whatever format you choose, keep your resume short. Many
experts recommend that new workers use a one-page resume.
Avoid long blocks of text and italicized material. Consider using bullets to highlight duties or key accomplishments.
Before submitting your resume, make sure that it is easy to
read. Are the headings clear and consistently formatted with
bold or some other style of type? Is the type face large enough?
Much like application forms, it is useful to ask someone to
proofread your resume for spelling and other errors. In addition, use your computer’s spell checker.
Keep in mind that some employers scan resumes into databases, which they then search for specific keywords or phrases.
The keywords are usually nouns referring to experience, education, personal characteristics, or industry buzz words. Identify
keywords by reading the job description and qualifications in
the job ad; use these same words in your resume. For example,
if the job description includes customer service tasks, use the
words “customer service” on your resume. Scanners sometimes
misread paper resumes, which could mean some of your keywords don’t get into the database. So, if you know that your
resume will be scanned, and you have the option, e-mail an
electronic version. If you must submit a paper resume, make
it scannable by using a simple font and avoiding underlines,
italics, and graphics. It is also a good idea to send a traditionally formatted resume along with your scannable resume, with
a note on each marking its purpose.
Cover letters. When sending a resume, most people include a
cover letter to introduce themselves to the prospective ­employer.

Most cover letters are no more than three short paragraphs. Your
cover letter should capture the employer’s attention, follow a
business letter format, and usually should include the following
information:

•
•
•
•
•

Name and address of the specific person to whom the letter
is addressed.
Reason for your interest in the company or position.
Your main qualifications for the position.
Request for an interview.
Your home and work telephone numbers.

If you send a scannable resume, you should also include a
scannable cover letter, which avoids graphics, fancy fonts, italics, and underlines.
As with your resume, it may be helpful to look for examples
and common formats of cover letters on the Internet or in books
at your local library or bookstore, but do not copy letters directly from other sources.
Interviewing. An interview gives you the opportunity to
showcase your qualifications to an employer, so it pays to be
well prepared. The accompanying box provides some helpful
hints.

Job interview tips
Preparation:
Learn about the organization.
Have a specific job or jobs in mind.
Review your qualifications for the job.
Be ready to briefly describe your experience, showing
how it relates it the job.
Be ready to answer broad questions, such as “Why
should I hire you?” “Why do you want this job?”
“What are your strengths and weaknesses?”
Practice an interview with a friend or relative.
Personal appearance:
Be well groomed.
Dress appropriately.
Do not chew gum or smoke.
The interview:
Be early.
Learn the name of your interviewer and greet him or her
with a firm handshake.
Use good manners with everyone you meet.
Relax and answer each question concisely.
Use proper English—avoid slang.
Be cooperative and enthusiastic.
Use body language to show interest—use eye contact
and don’t slouch.
Ask questions about the position and the organization,
but avoid questions whose answers can easily be
found on the company Web site.
Also avoid asking questions about salary and benefits
unless a job offer is made.
Thank the interviewer when you leave and shake hands.
Send a short thank you note following the interview.

Finding and Applying for Jobs and Evaluating Offers 23

Information to bring to an interview:
Social Security card.
Government-issued identification (driver’s license).
Resume or application. Although not all employers require a resume, you should be able to furnish the interviewer information about your education, training, and
previous employment.
References. Employers typically require three references.
Get permission before using anyone as a reference.
Make sure that they will give you a good reference. Try
to avoid using relatives as references.
Transcripts. Employers may require an official copy of
transcripts to verify grades, coursework, dates of attendance, and highest grade completed or degree awarded.

Evaluating a job offer
Once you receive a job offer, you must decide if you want the
job. Fortunately, most organizations will give you a few days to
accept or reject an offer.
There are many issues to consider when assessing a job offer. Will the organization be a good place to work? Will the job
be interesting? Are there opportunities for advancement? Is the
salary fair? Does the employer offer good benefits? Now is the
time to ask the potential employer about these issues—and to
do some checking on your own.
The organization. Background information on an organization
can help you to decide whether it is a good place for you to
work. Factors to consider include the organization’s business or
activity, financial condition, age, size, and location.
You generally can get background information on an organization, particularly a large organization, on its Web site or
by telephoning its public relations office. A public company’s
annual report to the stockholders tells about its corporate philosophy, history, products or services, goals, and financial status. Most government agencies can furnish reports that describe
their programs and missions. Press releases, company newsletters or magazines, and recruitment brochures also can be useful.
Ask the organization for any other items that might interest a
prospective employee. If possible, speak to current or former
employees of the organization.
Background information on the organization may be available at your public or school library. If you cannot get an annual report, check the library for reference directories that may
provide basic facts about the company, such as earnings, products and services, and number of employees. Some directories
widely available in libraries either in print or as online databases include:

•
•
•
•
•

Dun & Bradstreet’s Million Dollar Directory
Standard and Poor’s Register of Corporations
Mergent’s Industry Review (formerly Moody’s
Industrial Manual)
Thomas Register of American Manufacturers
Ward’s Business Directory

Stories about an organization in magazines and newspapers
can tell a great deal about its successes, failures, and plans for

the future. You can identify articles on a company by looking
under its name in periodical or computerized indexes in libraries, or by using one of the Internet’s search engines. However, it
probably will not be useful to look back more than 2 or 3 years.
The library also may have government publications that present projections of growth for the industry in which the organization is classified. Long-term projections of employment
and output for detailed industries, covering the entire U.S.
economy, are developed by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and
revised every 2 years. (See the Career Guide to Industries, online at http://www.bls.gov/oco/cg.) Trade magazines also may
include articles on the trends for specific industries.
Career centers at colleges and universities often have information on employers that is not available in libraries. Ask a
career center representative how to find out about a particular
organization.
During your research consider the following questions:

Does the organization’s business or activity match
your own interests and beliefs?
It is easier to apply yourself to the work if you are enthusiastic
about what the organization does.

How will the size of the organization affect you?
Large firms generally offer a greater variety of training programs and career paths, more managerial levels for advancement, and better employee benefits than do small firms. Large
employers also may have more advanced technologies. However, many jobs in large firms tend to be highly specialized.
Jobs in small firms may offer broader authority and responsibility, a closer working relationship with top management, and
a chance to clearly see your contribution to the success of the
organization.

Should you work for a relatively new organization or
one that is well established?
New businesses have a high failure rate, but for many people,
the excitement of helping to create a company and the potential
for sharing in its success more than offset the risk of job loss.
However, it may be just as exciting and rewarding to work for a
young firm that already has a foothold on success.
The job. Even if everything else about the job is attractive, you
will be unhappy if you dislike the day-to-day work. Determining in advance whether you will like the work may be difficult.
However, the more you find out about the job before accepting
or rejecting the offer, the more likely you are to make the right
choice. Consider the following questions:

Where is the job located?
If the job is in another section of the country, you need to consider the cost of living, the availability of housing and transportation, and the quality of educational and recreational facilities
in that section of the country. Even if the job location is in your
area, you should consider the time and expense of commuting.

Does the work match your interests and make good
use of your skills?
The duties and responsibilities of the job should be explained in
enough detail to answer this question.

24 Occupational Outlook Handbook

How important is the job to the company or
organization?

Data from the Bureau’s National Compensation Survey are
available from:

An explanation of where you fit in the organization and how
you are supposed to contribute to its overall goals should give
you an idea of the job’s importance.

of Labor Statistics, Office of Compensation Levels and
Trends, 2 Massachusetts Ave. NE., Room 4175, Washington, DC 202120001. Telephone: (202) 691-6199. Internet: http://www.bls.gov/eci.

What will the hours be?
Most jobs involve regular hours—for example, 40 hours a
week, during the day, Monday through Friday. Other jobs require night, weekend, or holiday work. In addition, some jobs
routinely require overtime to meet deadlines or sales or production goals, or to better serve customers. Consider the effect that
the work hours will have on your personal life.

How long do most people who enter this job stay
with the company?
High turnover can mean dissatisfaction with the nature of the
work or something else about the job.
Opportunities offered by employers. A good job offers you opportunities to learn new skills, increase your earnings, and rise
to positions of greater authority, responsibility, and prestige. A
lack of opportunities can dampen interest in the work and result
in frustration and boredom.
Some companies develop training plans for their employees.
What valuable new skills does the company plan to teach you?
The employer should give you some idea of promotion possibilities within the organization. What is the next step on the
career ladder? If you have to wait for a job to become vacant
before you can be promoted, how long does this usually take?
When opportunities for advancement do arise, will you compete with applicants from outside the company? Can you apply
for jobs for which you qualify elsewhere within the organization, or is mobility within the firm limited?
Salaries and benefits. When an employer makes a job offer,
information about earnings and benefits are usually included.
You will want to research to determine if the offer is fair. If you
choose to negotiate for higher pay and better benefits, objective
research will help you strengthen your case.
You may have to go to several sources for information. One
of the best places to start is the information from the Bureau
of Labor Statistics. Data on earnings by detailed occupation
from the Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) Survey
are available from:

hhBureau

You should also look for additional information, specifically
tailored to your job offer and circumstances. Try to find family, friends, or acquaintances who recently were hired in similar jobs. Ask your teachers and the staff in placement offices
about starting pay for graduates with your qualifications. Helpwanted ads in newspapers sometimes give salary ranges for
similar positions. Check the library or your school’s career center for salary surveys such as those conducted by the National
Association of Colleges and Employers or various professional
associations.
If you are considering the salary and benefits for a job in another geographic area, make allowances for differences in the
cost of living, which may be significantly higher in a large metropolitan area than in a smaller city, town, or rural area.
You also should learn the organization’s policy regarding
overtime. Depending on the job, you may or may not be exempt
from laws requiring the employer to compensate you for overtime. Find out how many hours you will be expected to work
each week and whether you receive overtime pay or compensatory time off for working more than the specified number of
hours in a week.
Also take into account that the starting salary is just that—the
start. Your salary should be reviewed on a regular basis; many
organizations do it every year. How much can you expect to
earn after 1, 2, or 3 or more years? An employer may be unable
to be specific about the amount of pay if it includes commissions and bonuses.
Benefits also can add a lot to your base pay, but they vary
widely. Find out exactly what the benefit package includes and
how much of the cost you must bear.

For more information
To learn more about finding and applying for jobs, visit your local library and career center. You can find career centers that are
part of the U.S. Department of Labor One-Stop Career system
by calling toll free (877) 348-0502 or visiting their Web site at
http://www.careeronestop.org.
The Occupational Outlook Quarterly, a career magazine published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, is one of the resources
available at many libraries and career centers. The magazine
includes many articles about finding, applying for, and choosing jobs. See, for example:

hh“Career myths and how to debunk them,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2005/fall/art01.pdf.

hh“Getting back to work: Returning to
the labor force after an absence,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2004/winter/art03.pdf.

hh“Job search in the age of the Internet:
Six job seekers in search of employers,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2003/summer/art01.pdf.

hhBureau of Labor Statistics, Office of Occupational Statistics and

hh“Internships: Previewing a profession,” online at

Employment Projections, 2 Massachusetts Ave. NE., Room 2135,

http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2006/summer/art02.pdf.

Washington, DC 20212-0001. Telephone: (202) 691-6569. Internet:

hh“Resumes, applications, and cover letters,” online at

http://www.bls.gov/OES.

http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2009/summer/art03.pdf.

Occupational Information Included
in the Handbook
The Occupational Outlook Handbook is a career guidance resource that provides information on hundreds of occupations
that provide the overwhelming majority of jobs in the United
States. Each occupation is presented in its own chapter, or
“statement,” that discusses the type of work performed, the
work environment, the education and training requirements, the
possibilities for advancement, job outlook, and the typical earnings. Each statement is presented in a standard format, making
it easy to compare occupations.
Because the Handbook covers so many occupations, it is best
used as a reference, and is not meant to be read from cover to
cover. Readers can navigate the Handbook by browsing the table
of contents, in which similar occupations are grouped in clusters,
or the reader can look at the index to find specific ­occupations.

About the Occupational Information Network
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) is a system used by State employment service offices to classify applicants and job openings, and by some career information
centers and libraries to file occupational information. At the
end of each detailed occupational statement, the Handbook
provides the Internet address of the online version of the
statement. This online version provides links to O*NET information related to the particular occupation.
You can use O*NET to search for occupations that match
your skills, or you may search by keyword or O*NET
code. For each occupation, O*NET reports information
about different aspects of the job, including tasks performed, knowledge, skills, abilities, and work activities. It
also lists interests, work styles, such as independence, and
work values, such as achievement, that are well suited to
the occupation. O*NET ranks and scores the descriptors in
each category by their importance to the occupation.
The Handbook chapter on “Occupational Information
Network Coverage” cross-references O*NET codes to occupations covered in the Handbook. You can access O*NET
on the Internet at http://www.online.onetcenter.org.

Sections of Occupational Statements
Significant Points
This section highlights key occupational characteristics discussed in the statement.

Nature of the Work
This section describes the typical tasks and responsibilities of
workers in the occupation, including what tools and equipment

they use and how closely they are supervised. The statement on
fire fighting occupations, for example, gives a detailed account
of the responsibilities of a fire fighter, which include operating
the fire hose, providing emergency medical care, and cleaning
and maintaining equipment. Some statements mention common
alternative job titles or occupational specialties. The statement
on accountants and auditors, for example, discusses several
specialties, including public accountants, management accountants, and internal auditors.
The Handbook is revised every 2 years. This section may be
revised for several reasons. One is the emergence of occupational specialties. For instance, webmasters—who are responsible for the technical aspects of operating a Web site—constitute
a specialty within computer scientists and database administrators. Another reason for revision is a change in technology
that affects the way in which a job is performed. The Internet,
for example, allows purchasers to acquire supplies with a click
of the mouse, saving time and money. Furthermore, job duties
may be affected by modifications to business practices, such
as organizational restructuring or changes in response to new
government regulations. An example is paralegals and legal assistants, who increasingly are being used by law firms in order
to lower costs and increase the efficiency of legal services.
Work environment. This subsection describes the workplace,
the level of physical activity expected, and typical hours of
workers in the occupation. It may also describe opportunities for
part-time work, the extent of travel required, any special equipment that is used, and the risk of injury that workers may face.
In some occupations, people work regular business hours—40
hours a week, Monday through Friday. However, many establishments like restaurants, stores, and hospitals are open evenings, weekends, and in some cases 24 hours a day, seven days
a week. The work settings can range from indoors at a comfortable desk to outdoors in every kind of weather. For example,
radiologic technologists and technicians may use protective
clothing or equipment, some construction laborers do physically demanding work, truck drivers might be susceptible to
injury on the road, and paramedics have high job-related stress.
Information on various worker characteristics, such as the
average number of hours worked per week, is obtained from
the Current Population Survey (CPS)—a survey of households
conducted by the U.S. Census Bureau for the Bureau of Labor
Statistics (BLS).
Economists in BLS consult many sources before making
changes to the nature of the work section, or any other section, of a Handbook statement. Usual sources include articles
from newspapers, magazines, and professional journals, as well
as the Web sites of professional associations, unions, and trade
groups. Information found on the Internet or in periodicals is
25

26 Occupational Outlook Handbook

verified through interviews with individuals employed in the
occupation, professional associations, unions, and others with
occupational knowledge, such as university professors and
­career counselors.

Training, Other qualifications, and Advancement
After gathering your initial impressions of what a job is all
about, it is important to understand how to prepare for it. The
training, other qualifications, and advancement section explains
typical paths to entry and advancement in each occupation.
Education and training. This subsection describes the most
significant sources of education and training, the type education or training preferred by employers, and the typical length
of training. Some common forms of education and training include a high school diploma, informal on-the-job training, previous work experience, formal training (including internships),
and various postsecondary awards and degrees. The type of
education or training required for each occupation in the Handbook varies, and two seemingly similar occupations can have
very different requirements. For example, respiratory therapists
typically need an associate degree for entry-level employment
while occupational therapists typically need a master’s degree
or higher for entry-level employment.
Licensure. Some States regulate the practice of certain occupations, typically through licensure. This subsection discusses
the number of States that regulate a given occupation and some
of the typical requirements for such licenses. The requirements
for licensure vary according to State law. Some common requirements for licensure are some minimum level of education,
passage of an occupation-specific examination that demonstrates competency, and continuing education credits to maintain valid licensure. Examples of occupations that may require
State licensure include child care workers, cosmetologists,
electricians, occupational therapists, architects, and lawyers.
Credentialing is discussed in this subsection when it is a mandatory requirement for an occupation, much like licensure. For
example, accountants who file reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission are required by law to be a Certified
Public Accountant (CPA). A number of occupations have voluntary credentialing, often offered by professional organizations.
If credentialing is voluntary, it may be addressed in this subsection or under the other qualifications or advancement subsections. When voluntary credentialing is relevant, the statement
typically includes information on the type of credential, the
credentialing organization, and some typical requirements for
credentialing.
Other qualifications. Any additional qualifications that are
not included in the previous subsections, such as the desirable
skills, aptitudes, and personal characteristics that employers
look for would be discussed in this section. For example, meeting and convention planners must have excellent interpersonal
and organizational skills, the ability to work under pressure,
and must pay attention to detail. For some entry-level jobs, personal characteristics are more important than formal training.
Employers generally seek people who read, write, and speak
well; compute accurately; think logically; learn quickly; get
along with others; and demonstrate dependability. This subsec-

tion may also include information about voluntary, entry-level
credentialing.
Advancement. This subsection details possible advancement
opportunities after gaining experience in an occupation. Advancement can come in several forms, including advancement
within the occupation, such as promotion to a management
­position; advancement into other occupations, such as leaving
a job as a lawyer to become a judge; and advancement to selfemployment, such as an automotive technician opening his or
her own repair shop.
Certain types of certification can also serve as a form of advancement. Voluntary certification often demonstrates a level
of competency to employers, and can result in more responsibility, higher pay, or a new job. Radiologic technologists may,
for example, become specialists in magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI) with voluntary certification.
Information in the training, other qualifications, and advancement section comes from personal interviews with individuals
employed in the occupation, Web sites, published training materials, and interviews with the organizations that grant degrees,
certifications, or licenses, or are otherwise associated with the
occupation.

Employment
This section reports the number of jobs that the occupation
provided in 2008, the key industries in which those jobs were
found, and, if significant, the number or proportion of self-employed workers in the occupation.
The source of estimated employment in a particular occupation in the Handbook is the Bureau’s National Employment Matrix, which presents current and projected employment for 276
industries and 750 occupations over the 2008–2018 period. Data
in the matrix come primarily from the establishment-based Occupational Employment Statistics (OES) Survey, which ­reports
employment of wage and salary workers for each occupation in
every industry except agriculture and private households. The
household-based Current Population Survey (CPS) provides input for matrix data on the number of self-employed and ­unpaid
family workers in each occupation. The matrix also incorporates CPS data on total employment—wage and salary, selfemployed, and unpaid family workers—in the agriculture and
private household industries.
The estimate of total employment in each Handbook occupation thus combines data from several different sources. Furthermore, some Handbook occupations combine several matrix
occupations. For these reasons, employment numbers cited in
the Handbook may differ from employment data provided by
OES, CPS, and other employment surveys.
When significant, the geographic distribution of jobs is mentioned, reflecting CPS data. On the basis of OES survey data,
some Handbook statements, such as textile, apparel, and furnishings occupations, list States that employ substantial numbers of workers in the occupation.

Job Outlook
In planning for the future, it is important to consider potential
job growth and job opportunities. This section describes the
factors that affect employment growth or decline, and in some

Occupational Information Included in the Handbook 27

instances, describes the relationship between the number of job
seekers and the number of job openings.
Employment change. This subsection reflects the occupational projections in the National Employment Matrix. Each occupation is assigned a descriptive phrase based on its projected
percent change in employment over the 2008–2018 period.
This phrase describes the occupation’s projected employment
change relative to the projected average employment change
for all occupations combined. (These phrases are listed at the
end of this chapter.)
Many factors are examined in projecting the employment
change for each occupation. One such factor is changes in technology. New technology can either create new job opportunities or eliminate jobs by making an occupation obsolete. The
Internet has increased the demand for workers in the computer
and information technology fields, such as computer support
specialists and systems administrators. However, the Internet
also has adversely affected travel agents, because many people
now book tickets, hotels, and rental cars online.
Another factor that influences employment trends is demographic change. By affecting the services demanded, demographic change can influence occupational growth or decline. For
example, an aging population will demand more healthcare services, leading to occupational growth in healthcare occupations.
Another factor affecting job growth or decline is changes
in business practices, such as restructuring businesses or outsourcing (contracting out) work. Corporate restructuring has
made many organizations “flatter,” resulting in fewer middle
management positions. Also, in the past few years, insurance
carriers have been outsourcing sales and claims adjuster jobs to
large, 24-hour call centers in order to reduce costs. Jobs in some
occupations, such as computer programmers and customer service representatives, have been “offshored”—moved to lowerwage foreign countries.
The substitution of one product or service for another can
also affect employment projections. For example, consumption
of plastic products has grown as they have been substituted for
metal goods in consumer and manufactured products in recent
years. The process is likely to continue and should result in
stronger demand for machine operators in plastics than in metal.
Competition from foreign trade usually has a negative affect on employment. Often, foreign manufacturers can produce
goods more cheaply than they can be produced in the United
States, and the cost savings can be passed on in the form of
lower prices with which U.S. manufacturers cannot compete.
Increased international competition is a major reason for the
decline in employment among textile, apparel, and furnishings
workers.
Another factor is job growth or decline in key industries. If an
occupation is concentrated in an industry that is growing rapidly, it is likely that that occupation will grow rapidly as well.
For example, the growing need for business expertise is fueling
demand for consulting services. This is expected to cause rapid
growth in the management, scientific, and technical consulting
services industry, which, in turn, will lead to rapid growth in the
employment of management analysts.
Job prospects. In some cases, the Handbook mentions that
an occupation is likely to provide numerous job openings or,

in others, that an occupation likely will have relatively few
openings. This information reflects the projected change in
employment, as well as replacement needs. Large occupations
in which workers frequently enter and leave, such as food and
beverage serving occupations, generally provide the most job
openings—reflecting the need to replace workers who transfer
to other occupations or who stop working.
Some Handbook statements discuss the relationship between
the number of job seekers and the number of job openings. Job
­opportunities are affected by several factors, including the creation
of new jobs, the number of people who apply for jobs, and the
number of people who leave the occupation. In some occupations,
there is a rough balance between job seekers and job openings,
resulting in good opportunities. In other occupations, employers may report difficulty finding qualified applicants, resulting in
excellent job opportunities. Still other occupations are characterized by a surplus of applicants, leading to keen competition for
jobs. (These phrases used to describe the relationship between job
seekers and job opportunities appear at the end of this section.)
Variation in job opportunities by industry, educational attainment,
size of firm, or geographic location also may be discussed. Even
in crowded occupations, job openings do exist. Good students or
highly qualified individuals should not be deterred from undertaking training for, or seeking entry into, those occupations.
Employment projections table. The employment projections
table lists employment statistics from the National Employment Matrix. It includes 2008 employment, projected 2018 employment, and the 2008–2018 change in employment in both
numerical and percent forms. Current and projected employment and the numerical change in employment are rounded to
the nearest hundred, and the percent change in employment is
rounded to the nearest whole number. Numerical and percent
changes are calculated using non-rounded 2008 and 2018 employment figures, and then are rounded for presentation in the
employment projections table.

Earnings
This section discusses typical earnings and how workers are
compensated—annual salaries, hourly wages, commissions,
piece rates, tips, or bonuses. Within every occupation, earnings vary by experience, responsibility, performance, tenure,
and geographic area. Almost every statement in the Handbook
contains 2008 OES-survey wage estimates for wage and salary workers. Information on earnings in the major industries in
which the occupation is employed, also supplied by the OES
survey, may be given as well.
In addition to presenting earnings data from the OES survey,
some statements contain additional earnings data from non-BLS
sources. Starting and average salaries of Federal workers are
based on 2009 data from the U.S. Office of Personnel Management. The National Association of Colleges and Employers supplies information on average salary offers in 2009 for students
graduating with a bachelor’s, master’s, or Ph.D. degree in certain
fields. A few statements contain additional earnings information
from other sources, such as unions, professional associations,
and private companies. These data sources are cited in the text.
Benefits account for a significant portion of total compensation costs to employers. Benefits such as paid vacation, health

28 Occupational Outlook Handbook

insurance, and sick leave might not be mentioned, because they
are widespread. In some occupational statements, the absence
of these traditional benefits is pointed out. Although not as
common as traditional benefits, flexible hours and profit-sharing plans may be offered to attract and retain highly qualified
workers. Less common benefits also include child care, tuition
for dependents, housing assistance, summers off, and free or
discounted merchandise or services. For certain occupations,
the percentage of workers affiliated with a union is listed. These
data come from the CPS survey.
Unless otherwise noted, the source of employment and
earnings data presented in the Handbook is the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Nearly all Handbook statements cite employment
and wage estimates from the OES survey, and some include data
from outside sources. OES data may be used to compare wages
among occupations; outside data, however, may not be used in
this manner, because characteristics of these data vary widely.

Related occupations

Abbreviated occupational statements
At the end of some major occupational groups—office
and administrative support occupations, for example—the
Handbook includes selected occupational statements under
headings such as “other office and administrative support
occupations” or “other professional and related occupations.” These statements provide the same career guidance
information as the more-detailed occupational statements,
but in an abbreviated format.

Key phrases in the Handbook
This box explains how to interpret key phrases used to
describe projected changes in employment. Also explained
are the terms used to describe the relationship between the
number of job openings and the number of job seekers. The
description of this relationship in a particular occupation
reflects the knowledge and judgment of economists in the
BLS Office of Occupational Statistics and Employment
­Projections.

Changing employment between 2008 and 2018

Occupations involving similar duties, skills, interests, education, and training are listed.

Sources of additional information
No single publication can describe all aspects of an occupation.
Thus, the Handbook lists the mailing addresses of associations,
government agencies, unions, and other organizations that can
provide occupational information. In some cases, toll free tele-

If the statement reads:
Grow much faster than average
Grow faster than average
Grow about as fast as average
Grow more slowly than average
Little or no change
Decline slowly or moderately
Decline rapidly

phone numbers and Internet addresses also are listed. Free or
relatively inexpensive publications offering more information
may be mentioned; some of these publications also may be
available in libraries, in school career centers, in guidance offices, or on the Internet. Most of the organizations listed in this
section were sources of information on the nature of the work,
training, and job outlook discussed in the Handbook.
For additional sources of information, also read the earlier
chapters, “Sources of Career Information” and “Sources of
­Education, Training, and Financial Aid.”

Employment is
projected to:
Increase 20 percent or more
Increase 14 to 19 percent
Increase 7 to 13 percent
Increase 3 to 6 percent
Decrease 2 percent
to increase 2 percent
Decrease 3 to 9 percent
Decrease 10 percent or
more

Opportunities and competition for jobs
If the statement reads:
Very good to excellent
opportunities
Good or favorable
opportunities
May face, or can expect,
keen competition

Job openings compared
with job seekers may be:
More numerous
In rough balance
Fewer

Management, Business, and
Financial Occupations
Management Occupations

Nature of the Work

n­ egotiation, and review of contracts related to the purchase or
sale of equipment, materials, supplies, products, or services.
Other administrative services managers handle the acquisition,
distribution, and storage of equipment and supplies, while others oversee the disposal of surplus or unclaimed property.
Administrative services managers who work as facility managers plan, design, and manage buildings, grounds, equipment,
and supplies. Increasingly, they develop and implement plans
that incorporate energy efficiency into a facility’s operations
and structures. These tasks require integrating the principles of
business administration, information technology, architecture,
and engineering. Although the specific tasks assigned to facility managers vary substantially depending on the organization,
the duties fall into several categories, relating to operations and
maintenance, real estate, project planning and management,
communication, finance, facility function, technology integration, and environmental factors. Tasks within these broad categories may include space and workplace planning, budgeting,
purchase and sale of real estate, lease management, renovations, or architectural planning and design. Facility managers

Administrative services managers plan, coordinate, and direct
a broad range of services that allow organizations to operate
efficiently. They might, for example, coordinate space allocation, facilities maintenance and operations, and major property
and equipment procurement. They also may oversee centralized
operations that meet the needs of multiple departments, such
as information and data processing, mail, materials scheduling
and distribution, printing and reproduction, records management, telecommunications management, security, recycling,
wellness, and transportation services. Administrative services
managers also ensure that contracts, insurance requirements,
and government regulations and safety standards are followed
and up to date. They may examine energy consumption patterns, technology usage, and personal property needs to plan for
their long-term maintenance, modernization, and replacement.
Specific duties for these managers vary by size of company
or office and degree of responsibility and authority. In small
organizations, a single administrative services manager, sometimes called an office manager, may oversee all support services. (See the statement on office and administrative support
worker supervisors and managers elsewhere in the Handbook.)
In larger ones, however, there may be several layers of administrative services managers that may specialize in different areas
and report to directors of administration, or vice presidents of
administration who oversee all administrative services.
The nature of these managerial jobs varies as significantly
as the range of administrative services required by organizations. For example, administrative services managers who work
as contract administrators oversee the preparation, analysis,

Administrative services managers review plans and contracts to
ensure smooth implementation.

Administrative Services Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Applicants for the limited number of higher-level
management jobs will face keen competition; less severe competition is expected for lower-level management jobs.
Administrative services managers work throughout
private industry and government and have a wide
range of responsibilities, experience, earnings, and
education.
Like other managers, administrative services managers should be analytical, detail-oriented, flexible, decisive, and have good leadership and communication
skills.

29

30 Occupational Outlook Handbook

may oversee renovation projects to improve efficiency or ensure
that facilities meet government regulations and environmental,
health, and security standards. For example, they may influence
building renovation projects by recommending energy-saving
alternatives or production efficiencies that reduce waste. Additionally, facility managers continually monitor the facility to
ensure that it remains safe, secure, and well-maintained. Often,
facility managers are responsible for directing staff, including
maintenance, grounds, and custodial workers.
Work environment. Administrative services managers spend
much of their day in an office, but site visits around the building, outdoors to supervise groundskeeping activities, or to other
facilities under their management are common. If overseeing
a construction project, travel to the construction site is typical.
Technology allows many facility managers to monitor equipment remotely and teleconferencing has reduced the need to
travel as frequently to meet with off-site staff and vendors.
About half of administrative services managers work a standard 40-hour week; most of the remaining workforce work
longer hours. However, uncompensated overtime frequently is
required to resolve problems and meet deadlines. Facility managers often are “on call” to address a variety of problems that
can arise in a facility during nonworking hours.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Education and experience requirements for these managers
vary widely, depending on the size and complexity of the organization. In small organizations, experience may be the only
requirement. In large organizations, however, administrative
services managers may need a bachelor’s degree and appropriate experience.
Education and training. Specific education and training
requirements vary by job responsibility. Office mangers in
smaller operations or lower-level administrative services managers with fewer responsibilities may only need a high school
diploma combined with appropriate experience, but an associate degree is increasingly preferred.
In larger companies with multiple locations, equipment, and
technologies to coordinate, higher-level administrative services
managers need at least a bachelor’s degree. Managers of highly
complex services, such as contract, insurance, and regulatory
compliance, generally need at least a bachelor’s degree in business administration, human resources, accounting, or finance.
Lower-level managers may also need a bachelor’s degree, but
related postsecondary technical training may also be substituted
for managers of printing, security, communications, or information technology. Those involved in building management
should take a drafting class. Regardless of major, courses in
office technology, accounting, computer applications, human
resources, and business law are highly recommended.
Most facility managers have an undergraduate or graduate
degree in engineering, architecture, construction management, business administration, or facility management. Many
also have backgrounds in real estate, construction, or interior
design, in addition to managerial experience. Whatever the
educational background, it must be accompanied by related
work experience reflecting managerial and leadership abilities.
Many administrative services managers obtained their experience by specializing in one area at first, then augmenting their

qualifications by acquiring work experience in other specialties before assuming managerial duties.
Managers of property acquisition and disposal need experience in purchasing and sales, and knowledge of the variety of
supplies, machinery, and equipment used by the organization.
Managers concerned with supply, inventory, and distribution
should be experienced in receiving, warehousing, packaging,
shipping, transportation, and related operations. Contract administrators may have worked as contract specialists, cost analysts, or procurement specialists.
Other qualifications. Persons interested in becoming administrative services managers should have good leadership
and communication skills and be able to establish effective
working relationships with many different people, ranging
from managers, supervisors, and professionals, to clerks and
blue-collar workers. They should be analytical, detail-oriented,
flexible, and decisive. They must be able to coordinate several
activities at once, quickly analyze and resolve specific problems, and cope with deadlines.
Certification and advancement. Most administrative services managers in small organizations advance by moving to
other management positions or to larger organizations. The
­Association of Professional Office Managers offers online
training geared towards small businesses that indicate a level of
professionalism and commitment to office management.
Advancement is easier in large firms that employ ­several
levels and types of administrative services managers. A
­master’s degree in business administration or a related field
can enhance a manager’s opportunities to advance to higherlevel positions, such as director of administrative services.
Some experienced managers may join or establish a management consulting firm to provide administrative management
services to other companies on a contract basis.
Advancement of facility managers is based on the practices
and size of individual companies. Some facility managers transfer among departments within an organization or work their
way up from technical positions. Others advance through a progression of facility management positions that offer additional
responsibilities. Completion of the competency-based professional certification program offered by the International Facility Management Association can give prospective candidates an
advantage. In order to qualify for the Certified Facility Manager
(CFM) designation, applicants must meet certain educational
and experience requirements. People entering the profession
also may obtain the Facility Management Professional (FMP)
credential, a stepping stone to the CFM.

Employment
Administrative services managers held about 259,400 jobs in
2008. They are found in all industries, but several industries have
a greater share of these managers than others. They are the education services industry with 15 percent, the health care industry
with 12 percent, State and local government with 12 percent, and
finance and insurance with 9 percent.

Job Outlook
The number of jobs is projected to grow about as fast as average. Applicants for the limited number of higher-level management jobs will face keen competition; less severe competition is

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 31

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Administrative services managers.....................................................

SOC
Code
11-3011

Employment,
2008
259,400

Projected
Employment,
2018
291,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
32,300
12

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

expected for lower-level management jobs. Demand should be
strong for facility managers.
Employment change. Employment of administrative services managers is projected to grow by 12 percent over the
2008-18 decade, about as fast as the average for all occupations. Continued downsizing by companies and increasing
use of office technology may result in a more streamlined
organizational structure with fewer levels of management, reducing the need for some positions. Demand should be strong
for facility managers because businesses increasingly realize
the importance of maintaining, securing, and efficiently operating their facilities. Cost-cutting measures to improve profitability, streamline operations, and compete globally will
continue to be addressed by many organizations, resulting in
more firms outsourcing facility management services or hiring qualified facility managers who are capable of achieving
these goals in-house.
Administrative services managers employed in management services and management consulting should grow as
companies increasingly look to outside specialists to handle a
myriad of administrative tasks that have become increasingly
complex and expensive. Administrative services managers
specializing in contract administration will also be in demand
as outsourcing of administrative tasks becomes increasingly
prevalent for activities such as food and janitorial services,
space planning and design, energy, telecommunications, and
grounds and equipment maintenance and repair. Other areas
that administrative services managers will increasingly plan
and coordinate include information technology, data and personal security, records management, wellness, and energy
conservation.
Job prospects. Applicants will face keen competition for
the limited number of higher-level administrative services management jobs; competition should be less severe for lower-level
management jobs. Job prospects will also be better for those
who can manage a wide range of responsibilities, than for those
who specialize in particular functions. In addition to the new
administrative services management jobs due to growth in the
occupation, many job openings will stem from the need to replace workers who transfer to other jobs, retire, or leave the
occupation for other reasons.
Job opportunities may vary from year to year because the
strength of the economy affects demand for administrative services managers. Industries least likely to be affected by economic fluctuations tend to be the most stable places for employment.

cent earned between $52,240 and $98,980. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $37,430, and the highest 10 percent earned more
than $129,770. Median annual wages in the industries employing
the largest numbers of these managers were:

Earnings

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos002.htm

Wages of administrative services managers vary greatly depending on the employer, the specialty, and the geographic area. In
general, however, median annual wages of salaried administrative
services managers in May 2008 were $73,520. The middle 50 per-

Management of companies and enterprises................$85,980
General medical and surgical hospitals.........................77,870
Local government..........................................................74,860
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........72,460
State government...........................................................65,690

In the Federal Government, industrial specialists averaged
$82,169 a year in March 2009. Corresponding averages were
$78,995 for facility operations services managers, $79,457 for
industrial property managers, $70,386 for property disposal
specialists, $78,562 for administrative officers, and $71,049 for
support services administrators.

Related Occupations
Administrative services managers direct and coordinate support services and oversee the purchase, use, and disposal
of personal property. Occupations with similar functions
­include:
Page
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Office and administrative support worker supervisors
and managers........................................................................ 594
Property, real estate, and community
association managers.............................................................. 76
Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents............... 79
Top executives............................................................................ 83

Sources of Additional Information
For information about careers and education and degree programs in facility management, as well as the Certified Facility
Manager designation, contact:
hhInternational Facility Management Association, 1 East
Greenway Plaza, Suite 1100, Houston, TX 77046-0194.
Internet: http://www.ifma.org
For information on training and classes for professional office management personnel, contact:
hhAssociation of Professional Office Managers,
P. O. Box 1926, Rockville, MD 20849. Internet:
http://www.apomonline.org

32 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Advertising, Marketing, Promotions,
Public Relations, and Sales Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Keen competition is expected for these highly coveted jobs.
College graduates with related experience, a high level
of creativity, and strong communication and computer
skills should have the best job opportunities.
High earnings, substantial travel, and long hours, in­
cluding evenings and weekends, are common.
Because of the importance and high visibility of their
jobs, these managers often are prime candidates for
advancement to the highest ranks.

Nature of the Work
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers coordinate their companies’ market research, marketing strategy, sales, advertising, promotion, pricing, product
development, and public relations activities. In small firms the
owner or chief executive officer might assume all advertising,
promotions, marketing, sales, and public relations responsibilities. In large firms, which may offer numerous products and
services nationally or even worldwide, an executive vice president directs overall advertising, marketing, promotions, sales,
and public relations policies. (Executive vice presidents are included in the Handbook statement on top executives.)
Advertising managers. Advertising managers direct a firm’s
or group’s advertising and promotional campaign. They can be
found in advertising agencies that put together advertising campaigns for clients, in media firms that sell advertising space or
time, and in companies that advertise heavily. They work with
sales staff and others to generate ideas for the campaign, oversee
a creative staff that develops the advertising, and work with the
finance department to prepare a budget and cost estimates for the
campaign. Often, these managers serve as liaisons between the
firm requiring the advertising and an advertising or promotion
agency that actually develops and places the ads. In larger firms
with an extensive advertising department, different advertising
managers may oversee in-house accounts and creative and media
services departments. The account executive manages account
services departments in companies and assesses the need for advertising. In advertising agencies, ­account executives maintain
the accounts of clients whereas the creative services department
develops the subject matter and presentation of advertising. The
creative director oversees the copy chief, art director, and associated staff. The media director oversees planning groups that
select the communication medium—for example, radio, television, newspapers, magazines, the Internet, or outdoor signs—
that will disseminate the advertising.
Marketing managers. Marketing managers work with advertising and promotion managers to promote the firm’s or
organization’s products and services. With the help of lower
level managers, including product development managers and
market research managers, marketing managers estimate the

Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers often serve as liaisons between the firm requiring
the advertising and an advertising or promotion agency that
­develops and places the ads.
demand for products and services offered by the firm and its
­competitors and identify potential markets for the firm’s products. Marketing managers also develop pricing strategies to
help firms maximize profits and market share while ensuring
that the firms’ customers are satisfied. In collaboration with
sales, product development, and other managers, they monitor
trends that indicate the need for new products and services and
they oversee product development.
Promotions managers. Promotions managers direct promotions programs that combine advertising with purchasing incentives to increase sales. Often, the programs are executed through
the use of direct mail, inserts in newspapers, Internet advertisements, in-store displays, product endorsements, or other special
events. Purchasing incentives may include discounts, samples,
gifts, rebates, coupons, sweepstakes, and contests.
Public relations managers. Public relations managers plan
and direct public relations programs designed to create and
maintain a favorable public image for the employer or client.
For example, they might write press releases or sponsor corporate events to help maintain and improve the image and identity
of the company or client. They also help to clarify the organization’s point of view to their main constituency. They observe social, economic, and political trends that might ultimately affect
the firm, and they make recommendations to enhance the firm’s
image on the basis of those trends. Public relations ­managers

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 33

often specialize in a specific area, such as crisis management,
or in a specific industry, such as healthcare.
In large organizations, public relations managers may supervise a staff of public relations specialists. (See the Handbook
statement on public relations specialists.) They also work with
advertising and marketing staffs to make sure that the advertising campaigns are compatible with the image the company or
client is trying to portray. In addition, public relations managers
may handle internal company communications, such as company newsletters, and may help financial managers produce company reports. They may assist company executives in drafting
speeches, arranging interviews, and maintaining other forms
of public contact; oversee company archives; and respond to
requests for information. Some of these managers handle special events as well, such as the sponsorship of races, parties
introducing new products, or other activities that the firm supports in order to gain public attention through the press without
advertising directly.
Sales managers. Sales managers direct the distribution of
the product or service to the customer. They assign sales territories, set sales goals, and establish training programs for the
organization’s sales representatives. (See the Handbook statement on sales representatives, wholesale and manufacturing).
Sales managers advise the sales representatives on ways to
improve their sales performance. In large multiproduct firms,
they oversee regional and local sales managers and their staffs.
Sales managers maintain contact with dealers and distributors,
and analyze sales statistics gathered by their staffs to determine
sales potential and inventory requirements and to monitor customers’ preferences. Such information is vital in the development of products and the maximization of profits.
Work environment. Advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers work in offices close to
those of top managers. Working under pressure is unavoidable
when schedules change and problems arise, but deadlines and
goals still must be met.
Substantial travel may be required in order to meet with customers and consult with others in the industry. Sales managers
travel to national, regional, and local offices and to the offices
of various dealers and distributors. Advertising and promotions
managers may travel to meet with clients or representatives of
communications media. At times, public relations managers
travel to meet with special-interest groups or government officials. Job transfers between headquarters and regional offices
are common, particularly among sales managers.
Long hours, including evenings and weekends are common.
In 2008, over 80 percent of advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers worked 40 hours or more
a week.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A wide range of educational backgrounds is suitable for entry
into advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and
sales manager jobs, but many employers prefer college graduates with experience in related occupations.
Education and training. For marketing, sales, and promotions management positions, employers often prefer a bachelor’s or master’s degree in business administration with an
emphasis on marketing. Courses in business law, management,

economics, accounting, finance, mathematics, and statistics
are advantageous. In addition, the completion of an internship
while the candidate is in school is highly recommended. In
highly technical industries, such as computer and electronics
manufacturing, a bachelor’s degree in engineering or science,
combined with a master’s degree in business administration, is
preferred.
For advertising management positions, some employers prefer a bachelor’s degree in advertising or journalism. A relevant
course of study might include classes in marketing, consumer
behavior, market research, sales, communication methods and
technology, visual arts, art history, and photography.
For public relations management positions, some employers prefer a bachelor’s or master’s degree in public relations or
journalism. The applicant’s curriculum should include courses
in advertising, business administration, public affairs, public
speaking, political science, and creative and technical writing.
Most advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and
sales management positions are filled through promotions of experienced staff or related professional personnel. For example,
many managers are former sales representatives; ­purchasing
agents; buyers; or product, advertising, promotions, or public
relations specialists. In small firms, in which the number of positions is limited, advancement to a management position usually
comes slowly. In large firms, promotion may occur more quickly.
Other qualifications. Computer skills are necessary for recordkeeping and data management, and the ability to work in
an Internet environment is becoming increasingly vital as more
marketing, product promotion, and advertising is done through
the Internet. Also, the ability to communicate in a foreign language may open up employment opportunities in many rapidly
growing areas around the country, especially cities with large
Spanish-speaking populations.
Persons interested in becoming advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales managers should be mature, creative, highly motivated, resistant to stress, flexible, and
decisive. The ability to communicate persuasively, both orally
and in writing, with other managers, staff, and the public is
vital. These managers also need tact, good judgment, and exceptional ability to establish and maintain effective personal
relationships with supervisory and professional staff members
and client firms.
Certification and advancement. Some associations offer
certification programs for these managers. Certification—an
indication of competence and achievement—is particularly
important in a competitive job market. Although relatively few
advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers currently are certified, the number of managers who
seek certification is expected to grow. Today, there are numerous management certification programs based on education and
job performance. In addition, the Public Relations Society of
America offers a certification program for public relations practitioners that is based on years of experience and performance
on an examination.
Although experience, ability, and leadership are emphasized
for promotion, advancement can be accelerated by participation in management training programs conducted by larger
firms. Many firms also provide their employees with ­continuing

34 Occupational Outlook Handbook

e­ ducation opportunities—either in-house or at local colleges
and universities—and encourage employee participation in
seminars and conferences, often held by professional societies. In collaboration with colleges and universities, numerous
marketing and related associations sponsor national or local
management training programs. Course subjects include brand
and product management; international marketing; sales management evaluation; telemarketing and direct sales; interactive
marketing; product promotion; marketing communication;
market research; organizational communication; and data-­
processing systems, procedures, and management. Many firms
pay all or part of the cost for employees who complete courses.
Because of the importance and high visibility of their jobs,
advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers often are prime candidates for advancement to the
highest ranks. Well-trained, experienced, and successful managers may be promoted to higher positions in their own or
another firm; some become top executives. Managers with extensive experience and sufficient capital may open their own
businesses.

Employment
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and
sales managers held about 623,800 jobs in 2008. The following tabulation shows the distribution of jobs by occupational
specialty:
Sales managers............................................................346,900
Marketing managers....................................................175,600
Public relations managers.............................................56,700
Advertising and promotions managers..........................44,600

These managers were found in virtually every industry. Sales
managers held about 56 percent of the jobs; about 62 percent
of sales managers were employed in wholesale trade, retail
trade, manufacturing, and the finance and insurance industries.
Marketing managers held approximately 28 percent of the
jobs; the professional, scientific, and technical services, and the
­finance and insurance industries employed around 32 percent
of marketing managers. About 27 percent of advertising and
promotions managers worked in the professional, scientific,
and technical services industries and wholesale trade. Around
48 percent of public relations managers were employed in
service-­providing industries, such as professional, scientific,
and technical ­servi­ces; public and private educational services;
finance and insurance; and healthcare and social assistance.

Job Outlook
Employment is projected to grow about as fast as average. As
with most managerial jobs, keen competition is expected for
these highly coveted positions.
Employment change. Overall employment of advertising,
marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales managers is
expected to increase by 13 percent through 2018. Job growth
will be spurred by competition for a growing number of goods
and services, both foreign and domestic, and the need to make
one’s product or service stand out in the crowd. In addition, as
the influence of traditional advertising in newspapers, radio, and
network television wanes, marketing professionals are being
asked to develop new and different ways to advertise and promote products and services to better reach potential customers.
Sales and marketing managers and their departments constitute some of the most important personnel in an organization and are less subject to downsizing or outsourcing than
are other types of managers, except in the case of companies that are consolidating. Employment of these managers,
therefore, will vary primarily on the basis of the growth or
contraction in the industries that employ them. For example,
if, as is expected, the number of automobile dealers declines
over the next decade, these major employers of sales managers will need fewer of them. Employment of marketing managers will grow 12 percent between 2008 and 2018, and that
of sales managers will grow 15 percent over the same period.
Advertising and promotions managers are expected to experience little or no change in employment from 2008 to 2018.
Despite large declines in the number of advertising managers in recent years, due mainly to the sharp reduction in the
number of advertising agencies and newspaper and periodical
publishers, which employ the greatest numbers of these managers, advertising and promotions managers are not expected
to experience similar declines in the future. Because advertising is the primary source of revenue for most media, advertising departments are less affected in a downturn. An expected
increase in the number of television and radio stations and a
sharp increase in the amount of advertising in digital media,
such as the Internet and wireless devices will generate a need
for advertising managers to oversee new and innovative advertising programs. A number of these advertising managers will
be self-employed.
Public relations managers are expected to see an increase
in employment of 13 percent between 2008 and 2018, as organizations increasingly emphasize community outreach and

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers........................................................................................
Advertising and promotions managers..........................................
Marketing and sales managers.......................................................
Marketing managers...................................................................
Sales managers...........................................................................
Public relations managers..............................................................

SOC
Code
11-2000
11-2011
11-2020
11-2021
11-2022
11-2031

Employment,
2008
623,800
44,600
522,400
175,600
346,900
56,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
704,100
43,900
596,200
197,500
398,700
64,100

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
80,300
-800
73,700
21,900
51,800
7,300

13
-2
14
12
15
13

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 35

customer relations as a way to enhance their reputation and
visibility. Especially among the growing number of nonprofit
organizations, such as education services, business and professional associations, and hospitals, where many of these workers
are employed, public relations managers will be charged with
promoting the mission of the organization and encouraging
membership or use of the organization’s services.
Job prospects. Most job openings for this occupation will be
due to the need to replace workers who leave the occupation or
retire. However, advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales manager jobs are highly coveted and are often
sought by other managers or highly experienced professionals,
resulting in keen competition. College graduates with related
experience, a high level of creativity, and strong communication and computer skills should have the best job opportunities.
In particular, employers will seek those who have the skills to
conduct new types of advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales campaigns involving new media, particularly the Internet.

Earnings
Median annual wages in May 2008 were $80,220 for advertising and promotions managers, $108,580 for marketing
managers, $97,260 for sales managers, and $89,430 for public relations managers.
Median annual wages of advertising and promotions managers in May 2008 in the advertising, public relations, and related
services industry were $105,960.
Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest
numbers of marketing managers were as follows:
Computer systems design and related services.........$127,870
Management of companies and enterprises................115,650
Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services..................................................111,130
Insurance carriers........................................................103,210
Depository credit intermediation..................................98,510

Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest
numbers of sales managers were as follows:
Professional and commercial equipment
and supplies merchant wholesalers.......................$125,130
Wholesale, electronic markets,
and agents and brokers............................................114,670
Automobile dealers.....................................................107,500
Management of companies and enterprises................106,980
Department stores.........................................................54,560

Wages vary substantially, depending upon the employee’s
level of managerial responsibility, length of service, and education; the size and location of the firm; and the industry in
which the firm operates. For example, manufacturing firms usually pay these managers higher salaries than nonmanufacturing firms. For sales managers, the size of their sales territory is
another important determinant of salary. Many managers earn
bonuses equal to 10 percent or more of their salaries.
According to a survey by the National Association of Colleges and Employers, starting salaries for marketing majors
graduating in 2009 averaged $43,325.

Related Occupations
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations, and sales
managers direct the sale of products and services offered by
their firms and communicate information about their firm’s activities. Other workers involved with advertising, marketing,
promotions, public relations, and sales include the following:
Page
Actors, producers, and directors.............................................. 318
Advertising sales agents........................................................... 527
Artists and related workers...................................................... 301
Authors, writers and editors..................................................... 333
Demonstrators and product promoters..................................... 532
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Models...................................................................................... 537
Public relations specialists....................................................... 350
Sales representatives, wholesale and manufacturing............... 547

Sources of Additional Information
For information about careers in advertising management, contact:
hhAmerican Association of Advertising Agencies, 405
Lexington Ave., 18th Floor, New York, NY 10174-1801.
Internet: http://www.aaaa.org
Information about careers and professional certification in
public relations management is available from:
hhPublic Relations Society of America, 33 Maiden
Lane, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10038-5150. Internet:
http://www.prsa.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos020.htm

Computer and Information
Systems Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Employment is expected to grow faster than the average for all occupations.
A bachelor’s degree in a computer-related field usually is required for management positions, although
employers often prefer a graduate degree, especially
an MBA with technology as a core component.
Many managers possess advanced technical knowledge gained from working in a computer occupation.
Job prospects should be excellent.

Nature of the Work
In the modern workplace, it is imperative that Information
Technology (IT) works both effectively and reliably. ­Compu­ter
and information systems managers play a vital role in the implementation and administration of technology within their organizations. They plan, coordinate, and direct research on the
computer-related activities of firms. In consultation with other

36 Occupational Outlook Handbook

managers, they help determine the goals of an organization and
then implement technology to meet those goals. They oversee
all technical aspect of an organization, such as software development, network security, and Internet operations.
Computer and information systems managers direct the work
of other IT professionals, such as computer software engineers
and computer programmers, computer systems analysts, and
computer support specialists (information on these occupations
can be found elsewhere in the Handbook). They plan and coordinate activities such as installing and upgrading hardware and software, programming and systems design, the implementation of
computer networks, and the development of Internet and intranet
sites. They are increasingly involved with the upkeep, maintenance, and security of networks. They analyze the computer and
information needs of their organizations from an operational and
strategic perspective and determine immediate and long-range
personnel and equipment requirements. They assign and review
the work of their subordinates and stay abreast of the latest technology to ensure that the organization remains competitive.
Computer and information systems managers can have additional duties, depending on their role within an organization.
Chief technology officers (CTOs), for example, evaluate the
newest and most innovative technologies and determine how
these can help their organizations. They develop technical standards, deploy technology, and supervise workers who deal with
the daily information technology issues of the firm. When a
useful new tool has been identified, the CTO determines one or
more possible implementation strategies, including cost-benefit
and return on investment analyses, and presents those strategies
to top management, such as the chief information officer (CIO).
(Chief information officers are covered in a separate Handbook
section on top executives.)
Management information systems (MIS) directors or information technology (IT) directors manage computing resources
for their organizations. They often work under the chief information officer and plan and direct the work of subordinate information technology employees. These managers ensure the
availability, continuity, and security of data and information
technology services in their organizations. In this capacity, they
oversee a variety of technical departments, develop and monitor
performance standards, and implement new projects.
IT project managers develop requirements, budgets, and
schedules for their firm’s information technology projects.
They coordinate such projects from development through implementation, working with their organization’s IT workers, as
well as clients, vendors, and consultants. These managers are
increasingly involved in projects that upgrade the information
security of an organization.
Work environment. Computer and information systems
managers generally work in clean, comfortable offices. Long
hours are common, and some may have to work evenings and
weekends to meet deadlines or solve unexpected problems; in
2008, about 25 percent worked more than 50 hours per week.
Some computer and information systems managers may experience considerable pressure in meeting technical goals with
short deadlines or tight budgets. As networks continue to expand and more work is done remotely, computer and information systems managers have to communicate with and oversee
offsite employees using laptops, e-mail, and the Internet.

Computer and information systems managers oversee a variety
of workers, including systems analysts, support specialists, and
software engineers.
Injuries in this occupation are uncommon, but like other
workers who spend considerable time using computers, computer and information systems managers are susceptible to eyestrain, back discomfort, and hand and wrist problems such as
carpal tunnel syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Computer and information systems managers generally have
technical expertise from working in a computer occupation,
as well as an understanding of business and management principles. A strong educational background and experience in a
variety of technical fields is needed.
Education and training. A bachelor’s degree in a computerrelated field usually is required for management positions, although employers often prefer a graduate degree, especially an
MBA with technology as a core component. Common majors
for undergraduate degrees are computer science, information
science, or management information systems (MIS).
A bachelor’s degree in a computer-related field generally
takes 4 years to complete, and includes courses in ­comp­uter
science, computer programming, computer engineering, mathematics, and statistics. Most also include general education
courses such as English and communications. MIS programs
usually are part of the business school or college, and contain
courses such as finance, marketing, accounting, and management, as well as systems design, networking, database management, and systems security.
MBA programs usually require 2 years of study beyond the
undergraduate degree, and, like undergraduate business programs, include courses on finance, marketing, accounting, and
management, as well as database management, electronic business, and systems management and design.
A few computer and information systems managers attain
their positions with only an associate or trade school degree, but
they must have sufficient experience and must have acquired
additional skills on the job. To aid their professional advancement, many managers with an associate degree eventually earn
a bachelor’s or master’s degree while working.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 37

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer and information systems managers...................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

11-3021

293,000

Projected
Employment,
2018
342,500

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
49,500
17

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Certification and other qualifications. Computer and information systems managers need a broad range of skills. Employers look for individuals who can demonstrate an understanding
of the specific software or technology used on the job. Generally,
this knowledge is gained through years of experience working
with that particular product. Another way to demonstrate this trait
is with professional certification. Although not required for most
computer and information system management positions, certification demonstrates an area of expertise, and can increase an applicant’s chances of employment. These high-level certifications are
often product-specific, and are generally administered by software
or hardware companies rather than independent organizations.
Computer and information systems managers also need a
thorough understanding of business practices. Because information technology is a central component of many organizations,
these workers often must make important business decisions.
Consequently, many firms seek managers with a background in
business management, consulting, or sales. These workers also
must possess good leadership and communication skills, as one
of their main duties is to assign work and monitor employee
performance. They also must be able to explain technical subjects to people without technical expertise, such as clients or
managers of other departments.
Advancement. Computer and information systems managers may advance to progressively higher leadership positions in
an information technology department. A project manager, for
instance, might be promoted to the chief technology officer position and then to chief information officer. On occasion, some
may become managers in non-technical areas such as marketing, human resources, or sales because in high technology firms
an understanding of technical issues is helpful in those areas.

Employment
Computer and information systems managers held about
293,000 jobs in 2008. About 16 percent worked in the computer systems design and related services industry. This industry provides IT services on a contract basis, including custom
computer programming services; computer systems design and
integration services; and computer facilities management services. Other large employers include insurance and financial
firms, government agencies, business management organizations, and manufacturers.

Job Outlook
Faster than average employment growth is expected, and job
prospects should be excellent.
Employment change. Employment of computer and information systems managers is expected to grow 17 percent over
the 2008-18 decade, which is faster than the average for all occupations. New applications of technology in the workplace
will continue to drive demand for workers, fueling the need for
more managers. To remain competitive, firms will continue to

install sophisticated computer networks and set up more complex intranets and websites. They will need to adopt the most
efficient software and systems and troubleshoot problems when
they occur. Computer and information systems managers will
be needed to oversee these functions.
Because so much business is carried out over computer networks, security will continue to be an important issue for businesses and other organizations, and will lead to strong growth
for computer managers. Firms will increasingly hire security
experts to fill key leadership roles in their information technology departments because the integrity of their computing environments is of utmost importance.
The growth of computer and information systems managers
should be closely related to the growth of the occupations they
supervise. For information on these occupations, see the Handbook sections on computer software engineers and computer
programmers; computer systems analysts; computer network,
systems, and database administrators; computer scientists; and
computer support specialists.
Among computer and information systems managers, job
growth is expected to be the fastest in computer systems design establishments; software publishing firms; data processing and hosting companies; management, scientific, and technical consulting
services; and healthcare organizations. Increased consolidation of
IT services may reduce growth to some extent in other industries.
Job prospects. Prospects for qualified computer and information systems managers should be excellent. Workers with specialized technical knowledge and strong communications and business skills, as well as those with an MBA with a concentration in
information systems, will have the best prospects. Job openings
will be the result of employment growth and the need to replace
workers who transfer to other occupations or leave the labor force.

Earnings
Wages of computer and information systems managers vary
by specialty and level of responsibility. Median annual wages
of these managers in May 2008 were $112,210. The middle
50 percent earned between $88,240 and $141,890. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers
of computer and information systems managers in May 2008
were as follows:
Software publishers...................................................$126,840
Computer systems design and related services...........118,120
Management of companies and enterprises................115,150
Depository credit intermediation................................113,380
Insurance carriers........................................................109,810

In addition to salaries, computer and information systems
managers, especially those at higher levels, often receive
­employment-related benefits, such as expense accounts, stockoption plans, and bonuses.

38 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Related Occupations

Nature of the Work

Other occupations that manage workers, deal with information
technology, or make business or technical decisions include:

Construction managers plan, direct, coordinate, and budget a
wide variety of construction projects, including the building of
all types of residential, commercial, and industrial structures,
roads, bridges, wastewater treatment plants, and schools and
hospitals. Construction managers may supervise an entire project or just part of one. They schedule and coordinate all design and construction processes, including the selection, hiring,
and oversight of specialty trade contractors, such as carpentry,
plumbing, or electrical, but they usually do not do any actual
construction of the structure.
Construction managers are salaried or self-employed managers who oversee construction supervisors and personnel. They
are often called project managers, constructors, construction
superintendents, project engineers, construction supervisors,
or general contractors. Construction managers may be owners
or salaried employees of a construction management or contracting firm, or they may work under contract or as a salaried
employee of the property owner, developer, or contracting firm
managing the construction project.
These managers coordinate and supervise the construction
process from the conceptual development stage through final
construction, making sure that the project gets completed on
time and within budget. They often work with owners, engineers, architects, and others who are involved in the process.
Given the designs for buildings, roads, bridges, or other projects, construction managers supervise the planning, scheduling,
and implementation of those designs.
Large construction projects, such as an office building or an
industrial complex, are often too complicated for one person
to manage. Accordingly, these projects are divided into various
segments: site preparation, including clearing and excavation of
the land, installing sewage systems, and landscaping and road
construction; building construction, including laying foundations and erecting the structural framework, floors, walls, and
roofs; and building systems, including protecting against fire
and installing electrical, plumbing, air-conditioning, and heating systems. Construction managers may be in charge of one or
several of these activities.
Construction managers determine the best way to get materials
to the building site and the most cost-effective plan and schedule
for completing the project. They divide all required construction site activities into logical steps, estimating and budgeting
the time required to meet established deadlines. Doing this may
require sophisticated scheduling and cost-estimating techniques
using computers with specialized software. (See the section on
cost estimators elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Construction managers also manage the selection of general
contractors and trade contractors to complete specific phases
of the project—which could include everything from structural
metalworking and plumbing, to painting, to installing electricity and carpeting. Construction managers determine the labor
requirements of the project and, in some cases, supervise or
monitor the hiring and dismissal of workers. They oversee the
performance of all trade contractors and are responsible for ensuring that all work is completed on schedule.
Construction managers direct and monitor the progress of
construction activities, occasionally through construction su-

Page
Advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers...................................... 32
Computer network, systems, and database administrators......... 128
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer software engineers and computer programmers........ 134
Computer support specialists................................................... 138
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140
Engineering and natural sciences managers............................... 46
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Marketing managers................................................................... 32
Top executives............................................................................ 83

Sources of Additional Information
Additional information on a career in information technology is
available from the following organizations:
hhAssociation for Computing Machinery (ACM), 2 Penn
Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://www.computingcareers.acm.org

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE., Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos258.htm

Construction Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

About 61 percent of construction managers are selfemployed.
Jobseekers who combine construction work experience with a bachelor’s degree in a construction-­
related field should enjoy the best prospects.
Certification, although not required, is increasingly
important for construction managers.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 39

schedule for days or weeks to meet special project deadlines,
especially if there are delays.
Although the work usually is not inherently dangerous, injuries can occur and construction managers must be careful while
performing onsite services.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Construction managers direct and monitor the progress of construction activities, occasionally through construction supervisors or other construction managers.
pervisors or other construction managers. They are responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and licenses and,
depending upon the contractual arrangements, for directing
or monitoring compliance with building and safety codes,
other regulations, and requirements set by the project’s insurers. They also oversee the delivery and use of materials,
tools, and equipment; worker safety and productivity; and
the quality of the construction.
Work environment. Working out of a main office or out
of a field office at the construction site, construction managers
monitor the overall construction project. Decisions regarding
daily construction activities generally are made at the jobsite.
Managers might travel considerably when the construction site
is not close to their main office or when they are responsible
for activities at two or more sites. Management of overseas
construction projects usually entails temporary residence in the
country in which the project is being carried out.
Often on call 24 hours a day, construction managers deal with
delays, such as the effects of bad weather, or emergencies at the
jobsite. More than one-third worked a standard 40-hour week
in 2008, and some construction projects continue around the
clock. Construction managers may need to work this type of

Employers increasingly are hiring construction managers with
a bachelor’s degree in a construction-related field, although it
is also possible for construction workers to become construction managers after many years of experience. Construction
managers must understand contracts, plans, specifications, and
regulations. Certification, although not required, is increasingly
important.
Education and training. For construction manager jobs, a
bachelor’s degree in construction science, construction management, building science, or civil engineering, plus work experience, is becoming the norm. However, years of experience, in
addition to taking classes in the field or getting an associate’s degree, can substitute for a bachelor’s degree. Practical construction experience is very important for entering this occupation,
whether earned through an internship, a cooperative education
program, a job in the construction trades, or another job in the
industry. Some people advance to construction management
­positions after having substantial experience as construction
craftworkers—carpenters, masons, plumbers, or electricians, for
example—or after having worked as construction supervisors or
as owners of independent specialty contracting firms. However,
as construction processes become increasingly complex, employers are placing more importance on specialized education
after high school.
More than 100 colleges and universities offer bachelor’s degree programs in construction science, building science, and
construction engineering. These programs include courses in
project control and development, site planning, design, construction methods, construction materials, value analysis, cost
estimating, scheduling, contract administration, accounting,
business and financial management, safety, building codes and
standards, inspection procedures, engineering and architectural
sciences, mathematics, statistics, and information technology.
Graduates from 4-year degree programs usually are hired as
assistants to project managers, field engineers, schedulers, or
cost estimators. An increasing number of graduates in related
fields—engineering or architecture, for example—also enter
construction management, often after acquiring substantial experience on construction projects.
Several colleges and universities offer a master’s degree
program in construction management or construction science.
Master’s degree recipients, especially those with work experience in construction, typically become construction managers
in very large construction or construction management companies. Often, individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree in an unrelated field seek a master’s degree in construction management
or construction science to work in the construction industry.
Some construction managers obtain a master’s degree in business administration or finance to further their career prospects.
A number of 2-year colleges throughout the country offer
construction management or construction technology programs.

40 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Many individuals also attend training and educational programs
sponsored by industry associations, often in collaboration with
postsecondary institutions.
Other qualifications. Construction managers should be
flexible and work effectively in a fast-paced environment. They
should be decisive and work well under pressure, particularly
when faced with unexpected events or delays. The ability to
manage several major activities at once, while analyzing and
resolving specific problems, is essential, as is an understanding of engineering, architectural, and other construction drawings. Familiarity with computers and software programs for job
costing, online collaboration, scheduling, and estimating also
is important.
Good oral and written communication skills are important
as well, as are leadership skills. Managers must be able to
establish a good working relationship with many different
people, including owners, other managers, designers, supervisors, and craftworkers. The ability to converse fluently in
Spanish is increasingly becoming an asset, because Spanish is the first language of many workers in the construction
­industry.
Certification and advancement. There is a growing movement toward certification of construction managers. Although
certification is not required to work in the construction industry,
it can be valuable because it provides evidence of competence
and experience. Both the American Institute of Constructors
and the Construction Management Association of America
have established voluntary certification programs for construction managers. Requirements combine written examinations
with verification of education and professional experience.
The American Institute of Constructors awards the Associate
Constructor (AC) and Certified Professional Constructor (CPC)
designations to candidates who meet its requirements and pass
the appropriate construction examinations. The Construction
Management Association of America awards the Certified Construction Manager (CCM) designation to workers who have
the required experience and who pass a technical examination.
Applicants for this designation also must complete a self-study
course that covers the professional role of a construction manager, legal issues, the allocation of risk, and other topics related
to construction management.
Advancement opportunities for construction managers vary
with the individual’s performance and the size and type of company for which the person works. Within large firms, managers may eventually become top-level managers or executives.
Highly experienced individuals may become independent consultants; some serve as expert witnesses in court or as arbitrators
in disputes. Those with the required capital may establish their
own construction management services, specialty contracting,
or general contracting firms.

Employment
Construction managers held 551,000 jobs in 2008. About 61 percent were self-employed, many as owners of general or specialty
trade construction firms. Most salaried construction managers
were employed in the construction industry—11 percent by specialty trade contractor businesses (for example, plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical contractors), 10 percent in
nonresidential building construction, and 7 percent in residential
building construction. Others were employed by architectural,
­engineering, and related services firms.

Job Outlook
Faster than average employment growth is expected. Jobseekers who combine construction work experience with a bachelor’s degree in a construction-related field should enjoy the
best prospects.
Employment change. Employment of construction managers is projected to increase by 17 percent during the 2008–18
decade, faster than average for all occupations. Construction
managers will be needed as the level and variety of construction
activity expands, but at a slower rate than in the past. Modest
population and business growth will result in new and renovated construction of residential dwellings, office buildings, retail
outlets, hospitals, schools, restaurants, and other structures that
require construction managers. A growing emphasis on making
buildings more energy efficient should create additional jobs
for construction managers involved in retrofitting buildings. In
addition, the need to replace portions of the Nation’s infrastructure, such as roads, bridges, and water and sewer pipes, along
with the need to increase energy supply lines, will further increase demand for construction managers.
The increasing complexity of construction projects requires
specialized management-level personnel within the construction industry. Sophisticated technology; the proliferation of
laws setting standards for buildings and construction materials,
worker safety, energy efficiency, and environmental protection;
and the potential for adverse litigation have complicated the
construction process. In addition, advances in building materials, technology, and construction methods requires continual
learning and expertise.
Job prospects. Prospects should be best for people who
have a bachelor’s or higher degree in construction science, construction management, or civil engineering, plus practical work
­experience in construction. A strong background in building
technology is beneficial as well. Construction managers also
will have many opportunities to start their own firms.
In addition to job openings arising from employment growth,
many openings should result annually from the need to replace
workers who transfer to other occupations or leave the labor
force for other reasons. A number of seasoned managers are

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Construction managers.......................................................................

SOC
Code
11-9021

Employment,
2008
551,000

Projected
Employment,
2018
645,800

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
94,800
17

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 41

expected to retire over the next decade, resulting in a number
of job openings.
Employment of construction managers, like that of many other
construction workers, is sensitive to the fluctuations of the economy. On the one hand, workers in these trades may experience
periods of unemployment when the overall level of construction
falls. On the other hand, shortages of these workers may occur in
some areas during peak periods of building activity.

Information on accredited construction science and management educational programs is available from:
hhAmerican Council for Construction Education, 1717 North
Loop 1604 E, Suite 320, San Antonio, TX 78232. Internet:
http://www.acce-hq.org

Earnings

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos005.htm

Wages of salaried construction managers and self-employed
independent construction contractors vary with the size and
nature of the construction project, its geographic location, and
economic conditions. In addition to receiving typical benefits,
many salaried construction managers earn bonuses and are
­allowed the use of company motor vehicles.
Median annual wages of salaried construction managers
in May 2008 were $79,860. The middle 50 percent earned
between $60,650 and $107,140. The lowest paid 10 percent
earned less than $47,000, and the highest paid 10 percent
earned more than $145,920. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of construction managers were as follows:
Building equipment contractors..................................$81,590
Nonresidential building construction............................79,950
Other specialty trade contractors...................................78,410
Foundation, structure, and
building exterior contractors......................................76,880
Residential building construction..................................74,770

The earnings of self-employed workers are not included in
these numbers.
According to a July 2009 salary survey by the National Association of Colleges and Employers, people with a bachelor’s
degree in construction science or construction management
­received job offers averaging $53,199 a year.

Related Occupations
Construction managers participate in the conceptual development of a construction project and oversee its organization,
scheduling, and implementation. Other workers who perform
similar functions include the following:
Page
Architects, except landscape and naval.................................... 151
Civil engineers......................................................................... 161
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Engineering and natural sciences managers............................... 46
Landscape architects................................................................ 154

Sources of Additional Information
For information about constructor certification, contact:
hhAmerican Institute of Constructors, P.O. Box 26334,
Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet: http://www.aicnet.org
For information about construction management and construction manager certification, contact:
hhConstruction Management Association of America, 7926
Jones Branch Dr., Suite 800, McLean, VA 22102. Internet:
http://www.cmaanet.org

hhNational Center for Construction Education and Research,
3600 NW. 43rd St., Building G, Gainesville, FL 32606.
Internet: http://www.nccer.org

Education Administrators
Significant Points

•
•
•

Many jobs require a master’s or doctoral degree and
experience in a related occupation, such as teaching
or admissions counseling.
Strong interpersonal and communication skills are
­essential because much of an administrator’s job
­involves working and collaborating with others.
Excellent opportunities are expected for most jobs.

Nature of the Work
Successful operation of an educational institution requires
competent administrators. Education administrators provide
instructional leadership and manage the day-to-day activities in
schools, preschools, day care centers, and colleges and universities. They also direct the educational programs of businesses,
correctional institutions, museums, and job training and community service organizations. (College presidents and school
superintendents are covered in the Handbook statement on general managers and top executives.)
Education administrators set educational standards and goals
and establish the policies and procedures required to achieve
them. They also supervise managers, support staff, teachers,
counselors, librarians, coaches, and other employees. They develop academic programs, monitor students’ educational progress, train and motivate teachers and other staff, manage career
counseling and other student services, administer recordkeeping, prepare budgets, and perform many other duties. They also
handle relations with parents, prospective and current students,
employers, and the community. In a smaller organization such
as a small day care center, one administrator may handle all
these functions. In universities or large school systems, responsibilities are divided among many administrators, each with a
specific function.
Educational administrators who manage elementary, middle,
and secondary schools are called principals. They set the academic tone and work actively with teachers to develop and
maintain high curriculum standards, formulate mission statements, and establish performance goals and objectives. Principals confer with staff to advise, explain, or answer procedural
questions. They hire and evaluate teachers and other staff. They

42 Occupational Outlook Handbook

visit classrooms, observe teaching methods, review instructional objectives, and examine learning materials. Principals must
use clear, objective guidelines for teacher appraisals, because
principals’ pay often is based on performance ratings.
Principals also meet with other administrators and students,
parents, and representatives of community organizations. Decisionmaking authority increasingly has shifted from school
district central offices to individual schools. School principals
have greater flexibility in setting school policies and goals, but
when making administrative decisions, they must pay attention
to the concerns of parents, teachers, and other members of the
community.
Principals also are responsible for preparing budgets and
reports on various subjects, such as finances, attendance and
student performance. As school budgets become tighter, many
principals have become more involved in public relations and
fundraising to secure financial support for their schools from
local businesses and the community.
Principals ensure that students meet national, State, and local academic standards. Many principals develop partnerships
with local businesses and school-to-work transition programs
for students. Principals must be sensitive to the needs of a rising number of non-English-speaking students and a culturally diverse student body. In some areas, growing enrollments
are a cause for concern, because they lead to overcrowding at
many schools. When addressing problems of inadequate resources, administrators serve as advocates for the building of
new schools or the repair of existing ones. During the summer
months, principals are responsible for planning for the upcoming year, overseeing summer school, participating in workshops
for teachers and administrators, supervising building repairs
and improvements, and working to make sure that the school
has adequate staff for the upcoming school year.
Schools continue to be involved with students’ emotional
welfare as well as their academic achievement. As a result,
principals face responsibilities outside of academics. For example, many schools have a large number of students from
single-parent families, families in which both parents work outside the home or students who are teenage parents. To support
these students and their families, some schools have established
before- and after-school child care programs or family resource
centers, which also may offer parenting classes and social service referrals. With the help of community organizations, some
principals have established programs to combat increases in
crime, drug and alcohol abuse, and sexually transmitted diseases among students.
Assistant principals aid the principal in the overall administration of the school. Some assistant principals hold the position
for only a few years, during which time they prepare for advancement to principal; others are assistant principals throughout their careers. They are primarily responsible for scheduling
student classes and ordering textbooks and supplies. They also
coordinate transportation, custodial, cafeteria, and other support services. They usually handle student discipline and attendance problems, social and recreational programs, and matters
of health and safety. In addition, they may counsel students on
personal, educational, or vocational matters. With the advent
of site-based management, assistant principals play a greater

role in academic planning by helping to develop new curricula,
evaluating teachers, and dealing with school-community relations—responsibilities previously assumed solely by the principal. The number of assistant principals that a school employs
may vary with the number of students.
Administrators in school district central offices oversee public schools under their jurisdiction. This group of administrators includes those who direct subject-area programs such as
English, music, vocational education, special education, and
mathematics. They supervise instructional coordinators and
curriculum specialists and work with them to evaluate curricula
and teaching techniques and to develop programs and strategies to improve them. (Instructional coordinators are covered
elsewhere in the Handbook.) Some administrators may oversee career counseling programs. Others may administer testing that measures students’ abilities and helps to place them in
appropriate classes. Some may direct programs such as school
psychology, athletics, curriculum and instruction, and professional development. With site-based management, administrators have transferred the primary responsibility for many of
these programs to the principals, assistant principals, teachers,
instructional coordinators, and other staff in the schools.
In preschools and child care centers, which are usually much
smaller than other educational institutions, the director or supervisor of the school or center often serves as the sole administrator. The director’s or supervisor’s job is similar to that
of other school administrators in that he or she oversees the
school’s daily activities and operation, hires and develops staff,
and ensures that the school meets required regulations and educational standards.
In colleges and universities, provosts, also known as chief
academic officers, assist presidents, make faculty appointments
and tenure decisions, develop budgets, and establish academic

Education administrators manage the day-to-day activities
in schools, preschools, day care centers, and colleges and
universities.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 43

policies and programs. With the assistance of academic deans
and deans of faculty, provosts also direct and coordinate the
activities of deans of individual colleges and chairpersons of
academic departments. Fundraising is the chief responsibility
of the director of development and also is becoming an essential
part of the job for all administrators.
College or university department heads or chairpersons are
in charge of departments that specialize in particular fields of
study, such as English, biological science, or mathematics. In
addition to teaching, they coordinate schedules of classes and
teaching assignments; propose budgets; recruit, interview, and
hire applicants for teaching positions; evaluate faculty members; encourage faculty development; serve on committees; and
perform other administrative duties. In overseeing their departments, chairpersons must consider and balance the concerns of
faculty, administrators, and students.
Higher education administrators also direct and coordinate
the provision of student services. Vice presidents of student affairs or student life, deans of students, and directors of student
services may direct and coordinate admissions, foreign student
services, health and counseling services, career services, financial aid, and housing and residential life, as well as social,
recreational, and related programs. In small colleges, they may
counsel students. In larger colleges and universities, separate
administrators may handle each of these services. Registrars
are custodians of students’ records. They register students, record grades, prepare student transcripts, evaluate academic records, assess and collect tuition and fees, plan and implement
commencement exercises, oversee the preparation of college
catalogs and schedules of classes, and analyze enrollment and
demographic statistics. Directors of admissions manage the
process of recruiting, evaluating, and admitting students, and
work closely with financial aid directors, who oversee scholarship, fellowship, and loan programs. Registrars and admissions
officers at most institutions need computer skills because they
use electronic student information systems. For example, for
those whose institutions present college catalogs, schedules,
and other information on the Internet, knowledge of online resources, imaging, and other computer skills is important. Athletic directors plan and direct intramural and intercollegiate
athletic activities, overseeing the publicity for athletic events,
preparing budgets, and supervising coaches. Other increasingly
important administrators direct public relations, distance learning, and technology.
Work environment. Education administrators hold leadership positions with significant responsibility. Most find working
with students extremely rewarding, but as the responsibilities of
administrators have increased in recent years, so has the stress.
Coordinating and interacting with faculty, parents, students,
community members, business leaders, and State and local
policymakers can be fast paced and stimulating, but also stressful and demanding. Principals and assistant principals, whose
duties include disciplining students, may find working with
difficult students challenging. They also are increasingly being
held accountable for their schools meeting State and Federal
guidelines for student performance and teacher qualifications.
About 35 percent of education administrators worked more
than 40 hours a week in 2008; they often supervise school ac-

tivities at night and on weekends. Most administrators work
year round, although some work only during the academic year.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Most education administrators begin their careers as teachers
and prepare for advancement into education administration by
completing a master’s or doctoral degree. Because of the diversity of duties and levels of responsibility, educational backgrounds and experience vary considerably among these workers.
Education and training. Principals, assistant principals,
central office administrators, academic deans, and preschool
directors usually have held teaching positions before moving
into administration. Some teachers move directly into principal
positions; others first become assistant principals or gain experience in other administrative jobs at either the school or district
level in positions such as department head, curriculum specialist, or subject matter advisor.
In most public schools, principals, assistant principals, and
school district administrators need a master’s degree in education administration or educational leadership. Some principals
and central office administrators have a doctorate or specialized
degree in education administration. In private schools, some
principals and assistant principals hold only a bachelor’s degree, but the majority of principals have a master’s or doctoral
degree.
Educational requirements for administrators of preschools
and child care centers vary with the setting of the program
and the State of employment. Administrators who oversee preschool programs in public schools often are required to have at
least a bachelor’s degree. Child care directors who supervise
private programs typically are not required to have a degree;
however, most States require a preschool education credential,
which often includes some postsecondary coursework.
College and university academic deans and chairpersons usually advance from professorships in their departments, for which
they need a master’s or doctoral degree; further education is not
typically necessary. Admissions, student affairs, and financial
aid directors and registrars sometimes start in related staff jobs
with bachelor’s degrees—any field usually is acceptable—and
obtain advanced degrees in college student affairs, counseling,
or higher education administration. A Ph.D. or Ed.D. usually is
necessary for top student affairs positions. Computer literacy
and a background in accounting or statistics may be assets in
admissions, records, and financial work.
Advanced degrees in higher education administration, educational leadership, and college student affairs are offered in
many colleges and universities. Education administration degree programs include courses in school leadership, school
law, school finance and budgeting, curriculum development
and evaluation, research design and data analysis, community
relations, politics in education, and counseling. The National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and
the Educational Leadership Constituent Council (ELCC) accredit programs designed for elementary and secondary school
administrators. Although completion of an accredited program
is not required, it may assist in fulfilling licensure requirements.

44 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Licensure and certification. Most States require principals
to be licensed as school administrators. License requirements
vary by State, but nearly all States require either a master’s degree or some other graduate-level training. Some States also require candidates for licensure to pass a test. On-the-job training,
often with a mentor, is increasingly required or recommended
for new school leaders. Some States require administrators to
take continuing education courses to keep their license, thus
ensuring that administrators have the most up-to-date skills.
The number and types of courses required to maintain licensure
vary by State. Principals in private schools are not subject to
State licensure requirements.
Nearly all States require child care and preschool center directors to be licensed. Licensing usually requires a number of
years of experience or hours of coursework or both. Sometimes,
it requires a college degree. Often, directors also are required
to earn a general preschool education credential, such as the
Child Development Associate credential (CDA) sponsored by
the Council for Professional Recognition, or some other credential designed specifically for directors. One credential designed specifically for directors is the National Administration
Credential, offered by the National Child Care Association. The
credential requires experience and training in child care center
management.
There usually are no licensing requirements for administrators at postsecondary institutions.
Other qualifications. To be considered for education administrator positions, workers must first prove themselves in
their current jobs. In evaluating candidates, supervisors look
for leadership, determination, confidence, innovativeness, and
motivation. The ability to make sound decisions and to organize
and coordinate work efficiently is essential. Because much of
an administrator’s job involves interacting with others, a person
in such a position must have strong interpersonal skills and be
an effective communicator and motivator. Knowledge of leadership principles and practices, gained through work experience
and formal education, is important. A familiarity with computer
technology is a necessity for many of these workers as computers are used to perform their basic job duties and they may be
responsible for coordinating technical resources for students,
teachers, and classrooms.
Advancement. Education administrators advance through
promotion to higher level administrative positions or by transferring to comparable positions at larger schools or systems.

They also may become superintendents of school systems or
presidents of educational institutions.

Employment
Education administrators held about 445,400 jobs in 2008. Of
these, about 58,900 were held by preschool or child care administrators, about 230,600 by elementary or secondary school
administrators, and 124,600 by postsecondary administrators.
The great majority—more than 81 percent—worked in public or private educational institutions. Most of the remainder
worked in child day care centers.

Job Outlook
Employment is projected to grow about as fast as the average
for all occupations. Job opportunities should be excellent due
to a large number of expected retirements and fewer applicants
for some positions.
Employment change. Employment of education administrators is expected to grow by about 8 percent between 2008 and
2018, which is about as fast as the average for all occupations.
Expected growth is primarily the result of growth in enrollments of school-aged children. Enrollment of students in elementary and secondary schools is expected to grow relatively
slowly over the next decade, limiting the growth of principals
and other administrators in these schools. However, the number
of administrative positions will continue to increase as more
administrative responsibilities are placed on individual schools,
particularly with regard to monitoring student achievement.
Preschool and child care center administrators are expected
to experience substantial growth because of increasing enrollments in formal child care programs as fewer young children
are cared for in private homes. In addition, as more States implement or expand public preschool programs, more preschool
directors will be needed.
The number of students at the postsecondary level is projected to grow more rapidly than other student populations.
Many of these schools cater to working adults who might not
ordinarily participate in postsecondary education. Such schools
allow students to earn a degree, receive job-specific training,
or update their skills in a convenient manner, such as through
part-time programs or distance learning. As the number of these
schools continues to grow, more administrators will be needed
to oversee them.
Job prospects. Job opportunities should be excellent due to
a large number of expected retirements and fewer applicants for
some positions. Principals and assistant principals should have

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Education administrators...................................................................
Education administrators, preschool and child care center/
program......................................................................................
Education administrators, elementary and secondary school........
Education administrators, postsecondary.......................................
Education administrators, all other................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

11-9030

445,400

11-9031
11-9032
11-9033
11-9039

58,900
230,600
124,600
31,400

Projected
Employment,
2018
482,500
65,800
250,400
127,400
38,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
37,000
8
6,900
19,800
2,800
7,500

12
9
2
24

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 45

excellent job prospects because a sharp increase in responsibilities in recent years has made the job more stressful and has
discouraged some teachers from taking positions in administration. Principals are now being held more accountable for the
performance of students and teachers, while at the same time
they are required to adhere to a growing number of government regulations. In addition, overcrowded classrooms, safety
issues, budgetary concerns, and teacher shortages in some areas
are creating additional stress for administrators. Many teachers
feel that the increase in pay for becoming an administrator is
not high enough to compensate for the greater responsibilities.
Opportunities may vary by region of the country. Enrollments
are expected to increase the fastest in the West and South, where
the population is growing faster, and to decline or remain stable
in the Northeast and the Midwest. School administrators also
are in greater demand in rural and urban areas, where pay is
generally lower than in the suburbs.
Fewer applicants are expected for nonacademic administrative jobs, such as director of admissions or director of student
affairs. Furthermore, many people are discouraged from seeking administrator jobs by the requirement that they have a master’s or doctoral degree in education administration—as well as
by the opportunity to earn higher salaries in other ­occupations.

Earnings
In May 2008, preschool and child care program administrators
had median annual wages of $39,940. The middle 50 percent
earned between $31,290 and $54,680. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $25,910 and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $77,150.
In May 2008, elementary and secondary school admin­
istrators had median annual wages of $83,880. The middle
50 percent earned between $68,360 and $102,830. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $55,580 and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $124,250.
In May 2008, postsecondary school administrators had median annual wages of $80,670. The middle 50 percent earned
between $58,940 and $113,860. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $45,050 and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$160,500.
Salaries of education administrators depend on several factors, including the location and enrollment level of the school
or school district.
According to a survey of public schools conducted by
­Educational Research Service, average salaries for principals
and assistant principals in the 2007-2008 school year were as
follows:
Principals:
   Senior high school....................................................$97,486
   Jr. high/middle school................................................91,334
   Elementary school......................................................85,907

Assistant principals:
   Senior high school......................................................79,391
   Jr. high/middle school................................................76,053
   Elementary school......................................................71,192

According to the College and University Professional Association for Human Resources, median annual salaries for selected
administrators in higher education during the 2008–2009 school
year were as follows:
Chief academic officer..............................................$158,000

Academic deans:
   Business...................................................................150,000
   Arts and sciences......................................................134,632
   Graduate programs...................................................130,000
   Education.................................................................128,550
   Nursing.....................................................................125,400
   Health-related professions........................................120,980
   Continuing education...............................................109,925
   Occupational studies/vocational education................92,622

Other administrators:
   Chief development officer........................................141,712
   Dean of students.........................................................88,280
   Director, student financial aid....................................74,261
   Registrar.....................................................................71,764
   Director, student activities..........................................54,931

Benefits for education administrators are generally very
good. Many get 4 or 5 weeks of vacation every year and have
generous health and pension packages. Many colleges and universities offer free tuition to employees and their families.

Related Occupations
Education administrators apply organizational and leadership
skills to provide services to individuals. Workers in related
­occupations include:
Page
Administrative services managers.............................................. 29
Human resources, training, and
labor relations managers and specialists................................ 61
Office and administrative support worker
supervisors and managers.................................................... 594

Education administrators also work with students and have
backgrounds similar to those of :
Counselors................................................................................ 234
Instructional coordinators........................................................ 268
Librarians................................................................................. 270
Teachers—kindergarten, elementary,
middle, and secondary.......................................................... 288
Teachers—preschool, except special education....................... 286
Teachers—postsecondary......................................................... 282
Teachers—vocational............................................................... 298

Sources of Additional Information
For information on principals, contact:
hhThe National Association of Elementary School Principals,
1615 Duke St., Alexandria, VA 22314-3483. Internet:
http://www.naesp.org

hhThe National Association of Secondary School Principals,
1904 Association Dr., Reston, VA 20191-1537. Internet:
http://www.nassp.org

46 Occupational Outlook Handbook

For a list of nationally recognized programs in elementary
and secondary educational administration, contact:
hhThe Educational Leadership Constituent Council,
1904 Association Dr., Reston, VA 20191. Internet:
http://www.npbea.org/ncate.php
For information on collegiate registrars and admissions officers, contact:
hhAmerican Association of Collegiate Registrars
and Admissions Officers, One Dupont Circle NW.,
Suite 520, Washington, DC 20036-1171. Internet:
http://www.aacrao.org
For information on professional development and graduate
programs for college student affairs administrators, contact:
hhNASPA, Student Affairs Administrators in Higher
Education, 1875 Connecticut Ave. NW., Suite 418,
Washington, DC 20009. Internet: http://www.naspa.org
For information on the National Administrator Credential for
child care directors, contact:
hhNational Child Care Association, 1325 G St.
NW., Suite 500, Washington, DC 20005. Internet:
http://www.nccanet.org
For information on the Child Development Associate Credential, contact:
hhCouncil for Professional Recognition, 2460 16th St. NW.,
Washington, DC 20009. Internet: http://www.cdacouncil.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos007.htm

Engineering and Natural
Sciences Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

in the Handbook. These goals may include improving manufacturing processes, advancing scientific research, or developing new products. Managers make detailed plans to accomplish
these goals. For example, they may develop the overall concepts of a new product or identify technical problems preventing the completion of a project.
To perform effectively, these managers also must apply
knowledge of administrative procedures, such as budgeting,
hiring, and supervision. They propose budgets for projects
and programs and determine staff, training, and equipment
needs. They hire and assign scientists, engineers, and support
personnel to carry out specific parts of each project. They also
supervise the work of these employees, check the technical
accuracy of their work and the soundness of their methods,
review their output, and establish administrative procedures,
policies or standards—such as environmental standards, for
example.
In addition, engineering and natural science managers use
communication skills extensively. They spend a great deal
of time coordinating the activities of their unit with those of
other units or organizations. They confer with higher levels of
management; with financial, production, marketing, and other
managers; and with contractors and equipment and materials
suppliers.
Engineering managers may supervise people who design
and develop machinery, products, systems, and processes. They
might also direct and coordinate production, operations, quality
assurance, testing, or maintenance in industrial plants. Many
manage research and development teams that produce new
products and processes or improve existing ones. Others are
plant engineers, who direct and coordinate the design, installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment and machinery
in industrial plants.
Natural sciences managers oversee the work of life and
physical scientists, including agricultural scientists, chemists, biologists, geologists, medical scientists, and physicists.
These managers direct research and development projects and
coordinate activities such as testing, quality control, and production. They may work on basic research projects or on com-

Most engineering and natural sciences managers have
formal education and work experience as engineers,
scientists, or mathematicians.
Opportunities will be best for scientists and engineers
with strong communication and business management skills.
Thirty-six percent of jobs are in manufacturing industries, and 33 percent are in professional, scientific,
and technical services.

Nature of the Work
Engineering and natural sciences managers plan, coordinate,
and direct research, design, and production activities. They
may supervise engineers, scientists, and technicians, along with
support personnel. These managers use their knowledge of engineering and natural sciences to oversee a variety of activities.
They determine scientific and technical goals within broad outlines provided by top executives, who are discussed elsewhere

In addition to technical knowledge, engineering and natural
sciences managers need administrative and communication
skills.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 47

mercial activities. Science managers sometimes conduct their
own research in addition to managing the work of others.
Work environment. Engineering and natural sciences managers spend most of their time in an office. Some managers,
however, also may work in laboratories, where they may be exposed to the same conditions as research scientists, or in industrial plants, where they may be exposed to the same conditions
as production workers. Managers tend to work long hours in
order to meet project deadlines; in 2008, almost half worked
over 40 hours per week. They may also experience considerable
pressure to meet technical or scientific goals on a short deadline
or within a tight budget.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Strong technical knowledge is essential for engineering and
natural sciences managers, who must understand and guide the
work of their subordinates and explain the work in nontechnical
terms to senior management and potential customers. Therefore, most managers have formal education and work experience as an engineer, scientist, or mathematician.
Education and training. Engineering and natural sciences
managers usually advance to management positions after years
of employment as engineers or scientists. Nearly all engineering managers therefore have at least a bachelor’s degree in
some specialty of engineering. Many also gain business management skills by completing a master’s degree in engineering
management (MEM) or business administration (MBA), either
before or after advancing to management positions. Employers often pay for such training. In large firms, some courses
required in these degree programs may be offered onsite. Typically, engineers who prefer to manage in technical areas pursue
an MEM, and those interested in less technical management
earn an MBA.
Similarly, since most science managers begin their careers
as scientists, they may have a bachelor’s, master’s or Ph.D. degree in a scientific discipline. Graduate programs allow scientists to augment their undergraduate training with instruction
in other fields, such as management or computer technology.
Future natural science managers interested in more technical
management may earn traditional master’s or Ph.D. degrees in
natural sciences or master’s degrees in science that incorporate
business management skills. Those interested in more general
management may pursue an MBA. Given the rapid pace of scientific developments, science managers must continuously upgrade their knowledge.
Other qualifications. Engineering and natural sciences
managers must be specialists in the work they supervise. To
advance to these positions, engineers and scientists generally
must gain experience and assume management responsibil-

ity. To fill management positions, employers seek engineers
and scientists who possess administrative and communication skills in addition to technical knowledge in their specialty, since they must effectively lead groups and coordinate
projects.
Advancement. Engineering and natural sciences managers may advance to progressively higher leadership positions
within their disciplines. Some may become managers in nontechnical areas such as marketing, human resources, or sales.
In high-technology firms, managers in nontechnical areas often
must possess the same specialized knowledge as do managers
in technical areas. For example, employers in an engineering
firm may prefer to hire experienced engineers as sales workers because the complex services offered by the firm can be
marketed only by someone with specialized engineering knowledge. Such sales workers can eventually advance to jobs as
sales managers.

Employment
Engineering and natural sciences managers held about 228,700
jobs in 2008. Manufacturing industries employed 36 percent of
engineering and natural sciences managers. Another 33 percent
worked in professional, scientific, and technical services industries, primarily for firms providing architectural, engineering,
and related services, and scientific research and development
services. Other large employers include Federal, State, and local government agencies.

Job Outlook
Employment of engineering and natural sciences managers is
projected to grow as fast as the average for all occupations. Opportunities will be best for engineers and scientists with strong
communication and business management skills.
Employment change.
Employment of engineering and
natural sciences managers is expected to grow 8 percent over
the 2008–18 decade, as fast as the average for all occupations.
Employment growth should be affected by many of the same
factors that affect the growth of the engineers and scientists
that these managers supervise. However, job growth for managers will be somewhat slower than for engineers and scientists because the increasing tendency to outsource research and
development to specialized engineering and scientific research
services firms will lead to some consolidation of management.
Job prospects.
Opportunities for engineering managers
should be better in rapidly growing areas of engineering, such
as environmental and biomedical engineering, than in more
slowly growing areas, such as electrical and mechanical engineering. Opportunities for natural sciences managers should
be best in the rapidly growing medical and environmental sci-

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Engineering and natural sciences managers......................................
Engineering managers....................................................................
Natural sciences managers.............................................................

SOC
Code
–
11-9041
11-9121

Employment,
2008
228,700
184,000
44,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
246,900
195,400
51,500

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
18,200
8
11,300
6
6,900
15

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

48 Occupational Outlook Handbook

ences. (See the statements on engineers and life and physical
scientists elsewhere in the Handbook.) Engineers and scientists
with advanced technical knowledge and strong communication
skills will be in the best position to become managers. Because
engineering and natural sciences managers are involved in the
financial, production, and marketing activities of their firm,
business management skills are also advantageous for those
seeking management positions. In addition to those openings
resulting from employment growth, job openings will result
from the need to replace managers who retire or move into
other occupations.

Sources of Additional Information

Earnings

To learn more about managing scientists and engineers in research and development, see the Occupational
Outlook Quarterly article, “Careers for scientists—and
­others—in scientific research and development,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2005/summer/art04.htm and
in print at many libraries and career centers.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos009.htm

Earnings for engineering and natural sciences managers vary by
specialty and by level of responsibility. Median annual wages of
engineering managers were $115,270 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $91,870 and $141,730. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of
engineering managers were:
Scientific research and development services...........$141,030
Navigational, measuring, electromedical,
and control instruments manufacturing...................128,630
Semiconductor and other electronic
component manufacturing.......................................127,790
Aerospace product and parts manufacturing...............118,430
Architectural, engineering, and related services.........114,110

Median annual wages of natural sciences managers were
$112,800 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$85,910 and $151,400. Median annual wages in the industries
employing the largest numbers of natural sciences managers
were:
Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing...........$144,640
Scientific research and development services.............136,310
Federal Executive Branch...........................................102,410
Architectural, engineering, and related services...........98,980
State government...........................................................69,220

In addition, engineering and natural sciences managers, especially those at higher levels, often receive more benefits—such
as expense accounts, stock-option plans, and bonuses—than do
nonmanagerial workers in their organizations.

Related Occupations
The work of engineering and natural sciences managers is
closely related to that of:
Page
Agricultural and food scientists............................................... 177
Atmospheric scientists............................................................. 192
Biological scientists................................................................. 181
Chemists and materials scientists............................................. 195
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Environmental scientists and specialists.................................. 199
Geoscientists and hydrologists................................................. 202
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Medical scientists..................................................................... 189
Physicists and astronomers...................................................... 206
Top executives............................................................................ 83

For information about a career as an engineering and natural
sciences manager, contact the sources of additional information
for engineers, life scientists, and physical scientists that are listed at the end of the statements on these occupations elsewhere
in the Handbook.
Information on engineering management programs accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology is available from:
hhABET, Inc., 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD
21202. Internet: http://www.abet.org

Farmers, Ranchers, and
Agricultural Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Modern farming requires knowledge of new developments in agriculture, often gained through growing
up on a farm or through postsecondary education.
Overall employment is projected to decline because
of increasing productivity and consolidation of farms.
Small-scale, local farming, particularly horticulture
and organic farming, offer the best opportunities for
entering the occupation.

Nature of the Work
American farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers direct
the activities of one of the world’s largest and most productive agricultural sectors. They produce enough food and fiber to
meet the needs of the United States and for export. Farmers and
ranchers own and operate mainly family-owned farms. They
also may lease land from a landowner and operate it as a working farm. Agricultural managers manage the day-to-day activities of one or more farms, ranches, nurseries, timber tracts,
greenhouses, or other agricultural establishments for farmers,
absentee landowners, or corporations. While their duties and
responsibilities vary widely, all farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers focus on the business aspects of running a farm.
On small farms, they may oversee the entire operation; on ­lar­ger
farms, they may oversee a single activity, such as marketing.
Farm output and income are strongly influenced by the
weather, disease, fluctuations in prices of domestic farm products, and Federal farm programs. In crop-production opera-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 49

tions, farmers and managers usually determine the best time
to plant seed, apply fertilizer and chemicals, and harvest and
market the crops. Many carefully plan the combination of crops
they grow, so that if the price of one crop drops, they will have
sufficient income from another crop to make up the loss. Farmers, ranchers, and managers monitor the constantly changing
prices for their products. They use different strategies to protect
themselves from unpredictable changes in the markets for agricultural products. If they plan ahead, they may be able to store
their crops or keep their livestock to take advantage of higher
prices later in the year. Those who participate in the futures
market enter contracts on future delivery of agricultural goods.
These contracts can minimize the risk of sudden price changes
by guaranteeing a certain price for farmers’ and ranchers’ agricultural goods when they are ready to sell.
While most farm output is sold to food-processing companies, some farmers—particularly operators of smaller
farms—may choose to sell their goods directly to consumers
through farmers’ markets. Some use cooperatives to reduce
their financial risk and to gain a larger share of the prices
consumers pay. For example, in community-supported agriculture, cooperatives sell shares of a harvest to consumers
prior to the planting season. This frees the farmer from having to bear all the financial risks and ensures a market for
the produce of the coming season. Farmers, ranchers, and
agricultural managers also negotiate with banks and other
credit lenders to get the best financing deals for their equipment, livestock, and seed.
Like other businesses, farming operations have become more
complex in recent years, so many farmers use computers to
keep financial and inventory records. They also use compu­
ter databases and spreadsheets to manage breeding, dairy, and
­other farm operations.
The type of farm managers operate determines their specific
tasks. On crop farms—farms growing grain, cotton, other fibers, fruit, and vegetables—farmers are responsible for preparing, tilling, planting, fertilizing, cultivating, spraying, and
harvesting. After the harvest, they make sure that the crops are
properly packaged, stored, and marketed. Livestock, dairy, and
poultry farmers and ranchers feed and care for animals and
keep barns, pens, coops, and other farm buildings clean and in
good condition. They also plan and oversee breeding and
marketing activities. Both farmers and ranchers operate machinery and maintain equipment and facilities, and both track
technological improvements in animal breeding and seeds, and
choose new or existing products.
The size of the farm or ranch often determines which of
these tasks farmers and ranchers handle themselves. Operators of small farms usually perform all tasks, physical and
administrative. They keep records for management and tax
purposes, service machinery, maintain buildings, and grow
vegetables and raise animals. Operators of large farms, by
contrast, have employees who help with the physical work.
Although employment on most farms is limited to the farmer
and one or two family workers or hired employees, some large
farms have 100 or more full-time and seasonal workers. Some
of these employees are in nonfarm occupations, working as

truck drivers, sales representatives, bookkeepers, and computer specialists.
Agricultural managers usually do not plant, harvest, or
perform other production activities; instead, they hire and supervise farm and livestock workers, who perform most daily
production tasks. Managers may establish output goals; determine financial constraints; monitor production and marketing;
hire, assign, and supervise workers; determine crop transportation and storage requirements; and oversee maintenance of
the property and equipment.
Horticultural specialty farmers oversee the production of
fruits, vegetables, flowers, and ornamental plants used in landscaping, including turf. They also grow nuts, berries, and grapes
for wine. Aquaculture farmers raise fish and shellfish in marine,
brackish, or fresh water, usually in ponds, floating net pens,
raceways, or recirculating systems. They stock, feed, protect,
and otherwise manage aquatic life sold for consumption or used
for recreational fishing.
Work environment. Farmers and farm managers on crop
farms usually work from sunrise to sunset during the planting
and harvesting seasons. The rest of the year, they plan next season’s crops, market their output, and repair machinery.
On livestock-producing farms and ranches, work goes on
throughout the year. Animals, unless they are grazing, must be
fed and watered every day, and dairy cows must be milked two
or three times a day. Many livestock and dairy farmers monitor and attend to the health of their herds, which may include
­assisting in the birthing of animals. Such farmers and farm
managers rarely get the chance to get away, unless they hire an
assistant or arrange for a temporary substitute.
Farmers and farm managers who grow produce and perishables have different demands on their time depending on the
crop grown and the season. They may work very long hours
during planting and harvesting season, but shorter hours at
other times. Some farmers maintain cover crops during the
cold months, which keep them busy beyond the typical growing season.
On very large farms, farmers and farm managers spend substantial time meeting farm supervisors in charge of various activities. Professional farm managers overseeing several farms
may divide their time between traveling to meet farmers or

A farmer bails hay for feeding cows during the winter.

50 Occupational Outlook Handbook

landowners and planning the farm operations in their offices.
As farming practices and agricultural technology become more
sophisticated, farmers and farm managers are spending more
time in offices and on computers, where they electronically
manage many aspects of their businesses. Some farmers also
attend conferences exchanging information, particularly during
the winter months.
Farm work can be hazardous. Tractors and other farm
­machinery can cause serious injury, and workers must be constantly alert on the job. The proper operation of equipment and
handling of chemicals are necessary to avoid accidents, safeguard health, and protect the environment.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Experience gained from growing up on or working on a family
farm is the most common way farmers learn their trade. However, modern farming requires making increasingly complex
scientific, business, and financial decisions, so postsecondary
education in agriculture is important, even for people who were
raised on farms.
Education and training. Most farmers receive their training on the job, often by being raised on a farm. However, the
completion of a 2-year associate degree or a 4-year bachelor’s
degree at a college of agriculture is becoming increasingly important for farm managers and for farmers and ranchers who
expect to make a living at farming.
Students should select the college most appropriate to their
interests and location. All State university systems have at least
one land-grant college or university with a school of agriculture. Common programs of study include business with a concentration in agriculture, farm management, agronomy, dairy
science, agricultural economics and business, horticulture, crop
and fruit science, and animal science. For students interested in
aquaculture, formal programs are available and include coursework in fisheries biology, fish culture, hatchery management
and maintenance, and hydrology.
Agricultural colleges teach technical knowledge of crops,
growing conditions, and plant diseases. They also teach prospective ranchers and dairy farmers the basics of veterinary
science and animal husbandry. Students also study how the
environment is affected by farm operations, such as the impact
of various pesticides on local animals.
New farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers often spend
time working under an experienced farmer to learn how to apply the skills learned through academic training. Those without
academic training often take many years to learn how weather,
fertilizers, seed, feeding or breeding affect the growth of crops
or the raising of animals in addition to other aspects of farming.
A small number of farms offer formal apprenticeships to help
young people learn the practical skills of farming and ranching.
Other qualifications. Farmers, ranchers, and agricultural
managers need managerial skills to organize and operate a
­business. A basic knowledge of accounting and bookkeeping is
essential in keeping financial records, and knowledge of credit
sources is vital for buying seed, fertilizer, and other needed
inputs. Workers must also be familiar with safety regulations
and requirements of governmental agricultural support programs. Computer skills are becoming increasingly important,

e­ specially on large farms, where they are widely used for recordkeeping and business analysis. In addition, skills in personnel management, communication, and conflict resolution are
important in the operation of a farm or ranch business.
Mechanical aptitude and the ability to work with tools of all
kinds also are valuable skills for a small-farm operator, who
often maintains and repairs machinery or farm structures.
Certification and advancement. Because of rapid changes in
the industry, farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers need
to stay informed about continuing advances in agricultural methods, both in the United States and abroad. They need to monitor
changes in governmental regulations that may affect production
methods or markets for particular crops. Agricultural managers
can enhance their professional status through voluntary certification as an Accredited Farm Manager (AFM) by the American
Society of Farm Managers and Rural Appraisers. Accreditation
requires several years of farm management experience, the appropriate academic background—a bachelor’s degree or, preferably, a master’s degree in a field of agricultural science—and
passing courses and examinations related to the business, financial, and legal aspects of farm and ranch management.

Employment
Farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers held more than
1.2 million jobs in 2008. Nearly 80 percent were self-employed
farmers and ranchers, and the remainder were wage and salary
agricultural managers. Most farmers, ranchers, and agricultural
managers oversee crop production activities, while others manage livestock and dairy production.
The soil, topography of the land, and climate often determine
the type of farming and ranching done in a particular area. California, Texas, Iowa, Nebraska, and Minnesota are the leading
agricultural States in terms of agricultural output measured in
dollars. Texas, Missouri, Iowa, Oklahoma, and Kentucky are
the leading agricultural States in terms of numbers of farms.

Job Outlook
Overall employment is projected to decline, reflecting the decline of self-employed farmers because of the consolidation of
farms and increasing productivity; however, employment of
salaried agricultural managers is expected to increase.
Employment change. Employment of self-employed farmers is expected to decline moderately by 8 percent over the
2008–18 decade. The continuing ability of the agriculture sector to produce more with fewer workers will cause some farmers to go out of business as market pressures leave little room
for the marginally successful farmer. As land, machinery, seed,
and chemicals become more expensive, only well-capitalized
farmers and corporations will be able to buy many of the farms
that become available. These larger, more productive farms are
better able to withstand the adverse effects of climate and price
fluctuations on farm output and income. Larger farms also have
advantages in obtaining government subsidies and payments
because these payments are usually based on acreage owned
and per-unit production.
In contrast, agricultural managers are projected to gain jobs,
growing by about 6 percent, slower than the average for all occupations. Owners of large tracts of land, who often do not live

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 51

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Agricultural managers........................................................................
Farm, ranch, and other agricultural managers...............................
Farmers and ranchers.....................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

11-9010
11-9011
11-9012

1,234,000
248,100
985,900

Projected
Employment,
2018
1,169,400
262,700
906,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
-64,600
-5
14,600
6
-79,200
-8

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

on the property they own, increasingly will seek the expertise
of agricultural managers to run their farms and ranches in a
business-like manner.
Despite the expected continued consolidation of farmland and
the projected decline in overall employment of this occupation,
an increasing number of small-scale farmers have developed successful market niches that involve personalized, direct contact
with their customers. Many are finding opportunities in horticulture and organic food production, which are among the fastest
growing segments of agriculture. Others use farmers’ markets
that cater directly to urban and suburban consumers, allowing the
farmers to capture a greater share of consumers’ food dollars.
Some small-scale farmers belong to collectively owned marketing cooperatives that process and sell their product. Other farmers
participate in community-supported agriculture cooperatives that
allow consumers to buy a share of the farmer’s harvest directly.
Job prospects. Fewer jobs are expected for farmers and
ranchers than in the past; better prospects are expected for
wage and salary agricultural managers. Small-scale, local farming, particularly horticulture and organic farming, offer the best
opportunities for entering the occupation. With fewer people
wanting to become farmers and a large number of farmers expected to retire or give up their farms in the next decade, there
will be some opportunities to own or lease a farm. Additionally,
the market for agricultural products is projected to be good for
most products over the next decade, so many farmers who retire
will need to be replaced. Farmers who grow crops used in landscaping, such as trees, shrubs, turf, and other ornamentals, also
will have better job prospects, as people put more money into
landscaping their homes and businesses.
Some private organizations are helping to make farmland
available and affordable for new farmers through a variety of
institutional innovations. Land Link programs, coordinated by
the International Farm Transition Network, operate in 20 States.
They help match up young farmers with farmers approaching
retirement so that arrangements can be made to pass along their
land to young farmers wishing to keep the land under cultivation. Often beginning farmers lease some or all of their farmland. Sometimes, a new farmer will work on a farm for a few
years, while the farm owner gradually transfers ownership to
the new farmer.

Earnings
Incomes of farmers and ranchers vary greatly from year to year,
because prices of farm products fluctuate with weather conditions and other factors that influence the quantity and quality
of farm output and the demand for those products. In addition
to farm business income, farmers often receive government
subsidies or other payments that supplement their incomes and

reduce some of the risk of farming. Many farmers—primarily
operators of small farms—have recently been relying more and
more on off-farm sources of income.
Full-time, salaried agricultural managers had median weekly
earnings of $775 in 2008. The middle half earned between $570
and $1,269 per week. The lowest paid 10 percent earned less
than $358, and the highest paid 10 percent earned more than
$1,735 per week.
Self-employed farmers must procure their own health and life
insurance. As members of farm organizations, they may receive
group discounts on health and life insurance premiums.

Related Occupations
Farmers, ranchers, and agricultural managers strive to improve
the quality of agricultural products and the efficiency of farms.
Others whose work relates to agriculture include:
Page
Agricultural and food scientists............................................... 177
Agricultural inspectors............................................................. 612
Agricultural workers, other...................................................... 609
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Farm and home management advisors..................................... 824
Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents............... 79

Sources of Additional Information
For general information about farming and agricultural occupations, contact:
hhNational FFA Organization, Attention: Career Information
Requests, P.O. Box 68690, Indianapolis, IN 46268-0960.
Internet: http://www.ffa.org
For information about certification as an accredited farm
manager, contact:
hhAmerican Society of Farm Managers and Rural Appraisers,
950 Cherry St., Suite 508, Denver, CO 80246- 2664. Internet:
http://www.asfmra.org
For information on the USDA’s program to help small farmers get started, contact:
hhSmall Farm Program, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
National Institute of Food and Agriculture, 1400 Independence
Avenue SW, Stop 2201, Washington, DC 20250-2201.
Internet: http://www.csrees.usda.gov/smallfarms.cfm
For information on Land Link Programs, contact:
hhThe Beginning Farm Center, 10861 Douglas
Avenue, Suite B, Urbandale, IA 50322-2042. Internet:
http://www.farmtransition.org/netwpart.html

52 Occupational Outlook Handbook

hhCenter for Rural Affairs, 145 Main Street
PO Box 136, Lyons, NE 68038-2677. Internet:
http://www.cfra.org/resources/beginning_farmer
For information on organic farming, horticulture, and internships, contact:
hhAlternative Farming System Information Center, NAL,
10301 Baltimore Ave., Room 132, Beltsville, MD 207052326. Internet: http://www.nal.usda.gov

hhATTRA, National Sustainable Agriculture Information
Service, P.O. Box 3657, Fayetteville, AR 72702-3657.
Internet: http://www.attra.ncat.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos176.htm

Financial Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Jobseekers are likely to face competition.
About 3 out of 10 work in finance and insurance
industries.
Most financial managers need a bachelor’s degree,
and many have a master’s degree or professional certification.
Experience may be more important than formal education for some financial manager positions—most
notably, branch managers in banks.

Nature of the Work
Almost every firm, government agency, and other type of organization employs one or more financial managers. Financial
managers oversee the preparation of financial reports, direct
investment activities, and implement cash management strategies. Managers also develop strategies and implement the longterm goals of their organization.
The duties of financial managers vary with their specific titles,
which include controller, treasurer or finance officer, credit manager, cash manager, risk and insurance manager, and manager
of international banking. Controllers direct the preparation of
financial reports, such as income statements, balance sheets,
and analyses of future earnings or expenses, that summarize and
forecast the organization’s financial position. Controllers also
are in charge of preparing special reports required by regulatory
authorities. Often, controllers oversee the accounting, audit, and
budget departments. Treasurers and finance officers direct their
organization’s budgets to meet its financial goals. They oversee the investment of funds, manage associated risks, supervise
cash management activities, execute capital-raising strategies to
support the firm’s expansion, and deal with mergers and acquisitions. Credit managers oversee the firm’s issuance of credit,
­establishing credit-rating criteria, determining credit ceilings,
and monitoring the collections of past-due accounts.

Cash managers monitor and control the flow of cash receipts
and disbursements to meet the business and investment needs
of their firm. For example, cash flow projections are needed
to determine whether loans must be obtained to meet cash requirements or whether surplus cash can be invested. Risk and
insurance managers oversee programs to minimize risks and
losses that might arise from financial transactions and business
operations. Insurance managers decide how best to limit a company’s losses by obtaining insurance against risks such as the
need to make disability payments for an employee who gets
hurt on the job or costs imposed by a lawsuit against the company. Risk managers control financial risk by using hedging and
other techniques to limit a company’s exposure to currency or
commodity price changes. Managers specializing in international finance develop financial and accounting systems for the
banking transactions of multinational organizations. Risk managers are also responsible for calculating and limiting potential
operations risk. Operations risk includes a wide range of risks,
such as a rogue employee damaging the company’s finances
or a hurricane damaging an important factory. (Chief financial
officers and other executives are included with top executives
elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Financial institutions—such as commercial banks, savings
and loan associations, credit unions, and mortgage and finance
companies—employ additional financial managers who oversee various functions, such as lending, trusts, mortgages, and
investments, or programs, including sales, operations, or electronic financial services. These managers may solicit business,
authorize loans, and direct the investment of funds, always adhering to Federal and State laws and regulations.
Branch managers of financial institutions administer and
manage all of the functions of a branch office. Job duties may
include hiring personnel, approving loans and lines of credit,
establishing a rapport with the community to attract business,
and assisting customers with account problems. Branch mangers
also are becoming more oriented toward sales and marketing.
As a result, it is important that they have substantial knowledge
about the types of products that the bank sells. Financial managers who work for financial institutions must keep abreast of the
rapidly growing array of financial services and products.
In addition to the preceding duties, financial managers perform tasks unique to their organization or industry. For example,
government financial managers must be experts on the government appropriations and budgeting processes, whereas healthcare financial managers must be knowledgeable about issues
surrounding health care financing. Moreover, financial managers must be aware of special tax laws and regulations that affect
their industry.
Financial managers play an important role in mergers and
consolidations and in global expansion and related financing.
These areas require extensive, specialized knowledge to reduce
risks and maximize profit. Financial managers increasingly are
hired on a temporary basis to advise senior managers on these
and other matters. In fact, some small firms contract out all their
accounting and financial functions to companies that provide
such services.
The role of the financial manager, particularly in business, is
changing in response to technological advances that have sig-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 53

Financial managers oversee the preparation of financial ­reports
and investment activities.
nificantly reduced the amount of time it takes to produce financial reports. Technological improvements have made it easier to
produce financial reports, and, as a consequence, financial managers now perform more data analysis that allows them to offer
senior managers profit-maximizing ideas. They often work on
teams, acting as business advisors to top management.
Work environment. Working in comfortable offices, often
close to top managers and with departments that develop the financial data those managers need, financial managers typically
have direct access to state-of-the-art computer systems and information services. They commonly work long hours, often up
to 50 or 60 per week. Financial managers generally are required
to attend meetings of financial and economic associations and
may travel to visit subsidiary firms or to meet customers.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Most financial managers need a bachelor’s degree, and many
have a master’s degree or professional certification. Bank managers often have experience as loan officers or in other sales
positions. Financial managers also need strong interpersonal,
math, and business skills.
Education and training. A bachelor’s degree in finance,
accounting, economics, or business administration is the minimum academic preparation for financial managers. However,

many employers now seek graduates with a master’s degree,
preferably in business administration, finance, or economics.
These academic programs develop analytical skills and teach
financial analysis methods and technology.
Experience may be more important than formal education for
some financial manager positions—most notably, branch managers in banks. Banks typically fill branch manager positions
by promoting experienced loan officers and other professionals
who excel at their jobs. Other financial managers may enter the
profession through formal management training programs offered by the company.
Licensure. Many financial managers work in accounting
departments. Accounting positions normally require workers to
be certified public accountants (CPAs). (See the statement on
accountants and auditors elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Other qualifications. Candidates for financial management
positions need many different skills. Interpersonal skills are important because these jobs involve managing people and working as part of a team to solve problems. Financial managers
must have excellent communication skills to explain complex
financial data. Because financial managers work extensively
with various departments in their firm, a broad understanding
of business is essential.
Financial managers should be creative thinkers and problemsolvers, applying their analytical skills to business. Financial
managers must have knowledge of international finance because financial operations are increasingly being affected by the
global economy. In addition, a good knowledge of regulatory
compliance procedures is essential.
Certification and advancement. Financial managers may
broaden their skills and exhibit their competency by attaining
professional certification. Many associations offer professional
certification programs. For example, the CFA Institute confers
the Chartered Financial Analyst designation on investment
professionals who have at least a bachelor’s degree, work experience, and pass three difficult exams. The Association for
Financial Professionals confers the Certified Treasury Professional credentials to those who pass a computer-based exam
and have a minimum of 2 years of relevant experience. Continuing education is required to maintain these credentials. Also,
financial managers who specialize in accounting or budgeting
sometimes earn the Certified Management Accountant (CMA)
­designation. The CMA is offered by the Institute of Management Accountants to its members who have a bachelor’s degree,
at least 2 years of work experience, pass the institute’s four-part
examination, and fulfill continuing education requirements.
(See accountants and auditors elsewhere in the Handbook for
additional information on the CMA designation.)
Continuing education is vital to financial managers, who must
cope with the growing complexity of global trade, ­changes in
Federal and State laws and regulations, and the proliferation
of new and complex financial instruments. Firms often provide opportunities for workers to broaden their knowledge and
skills by encouraging them to take graduate courses and attend
conferences related to their specialty. Financial management,
banking, and credit union associations, often in cooperation
with colleges and universities, sponsor numerous national and
local training programs. Subjects covered by training programs

54 Occupational Outlook Handbook

include accounting management, budget management, corporate cash management, financial analysis, international banking, and information systems. Many firms pay all or part of the
costs for employees who successfully complete the courses.
Although experience, ability, and leadership are emphasized
for promotion, advancement may be accelerated by this type
of special study.
Because financial management is so important to efficient
business operations, well-trained, experienced financial managers who display a strong grasp of the operations of various
departments within their organization are prime candidates for
promotion to top management positions. Some financial managers transfer to closely related positions in other industries.
Those with extensive experience and access to sufficient capital
may start their own consulting firms.

Employment
Financial managers held about 539,300 jobs in 2008. Although
they can be found in every industry, approximately 31 percent
were employed by finance and insurance establishments, such
as banks, savings institutions, finance companies, credit unions,
insurance carriers, and securities dealers. About 7 percent
worked for Federal, State, or local government.

Job Outlook
Employment growth for financial managers is expected is to be
as fast as the average for all occupations. However, applicants
will likely face keen competition for jobs. Those with a master’s degree and certification will have the best opportunities.
Employment change. Employment of financial managers
over the 2008–18 decade is expected to grow by 8 percent,
which is as fast as the average for all occupations. Regulatory
changes and the expansion and globalization of finance and
companies will increase the need for financial expertise and
drive job growth. As the economy expands, both the growth
of established companies and the creation of new businesses
will spur demand for financial managers. Employment of bank
branch managers is expected to increase because banks are creating new branches. However, mergers, acquisitions, and corporate downsizing are likely to restrict the employment growth of
financial managers to some extent.
Long-run demand for financial managers in the securities and
commodities industry will continue to be driven by the need to
handle increasingly complex financial transactions and manage
a growing amount of investments. Financial managers also will
be needed to handle mergers and acquisitions, raise capital, and
assess global financial transactions. Employment of risk managers, who assess risks for insurance and investment purposes,
also will grow.

Some companies may hire financial managers on a temporary basis, to see the organization through a short-term crisis
or to offer suggestions for boosting profits. Other companies
may contract out all accounting and financial operations. Even
in these cases, however, financial managers may be needed to
oversee the contracts.
Job prospects. As with other managerial occupations, jobseekers are likely to face competition because the number of job
openings is expected to be less than the number of applicants.
Candidates with expertise in accounting and finance—particularly those with a master’s degree or certification—should enjoy the best job prospects. An understanding of international
finance, derivatives, and complex financial instruments is important. Excellent communication skills are essential because
financial managers must explain and justify complex financial
transactions.
As banks expand the range of products and services they offer to include wealth management, insurance, and investment
products, branch managers with knowledge in these areas will
be needed. As a result, candidates who are licensed to sell insurance or securities will have more favorable prospects. (See
the Handbook statements on insurance sales agents; personal
financial advisors; and securities, commodities, and financial
services sales agents.)

Earnings
Median annual wages, excluding annual bonuses and stock options, of wage and salary financial managers were $99,330 in
May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $72,030 and
$135,070. Median annual wages in the industries employing the
largest numbers of financial managers were:
Securities and commodity contracts
intermediation and brokerage................................$134,940
Management of companies and enterprises................115,520
Insurance carriers........................................................110,750
Local government..........................................................78,650
Depository credit intermediation..................................77,280

Large organizations often pay more than small ones, and salary levels also can depend on the type of industry and location.
Many financial managers in both public and private industry
receive additional compensation in the form of bonuses which,
like salaries, vary substantially by size of firm. Deferred compensation in the form of stock options is common, especially
for senior-level executives.

Related Occupations
Financial managers combine formal education with experience
in one or more areas of finance, such as asset management,
lending, credit operations, securities investment, or insurance

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Financial managers............................................................................

SOC
Code
11-3031

Employment,
2008
539,300

Projected
Employment,
2018
580,500

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
41,200
8

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 55

risk and loss control. Workers in other occupations requiring
similar training and skills include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Loan officers............................................................................ 109
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Real estate brokers and sales agents........................................ 540
Securities, commodities, and financial services sales agents.......553

Sources of Additional Information

For information about careers and certification in financial
management, contact:
hhFinancial Management Association International, College
of Business Administration, University of South Florida, 4202
East Fowler Ave., BSN 3331, Tampa, FL 33620.
Internet: http://www.fma.org
For information about careers in financial and treasury management and the Certified Treasury Professional program, contact:
hhAssociation for Financial Professionals, 4520 East-West
Hwy., Suite 750, Bethesda, MD 20814.
Internet: http://www.afponline.org
For information about the Chartered Financial Analyst program, contact:
hhCFA Institute, 560 Ray Hunt Dr., Charlottesville, VA
22903. Internet: http://www.cfainstitute.org
For information on The American Institute of Banking and its
programs, contact:
hhAmerican Bankers Association, 1120 Connecticut Ave. NW,
Washington, DC 20036. Internet: http://www.aba.com
For information about the Certified in Management Accounting designation, contact:
hhInstitute of Management Accountants, 10 Paragon Dr.,
Montvale, NJ 07645. Internet: http://www.imanet.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.  Links to
O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos010.htm

Food Service Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Although most food service managers qualify for
their position based on their restaurant-related experience, an increasing number of employers prefer managers with a 2- or 4-year degree in a related field.
Food service managers coordinate a wide range of activities, but their most difficult tasks may be dealing
with irate customers and motivating employees.
Job opportunities for food service managers should
be good, as the number of managers who change jobs
or leave this occupation is typically high and, in the
long run, as more are hired to meet the growing demand for convenient food service.

Nature of the Work
Food service managers are responsible for the daily operations
of restaurants and other establishments that prepare and serve
meals and beverages to customers. Besides coordinating activities among various departments, such as kitchen, dining room,
and banquet operations, food service managers ensure that customers are satisfied with their dining experience. In addition,
they oversee the inventory and ordering of food, equipment, and
supplies and arrange for the routine maintenance and upkeep
of the restaurant’s equipment and facilities. Managers are generally responsible for all administrative and human-resource
functions of the business, including recruiting new employees
and monitoring employee performance and training.
Managers interview, hire, train, and when necessary, fire employees. Retaining good employees is a major challenge facing
food service managers. Managers recruit employees at career
fairs and at schools that offer academic programs in hospitality
management or culinary arts, and arrange for newspaper advertising to attract additional applicants. Managers oversee the
training of new employees and explain the establishment’s policies and practices. They schedule work hours, making sure that
enough workers are present to cover each shift. If employees
are unable to work, managers may have to call in alternates to
cover for them or fill in themselves. Some managers may help
with cooking, clearing tables, or other tasks when the restaurant
becomes extremely busy.
Food service managers ensure that diners are served properly
and in a timely manner. They investigate and resolve customers’ complaints about food quality and service. They monitor
orders in the kitchen to determine where backups may occur,
and they work with the chef to remedy any delays in service.
Managers direct the cleaning of the dining areas and the washing of tableware, kitchen utensils, and equipment to comply
with company and government sanitation standards. Managers
also monitor the actions of their employees and patrons on a
continual basis to ensure the personal safety of everyone. They
make sure that health and safety standards and local liquor
regulations are obeyed.
In addition to their regular duties, food service managers perform a variety of administrative assignments, such as keeping
employee work records, preparing the payroll, and completing
paperwork to comply with licensing, tax, wage and hour, unemployment compensation, and Social Security laws. Some of this
work may be delegated to an assistant manager or bookkeeper,
or it may be contracted out, but most general managers retain
responsibility for the accuracy of business records. Managers
also maintain records of supply and equipment purchases and
ensure that accounts with suppliers are paid.
Managers tally the cash and charge receipts received and balance them against the record of sales, securing them in a safe
place. Finally, managers are responsible for locking up the establishment, checking that ovens, grills, and lights are off, and
switching on alarm systems.
Technology influences the jobs of food service managers in
many ways, enhancing efficiency and productivity. Many restaurants use computers and business software to place orders
and track inventory and sales. They also allow food service

56 Occupational Outlook Handbook

managers to monitor expenses, employee schedules, and payroll matters more efficiently.
In most full-service restaurants and institutional food service
facilities, the management team consists of a general manager,
one or more assistant managers, and an executive chef. The executive chef is responsible for all food preparation activities,
including running kitchen operations, planning menus, and
maintaining quality standards for food service. In some cases,
the executive chef is also the general manager or owner of the
restaurant. General managers may employ several assistant
managers that oversee certain areas, such as the dining or banquet rooms, or supervise different shifts of workers. In limitedservice eating places, such as sandwich and coffee shops or
fast-food restaurants, managers or food preparation or serving
supervisors, not executive chefs, are responsible for supervising
routine food preparation operations. (For additional information on these other workers, see material on top executives or
on chefs, head cooks, and food preparation and serving supervisors elsewhere in the Handbook.)
In restaurants, mainly full-service independent ones where
there are both food service managers and executive chefs, the
managers often help the chefs select menu items. Managers or
executive chefs at independent restaurants select menu items,
taking into account the past popularity of dishes, the ability to

reuse any food not served the previous day, the need for variety,
and the seasonal availability of foods. Managers or executive
chefs analyze the recipes of the dishes to determine food, labor,
and overhead costs, work out the portion size and nutritional
content of each plate, and assign prices to various menu items.
Menus must be developed far enough in advance that supplies
can be ordered and received in time.
Managers or executive chefs estimate food needs, place orders with distributors, and schedule the delivery of fresh food
and supplies. They plan for routine services or deliveries,
such as linen services or the heavy cleaning of dining rooms
or kitchen equipment, to occur during slow times or when the
dining room is closed. Managers also arrange for equipment
maintenance and repairs, and coordinate a variety of services
such as waste removal and pest control. Managers or executive
chefs receive deliveries and check the contents against order
records. They inspect the quality of fresh meats, poultry, fish,
fruits, vegetables, and baked goods to ensure that expectations
are met. They meet with representatives from restaurant supply
companies and place orders to replenish stocks of tableware,
linens, paper products, cleaning supplies, cooking utensils, and
furniture and fixtures.
Work environment. Many food service managers work long
hours—12 to 15 per day, 50 or more per week, and sometimes
7 days a week. Such schedules are common for fine dining
restaurants and those, such as fast-food restaurants, that operate extended hours. Managers of institutional food service facilities, such as school, factory, or office cafeterias, work more
regular hours because the operating hours of these establishments usually conform to the operating hours of the business or
facility they serve. However, many managers oversee multiple
locations of a chain or franchise or may be called in on short
notice, making hours unpredictable.
Managers should be calm, flexible, and able to work through
emergencies, such as a fire or flood, to ensure everyone’s safety.
They also should be able to fill in for absent workers on short notice. Managers often experience the pressures of simultaneously
coordinating a wide range of activities. When problems occur,
it is the manager’s responsibility to resolve them with minimal
disruption to customers. The job can be hectic, and dealing with
irate customers or uncooperative employees can be stressful.
Managers also may experience the typical minor injuries of
other restaurant workers, such as muscle aches, cuts, or burns. Although injuries generally do not require prolonged absen­ces from
work, the incidence of injuries requiring at least one day’s absence
from work exceeds that of about 60 percent of all ­occupations.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Food service managers ensure that food is in adequate supply
and stored at the appropriate temperature.

Experience in the food services industry, whether as a cook,
waiter or waitress, or counter attendant, is the most common
training for food service managers. Many restaurant and food
service manager positions, particularly self-service and fastfood, are filled by promoting experienced food and beverage
preparation and service workers.
Education and training. Most food service managers have
less than a bachelor’s degree; however, some postsecondary education, including a college degree, is increasingly preferred for
many food service manager positions. Many food service man-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 57

agement companies and national or regional restaurant chains
recruit management trainees from 2- and 4-year college hospitality or food service management programs, which require
internships and real-life experience to graduate. While these
specialized degrees are often preferred, graduates with degrees
in other fields who have demonstrated experience, interest, and
aptitude are also recruited.
Most restaurant chains and food service management companies have rigorous training programs for management positions. Through a combination of classroom and on-the-job
training, trainees receive instruction and gain work experience
in all aspects of the operation of a restaurant or institutional
food service facility. Areas include food preparation, nutrition,
sanitation, security, company policies and procedures, personnel management, recordkeeping, and preparation of reports.
Training on the use of the restaurant’s computer system is
­increasingly important as well. Usually, after several months
of training, trainees receive their first permanent assignment as
an assistant manager.
Almost 1,000 colleges and universities offer 4-year programs
in restaurant and hospitality management or institutional food
service management; a growing number of university programs
offer graduate degrees in hospitality management or similar
fields. For those not interested in pursuing a 4-year degree,
community and junior colleges, technical institutes, and other
institutions offer programs in the field leading to an associate
degree or other formal certification.
Both 2- and 4-year programs provide instruction in subjects
such as nutrition, sanitation, and food planning and preparation,
as well as accounting, business law and management, and computer science. Some programs combine classroom and laboratory study with internships providing on-the-job experience. In
addition, many educational institutions offer culinary programs
in food preparation. Such training can lead to careers as cooks
or chefs and provide a foundation for advancement to executive
chef positions.
Many larger food service operations will provide or offer to pay
for technical training, such as computer or business courses, so
that employees can acquire the business skills necessary to read
spreadsheets or understand the concepts and practices of running
a business. Generally, this requires a long-term commitment on
the employee’s part to both the employer and to the profession.
Other qualifications. Most employers emphasize personal
qualities when hiring managers. Workers who are reliable, show
initiative, and have leadership qualities are highly sought after
for promotion. Other qualities that managers look for are good
problem-solving skills and the ability to concentrate on details.
A neat and clean appearance is important, because food service
managers must convey self-confidence and show respect in deal-

ing with the public. Because food service management can be
physically demanding, good health and stamina are important.
Managers must be good communicators as they deal with
customers, employees, and suppliers for most of the day. They
must be able to motivate employees to work as a team, to ensure
that food and service meet appropriate standards. Additionally,
the ability to speak multiple languages is helpful to communicate with staff and patrons.
Certification and advancement. The certified Foodservice
Management Professional (FMP) designation is a measure of
professional achievement for food service managers. Although
not a requirement for employment or necessary for advancement, voluntary certification can provide recognition of professional competence, particularly for managers who acquired their
skills largely on the job. The National Restaurant Association
Educational Foundation awards the FMP designation to managers who achieve a qualifying score on a written examination,
complete a series of courses that cover a range of food service
management topics, and meet standards of work experience in
the field.
Willingness to relocate is often essential for advancement
to positions with greater responsibility. Managers typically
advance to larger or more prominent establishments or regional management positions within restaurant chains. Some
may open their own food service establishments or franchise
operation.

Employment
Food service managers held about 338,700 jobs in 2008. The
majority of managers are salaried, but 42 percent are selfemployed as owners of independent restaurants or other small
food service establishments. Forty-one percent of all salaried
jobs for food service managers are in full-service restaurants
or limited-service eating places, such as fast-food restaurants
and cafeterias. Other salaried jobs are in special food services—
an industry that includes food service contractors who supply
food services at institutional, governmental, commercial, or
industrial locations, and educational services, which primarily
supply elementary and secondary schools. A smaller number
of salaried jobs are in hotels; amusement, gambling, and recreation industries; nursing care facilities; and hospitals. Jobs are
located throughout the country, with large cities and resort areas
providing more opportunities for full-service dining positions.

Job Outlook
Food service manager jobs are expected to grow 5 percent, or
more slowly than the average for all occupations through 2018.
However, job opportunities should be good because many openings will arise from the need to replace managers who leave the
occupation.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Food service managers.......................................................................

SOC
Code
11-9051

Employment,
2008
338,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
356,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
18,000
5

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

58 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Employment change. Employment of food service managers
is expected to grow 5 percent, or more slowly than the average
for all occupations, during the 2008-18 decade, as the ­number
of eating and drinking establishments opening is expected to
decline from the previous decade. Despite these reductions in
the number of new eating and drinking places, new employment opportunities for food service managers will emerge in
grocery and convenience stores and other retail and recreation
industries to meet the growing demand for quick food in a variety of settings. Employment growth is projected to vary by
industry. Most new jobs will be in full-service restaurants and
limited service eating places. Manager jobs will also increase
in healthcare and elder care facilities. Self-employment of these
workers will generate nearly 40 percent of new jobs.
Job prospects. In addition to job openings from employment
growth, the need to replace managers who transfer to other occupations or stop working will create good job opportunities.
Although practical experience is an integral part of finding a
food service management position, applicants with a degree in
restaurant, hospitality, or institutional food service management
will have an edge when competing for jobs at upscale restaurants and for advancement in a restaurant chain or into corporate management.

ment, and certification as a Foodservice Management Professional is available from:
hhNational Restaurant Association Educational Foundation,
175 West Jackson Blvd., Suite 1500, Chicago, IL 60604-2702.
Internet: http://www.nraef.org
Career information about food service managers, as well as a
directory of 2- and 4-year colleges that offer courses or programs
that prepare persons for food service careers is available from:
hhNational Restaurant Association, 1200 17th
St. NW., Washington, DC 20036-3097. Internet:
http://www.restaurant.org
General information on hospitality careers may be obtained from:

hhThe International Council on Hotel, Restaurant, and

Institutional Education, 2810 North Parham Rd., Suite 230,
Richmond, VA 23294. Internet: http://www.chrie.org
Additional information about job opportunities in food service management may be obtained from local employers and
from local offices of State employment services agencies.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos024.htm

Earnings
Median annual wages of salaried food service managers were
$46,320 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$36,670 and $59,580. The lowest 10 percent earned less than
$29,450, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $76,940.
Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest
numbers of food service managers were as follows:
Traveler accommodation.............................................$54,710
Special food services.....................................................52,680
Full-service restaurants.................................................49,420
Limited-service eating places........................................41,320

In addition to receiving typical benefits, most salaried food
service managers are provided free meals and the opportunity
for additional training, depending on their length of service.
Some food service managers, especially those in full-service
restaurants, may earn bonuses depending on sales volume or
revenue.

Related Occupations
Other managers and supervisors in hospitality-related businesses include:
Page
First-line supervisors or managers of food
preparation and serving workers.......................................... 484
Gaming services occupations................................................... 520
Lodging managers...................................................................... 70
Sales worker supervisors.......................................................... 551

Sources of Additional Information
Information about a career as a food service manager, 2- and
4-year college programs in restaurant and food service manage-

Funeral Directors
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Job opportunities should be good, particularly for
those who also embalm.
Some mortuary science graduates relocate to get a job.
Funeral directors are licensed by the State in which
they practice.
Funeral directors need the ability to communicate
easily and compassionately and to comfort people in
a time of sorrow.

Nature of the Work
Funeral practices and rites vary greatly among cultures and religions. However, funeral practices usually share some common
elements—removing the deceased to a mortuary, preparing the
remains, performing a ceremony that honors the deceased and
addresses the spiritual needs of the family, and carrying out final disposition of the deceased. Funeral directors arrange and
direct these tasks for grieving families, taking great pride in
their ability to provide comfort to family and friends of the deceased and in providing appropriate services.
Funeral directors, also called morticians and undertakers, arrange the details and handle the logistics of funerals, taking into
account the wishes of the deceased and family members. ­Together
with the family, funeral directors establish the location, dates, and
times of wakes, memorial services, and burials. They arrange for
a hearse to carry the body to the funeral home or mortuary.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 59

Funeral directors prepare obituary notices and have them
placed in newspapers, arrange for pallbearers and clergy, schedule the opening and closing of a grave with a representative of
the cemetery, decorate and prepare the sites of all services, and
provide transportation for the deceased, mourners, and flowers between sites. They also direct preparation and shipment of
bodies for out-of-State burial.
Most funeral directors also are trained, licensed, and practicing embalmers. Embalming is a sanitary, cosmetic, and
preservative process through which the body is prepared for
interment. If more than 24 hours elapse between death and interment, State laws usually require that the remains be refrigerated or embalmed.
When embalming a body, funeral directors wash the body
with germicidal soap and replace the blood with embalming
fluid to preserve the tissues. They may reshape and reconstruct
bodies using materials such as clay, cotton, plaster of Paris, and
wax. They also may apply cosmetics to provide a natural appearance, dress the body, and place it in a casket. Funeral directors maintain records such as embalming reports and itemized
lists of clothing or valuables delivered with the body. In large
funeral homes, an embalming staff of two or more, plus several
apprentices may be employed.
Funeral services may take place in a home, house of worship,
funeral home, or at the gravesite or crematory. Some services are
not religious, but many are. Funeral directors must be familiar
with the funeral and burial customs of many faiths, ethnic groups,
and fraternal organizations. For example, members of some religions seldom have the deceased embalmed or cremated.
Burial in a casket is the most common method of disposing of
remains in the United States, although entombment also occurs.
Cremation, which is the burning of the body in a special furnace, is increasingly selected because it can be less expensive
and allows for the memorial service to be held at a more convenient time in the future when relatives and friends can come
together. A funeral service followed by cremation need not be
any different from a funeral service followed by a burial. Usually, cremated remains are placed in some type of permanent
receptacle, or urn, before being committed to a final resting
place. The urn may be buried, placed in an indoor or outdoor
mausoleum or columbarium, or interred in a special urn garden
that many cemeteries provide for cremated remains.
Funeral directors handle the paperwork involved with the person’s death, including submitting papers to State authorities so
that a formal death certificate may be issued and copies distributed
to the heirs. They may help family members apply for veterans’
burial benefits or notify the Social Security Administration of the
death. Also, funeral directors may apply for the transfer of any
pensions, insurance policies, or annuities on behalf of survivors.
Funeral directors also work with those who want to plan their
own funerals in advance. This ensures that the client’s wishes
will be taken care of to their satisfaction.
Most funeral homes are small, family-run businesses, and
many funeral directors are owner-operators or employees with
managerial responsibilities. Funeral directors, therefore, are responsible for the success and the profitability of their businesses.
Directors must keep records of expenses, purchases, and servic-

es rendered; prepare and send invoices for services; and file all
required State and Federal employment reports and tax forms.
Funeral directors increasingly use computers for billing, bookkeeping, and marketing. Some are beginning to use the Internet
to communicate with clients who are planning their funerals in
advance or to assist them by developing electronic obituaries
and guest books. Directors strive to foster a cooperative spirit
and friendly attitude among employees and a compassionate demeanor toward the families. Increasingly, funeral directors also
help individuals adapt to changes in their lives following a death
through aftercare services and support groups.
Work environment. Most funeral directors work in funeral
homes that have one or more viewing rooms, a casket-selection
room, a preparation room, and sometimes a chapel. Some may
also have a crematory on the premises.
In general, the occupation is safe, but funeral directors occasionally come into contact with bodies that had contagious
diseases, but when the appropriate safety and health regulations
are followed the possibility of infection is remote.
Funeral directors often work long, irregular hours, and the
occupation can be highly stressful. Many are on call at all hours
because they may be needed to remove remains in the middle
of the night. Shift work sometimes is necessary because funeral
home hours include evenings and weekends. In smaller funeral
homes, working hours vary, but in larger establishments, employees usually work 8 hours a day, 5 or 6 days a week.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Funeral directors are licensed in all States. State licensing laws
vary, but most require applicants to be 21 years old, have 2
years of formal education, serve a 1-year apprenticeship, and
pass an examination.
Education and training. College programs in mortuary
science usually last from 2 to 4 years. The American Board of
Funeral Service Education accredits about 60 mortuary science
programs. The majority are two-year associate degree programs
offered at community colleges. About 6 colleges and universities offer programs that culminate in a bachelor’s degree. In ad-

Funeral directors, also called morticians and undertakers, arrange the details of funerals, taking into account the wishes of
the deceased and family members.

60 Occupational Outlook Handbook

dition, many specialized, stand alone funeral service institutions
offer two-year programs, although some are 4 years in length.
Mortuary science programs include courses in anatomy, physiology, pathology, embalming techniques, restorative art, business
management, accounting and use of computers in funeral home
management, and client services. They also include courses in
the social sciences and in legal, ethical, and regulatory subjects
such as psychology, grief counseling, oral and written communication, funeral service law, business law, and ethics.
Many State and national associations offer continuing education programs designed for licensed funeral directors. These
programs address issues in communications, counseling, and
management. More than 30 States have requirements that funeral directors receive continuing education credits to maintain
their licenses.
Apprenticeships must be completed under the direction of an
experienced and licensed funeral director. Some States require
apprenticeships. Depending on State regulations, apprenticeships last from 1 to 3 years and may be served before, during,
or after mortuary school. Apprenticeships provide practical experience in all facets of the funeral service, from embalming to
transporting remains.
High school students can start preparing for a career as a funeral director by taking courses in biology and chemistry and
­participating in public speaking or debate clubs. Part-time or
summer jobs in funeral homes also provide good experience.
These jobs consist mostly of maintenance and cleanup tasks,
such as washing and polishing limousines and hearses, but they
can help students become familiar with the operation of funeral
homes.
Licensure. All States require funeral directors to be licensed.
Licensing laws vary by State, but most require applicants to be
21 years old, have 2 years of formal education that includes
studies in mortuary science, serve a 1-year apprenticeship, and
pass a qualifying examination. After becoming licensed, new
funeral directors may join the staff of a funeral home.
Some States require all funeral directors to be licensed in
embalming. Others have separate licenses for directors and embalmers, but in those States funeral directors who embalm need
to be licensed in embalming, and most of these professionals
obtain both licenses.
State board licensing examinations vary, but they usually
consist of written and oral parts and include a demonstration
of practical skills. People who want to work in another State
may have to pass the examination for that State; however, some
States have reciprocity arrangements and will grant licenses to
funeral directors from another State without further examination. People interested in a career as a funeral director should
contact their State licensing board for specific requirements.

Other qualifications. Funeral directors need composure,
tact, and the ability to communicate easily and compassionately
with the public. Funeral directors also should have the desire
and ability to comfort people in a time of sorrow.
To show proper respect and consideration for the families and
the dead, funeral directors must dress appropriately. The professions usually require short, neat haircuts and trim beards, if any,
for men. Suits and ties for men and comparable business attire,
for women are customary.
Advancement. Advancement opportunities generally are
best in companies with multiple funeral homes. Funeral directors working for these companies may earn promotions to higher paying positions such as branch manager or general manager.
Some directors eventually acquire enough money and experience to establish their own funeral home businesses.

Employment
Funeral directors held about 30,000 jobs in 2008. About 13 percent were self-employed. Nearly all worked in the death care
services industry.

Job Outlook
Employment growth is expected to be as fast as average for all
occupations. Job opportunities are expected to be good, particularly for funeral directors who also embalm.
Employment change. Employment of funeral directors is
expected to increase by 12 percent during the 2008–18 decade,
about as fast as the average for all occupations. Projected job
growth reflects growth in the death care services industry overall due to the aging of the population.
Job prospects. In addition to employment growth, the need
to replace funeral directors who retire or leave the occupation
for other reasons will result in good job opportunities. Funeral
directors are older, on average, than workers in most other occupations and are expected to retire in greater numbers over the
coming decade. In addition, some funeral directors leave the
profession because of the long and irregular hours. Job prospects may also be better for some mortuary science graduates
who can relocate to get a job.

Earnings
Median annual wages for funeral directors were $52,210 in
May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $38,980 and
$69,680. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $29,910 and
the top 10 percent earned more than $92,940.
Salaries of funeral directors depend on the number of years
of experience in funeral service, the number of services performed, the number of facilities operated, the area of the country, and the director’s level of formal education. Funeral directors in large cities usually earn more than their counterparts in
small towns and rural areas.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Funeral directors................................................................................

SOC
Code
11-9061

Employment,
2008
30,000

Projected
Employment,
2018
33,600

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
3,600
12

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 61

Related Occupations
The job of a funeral director requires tact, discretion, and compassion when dealing with grieving people. Others who need
these qualities include:
Page
Physicians and surgeons........................................................... 381
Psychologists............................................................................ 215
Social workers.......................................................................... 246

Sources of Additional Information
For a list of accredited mortuary science programs and information on the funeral service profession, write to:
hhThe National Funeral Directors Association,
13625 Bishop’s Dr., Brookfield, WI 53005. Internet:
http://www.nfda.org
For information about scholarships and educational programs
in funeral service and mortuary science, contact:
hhThe American Board of Funeral Service Education, 3414
Ashland Ave., Suite G, St. Joseph, MO 64506. Internet:
http://www.abfse.org
For information on specific State licensing requirements,
contact the State’s licensing board.
For more information about funeral directors and their
work, see the Occupational Outlook Quarterly article, “Jobs in
­weddings and funerals: Working with the betrothed and the bereaved,” available in many libraries and career centers and online at http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2006/winter/art03.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos011.htm

Human Resources, Training,
and Labor Relations
Managers and Specialists
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

The educational backgrounds of these workers vary
considerably, reflecting the diversity of duties and
levels of responsibility.
College graduates and those who have earned certification should have the best job and advancement opportunities.
Human resources occupations require strong interpersonal skills.
Much faster than average growth is expected during
the projection period.

Nature of the Work
Every organization wants to attract, motivate, and retain the
most qualified employees and match them to jobs for which
they are best suited. Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists provide this connection. In the

past, these workers performed the administrative function of
an organization, such as handling employee benefits questions
or recruiting, interviewing, and hiring new staff in accordance
with policies established by top management. Today’s human
resources workers manage these tasks, but, increasingly, they
consult with top executives regarding strategic planning. They
have moved from behind-the-scenes staff work to leading the
company in suggesting and changing policies.
In an effort to enhance morale and productivity, limit job
turnover, and help organizations increase performance and improve results, these workers also help their companies effectively use employee skills, provide training and development
opportunities to improve those skills, and increase employees’
satisfaction with their jobs and working conditions. Although
some jobs in the human resources field require only limited
contact with people outside the human resources office, dealing
with people is an important part of the job.
There are many types of human resources, training, and labor
relations managers and specialists. In a small organization, a
human resources generalist may handle all aspects of human
resources work, and thus require an extensive range of knowledge. The responsibilities of human resources generalists can
vary widely, depending on their employer’s needs.
In a large corporation, the director of human resources may
supervise several departments, each headed by an experienced
manager who most likely specializes in one human resources
activity, such as employment and placement, compensation and
benefits, training and development, or labor relations. The director may report to a top human resources executive. (See top
executives elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Employment and placement. Employment and placement
managers supervise the recruitment, hiring, and separation of
employees. They also supervise employment, recruitment, and
placement specialists, including employment interviewers. Employment, recruitment, and placement specialists recruit and
place workers.
Recruitment specialists maintain contacts within the community and may travel considerably, often to job fairs and college
campuses, to search for promising job applicants. Recruiters
screen, interview, and occasionally test applicants. They also
may check references and extend job offers. These workers
must be thoroughly familiar with their organization, the work
that is done, and the human resources policies of their company
in order to discuss wages, working conditions and advancement
opportunities with prospective employees. They also must stay
informed about equal employment opportunity (EEO) and affirmative action guidelines and laws, such as the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
Employment interviewers—whose many job titles include
human resources consultants, human resources development
specialists, and human resources coordinators—help to match
employers with qualified jobseekers. Similarly, employer relations representatives, who usually work in government agencies or college career centers, maintain working relationships
with prospective employers and promote the use of public employment programs and services.
Compensation, benefits, and job analysis. Compensation,
benefits, and job analysis specialists administer compensation

62 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and
specialists explain company procedures and benefits to new
­employees.
programs for employers and may specialize in specific areas
such as pensions or position classifications. For example, job
analysts, occasionally called position classifiers, collect and examine detailed information about job duties in order to prepare
job descriptions. These descriptions explain the duties, training,
and skills that each job requires. Whenever a large organization
introduces a new job or reviews existing jobs, it calls upon the
expert knowledge of job analysts.
Occupational analysts research occupational classification
systems and study the effects of industry and occupational
trends on worker relationships. They may serve as technical
liaisons between companies or departments, government, and
labor unions.
Establishing and maintaining a firm’s pay structure is the principal job of compensation managers. Assisted by compensation
analysts or specialists, compensation managers devise ways to
ensure fair and equitable pay rates. They may participate in or
purchase salary surveys to see how their firm’s pay compares
with others, and they ensure that the firm’s pay scale complies
with changing laws and regulations. In addition, compensation
managers often oversee the compensation side of their company’s performance management system. They may design reward systems such as pay-for-performance plans, which might
include setting merit pay guidelines and bonus or incentive pay
criteria. Compensation managers also might administer executive compensation programs or determine commission rates and
other incentives for corporate sales staffs.
Employee benefits managers and specialists administer a
company’s employee benefits program, notably its health insurance and retirement plans. Expertise in designing, negotiating,
and administering benefits programs continues to take on importance as employer-provided benefits account for a growing
proportion of overall compensation costs, and as benefit plans
increase in number and complexity. For example, retirement
benefits might include defined benefit pension plans, defined
contribution plans, such as 401(k) or thrift savings plans and
profit-sharing or stock ownership plans. Health benefits might
include medical, dental, and vision insurance and protection
against catastrophic illness. Familiarity with health benefits

is a top priority for employee benefits managers and specialists, because of the rising cost of providing healthcare benefits
to employees and retirees. In addition to health insurance and
retirement coverage, many firms offer employees life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, disability insurance, and benefits designed to meet the needs of a changing
workforce, such as parental leave, long-term nursing or home
care insurance, wellness programs, and flexible benefits plans.
Benefits managers must keep abreast of changing Federal and
State regulations and legislation that may affect employee benefits. Working with employee assistance plan managers or worklife coordinators, many benefits managers work to integrate the
growing number of programs that deal with mental and physical health, such as employee assistance, obesity, and smoking
cessation, into their health benefits programs.
Employee assistance plan managers, also called employee
welfare managers or work-life managers, are responsible for a
wide array of programs to enhance employee safety and wellness and improve work-life balance. These may include occupational safety and health standards and practices, health promotion and physical fitness, medical examinations and minor
health treatment, such as first aid, flexible work schedules, food
service and recreation activities, carpooling and transportation programs such as transit subsidies, employee suggestion
systems, child care and elder care, and counseling services.
Child care and elder care are increasingly significant because
of growth in the number of dual-income households and the
older population. Counseling may help employees deal with
emotional disorders, alcoholism, or marital, family, consumer,
legal, and financial problems. Some employers offer career
counseling and outplacement services. In some companies, certain programs, such as those dealing with physical security or
information technology, may be coordinated in separate departments by other managers. (See administrative services managers elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Training and development. Training and development managers and specialists create, procure, and conduct training and
development programs for employees. Managers typically supervise specialists and make budget-impacting decisions in exchange for a reduced training portfolio. Increasingly, executives
recognize that training offers a way of developing skills, enhancing productivity and quality of work, and building worker
loyalty. Enhancing employee skills can increase individual and
organizational performance and help to achieve business results. Increasingly, executives realize that developing the skills
and knowledge of its workforce is a business imperative that
can give them a competitive edge in recruiting and retaining
high quality employees and can lead to business growth.
Other factors involved in determining whether training is
needed include the complexity of the work environment, the
rapid pace of organizational and technological change, and the
growing number of jobs in fields that constantly generate new
knowledge and, thus, require new skills. In addition, advances
in learning theory have provided insights into how people learn
and how training can be organized most effectively.
Training managers oversee development of training programs, contracts, and budgets. They may perform needs assessments of the types of training needed, determine the best means

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 63

of delivering training, and create the content. They may provide
employee training in a classroom, computer laboratory, or onsite production facility, or through a training film, Web videoon-demand, or self-paced or self-guided instructional guides.
For live or in-person training, training managers ensure that
teaching materials are prepared and the space appropriately set,
training and instruction stimulate the class, and completion certificates are issued at the end of training. For computer-assisted
or recorded training, trainers ensure that cameras, microphones,
and other necessary technology platforms are functioning properly and that individual computers or other learning devices are
configured for training purposes. They also have the responsibility for the entire learning process, and its environment, to
ensure that the course meets its objectives and is measured and
evaluated to understand how learning impacts performance.
Training specialists plan, organize, and direct a wide range of
training activities. Trainers consult with training managers and
employee supervisors to develop performance improvement
measures, conduct orientation sessions, and arrange on-the-job
training for new employees. They help employees maintain and
improve their job skills and prepare for jobs requiring greater
skill. They work with supervisors to improve their interpersonal
skills and to deal effectively with employees. They may set up
individualized training plans to strengthen employees’ existing
skills or teach new ones. Training specialists also may set up
leadership or executive development programs for employees
who aspire to move up in the organization. These programs
are designed to develop or “groom” leaders to replace those
leaving the organization and as part of a corporate succession
plan. Trainers also lead programs to assist employees with job
transitions as a result of mergers or consolidation, as well as
retraining programs to develop new skills that may result from
technological changes in the work place. In government-supported job-training programs, training specialists serve as case
managers and provide basic job skills to prepare participants
to function in the labor force. They assess the training needs of
clients and guide them through the most appropriate training.
After training, clients may either be referred to employer relations representatives or receive job placement assistance.
Planning and program development is an essential part of the
training specialist’s job. In order to identify and assess training needs, trainers may confer with managers and supervisors
or conduct surveys. They also evaluate training effectiveness
to ensure that employees actually learn and that the training
they receive helps the organization meet its strategic goals and
achieve results.
Depending on the size, goals, and nature of the organization,
trainers may differ considerably in their responsibilities and in
the methods they use. Training methods also vary by whether
the training predominantly is knowledge-based or skill-based
or sometimes a combination of the two. For example, much
knowledge-based training is conducted in a classroom setting.
Most skill training provides some combination of hands-on
instruction, demonstration, and practice at doing something
and usually is conducted on a shop floor, studio, or laboratory
where trainees gain experience and confidence. Some on-thejob training methods could apply equally to knowledge or skill
training and formal apprenticeship training programs combine

classroom training and work experience. Increasingly, training
programs involve interactive Internet-based training modules
that can be downloaded for either individual or group instruction, for dissemination to a geographically dispersed class,
or to be coordinated with other multimedia programs. These
technologies allow participants to take advantage of distance
learning alternatives and to attend conferences and seminars
through satellite or Internet communications hookups, or use
other computer-aided instructional technologies, such as those
for the hearing-impaired or sight-impaired.
Employee relations. An organization’s director of industrial
relations forms labor policy, oversees industrial labor relations,
negotiates collective bargaining agreements, and coordinates
grievance procedures to handle complaints resulting from management disputes with employees. The director of industrial relations also advises and collaborates with the director of human
resources, other managers, and members of their staffs, because
all aspects of human resources policy—such as wages, benefits,
pensions, and work practices—may be involved in drawing up
a new or revised work rules that comply with a union contract.
Labor relations managers and their staffs implement industrial labor relations programs. Labor relations specialists
prepare information for management to use during collective
bargaining agreement negotiations, a process that requires the
specialist to be familiar with economic and wage data and to
have extensive knowledge of labor law and collective bargaining procedures. The labor relations staff interprets and administers the contract with respect to grievances, wages and salaries,
employee welfare, healthcare, pensions, union and management
practices, and other contractual stipulations. In the absence of a
union, industrial relations personnel may work with employees
individually or with employee association representatives.
Dispute resolution—attaining tacit or contractual agreements—has become increasingly significant as parties to a
dispute attempt to avoid costly litigation, strikes, or other disruptions. Dispute resolution also has become more complex,
involving employees, management, unions, other firms, and
government agencies. Specialists involved in dispute resolution
must be highly knowledgeable and experienced, and often report to the director of industrial relations. Mediators advise and
counsel labor and management to prevent and, when necessary,
resolve disputes over labor agreements or other labor relations
issues. Arbitrators, occasionally called umpires or referees, decide disputes that bind both labor and management to specific
terms and conditions of labor contracts. Labor relations specialists who work for unions perform many of the same functions
on behalf of the union and its members.
EEO officers, representatives, or affirmative action coordinators handle equal employment opportunity matters. They investigate and resolve EEO grievances, examine corporate practices
for possible violations, and compile and submit EEO statistical
reports.
Other emerging specialties in human resources include international human resources managers, who handle human resources issues related to a company’s overseas operations and
human resources information system specialists, who develop
and apply computer programs to process human resources information, match jobseekers with job openings, and handle

64 Occupational Outlook Handbook

other human resources matters; and total compensation or total
rewards specialists, who determine an appropriate mix of compensation, benefits, and incentives.
Work environment. Human resources personnel usually
work in clean, pleasant, and comfortable office settings. Arbitrators and mediators many of whom work independently may
work out of home offices. Although most human resources,
training, and labor relations managers and specialists work
in the office, some travel extensively. For example, recruiters
regularly attend professional meetings, participate in job fairs,
and visit college campuses to interview prospective employees.
Arbitrators and mediators often must travel to the site chosen
for negotiations. Trainers and other specialists may travel to regional, satellite, or international offices of a company to meet
with employees who work outside of the main corporate office.
Many human resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists work a standard 40-hour week. However,
longer hours might be necessary for some workers—for example, labor relations managers and specialists, arbitrators, and
mediators—when contract agreements or dispute resolutions
are being negotiated.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
The educational backgrounds of human resources, training, and
labor relations managers and specialists vary considerably, reflecting the diversity of duties and levels of responsibility. In
filling entry-level jobs, many employers seek college graduates
who have majored in human resources, human resources administration, or industrial and labor relations. Other employers
look for college graduates with a technical or business background or a well-rounded liberal arts education.
Education and training. Although a bachelor’s degree is a
typical path of entry into these occupations, many ­colleges and
universities do not offer degree programs in personnel administration, human resources, or labor relations until the graduate
degree level. However, many offer individual ­courses in these
subjects at the undergraduate level in addition to concentrations
in human resources administration or human resources management, training and development, organizational development, and compensation and benefits.
Because an interdisciplinary background is appropriate in
this field, a combination of courses in the social sciences, business administration, and behavioral sciences is useful. Some
jobs may require more technical or specialized backgrounds in
engineering, science, finance, or law. Most prospective human
resources specialists should take courses in principles of management, organizational structure, and industrial psychology;
however, courses in accounting or finance are becoming increasingly important. Courses in labor law, collective bargaining, labor economics, and labor history also provide a valuable
background for the prospective labor relations specialist. As in
many other fields, knowledge of computers and information
systems is useful.
An advanced degree is increasingly important for some jobs.
Many labor relations jobs require graduate study in industrial or
labor relations. A strong background in industrial relations and
law is highly desirable for contract negotiators, mediators, and
arbitrators; in fact, many people in these specialties have law
degrees. A master’s degree in human resources, labor relations,

or in business administration with a concentration in human resources management is highly recommended for those seeking
general and top management positions.
The duties given to entry-level workers will vary, depending
on whether the new workers have a degree in human resource
management, have completed an internship, or have some
other type of human resources-related experience. Entry-level
employees commonly learn by performing administrative duties—helping to enter data into computer systems, compiling
employee handbooks, researching information for a supervisor, or answering phone calls and handling routine questions.
Entry-level workers often enter on-the-job training programs in
which they learn how to classify jobs, interview applicants, or
administer employee benefits; they then are assigned to specific
areas in the human resources department to gain experience.
Later, they may advance to supervisory positions, overseeing a
major element of the human resources program—compensation
or training, for example.
Other qualifications. Experience is an asset for many specialties in the human resources area, and is essential for advancement to senior-level positions, including managers, arbitrators,
and mediators. Many employers prefer entry-level workers who
have gained some experience through an internship or workstudy program while in school. Employees in human resources
administration and human resources development need the ability to work well with individuals and a commitment to organizational goals. This field demands skills that people may have
developed elsewhere—teaching, supervising, and volunteering,
among others. Human resources work also offers clerical workers opportunities to advance to more responsible or professional
positions. Some positions occasionally are filled by experienced individuals from other backgrounds, including business,
government, education, social services administration, and the
military.
The human resources field demands a range of personal
qualities and skills. Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists must speak and write effectively.
Ever-changing technologies and the growing complexities inherent to the many services human resources personnel provide
require that they be knowledgeable about computer systems,
storage and retrieval software, and how to use a wide array of
digital communications devices.
The growing diversity of the workforce requires that human
resources managers and specialists work with or supervise people of various ages, cultural backgrounds, levels of education,
and experience. Ability to speak a foreign language is an asset, especially if working in an industry with a large immigrant
workforce or for a company with many overseas operations.
Human resources employees must be able to cope with conflicting points of view, function under pressure, and demonstrate discretion, integrity, fair-mindedness, and a persuasive,
genial personality. Because much of the information collected
by these employees is confidential, they must also show the
character and responsibility of dealing with sensitive employee
information.
Certification and advancement. Most professional associations that specialize in human resources offer classes intended
to enhance the skills of their members. Some organizations offer certification programs, which are signs of competence and

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 65

credibility and can enhance advancement opportunities. For
example, the International Foundation of Employee Benefit
Plans confers a designation in three distinct areas of specialization—group benefit, retirement, and compensation—to persons
who complete a series of college-level courses and pass exams. Candidates can earn a designation in each of the specialty
tracks and, simultaneously, receive credit toward becoming a
Certified Employee Benefits Specialist (CEBS). The American
Society for Training and Development (ASTD) Certification
Institute offers professional certification in the learning and
performance field. Addressing nine areas of expertise, certification requires passing a knowledge-based exam and successful work experience. In addition, ASTD offers 16 short-term
certificate and workshop programs covering a broad range of
professional training and development topics. The Society for
Human Resource Management offers two levels of certification, including the Professional in Human Resources (PHR)
and the Senior Professional in Human Resources (SPHR). Additionally, the organization offers the Global Professional in
Human Resources certification for those with international and
cross-border responsibilities and the California Certification in
Human Resources for those who plan to work in that State and
become familiar with California’s labor and human resources
laws. All designations require experience and a passing score
on a comprehensive exam. The WorldatWork Society of Certified Professionals offers four distinct designations in the areas
of compensation, benefits, work-life, and global remuneration
that comprise the total rewards management practice. Candidates obtain the designation of Certified Compensation Professional (CCP), Certified Benefits Professional (CBP), Global
Remuneration Professional (GRP), and Work-Life Certified
Professional (WLCP). Certification is achieved after passing a
series of knowledge-based exams within each designation. Additionally, WorldatWork offers online and classroom education
covering a broad range of total rewards topics.
Exceptional human resources workers may be promoted to
director of human resources or industrial relations, which can
eventually lead to a top managerial or executive position. Others may join a consulting or outsourcing firm or open their own
business. A Ph.D. is an asset for teaching, writing, or consulting
work.

Employment
Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and
specialists held about 904,900 jobs in 2008. The following tabulation shows the distribution of jobs by occupational specialty:
Training and development specialists.........................216,600
Employment, recruitment, and
placement specialists...............................................207,900
Compensation, benefits, and job analysis
specialists................................................................121,900
Compensation and benefits managers...........................40,500
Training and development managers............................30,400
Human resources, training, and labor
relations specialists, all other..................................224,600
Human resources managers, all other...........................63,100

Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists were employed in virtually every industry.
About 13 percent of human resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists were employed in administrative and support services, 11 percent in professional, scientific,
and technical services, 10 percent in healthcare and social assistance, and 9 percent in finance and insurance firms. About
12,900 managers and specialists were self-employed, working
as consultants to public and private employers.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow much faster than the average
for all human resources, training, and labor relations managers
and specialists occupations. College graduates and those who
have earned certification should have the best job opportunities.
Employment change. Overall employment is projected to
grow by 22 percent between 2008 and 2018, much faster than
the average for all occupations. Legislation and court rulings
revising standards in various areas—occupational safety and
health, equal employment opportunity, wages, healthcare, retirement plans, and family leave, among others—will increase
demand for human resources, training, and labor relations experts. Rising healthcare costs and a growing number of healthcare coverage options should continue to spur demand for specialists to develop creative compensation and benefits packages
that companies can offer prospective employees.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Human resources, training, and labor relations managers and
specialists.......................................................................................
Human resources managers...........................................................
Compensation and benefits managers........................................
Training and development managers.........................................
All other human resources managers.........................................
Human resources, training, and labor relations specialists............
Employment, recruitment, and placement specialists................
Compensation, benefits, and job analysis specialists.................
Training and development specialists........................................
Human resources, training, and labor relations specialists, all
other.......................................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

Projected
Employment,
2018

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent

–
11-3040
11-3041
11-3042
11-3049
13-1070
13-1071
13-1072
13-1073

904,900
133,900
40,500
30,400
63,100
770,900
207,900
121,900
216,600

1,102,300
146,800
43,900
34,000
68,900
955,500
265,900
150,600
267,100

197,400
12,900
3,400
3,600
5,800
184,500
58,000
28,700
50,500

22
10
9
12
9
24
28
24
23

13-1079

224,600

271,900

47,200

21

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

66 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Employment of labor relations staff, including arbitrators and
mediators, should grow as companies attempt to resolve potentially costly labor-management disputes out of court. Additional job growth may stem from increasing demand for specialists
in international human resources management and human resources information systems.
Job growth could be limited by the widespread use of computerized human resources information systems that make workers
more productive. Like other workers, employment of human
resources, training, and labor relations managers and specialists, particularly in larger companies, may be adversely affected
by corporate downsizing, restructuring, and mergers; however,
as companies once again expand operations, additional workers
may be needed to manage company growth.
Demand may be particularly strong for certain specialists.
For example, employers are expected to devote greater resources to job-specific training programs in response to the increasing complexity of many jobs and technological advances
that can leave employees with obsolete skills. Additionally, as
highly trained and skilled baby boomers retire, there should be
strong demand for training and development specialists to impart needed skills to their replacements. In addition, increasing
efforts throughout industry to recruit and retain quality employees should create many jobs for employment, recruitment, and
placement specialists.
Among industries, firms involved in management, consulting, and employment services should offer many job opportunities, as businesses increasingly contract out human resources
functions or hire human resources specialists on a temporary
basis to deal with increasing costs and complexity of training
and development programs. Demand for specialists also should
increase in outsourcing firms that develop and administer complex employee benefits and compensation packages for other
organizations.
Job prospects. College graduates and those who have earned
certification should have the best job opportunities, particularly
graduates with a bachelor’s degree in human ­resources, human resources administration, or industrial and labor relations.
Those with a technical or business background or a well-rounded liberal arts education also should find opportunities. Demand
for human resources, training, and labor relations managers
and specialists depends on general economic conditions and
the business cycle as well as staffing needs of the companies
in which they work. A rapidly expanding business is likely to
hire additional human resources workers—­either as permanent
employees or consultants—while businesses that have consolidated operations or merged with another company may require
fewer of these workers. Also, as human resources management
becomes increasingly important to the success of an organization, some small and medium-size businesses that do not have
separate human resources departments may assign various human resources responsibilities to some employees in addition to
their usual responsibilities; others may contract with consulting
firms to establish formal procedures and train current employees to administer programs on a long-term basis.
In addition to new human resources management and specialist jobs created over the 2008-2018 projection period, many
job openings will arise from the need to replace workers who

transfer to other occupations, retire, or leave the labor force for
other reasons.

Earnings
Annual salary rates for human resources workers vary according to occupation, level of experience, training, location, and
firm size.
Median annual wages of compensation and benefits managers were $86,500 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $64,930 and $113,480. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $49,350, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$147,050. Median annual wages in the industries employing the
largest numbers of compensation and benefits managers were:
Computer systems design and related services...........$97,630
Insurance carriers..........................................................94,340
Management of companies and enterprises..................94,230
General medical and surgical hospitals.........................86,060
Depository credit intermediation..................................84,980

Median annual wages of training and development managers were $87,700 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $64,770 and $115,570. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $48,280, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$149,050. Median annual wages in the industries employing the
largest numbers of training and development managers were:
Management of companies and enterprises................$93,140
Insurance carriers..........................................................92,210
General medical and surgical hospitals.........................86,820
Local government..........................................................70,430
Employment services....................................................69,170

Median annual wages of human resources managers, all other were $96,130 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $73,480 and $126,050. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $56,770, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$163,220. Median annual wages in the industries employing the
largest numbers of human resources managers, all other were:
Management of companies and enterprises..............$107,280
General medical and surgical hospitals.........................91,580
Local government..........................................................89,240
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........86,920
State government...........................................................76,570

Median annual wages of employment, recruitment, and
placement specialists were $45,470 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $35,020 and $63,110. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $28,030, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $85,760. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of employment, recruitment, and placement specialists were:
Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services..................................................$56,110
Computer systems design and related services.............55,600
Management of companies and enterprises..................51,320
Local government..........................................................42,950
Employment services....................................................42,670
State government...........................................................38,970

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 67

Median annual wages of compensation, benefits, and job
analysis specialists were $53,860 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $42,050 and $67,730. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $34,080, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $84,310. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of compensation, benefits,
and job analysis specialists were:

For information about careers and certification in employee
compensation and benefits, contact:
hhInternational Foundation of Employee Benefit Plans,
18700 W. Bluemound Rd., Brookfield, WI 53045. Internet:
http://www.ifebp.org

Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services..................................................$59,810
Local government..........................................................56,930
Management of companies and enterprises..................54,930
Agencies, brokerages, and other
insurance related activities........................................53,490
Insurance carriers..........................................................51,890
State government...........................................................43,880

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos021.htm

Median annual wages of training and development specialists were $51,450 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $38,550 and $67,450. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $29,470, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$85,160. Median annual wages in the industries employing the
largest numbers of training and development specialists were:

Significant Points

Computer systems design and related services...........$61,110
General medical and surgical hospitals.........................56,540
Insurance carriers..........................................................55,190
Management of companies and enterprises..................54,800
Local government..........................................................52,080
State government...........................................................48,480

According to a July 2009 salary survey conducted by the
National Association of Colleges and Employers, bachelor’s
degree candidates majoring in human resources, including labor and industrial relations, received starting offers averaging
$45,170 a year.

Related Occupations
Human resources occupations require strong interpersonal
skills. Other occupations that demand these skills include:
Page
Counselors................................................................................ 234
Education administrators........................................................... 41
Lawyers.................................................................................... 257
Psychologists............................................................................ 215
Public relations specialists....................................................... 350
Social and human service assistants......................................... 244
Social workers.......................................................................... 246

Sources of Additional Information
For information about human resource management careers
and certification, contact:
hhSociety for Human Resource Management, 1800 Duke St.,
Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet: http://www.shrm.org
For information about careers in employee training and development and certification, contact:
hhAmerican Society for Training and Development, 1640
King St., Box 1443, Alexandria, VA 22313-2043. Internet:
http://www.astd.org

hhWorldatWork, 14040 N. Northsight Blvd., Scottsdale, AZ
85260. Internet: http://www.worldatwork.org

Industrial Production Managers

•
•
•

Industrial production managers coordinate all the
people and equipment involved in the manufacturing
process.
Most employers prefer to hire workers with a college
degree; experience in some part of production operations usually is required as well.
Employment is expected to decline as overall employment in manufacturing declines.

Nature of the Work
Industrial production managers plan, direct, and coordinate the
production activities required to produce the vast array of goods
manufactured every year in the United States. They make sure
that production meets output and quality goals while remaining within budget. Depending on the size of the manufacturing
plant, industrial production managers may oversee the entire
plant or just one area of it.
Industrial production managers devise methods to use the
plant’s personnel and capital resources to best meet production goals. They may determine which machines will be used,
whether new machines need to be purchased, whether overtime
or extra shifts are necessary, and what the sequence of production will be. They monitor the production run to make sure that
it stays on schedule, and they correct any problems that may
arise.
Part of an industrial production manager’s job is to come up
with ways to make the production process more efficient. Traditional factory methods, such as mass assembly lines, have ­given
way to “lean” production techniques, which give managers
more flexibility. In a traditional assembly line, each worker was
responsible for only a small portion of the assembly, repeating that task on every product. Lean production, by contrast,
employs teams to build and assemble products in stations or
cells. Thus, rather than specializing in a specific task, workers
are capable of performing all jobs within a team. Without the
constraints of the traditional assembly line, industrial production managers can more easily change production levels and
staffing on different product lines to minimize inventory levels
and more quickly react to changing customer demands.

68 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Industrial production managers oversee all stages of the production process.
Industrial production managers also monitor product standards and implement quality control programs. They make sure
that the finished product meets a certain level of quality, and if
it doesn’t, they try to find out what the problem is and solve it.
Although traditional quality control programs reacted only to
problems that reached a certain significant level, newer management techniques and programs, such as ISO 9000, Total Quality Management (TQM), or Six Sigma, emphasize continuous
quality improvement. If the problem relates to the quality of
work performed in the plant, the manager may implement better training programs or reorganize the manufacturing process,
often on the basis of the suggestions of employee teams. If the
cause is substandard materials or parts from outside suppliers,
the industrial production manager may work with the supplier
to improve their quality.
Industrial production managers work closely with other
managers of the firm to implement the company’s policies and
goals. They also must work with the firm’s financial departments in order to come up with a budget and spending plan.
They work the closest with the heads of the sales, procurement,
and logistics departments. Sales managers relay the client’s
needs and the price the client is willing to pay to the production department, which must then fill the order. The logistics or

distribution department handles the delivery of the goods, often
coordinating with the production department. The procurement
department orders the supplies that the production department
needs to make its products. The procurement department also is
responsible for making sure that the inventories of supplies are
maintained at proper levels so that production proceeds without interruption. A breakdown in communications between the
production manager and the procurement department can cause
slowdowns and a failure to meet production schedules. Justin-time production techniques have reduced inventory levels,
making constant communication among managers, suppliers,
and procurement departments even more important.
Work environment. Most industrial production managers
divide their time between production areas and their offices.
While in the production area, they must follow established
health and safety practices and wear the required protective
clothing and equipment. The time in the office, which often is
located near production areas, usually is spent meeting with
subordinates or other department managers, analyzing production data, and writing and reviewing reports.
Many industrial production managers work extended hours,
especially when production deadlines must be met. In 2008,
about a third of all workers worked more than 50 hours a week,
on average. In facilities that operate around the clock, managers often work late shifts and may be called at any hour to deal
with emergencies. This could mean going to the plant to resolve
the problem, regardless of the hour, and staying until the situation is under control. Dealing with production workers as well
as superiors when working under the pressure of production
deadlines or emergency situations can be stressful. Corporate
restructuring has eliminated levels of management and support
staff, thus shifting more responsibilities to production managers
and compounding the stress.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Because of the diversity of manufacturing operations and job
requirements, there is no standard preparation for this occupation. Most employers prefer to hire workers with a college degree. Experience in some part of production operations is also
usually is required also.
Education and training. Many industrial production managers have a college degree in business administration, management, industrial technology, or industrial engineering. However, although employers may prefer candidates with a business
or engineering background, some companies will hire wellrounded graduates from other fields who are willing to spend
time in a production-related job, because experience in some
aspect of production operations is needed before one advances
to upper management positions.
Some industrial production managers enter the occupation
after working their way up through the ranks, starting as production workers and then advancing to supervisory positions
before being selected for management. These workers already
have an intimate knowledge of the production process and
the firm’s organization. To increase one’s chances of promotion, workers can expand their skills by obtaining a college
degree, demonstrating leadership qualities, or taking company-­
sponsored courses to learn the additional skills needed in management positions.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 69

As production operations become more sophisticated, an increasing number of employers are looking for candidates with
graduate degrees in industrial management or business administration, particularly for positions at larger plants where managers have more oversight responsibilities. Combined with an
undergraduate degree in engineering, either of these graduate
degrees is considered particularly good preparation. Managers
who do not have graduate degrees often take courses in decision
sciences, which provide them with techniques and statistical
formulas that can be used to maximize efficiency and improve
quality.
Those who enter the field directly from college or graduate
school often are unfamiliar with the firm’s production process.
As a result, they may spend their first few months in the company’s training program. These programs familiarize trainees with
the production process, company policies, and the requirements
of the job. In larger companies, they also may include assignments to other departments, such as purchasing and accounting. A number of companies hire college graduates as first-line
supervisors and promote them to management positions later.
Other qualifications. Today, companies are placing greater
importance on a candidate’s interpersonal skills. Because the
job ­requires the ability to compromise, persuade, and negotiate,
successful production managers must be well rounded and have
excellent communication skills. Strong computer skills also are
essential.
Industrial production managers must continually keep informed of new production technologies and management practices. Many belong to professional organizations and attend
trade shows or industry conferences where new equipment is
displayed and new production methods and technologies discussed.
Certification and advancement. Some industrial production
managers earn certifications that show their competency in various quality and management systems. Although certification is
not required for industrial production manager jobs, it may improve job prospects.
One credential, Certified in Production and Inventory Management (CPIM), is offered by APICS, the Association for Operations Management, and requires passing a series of exams
that cover supply chain management, resource planning, scheduling, production operations, and strategic planning. Those certified must complete a set number of professional development
activities every 3 years to maintain their certification.
The American Society for Quality offers the Certified Manager of Quality/Organizational Excellence (CMQ/OE) credential. This certification is open to managers who pass an exam
and who have at least 10 years of experience or education, 5 of
which must be in a decisionmaking position. It is intended for
managers who lead process improvement initiatives. To main-

tain certification, workers must complete a set number of professional development units every 3 years.
Industrial production managers with a proven record of
superior performance may advance to plant manager or vice
president of manufacturing. Others transfer to jobs with more
responsibilities at larger firms. Opportunities also exist for
managers to become consultants. (For more information, see
the statement on management analysts elsewhere in the Handbook.)

Employment
Industrial production managers held about 156,100 jobs in
2008. About 80 percent are employed in manufacturing industries, including fabricated metal product, transportation equipment, and computer and electronic product manufacturing. Production managers work in all parts of the country, but jobs are
most plentiful in areas where manufacturing is concentrated.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to decline moderately. Applicants with
experience in production occupations, along with a college degree in industrial engineering, management, or a related field,
will enjoy the best job prospects.
Employment change. Employment of industrial production managers is expected to decline moderately by 8 percent
over the 2008–18 decade. Overall manufacturing employment
is expected to decline as the production process becomes more
automated. However, because industrial production managers
coordinate the use of both workers and machines in the production process, they will not be as affected as other occupations by
automation. Nevertheless, the employment decline will result
from improved productivity and increased imports of manufactured goods.
Efforts to increase efficiency at the management level have
led companies to ask production managers to assume more responsibilities, particularly as computers and production management software allow managers to coordinate scheduling,
planning, and communication more easily among departments.
In addition, more emphasis on quality in the production process
has redistributed some of the production manager’s oversight
responsibilities to supervisors and workers on the production
line. However, most of the decisionmaking work of production
managers cannot be automated, a factor that will limit the decline in their employment.
Job prospects. Despite the projected employment decline,
a number of jobs are expected to open because of the need to
replace workers who retire or transfer to other occupations.
Applicants with experience in production occupations, along
with a college degree in industrial engineering, management,
or business administration (particularly those with an undergraduate engineering degree and a master’s degree in business

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Industrial production managers..........................................................

SOC
Code
11-3051

Employment,
2008
156,100

Projected
Employment,
2018
144,100

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
-11,900
-8

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

70 Occupational Outlook Handbook

administration or industrial management), will enjoy the best
job prospects. Employers also are likely to seek candidates who
have excellent communication skills and related work experience and who are personable, flexible, and eager to enhance
their knowledge and skills through ongoing training.

Earnings
Median annual wages for industrial production managers were
$83,290 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$64,390 and $108,710. The lowest 10 percent earned less than
$50,330, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $140,530.
Median annual wages in the manufacturing industries employing the largest numbers of industrial production managers were
as follows:
Navigational, measuring, electromedical,
and control instruments manufacturing...................$97,860
Pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing...............96,620
Motor vehicle parts manufacturing...............................83,720
Printing and related support activities...........................80,080
Plastics product manufacturing.....................................78,090

Related Occupations
Industrial production managers oversee production staff and
equipment, ensure that production goals and quality standards
are met, and implement company policies. Other managerial
occupations with similar responsibilities include the following:
Page
Advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers...................................... 32
Construction managers............................................................... 38
Top executives............................................................................ 83

Occupations requiring comparable training and problemsolving skills include the following:
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Management analysts............................................................... 111
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145

Sources of Additional Information
General information on careers in industrial production management is available from local manufacturers and schools with
programs in industrial management.
For more information on careers in production management
and information on the CPIM certification, contact:
hhAPICS, the Association for Operations Management,
8430 West Bryn Mawr Ave., Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60631.
Internet: http://www.apics.org
For more information on quality management and the CMQ/
OE certification, contact:
hhAmerican Society for Quality, 600 North Plankinton Ave.,
Milwaukee, WI 53203. Internet: http://www.asq.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos016.htm

Lodging Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Long hours, including night and weekend work, are
common.
Employment is projected to grow more slowly than
the average for all occupations.
College graduates with degrees in hotel or hospitality
management should have better opportunities for jobs
at full-service hotels and for advancement than those
without a degree.

Nature of the Work
A comfortable room, good food, and a helpful staff can make
being away from home an enjoyable experience for both vacationing families and business travelers. Lodging managers
make sure that these conveniences are provided, while also ensuring that the establishments are run efficiently and profitably.
Most lodging managers work in traditional hotels and motels,
but some work in other lodging establishments, such as recreational camps and RV parks, inns, boardinghouses, and youth
hostels.
Lodging establishments can vary significantly in size and in
the number of services they provide, which can range from supplying a simple in-room television and a continental breakfast
to operating a casino and accommodating conventions. These
factors affect the number and type of lodging managers employed at each property.
The one person who oversees all lodging operations at a
property is usually called a general manager. At larger hotels
with several departments and multiple layers of management,
the general manager and multiple assistant managers coordinate the activities of separate departments. (See related sections elsewhere in the Handbook on supervisors and managers of housekeeping and janitorial workers; human resources,
training, and labor relations managers and specialists; financial
managers; advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations,
and sales managers; and food service managers.) In smaller
limited-service hotels—mainly those without food and beverage service—one lodging manager may direct all the activities
of the property.
Lodging managers have overall responsibility for the operation and profitability of the hotel. Depending on the hotel and
the size of its staff, lodging managers may either perform or direct housekeeping, personnel, office administration, marketing
and sales, purchasing, security, maintenance, oversight of recreation facilities, and other activities. They may hire and train
staff, set schedules, and lend a hand when needed.
Within guidelines established by the owners of the hotel or
executives of the hotel chain, lodging managers set room rates,
allocate funds to departments, approve expenditures, and ensure that standards for guest service, decor, housekeeping, food
quality, and banquet operations are met. Increasingly, lodging
managers also are responsible for ensuring that the information technology common in today’s hotels is operational. Some
lodging managers, often called revenue managers, work in financial management, monitoring room sales and reservations,

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 71

overseeing accounting and cash-flow matters at the hotel, projecting occupancy levels, and deciding which rooms to discount
and when to offer rate specials.
Front office managers, a category of lodging manager, coordinate reservations and room assignments and train and direct
the hotel’s front desk staff. They ensure that guests are treated
courteously, complaints and problems are resolved, and requests for special services are carried out. At some hotels, they
may greet the guests personally and provide them individual attention to see their needs are met. Any adjustments to bills often
are referred to front office managers for resolution.
Convention services managers coordinate the activities of
various departments to accommodate meetings, conventions,
and special events. They meet with representatives of groups
or organizations to plan the number of conference rooms to reserve, the configuration of the meeting space, and determine
what other services the group will need, such as catering or
banquets and audio, visual, or other electronic requirements.
During the meeting or event, they resolve unexpected problems
and monitor activities to ensure that hotel operations conform
to the group’s expectations.
Lodging managers may work with hotel sales and marketing
directors and public relations directors to manage and coordinate the advertising and promotion of the hotel. They help develop lodging and dining specials and coordinate special events,
such as holiday or seasonal specials. They may direct their staff
to purchase advertising and to market their property to organizations or groups seeking a venue for conferences, conventions,
business meetings, trade shows, and special events.
Lodging managers who oversee the personnel functions of
a hotel or serve as human resource directors ensure that all accounting, payroll, and employee relations matters are handled
in compliance with hotel policy and applicable laws. They also
oversee hiring practices and standards and ensure that training
and promotion programs reflect appropriate employee development guidelines.
Computers are used extensively by lodging managers and
their assistants to keep track of guests’ bills, reservations, room
assignments, meetings, and special events. In addition, computers are used to order food, beverages, and supplies, as well as to
prepare reports for hotel owners and top-level managers. Many

Lodging managers may oversee individual departments, such
as housekeeping.

hotels also provide extensive information technology services
for their guests. Managers work with computer specialists and
other information technology specialists to ensure that the hotel’s computer systems, Internet, and communications networks
function properly.
Work environment. Because hotels are open around the
clock, night and weekend work is common. Many lodging
managers work more than 40 hours per week and are often oncall, which means they may be called back to work at any time.
In some hotels and resort properties where work is seasonal,
managers may have other duties less related to guest services
during the off season or they may find work in other hotels or
occupations.
The pressures of coordinating a wide range of activities, turning a profit for investors, and dealing with guests who sometimes are angry can be stressful. Managing conferences and
working at the front desk during check-in and check-out times
can be particularly hectic.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Management trainees for larger upscale hotel chains almost always need a bachelor’s or master’s degree, preferably in hospitality or hotel management. If not coming from such a college
background, experience working at a hotel is generally required
to get a position as a lodging manager.
Education and training.
Most large, full-service hotel
chains usually hire people who have a bachelor’s degree in
business, hotel, or hospitality management for management
trainee positions; however, a liberal arts degree coupled with
experience in the hospitality field may be sufficient. At other
hotels, especially those with fewer services, employers look for
applicants with an associate degree or certificate in hotel, restaurant, or hospitality management along with experience. Formal internships or part-time or summer work in a hotel are an
asset. Most degree programs include work-study opportunities.
Community colleges, junior colleges, and many universities
offer certificate or degree programs in hotel, restaurant, or hospitality management leading to an associate, bachelor, or graduate degree. Technical institutes, vocational and trade schools,
and other academic institutions also offer courses leading to
formal recognition in hospitality management. More than 500
educational facilities across the United States provide academic
training for prospective lodging managers. About 100 hospitality management programs are accredited by the Accreditation
Commission for Programs in Hospitality Administration. Hotel
management programs include instruction in hotel administration, accounting, economics, marketing, housekeeping, food
service management and catering, and hotel maintenance and
engineering. Computer training also is an integral part of hotel
management training due to the widespread use of computers
and hospitality-specific software in reservations, billing, and
housekeeping management. Lodging managers also need to
know how to generate and read profit-and-loss reports and other
business and economic data.
More than 450 high schools in 45 States offer the Lodging
Management Program created by the Educational Institute of
the American Hotel and Lodging Association. This 2-year program offered to high school juniors and seniors teaches management principles and leads to a professional certification called

72 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Lodging managers..............................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

11-9081

59,800

Projected
Employment,
2018
62,600

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
2,800
5

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

the “Certified Rooms Division Specialist.” Many colleges and
universities grant participants in this program credit towards a
postsecondary degree in hotel management.
Hotel employees who do not have hospitality training or a
college degree but who do demonstrate leadership potential and
possess sufficient experience may be invited to participate in
a management training program sponsored by the hotel or a
hotel chain’s corporate parent. Those who already possess the
people skills and service orientation needed to succeed in hotel
management can usually train for technical expertise in areas
such as computer use and accounting principles while on the
job. Trainees usually begin as assistant managers and may rotate assignments among the hotel’s departments to gain a wide
range of experiences. Relocation to another property may be
required to help round out the experience and to help a trainee
grow into a more responsible management position in a larger
or busier hotel.
Other qualifications. Lodging managers must be able to
get along with many different types of people, even in stressful
situations. They must be able to solve problems quickly and
concentrate on details. Initiative, self-discipline, effective communication skills, and the ability to organize and direct the work
of others are essential for lodging managers. Managers must
have a good knowledge of hotel operations, including safety
and security measures, repair and maintenance, and personnel
practices. Knowledge of hotel financing is essential to operate
a hotel profitably.
Certification and advancement. Large hotel chains may offer better opportunities for advancement than small, independently owned establishments, but relocation every several years
often is necessary for advancement. Large chains have more
extensive career ladder programs and offer managers the opportunity to transfer to another hotel in the chain or to a regional
or central office. Career advancement can be accelerated by the
completion of certification programs offered by various hotel
and lodging associations. Certification usually requires a combination of course work, examinations, and experience.

Employment
Most lodging managers work in the traveler accommodation
industry, including hotels and motels, although they can work
for any business that provides room or shelter for people. Companies that manage hotels under contract also employ lodging
managers. Lodging managers held about 59,800 jobs in 2008.
Most lodging managers—almost half—worked in hotels and
motels; almost as many lodging managers were self-employed,
primarily as owners of small hotels and bed-and-breakfast inns.

Job Outlook
Slower than average growth in employment will result as the
lodging industry shifts to building more limited service hotels

and fewer full-service properties that have more departments
to manage. Those seeking jobs at hotels with the highest level
of guest services will face keen competition as these jobs are
highly sought after by people trained in hospitality.
Employment change. Employment of lodging managers is
expected to grow 5 percent from 2008 to 2018, which is slower
than the average for all occupations. Over the decade, travel
and tourism is expected to grow, however, more new hotels will
be smaller limited-service hotels that will not have large staffs
or need many managers. In addition, in order to cut expenses,
some lodging places are streamlining operations and either
eliminating some managers or requiring fewer to be available
at all times. Chain hotels are increasingly assigning a single
manager to oversee multiple properties within a region. Despite these cutbacks in management, larger full-service hotels,
including resort, casino, and convention hotels that provide a
wider range of services to a much larger customer base will
continue to generate job openings for experienced managers
and management trainees.
Job prospects. Job openings are expected to occur as experienced managers leave the labor force or transfer to other occupations, in part because of the long hours and stressful working
conditions. Job opportunities are expected to be best for people
with good customer service skills and experience in the food
service or hospitality industries. People with a college degree
in hotel or hospitality management are expected to have better
opportunities, particularly at upscale and luxury hotels.

Earnings
Median annual wages of lodging managers were $45,800 in
May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $34,970 and
$62,880. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $28,160 and
the highest 10 percent earned more than $84,270. Median annual wages for lodging managers in traveler accommodations
were $45,380.
Salaries of lodging managers vary greatly according to their
responsibilities, location, and the segment of the hotel industry in which they work. Managers may earn bonuses of up to
25 percent of their basic salary in some hotels and also may be
furnished with meals, parking, laundry, and other services. In
addition to providing typical benefits, some hotels offer profitsharing plans and educational assistance to their employees.

Related Occupations
Other workers who supervise or manage a business focused on
customer service include:
Page
Food service managers............................................................... 55
Gaming services occupations................................................... 520
Sales worker supervisors.......................................................... 551
Property, real estate, and community
association managers.............................................................. 76

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 73

Sources of Additional Information
For information on the hotel and lodging industry, contact:
hhAmerican Hotel and Lodging Association, 1201 New
York Ave. NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005. Internet:
http://www.ahla.com
Information on careers in the lodging industry and professional development and training programs may be obtained
from:
hhEducational Institute of the American Hotel and Lodging
Association, 800 N. Magnolia Ave., Suite 300, Orlando, FL
32803. Internet: http://www.ei-ahla.org
For information on educational programs in hotel and restaurant management, including correspondence courses, write to:
hhInternational Council on Hotel, Restaurant, and
Institutional Education, 2810 North Parham Rd., Suite 230,
Richmond, VA 23294. Internet: http://www.chrie.org
Information on accreditation standards and a list of accredited educational programs in hospitality administration may be
obtained from:
hhAccreditation Commission for Programs in Hospitality
Administration, PO Box 400, Oxford, MD 21654. Internet:
http://www.acpha-cahm.org/
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos015.htm

Medical and Health
Services Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Job opportunities will be good, especially for applicants with work experience in healthcare and strong
business and management skills.
A master’s degree is the standard credential, although
a bachelor’s degree is adequate for some entry-level
positions.
Medical and health services managers typically work
long hours and may be called at all hours to deal with
problems.

Nature of the Work
Healthcare is a business and, like every business, it needs good
management to keep the business running smoothly. Medical
and health services managers, also referred to as healthcare executives or healthcare administrators, plan, direct, coordinate,
and supervise the delivery of healthcare. These workers are either specialists in charge of a specific clinical department or
generalists who manage an entire facility or system.
The structure and financing of healthcare are changing rapidly. Future medical and health services managers must be prepared to deal with the integration of healthcare delivery systems,
technological innovations, an increasingly complex regulatory

environment, restructuring of work, and an increased focus on
preventive care. They will be called on to improve efficiency in
healthcare facilities and the quality of the care provided.
Large facilities usually have several assistant administrators
who aid the top administrator and handle daily decisions. Assistant administrators direct activities in clinical areas, such as
nursing, surgery, therapy, medical records, and health information.
In smaller facilities, top administrators handle more of the
details of daily operations. For example, many nursing home
administrators manage personnel, finances, facility operations,
and admissions, while also providing resident care.
Clinical managers have training or experience in a specific
clinical area and, accordingly, have more specific responsibilities than do generalists. For example, directors of physical
therapy are experienced physical therapists, and most health information and medical record administrators have a bachelor’s
degree in health information or medical record administration.
Clinical managers establish and implement policies, objectives,
and procedures for their departments; evaluate personnel and
work quality; develop reports and budgets; and coordinate activities with other managers.
Health information managers are responsible for the maintenance and security of all patient records. Recent regulations
enacted by the Federal Government require that all healthcare
providers maintain electronic patient records and that these
records be secure. As a result, health information managers
must keep up with current computer and software technology,
as well as with legislative requirements. In addition, as patient
data become more frequently used for quality management and
in medical research, health information managers must ensure
that databases are complete, accurate, and available only to authorized personnel.
In group medical practices, managers work closely with physicians. Whereas an office manager might handle business affairs in small medical groups, leaving policy decisions to the
physicians themselves, larger groups usually employ a full-time
administrator to help formulate business strategies and coordinate day-to-day business.
A small group of 10 to 15 physicians might employ 1 administrator to oversee personnel matters, billing and collection, budgeting, planning, equipment outlays, and patient flow.
A large practice of 40 to 50 physicians might have a chief
­administrator and several assistants, each responsible for a different area of expertise.
Medical and health services managers in managed care settings perform functions similar to those of their counterparts in
large group practices, except that they could have larger staffs
to manage. In addition, they might do more community outreach and preventive care than do managers of a group practice.
Some medical and health services managers oversee the activities of a number of facilities in health systems. Such systems
might contain both inpatient and outpatient facilities and offer a
wide range of patient services.
Work environment. Some managers work in comfortable,
private offices; others share space with other staff. Many medical and health services managers work long hours. Nursing care
facilities and hospitals operate around the clock; administrators

74 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Large healthcare facilities usually have several assistant administrators who aid the top administrator and handle daily
decisions.
and managers may be called at all hours to deal with problems.
They also travel to attend meetings or to inspect satellite facilities.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A master’s degree in one of a number of fields is the standard
credential for most generalist positions as a medical or healthcare manager. A bachelor’s degree is sometimes adequate for
entry-level positions in smaller facilities and departments. In
physicians’ offices and some other facilities, on-the-job experience may substitute for formal education.
Education and training.
Medical and health services
managers must be familiar with management principles and
practices. A master’s degree in health services administration,
long-term care administration, health sciences, public health,
public administration, or business administration is the standard
credential for most generalist positions in this field. However,
a bachelor’s degree is adequate for some entry-level positions
in smaller facilities, at the departmental level within healthcare
organizations, and in health information management. Physicians’ offices and some other facilities hire those with on-thejob experience instead of formal education.
Bachelor’s, master’s, and doctoral degree programs in health
administration are offered by colleges; universities; and schools
of public health, medicine, allied health, public administration,
and business administration. In 2008, according to the Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Management Education,
there were 72 schools that had accredited programs leading to
the master’s degree in health services administration.
For people seeking to become heads of clinical departments,
a degree in the appropriate field and work experience may be
sufficient early in their career. However, a master’s degree in
health services administration or a related field might be required to advance. For example, nursing service administrators
usually are chosen from among supervisory registered nurses
with administrative abilities and graduate degrees in nursing or
health services administration.
Health information managers require a bachelor’s degree
from an accredited program. In 2008, there were 48 accredited
bachelor’s degree programs and 5 master’s degree programs in
health information management, according to the Commission

on Accreditation for Health Informatics and Information Management Education.
Some graduate programs seek students with undergraduate
degrees in business or health administration; however, many
graduate programs prefer students with a liberal arts or health
profession background. Candidates with previous work experience in healthcare also may have an advantage. Competition for
entry into these programs is keen, and applicants need aboveaverage grades to gain admission. Graduate programs usually
last between 2 and 3 years. They may include up to 1 year of
supervised administrative experience and coursework in areas
such as hospital organization and management, marketing,
accounting and budgeting, human resources administration,
strategic planning, law and ethics, biostatistics or epidemiology, health economics, and health information systems. Some
programs allow students to specialize in one type of facility—­
hospitals, nursing care facilities, mental health facilities, or
medical groups. Other programs encourage a generalist approach to health administration education.
Licensure. All States and the District of Columbia require
nursing care facility administrators to have a bachelor’s degree,
pass a licensing examination, complete a State-approved training program, and pursue continuing education. Some States
also require licenses for administrators in assisted-living facilities. A license is not required in other areas of medical and
health services management.
Certification and other qualifications. Medical and health
services managers often are responsible for facilities and equipment worth millions of dollars, and for hundreds of employees.
To make effective decisions, they need to be open to different
opinions and good at analyzing contradictory information. They
must understand finance and information systems and be able
to interpret data. Motivating others to implement their decisions
requires strong leadership abilities. Tact, diplomacy, flexibility,
and communication skills are essential because medical and
health services managers spend most of their time interacting
with others.
Health information managers who have a bachelor’s degree
or post baccalaureate degree from an approved program and
who pass an exam can earn certification as a Registered Health
Information Administrator from the American Health Information Management Association.
Advancement. Medical and health services managers advance by moving into more responsible and higher paying positions, such as assistant or associate administrator, department
head, or chief executive officer, or by moving to larger facilities. Some experienced managers also may become consultants
or professors of health care management.
New graduates with master’s degrees in health services administration may start as department managers or as supervisory staff. The level of the starting position varies with the experience of the applicant and the size of the organization. Hospitals
and other health facilities offer postgraduate residencies and
fellowships, which usually are staff positions. Graduates from
master’s degree programs also take jobs in large medical group
practices, clinics, mental health facilities, nursing care corporations, and consulting firms.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 75

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Medical and health services managers...............................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

11-9111

283,500

Projected
Employment,
2018
328,800

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
45,400
16

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Graduates with bachelor’s degrees in health administration
usually begin as administrative assistants or assistant department heads in larger hospitals. They also may begin as department heads or assistant administrators in small hospitals or
nursing care facilities.

Employment
Medical and health services managers held about 283,500 jobs
in 2008. About 38 percent worked in hospitals, and another
19 percent worked in offices of physicians or in nursing and residential care facilities. Many of the remainder worked in home
healthcare services, Federal Government health care facilities,
outpatient care centers, insurance carriers, and community care
facilities for the elderly.

Job Outlook
Employment is projected to grow faster than the average. Job
opportunities should be good, especially for applicants with
work experience in healthcare and strong business management
skills.
Employment change. Employment of medical and health
services managers is expected to grow 16 percent from 2008 to
2018, faster than the average for all occupations. The healthcare
industry will continue to expand and diversify, requiring managers to help ensure smooth business operations.
Managers in all settings will be needed to improve quality and efficiency of healthcare, while controlling costs, as
insurance companies and Medicare demand higher levels of
­accountability. Managers also will be needed to oversee the
computerization of patient records and to ensure their security
as required by law. Additional demand for managers will stem
from the need to recruit workers and increase employee retention, to comply with changing regulations, to implement new
technology, and to help improve the health of their communities
by emphasizing preventive care.
Hospitals will continue to employ the most medical and
health services managers over the 2008–18 decade. However,
the number of new jobs created is expected to increase at a
slower rate in hospitals than in many other industries because
of the growing use of clinics and other outpatient care sites.
Despite relatively slow employment growth in hospitals, a large
number of new jobs will be created because of the industry’s
large size.
Employment will grow fast in offices of health practitioners.
Many services previously provided in hospitals will ­continue
to shift to these settings, especially as medical technologies
improve. Demand in medical group practice management will
grow as medical group practices become larger and more complex.
Medical and health services managers also will be employed
by healthcare management companies that provide manage-

ment services to hospitals and other organizations and to specific departments such as emergency, information management
systems, managed care contract negotiations, and physician recruiting.
Job prospects. Job opportunities will be good, especially for
applicants with work experience in healthcare and strong business management skills. Medical and health services managers
with experience in large hospital facilities will enjoy an advantage in the job market, as hospitals become larger and more
complex. Competition for jobs at the highest management levels will be keen because of the high pay and prestige.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary medical and health
services managers were $80,240 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $62,170 and $104,120. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $48,300, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $137,800. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of medical and health
services managers in May 2008 were:
General medical and surgical hospitals.......................$87,040
Outpatient care centers..................................................74,130
Offices of physicians.....................................................74,060
Home health care services.............................................71,450
Nursing care facilities...................................................71,190

Earnings of medical and health services managers vary by
type and size of the facility and by level of responsibility. For
example, the Medical Group Management Association reported
that, in 2007, median salaries for administrators were $82,423
in practices with 6 or fewer physicians; $105,710 in practices
with 7 to 25 physicians; and $119,000 in practices with 26 or
more physicians.
According to a survey by the Professional Association
of Health Care Office Management, 2009 average total
­compensation for office managers in specialty physicians’ practices was $54,314 in gastroenterology; $54,201 in dermatology;
$58,899 in cardiology; $48,793 in ophthalmology; $44,910 in
obstetrics and gynecology; $51,263 in orthopedics; $51,466 in
pediatrics; $48,814 in internal medicine; and $47,152 in family
practice.

Related Occupations
Medical and health services managers have training or experience in both health and management. Other occupations requiring knowledge of both fields include:
Page
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Social and community service managers................................. 824

76 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Sources of Additional Information

Nature of the Work

Information about undergraduate and graduate academic programs in this field is available from:
hhAssociation of University Programs in Health
Administration, 2000 North 14th St., Suite 780, Arlington, VA
22201. Internet: http://www.aupha.org

To homeowners, a well-managed property looks nice, operates smoothly, and preserves the resale value of the property.
To businesses and investors, properly managed real estate may
result in greater income and profits. Property, real estate, and
community association managers maintain and raise the value
of real estate investments by handling the logistics of running a
property. Property and real estate managers oversee the operation of income-producing commercial or residential properties
and ensure that real estate investments achieve their expected
revenues. Community association managers manage the communal property and services of condominiums, cooperatives,
and planned communities through their homeowner or community associations.
When owners of residential homes, apartments, office buildings, or retail or industrial properties lack the time or expertise
needed for the day-to-day management of their real estate investments or homeowner associations, they often hire a property or real estate manager or a community association manager. Managers are employed either directly by the owner or
indirectly through a contract with a property management firm.
Generally, property and real estate managers handle the financial operations of the property, making certain that rent is
collected and that mortgages, taxes, insurance premiums, payroll, and maintenance bills are paid on time. Some oversee the
preparation of financial statements and periodically report to
the owners on the status of the property, occupancy rates, expiration dates of leases, and other matters. When vacancies occur,
property managers may advertise the property or hire a leasing
agent to find a tenant. They also may suggest to the owners
what rent to charge. In community associations, homeowners
pay no rent and pay their own real estate taxes and mortgages,
but community association managers collect association fees
that help pay for a variety of services such as playground, clubhouse, and swimming pool maintenance.
Often, property managers negotiate contracts for janitorial,
security, landscaping, trash removal, and other services. They
monitor the performance of contractors and investigate and resolve complaints from residents and tenants when services are
not properly provided. Managers also purchase supplies and
equipment for the property and make arrangements with professionals for repairs that cannot be handled by regular property
maintenance staff.
In addition to fulfilling these duties, property managers
must understand and comply with pertinent legislation, such
as the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Federal Fair Housing Amendment Act, and local fair housing laws. They must
make certain that their renting and advertising practices are not
discriminatory and that the property itself acts in accordance
with all of the local, State, and Federal regulatory and building
codes.
Onsite property managers are responsible for the day-to-day
operations of a single property, such as an apartment complex,
an office building, a shopping center, or a community association. To ensure that the property is safe and properly maintained, onsite managers routinely inspect the grounds, facilities,
and equipment to determine whether repairs or maintenance is
needed. In handling requests for repairs or trying to resolve

For a list of accredited graduate programs in medical and
health services administration, contact:
hhCommission on Accreditation of Healthcare Management
Education, 2111 Wilson Blvd., Suite 700, Arlington, VA
22201. Internet: http://www.cahme.org
For information about career opportunities in healthcare
management, contact:
hhAmerican College of Healthcare Executives, One N.
Franklin St., Suite 1700, Chicago, IL 60606. Internet:
http://www.healthmanagementcareers.org
For information about career opportunities in long-term care
administration, contact:
hhAmerican College of Healthcare Administrators, 1321
Duke St., Suite 400, Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.achca.org
For information about career opportunities in medical group
practices and ambulatory care management, contact:
hhMedical Group Management Association, 104
Inverness Terrace East, Englewood, CO 80112. Internet:
http://www.mgma.org
For information about medical and healthcare office managers, contact:
hhProfessional Association of Health Care Office
Management, 3755 Avocado Blvd., Suite 306, La Mesa, CA
91941. Internet: http://www.pahcom.com
For information about career opportunities in health information management, contact:
hhAmerican Health Information Management Association,
233 N. Michigan Ave., 21st Floor, Chicago, IL 60601. Internet:
http://www.ahima.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos014.htm

Property, Real Estate, and
Community Association Managers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Opportunities should be best for those with college degrees in business administration, real estate, or related
fields and for those with professional designations.
Particularly good opportunities are expected for those
with experience managing housing for older people
or with experience running a healthcare facility.
About 46 percent of property, real estate, and community association managers are self-employed.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 77

When vacancies occur, property, real estate, and community association managers may advertise the property or hire a leasing
agent to find a tenant.
complaints, they meet not only with current residents, but also
with prospective residents or tenants to show vacant apartments
or office space. Onsite managers also are responsible for enforcing the terms of rental or lease contracts, such as rent collection, parking and pet restrictions, and termination-of-lease
procedures. Other important duties of onsite managers include
keeping accurate, up-to-date records of income and expenditures from property operations and submitting regular expense
reports to the senior-level property manager or the owner(s).
Some property and real estate managers, often called real
estate asset managers, plan and direct the purchase, sale, and
development of real estate properties on behalf of businesses
and investors. These managers focus on long-term strategic financial planning, rather than on day-to-day operations of the
property. In deciding to acquire property, real estate asset managers consider several factors, such as property values, taxes,
zoning, population growth, transportation, and traffic volume
and patterns. Once a site is selected, they negotiate contracts for
the purchase or lease of the property, securing the most favorable terms. Real estate asset managers review their company’s
real estate holdings periodically and identify properties that are
no longer financially profitable. They then negotiate the sale of,
or terminate the lease on, such properties.
Community association managers, by contrast, do work that
more closely compares to that of onsite property managers.
They collect monthly assessments, prepare financial statements
and budgets, negotiate with contractors, and help to resolve
complaints. Usually hired by a volunteer board of directors of

the association, they manage the daily affairs, and supervise the
maintenance, of property and facilities that the homeowners
own and use jointly through the association. Community association managers also assist the board and owners in complying
with association and government rules and regulations.
Some associations cover thousands of homes and employ
their own onsite staff and managers. In addition to administering
an association’s financial records and budget, managers may be
responsible for the operation of community pools, golf courses,
and community centers and for the maintenance of landscaping
and parking areas. Community association managers regularly
meet with the elected boards of directors to discuss and resolve
legal issues or disputes that may have an effect on the owners,
as well as to review any proposed changes or improvements by
homeowners to their properties, to make sure that they comply
with community guidelines. They may also meet to address association finances or discuss long-term planning.
Work environment. Nearly all property, real estate, and community association managers work out of an office. However,
many managers spend a significant portion of their time away
from their desks. Onsite managers, in particular, may spend a
large part of their workday away from their offices, visiting the
building engineer, showing apartments, checking on the janitorial and maintenance staff, or investigating problems reported
by residents. Real estate asset managers may spend time away
from home while traveling to company real estate holdings or
searching for properties to purchase.
Property, real estate, and community association managers
often must attend evening meetings with residents, property
owners, community association boards of directors, or civic
groups. Not surprisingly, many managers put in long workdays,
especially before financial and tax reports are due and before
board and annual meetings. Some apartment managers are required to live in the apartment complexes where they work, so
that they are available to handle emergencies, even when they
are off duty. They usually receive compensatory time off for
working nights or weekends. Many apartment managers receive
time off during the week so that they may be available on weekends to show apartments to prospective residents.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
For the most part, onsite property managers who primarily
oversee the rental and maintenance of properties learn on the
job or have experience in the real estate or maintenance field.
Managers of commercial properties and those dealing with a
property’s finances and contract management increasingly are
needing a bachelor’s or master’s degree in business administration, accounting, finance, or real estate management, especially
if they do not have much practical experience.
Education and training. Most employers prefer to hire college graduates for property management positions, particularly
for offsite positions dealing with a property’s finances and contract management and for most commercial properties. A bachelor’s or master’s degree in business administration, accounting, finance, real estate, or public administration is preferred
for these positions. Those with degrees in the liberal arts also
may qualify, especially if they have relevant coursework. In addition, most new managers participate in on-the-job training.

78 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Many people entering jobs such as assistant property manager
have onsite management experience.
Licensure. Real estate managers who buy or sell property
are required to be licensed by the State in which they practice. In a few States, property association managers must be
licensed. Managers of public housing subsidized by the Federal
Government are required to be certified.
Other qualifications. Previous employment as a real estate sales agent may be an asset to onsite managers, because
it provides experience that is useful in showing apartments or
office space. In the past, those with backgrounds in building
maintenance have advanced to onsite management positions on
the depth of their knowledge of mechanical systems in buildings, but this path is becoming less common as employers place
greater emphasis on administrative, financial, and communication abilities for managerial jobs.
People most commonly enter real estate asset manager jobs
by transferring from positions as property managers or real estate brokers. Real estate asset managers must be good negotiators, adept at persuading and working with people, and good
at analyzing data in order to assess the fair-market value of
property or its development potential. Resourcefulness and creativity in arranging financing are essential for managers who
specialize in land development.
Good speaking, writing, computer, and financial skills, as
well as an ability to deal tactfully with people, are essential in
all areas of property management.
Certification and advancement. Many people begin property management careers as assistants, working closely with a
property manager and learning how to prepare budgets, analyze
insurance coverage and risk options, market property to prospective tenants, and collect overdue rent payments. In time,
many assistants advance to property manager positions.
Some people start as onsite managers of apartment buildings, office complexes, or community associations. As they
gain experience, often working under the supervision of a more
experienced property manager, they may advance to positions
of greater responsibility. Those who excel as onsite managers
often transfer to assistant offsite property manager positions,
in which they can gain experience handling a broad range of
property management responsibilities.
The responsibilities and compensation of property, real estate, and community association managers increase as these
workers manage more and larger properties. Property managers
are responsible for several properties at a time. As their careers
advance, they gradually are entrusted with larger properties that
are more complex to manage. Many specialize in the management of one type of property, such as apartments, office buildings, condominiums, cooperatives, homeowners’ associations,
or retail properties. Managers who do well at marketing prop-

erties to tenants might specialize in managing new properties,
while those who are specifically knowledgeable about buildings
and their mechanical systems might specialize in the management of older properties requiring renovation or more frequent
repairs. Some experienced managers open their own property
management firms.
Many employers encourage managers to attend short-term
formal training programs conducted by various professional
and trade associations that are active in the real estate field.
Employers send managers to these programs to develop their
management skills and expand their knowledge of specialized
fields, such as the operation and maintenance of mechanical
systems in buildings, the improvement of property values, insurance and risk management, personnel management, business
and real estate law, community association risks and liabilities,
tenant relations, communications, accounting and financial
concepts, and reserve funding. Managers also participate in
these programs to prepare themselves for positions of greater
responsibility in property management. The completion of such
programs, plus related job experience and a satisfactory score
on a written examination, can lead to certification, or the formal
award of a professional designation, by the sponsoring association. (Some organizations offering certifications are listed as
sources of additional information at the end of this statement.)
A number of associations also require their members to adhere
to a specific code of ethics.

Employment
Property, real estate, and community association managers held
about 304,100 jobs in 2008. About 46 percent of these managers are self-employed. Another 21 percent worked for lessors
of real estate and in offices of real estate agents and brokers.  
Others worked for government agencies that manage public
buildings.

Job Outlook
As fast as average employment growth is expected. Opportunities should be best for jobseekers with a college degree in
business administration, real estate, or a related field and for
those who attain a professional designation. Particularly good
opportunities are expected for those with experience managing
housing for older people or with experience running health care
facilities.
Employment change. Employment of property, real estate,
and community association managers is projected to increase
by 8 percent during the 2008–18 decade, about as fast as average for all occupations. Job growth will be attributable to a
growing population that will increasingly live in developments
managed by third-party property management companies.
These developments include apartment buildings, condomini-

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Property, real estate, and community association managers..............

SOC
Code
11-9141

Employment,
2008
304,100

Projected
Employment,
2018
329,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
25,600
8

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 79

ums, homeowner associations, and the fast-growing amount of
senior housing. Developments of new homes are increasingly
being organized with community or homeowner associations
that provide community services and oversee jointly owned
common areas requiring professional management. There is
also increasing awareness that property management firms help
make properties more profitable and improve the resale value of
homes and commercial property.
To cater to the increasing population, a small rise in the number of commercial and retail buildings that will need to be managed also will generate jobs for property managers.
Job prospects. In addition to openings from job growth, a
number of openings are expected as managers transfer to ­other
occupations or leave the labor force. Opportunities should be
best for jobseekers with a college degree in business administration, real estate, or a related field and for those who attain
a professional designation. Because of the projected increase
in the elderly population, particularly good opportunities are
expected for those with experience managing housing for older
people and with experience managing healthcare facilities.

and certification programs in both residential and commercial
property management, contact:
hhInstitute of Real Estate Management, 430 N. Michigan
Ave., Chicago, IL 60611. Internet: http://www.irem.org

Earnings

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos022.htm

Median annual wages of salaried property, real estate, and community association managers were $46,130 in May 2008. The
middle 50 percent earned between $31,730 and $68,770 a year.
The lowest 10 percent earned less than $21,860, and the highest
10 percent earned more than $102,250 a year. Median annual
wages of salaried property, real estate, and community association managers in the largest industries that employed them in
May 2008 were as follows:
Management of companies and enterprises................$74,010
Local government..........................................................59,480
Offices of real estate agents and brokers.......................44,160
Activities related to real estate......................................43,430
Lessors of real estate.....................................................40,180

Many resident apartment managers and onsite association
managers receive the use of an apartment as part of their compensation package. In addition, managers often are reimbursed
for the use of their personal vehicles.

For information on careers and certification programs in
commercial property management, asset management, facility
management, and building systems maintenance, contact:
hhBuilding Owners and Managers Institute, One Park
Place, Suite 475, Annapolis, MD 21401. Internet:
http://www.bomi.org
For information on careers and professional designation and
certification programs in residential property management and
community association management, contact:
hhCommunity Associations Institute, 225 Reinekers
Ln., Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.caionline.org

hhNational Board of Certification for Community Association
Managers, 225 Reinekers Ln., Suite 310, Alexandria, VA
22314. Internet: http://www.nbccam.org

Purchasing Managers, Buyers,
and Purchasing Agents
Significant Points

•
•
•

Related Occupations
Property, real estate, and community association managers
plan, organize, staff, and manage the real estate operations of
businesses. Workers who perform similar functions in other
fields include the following:
Page
Administrative services managers.............................................. 29
Education administrators........................................................... 41
Food service managers............................................................... 55
Lodging managers...................................................................... 70
Medical and health services managers....................................... 73
Real estate brokers and sales agents........................................ 540
Urban and regional planners.................................................... 220

Sources of Additional Information
For information about education and careers in property management, as well as information about professional designation

•

About 42 percent of purchasing managers, buyers,
and purchasing agents are employed in wholesale
trade or manufacturing establishments.
Employment is projected to grow 7 percent, which is
as fast as the average.
Opportunities should be best for those with a college
degree in engineering, business, economics, or one of
the applied sciences.
Prospects often need continuing education or certification to advance.

Nature of the Work
Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents buy a
vast array of farm products, durable and nondurable goods,
and services for companies and institutions. They attempt to
get the best deal for their company—the highest quality goods
and services at the lowest possible cost. They accomplish this
by studying sales records and inventory levels of current stock,
identifying foreign and domestic suppliers, and keeping abreast
of changes affecting both the supply of, and demand for, needed products and materials. Purchasing professionals consider
price, quality, availability, reliability, and technical support
when choosing suppliers and merchandise. To be effective,

80 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Purchasing professionals use many resources to gather information about potential suppliers.
purchasing professionals must have a working technical knowledge of the goods or services to be purchased.
There are several major types of purchasing managers, ­buyers,
and purchasing agents. Wholesale and retail buyers purchase
goods, such as clothing or electronics, for resale. Purchasing
agents buy goods and services for use by their own company
or organization. Purchasing agents and buyers of farm products purchase goods such as grain, Christmas trees, and tobacco
for further processing or resale. Purchasing managers usually
handle more complicated purchases and may supervise a group
of purchasing agents. Purchasing professionals employed by
government agencies or manufacturing firms usually are called
purchasing directors, managers, or agents; sometimes they are
known as contract specialists. Purchasing professionals in government place solicitations for services and accept bids and offers through the Internet. Some purchasing managers, called
contract or supply managers, specialize in negotiating and supervising supply contracts.
Purchasing specialists who buy finished goods for resale are
employed by wholesale and retail establishments, where they
commonly are known as buyers or merchandise managers.
Wholesale and retail buyers are an integral part of a complex
system of distribution and merchandising that caters to the vast
array of consumer needs and desires. Wholesale buyers purchase goods directly from manufacturers or from other wholesale firms for resale to retail firms, commercial establishments,
and other organizations. In retail firms, buyers purchase goods
from wholesale firms or directly from manufacturers for resale
to the public.
Buyers largely determine which products their establishment
will sell. Therefore, it is essential that they have the ability to
predict what will appeal to consumers. If they fail to purchase
the right products for resale, buyers jeopardize the profits and
reputation of their company. They keep track of inventories and
sales levels, check competitors’ sales activities, and watch general economic conditions to anticipate consumer buying patterns. Buyers working for large and medium-sized firms usually specialize in acquiring one or two lines of merchandise,
­whereas buyers working for small stores may purchase the establishment’s complete inventory.

Evaluating suppliers is one of the most critical functions of
a purchasing manager, buyer, or purchasing agent. Many firms
now run on a lean manufacturing schedule and use just-in-time
inventories so any delays in the supply chain can shut down
production and potentially cost the firm its customers. Purchasing professionals use many resources to find out all they can
about potential suppliers. The Internet has become an effective
tool for searching catalogs, trade journals, industry and company publications, and directories. Purchasing professionals
attend meetings, trade shows, and conferences to learn of new
industry trends and make contacts with suppliers. They often
interview prospective suppliers and visit their plants and distribution centers to assess their capabilities. It is important to
make certain that the supplier is capable of delivering the desired goods or services on time, in the correct quantities, and
without sacrificing quality. Once all of the necessary information on suppliers is gathered, orders are placed, and contracts
are awarded to those suppliers who meet the purchaser’s needs.
Most of the transaction process is now automated through use
of the Internet.
Purchasing professionals often work closely with other employees in a process called “team buying.” For example, before submitting an order, the team may discuss the design of
custom-made products with company design engineers, the
problems involving the quality of purchased goods with production supervisors, or the issues in shipping with managers in
the receiving department. This additional interaction improves
the quality of buying by adding different perspectives to the
process.
Work environment. Most purchasing managers, buyers, and
purchasing agents work in comfortable offices. They frequently
work more than the standard 40-hour week, because of special
sales, conferences, or production deadlines. Evening and weekend work also is common before holiday and back-to-school
seasons for those working in retail trade. Consequently, many
retail firms discourage the use of vacation time during peak periods. Travel is sometimes necessary. Purchasers for worldwide
companies may even travel outside the United States.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Workers may begin as trainees, purchasing clerks, junior buyers, or assistant buyers. Most employers prefer to hire applicants who have a college degree and who are familiar with the
merchandise they sell and with wholesaling and retailing practices. Prospects often need continuing education or certification
to advance.
Education and training. Educational requirements tend to
vary with the size of the organization. Large stores and distributors prefer applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree
program with a business emphasis. Many manufacturing firms
put an even greater emphasis on formal training, preferring applicants with a bachelor’s or master’s degree in engineering,
business, economics, or one of the applied sciences. A master’s
degree is essential for advancement to many top-level purchasing manager jobs.
Regardless of academic preparation, new employees must
learn the specifics of their employer’s business. Training periods vary in length, with most lasting 1 to 5 years. In manu-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 81

facturing, new employees work with experienced purchasers
to learn about commodities, prices, suppliers, and markets. In
addition, they may be assigned to the production planning department to learn about the material requirements system and
the inventory system the company uses to keep production and
replenishment functions working smoothly.
In wholesale and retail establishments, most trainees begin
by selling merchandise, checking invoices on material received,
and keeping track of stock. As they progress, trainees are given
increased buying-related responsibilities.
Other qualifications. Purchasing managers, buyers, and
purchasing agents must know how to use various software
packages and the Internet. Other important qualities include the
ability to analyze technical data in suppliers’ proposals; good
communication, negotiation, and mathematical skills; knowledge of supply-chain management; and the ability to perform
financial analyses.
People who wish to become wholesale or retail buyers should
be good at planning and decision making. They also should
have an interest in merchandising. In addition, marketing skills
and the ability to identify products that will sell are very important. Employers often look for leadership ability, too, because
buyers spend a large portion of their time supervising assistant
buyers and dealing with manufacturers’ representatives and
store executives.
Certification and advancement. An experienced purchasing
agent or buyer may become an assistant purchasing manager
before advancing to purchasing manager, supply manager, or
director of materials management. At the top levels, duties may
overlap with other management functions, such as production,
planning, logistics, and marketing.
Regardless of industry, continuing education is essential for
advancement. Many purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents participate in seminars offered by professional
societies and take college courses in supply management. Professional certification is becoming increasingly important, especially for those just entering the occupation.
There are several recognized credentials for purchasing
agents and purchasing managers. The Certified Purchasing
Manager (C.P.M.) designation was conferred by the Institute
for Supply Management. In 2008, this certification was replaced by the Certified Professional in Supply Management
(CPSM) credential, covering the wider scope of duties now
performed by purchasing professionals. The Certified Purchasing Professional (CPP) and Certified Professional Purchasing

Manager (CPPM) designations are conferred by the American
Purchasing Society. The Certified Supply Chain Professional
(CSCP) credential is conferred by APICS, the Association for
Operations Management. For workers in Federal, State, and
local government, the National Institute of Governmental Purchasing offers the designations of Certified Professional Public
Buyer (CPPB) and Certified Public Purchasing Officer (CPPO).
These certifications are awarded only after work-related experience and education requirements are met and written or oral
exams are successfully completed.

Employment
Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents held about
527,400 jobs in 2008. About 42 percent worked in the wholesale trade and manufacturing industries and another 10 percent
worked in retail trade. The remainder worked mostly in service
establishments, such as management of companies and enterprises or professional, scientific, and technical services. A small
number were self-employed.
The following tabulation shows the distribution of employment by occupational specialty:
Purchasing agents, except wholesale, retail,
and farm products....................................................295,200
Wholesale and retail buyers, except farm products.....147,700
Purchasing managers.....................................................70,300
Purchasing agents and buyers, farm products...............14,100

Job Outlook
Employment of purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing
agents is expected to increase 7 percent through the year 2018.
Job growth and opportunities, however, will differ among different occupations in this category.
Employment change. Overall employment of purchasing
managers, buyers, and purchasing agents is expected to increase 7 percent during the 2008-18 decade, which is as fast
as the average for all occupations. Employment of purchasing
agents, except wholesale, retail, and farm products—the largest
employment group in the industry—will experience faster than
average growth as more companies demand a greater number
of purchased goods and services. Additionally, large companies
are increasing the size of their purchasing departments to accommodate purchasing services contracts from smaller companies. Also, many purchasing agents are now charged with
procuring services that traditionally had been done in-house,

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents.......................
Purchasing managers.....................................................................
Buyers and purchasing agents........................................................
Purchasing agents and buyers, farm products............................
Wholesale and retail buyers, except farm products...................
Purchasing agents, except wholesale, retail, and farm
products..................................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

–
11-3061
13-1020
13-1021
13-1022

527,400
70,300
457,100
14,100
147,700

13-1023

295,200

Projected
Employment,
2018
565,900
71,400
494,500
14,000
144,400
336,100

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
38,500
7
1,100
2
37,400
8
-200
-1
-3,300
-2
40,900

14

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

82 Occupational Outlook Handbook

such as computer and IT (information technology) support in
addition to traditionally contracted services such as advertising. Nonetheless, demand for workers may be somewhat limited by technological improvements such as ­software that has
eliminated much of the paperwork involved in ordering and
procuring supplies, and the growing number of purchases being made electronically through the Internet and electronic data
interchange (EDI). Demand will also be limited by offshoring
of routine purchasing actions to other countries.
Employment of purchasing managers is expected to have
little or no change. The use of the Internet to conduct electronic
commerce has made information easier to obtain, thus increasing the productivity of purchasing managers. The Internet also
allows both large and small companies to bid on contracts.
Exclusive supply contracts and long-term contracting have
allowed companies to negotiate with fewer suppliers less frequently. Still, purchasing managers will be needed to oversee
large consolidated purchasing networks, thus spurring some
employment growth.
Employment of purchasing agents and buyers of farm products is also projected to have little or no change, as overall
growth in agricultural industries and retailers in the grocery-­
related industries consolidate. Furthermore, automation, offshoring, and the outsourcing of more services is expected to
further impede employment growth.
Finally, little or no change in employment of wholesale and
retail buyers, except farm products, is expected. In the retail
industry, mergers and acquisitions have caused buying departments to consolidate. In addition, larger retail stores are eliminating local buying departments and creating a centralized buying department at their headquarters.
Job prospects. Persons who have a bachelor’s degree in engineering, business, economics, or one of the applied sciences
should have the best chance of obtaining a buyer position. Industry experience and knowledge of a technical field will be an
advantage for those interested in working for a manufacturing
or industrial company. Government agencies and larger companies usually require a master’s degree in business or public
administration for top-level purchasing positions. Most managers need experience in their respective field.

Earnings
Median annual wages of purchasing managers were $89,160 in
May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $67,370 and
$115,830. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $51,490, and
the highest 10 percent earned more than $142,550.
Median annual wages of purchasing agents and buyers
of farm products were $49,670 in May 2008. The middle 50
percent earned between $37,930 and $67,440. The lowest 10
percent earned less than $28,990, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $96,220.
Median annual wages of wholesale and retail buyers, except farm products, were $48,710 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $36,460 and $66,090. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $28,710, and the highest 10 ­percent
earned more than $90,100. Median annual wages in the indus-

tries employing the largest numbers of wholesale and retail
buyers, except farm products, were:
Management of companies and enterprises................$56,400
Wholesale electronic markets and
agents and brokers.....................................................53,650
Grocery and related product
merchant wholesalers................................................49,770
Machinery, equipment, and supplies
merchant wholesalers................................................46,250
Grocery stores...............................................................35,700

Median annual wages of purchasing agents, except wholesale, retail, and farm products, were $53,940 in May 2008. The
middle 50 percent earned between $41,670 and $70,910. The
lowest 10 percent earned less than $33,650, and the highest 10
percent earned more than $88,790. Median annual wages in the
industries employing the largest numbers of purchasing agents,
except wholesale, retail, and farm products, were:
Federal Executive Branch...........................................$73,520
Aerospace product and parts manufacturing.................64,220
Navigational, measuring, electromedical,
and control instruments manufacturing.....................59,040
Management of companies and enterprises..................58,420
Local government..........................................................51,870

Purchasing managers, buyers, and purchasing agents receive
the same benefits package as other workers, including vacations, sick leave, life and health insurance, and pension plans.
In addition to receiving standard benefits, retail buyers often
earn cash bonuses based on their performance and may receive
discounts on merchandise bought from their employer.

Related Occupations
Another occupation that obtains materials and goods for businesses:
Page
Procurement clerks................................................................... 597

Other occupations that need knowledge of marketing and the
ability to assess consumer demand include:
Advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers...................................... 32
Food service managers............................................................... 55
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534
Lodging managers...................................................................... 70
Sales engineers......................................................................... 545
Sales representatives, wholesale and manufacturing............... 547

Sources of Additional Information
Further information about education, training, employment,
and certification for purchasing careers is available from:
hhAmerican Purchasing Society, P.O. Box 256, Aurora, IL
60506.

hhAPICS the Association for Operations Management, 8430
West Bryn Mawr Avenue, Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60631.
Internet: http://www.apics.org

hhInstitute for Supply Management, P.O. Box 22160, Tempe,
AZ 85285-2160. Internet: http://www.ism.ws

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 83

hhNational Institute of Governmental Purchasing, Inc., 151
Spring St., Suite 300, Herndon, VA 20170-5223. Internet:
http://www.nigp.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos023.htm

Top Executives
Significant Points

•
•
•

Keen competition is expected because the prestige
and high compensation of these jobs attract a substantial number of applicants.
Top executives are among the highest paid workers;
however, long hours, considerable travel, and intense
pressure to succeed are common.
The formal education and experience of top executives vary as extensively as the nature of their responsibilities, but many of these workers have at least a
bachelor’s degree and considerable experience.

Nature of the Work
All organizations have specific goals and objectives that they
strive to meet. Top executives devise strategies and formulate
policies to ensure that these goals and objectives are met. Although they have a wide range of titles—such as chief executive
officer, chief operating officer, general manager, president, vice
president, school superintendent, county administrator, and
mayor—all formulate policies and direct the overall operations
of businesses and corporations, public-sector organizations,
nonprofit institutions, and other organizations.
A corporation’s goals and policies are established by the
chief executive officer in collaboration with other top executives. All of these principals are closely monitored by a board
of directors. In a large corporation, the chief executive officer
meets frequently with the other top executives to ensure that the
overall operation of the corporation is conducted in accordance
with these goals and policies. In a governmental or nonprofit
organization, top executives oversee budgets and ensure that resources are used properly and that programs are carried out as
planned. Chief executive officers in government often nominate
citizens to boards and commissions, encourage business investment, and promote economic development in their communities. To do all of these varied tasks effectively, top executives
rely on a staff of highly skilled personnel.
Although the chief executive officer of a corporation retains overall accountability, a chief operating officer may be
delegated several responsibilities, including the authority to
oversee other executives who direct the activities of various
departments and implement the organization’s guidelines on a
day-to-day basis. In publicly held and nonprofit corporations,
the board of directors or a similar governing body ultimately

is accountable for the success or failure of the enterprise and
the chief executive officer reports to the board. In addition to
being responsible for the operational success of a company, top
executives, particularly chief financial officers, are accountable
for the accuracy of their financial reporting, especially among
publicly traded companies.
The nature of the responsibilities of other high-level executives depends on an organization’s size. In small organizations,
such as independent retail stores or small manufacturers, a partner, an owner, or a general manager often is responsible for
purchasing, hiring, training, quality control, and day-to-day supervisory duties. In large organizations, top executives not only
direct the overall organization, but also may be responsible for
implementing strategies and setting the overall direction of a
certain area of the company or organization. For example, chief
financial officers direct the organization’s financial goals, objectives, and budgets. They oversee the investment of funds and
manage associated risks, supervise cash management activities,
execute capital-raising strategies to support a firm’s expansion,
and deal with mergers and acquisitions.
Chief information officers are responsible for the overall
technological direction of their organizations. Today, these officers are playing a more important role in organizations and are
increasingly becoming part of the executive team. To perform
effectively, they need knowledge of the workings of the total
organization. These managers propose budgets for projects and
programs and make decisions about staff training and purchases
of equipment. They hire and assign computer specialists, information technology workers, and support personnel to carry
out information-technology-related projects. They manage the
work of these employees, review their output, and establish administrative procedures and policies. Chief information officers
also provide organizations with the vision to master information technology as a competitive tool.
General and operations managers plan, direct, or coordinate
the operations of companies and other public- or private-sector
organizations. Their duties and responsibilities include formulating policies, managing daily operations, and planning the use
of materials and human resources that are too diverse and general in nature to be classified into any one area of management
or administration, such as personnel, purchasing, or administrative services. In some organizations, the tasks of general and
operations managers may overlap those of chief executive officers.
Work environment. Top executives of large organizations
typically have spacious offices and numerous support staff.
Long hours, including evenings and weekends are standard
for most top executives and general managers, although their
schedules may be flexible.
To monitor operations and meet with customers, staff, and
other executives, general managers and executives travel considerably among international, national, regional, and ­local
offices. Many top executives also attend meetings and conferences sponsored by various associations. In large ­organizations,
job transfers between local offices or subsidiaries are common
for those on an executive career track.
Top executives are under intense pressure to succeed; depending on the organization, success may mean earning higher

84 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Top executives need highly developed management skills and
the ability to communicate clearly and persuasively.
profits, providing better service, or attaining fundraising and
charitable goals. Executives in charge of poorly performing organizations or departments usually find their jobs in jeopardy.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
The formal education and experience required by top executives vary as extensively as their responsibilities do, but many
of these workers have at least a bachelor’s degree and considerable experience.
Education and training. Many top executives have a bachelor’s or master’s degree in business administration, liberal arts,
or a more specialized discipline. The specific type and level of
education required often depends on the type of organization
for which top executives work. College presidents and school
superintendents, for example, typically have a doctoral degree
in the field in which they originally taught or in education administration. (For information on lower level managers in educational services, see the Handbook statement on education
administrators.)
Some top executives in the public sector have a degree in
public administration or liberal arts. Others might have a more
specific educational background related to their jobs. (For information on lower level managers in health services, see the
Handbook statement on medical and health services managers.)
Many top executive positions are filled from within the organization by promoting experienced lower level managers when
an opening arises. In industries such as retail trade or transportation, for example, individuals without a college degree may
work their way up within the company and become executives
or general managers. When hiring top executives from outside
the organization, those doing the hiring often prefer managers
with extensive managerial experience.

Other qualifications. Top executives must have highly developed personal qualities and be able to communicate clearly
and persuasively. An analytical mind, the ability to analyze
large amounts of information and data quickly, and the ability to evaluate the relationships among numerous factors, also
are important qualities. For managers to succeed, they need
other important qualities as well, including leadership, selfconfidence, motivation, decisiveness, flexibility, sound business
judgment, and determination.
Certification and advancement. Advancement may be accelerated by participation in company training programs that
impart a broader knowledge of company policy and operations.
Participation in conferences and seminars can expand one’s
knowledge of national and international issues that influence
the organization and can help the participants develop a network of useful contacts. To facilitate their promotion to an even
higher level, managers who have experience in a particular
field, such as accounting or engineering, may attend executive
development programs geared toward their backgrounds.
Managers also can help their careers by becoming familiar
with the latest trends in management and by attending ­national
or local training programs sponsored by various executive
training organizations. For example, the Institute of Certified
Professional Managers offers the Certified Manager (CM) credential, which is earned by completing training and passing an
exam. This certification is held by individuals at all experience
levels, from those seeking to enter management careers to those
who are already senior executives. Certification is not necessary
for advancement, but may be helpful in developing and demonstrating valuable management skills.
General managers may advance to a top executive position,
such as executive vice president, in their own firm, or they may
take a corresponding position in another firm. They may even
advance to peak corporate positions, such as chief operating officer or chief executive officer. Chief executive officers often
become members of the board of directors of one or more firms,
typically as a director of their own firm and often as chair of
its board of directors. Some top executives establish their own
firms or become independent consultants.

Employment
Top executives held about 2.1 million jobs in 2008. Employment by detailed occupation was distributed as follows:
General and operations managers............................1,733,100
Chief executives..........................................................400,400

Job Outlook
Little to no change in employment of top executives is ex­pected.
Keen competition for jobs is expected because the prestige and
high pay of these positions attract many applicants.
Employment change. Employment of top executives—­
including chief executives and general and operations managers—is expected to experience little to no change from 2008
to 2018. However, because these workers are essential to running companies and organizations, projected employment of
top executives will vary by industry and will generally reflect
the growth or decline of that industry. For example, job growth

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 85

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Top executives....................................................................................
Chief executives.............................................................................
General and operations managers..................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

–
11-1011
11-1021

2,133,500
400,400
1,733,100

Projected
Employment,
2018
2,125,700
394,900
1,730,800

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
-7,800
0
-5,500
-1
-2,300
0

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

is expected in the fast-growing health services industry, while
employment declines for top executives are projected for many
manufacturing industries.
Employment of top executives also will be affected by the
amount of consolidation occurring in a particular industry, because some management jobs typically are lost after a merger
with another company. As a business grows, the number of top
executives changes less than the number of employees. Therefore, top executives are not expected to experience as much employment growth as workers in the occupations they oversee.
Job prospects. Keen competition is expected for top executive positions because the prestige and high pay attract a substantial number of qualified applicants. Because this is a large
occupation, numerous openings will occur each year as executives transfer to other positions, start their own businesses, or
retire. However, many executives who leave their jobs transfer
to other executive positions, a pattern that limits the number of
job openings for new entrants to the occupation.
Experienced managers whose accomplishments reflect strong
leadership qualities and the ability to improve the efficiency or
competitive position of an organization will have the best opportunities. In an increasingly global economy, experience in
international economics, marketing, and information systems,
as well as knowledge of several languages also may be beneficial.

Earnings
Top executives are among the highest paid workers in the United States. However, salary levels vary substantially, depending on level of executive responsibility; length of service; and
type, size, and location of the firm, organization, or government
agency. For example, a top manager in a very large corporation
can earn significantly more than the mayor of a small town.
Median annual wages of general and operations managers in
May 2008 were $91,570. The middle 50 percent earned between
$62,900 and $137,020. Because the specific ­responsibilities of
general and operations managers vary significantly within industries, earnings also tend to vary considerably. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of
general and operations managers were as follows:
Computer systems design and related services.........$133,140
Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services..................................................130,390
Management of companies and enterprises................113,690
Building equipment contractors....................................91,370
Local government..........................................................82,150

Median annual wages of wage and salary chief executives in
May 2008 were $158,560. Some top executives of large companies earn hundreds of thousands of dollars to more than $1
million annually, although salaries vary substantially by type
and level of responsibilities and by industry. Government executives often earn considerably less.
In addition to salaries, total compensation for corporate executives often includes stock options and other performance
bonuses. Among other benefits commonly enjoyed by top
executives in private industry are the use of executive dining
rooms and company-owned aircraft and cars, access to expense
allowances, and company-paid insurance premiums and physical examinations. A number of chief executive officers also are
provided with company-paid club memberships and other amenities. Nonprofit and government executives usually get fewer
benefits.

Related Occupations
Top executives plan, organize, direct, control, and coordinate
the operations of an organization and its major departments or
programs. Many other management occupations have similar
responsibilities, but are concentrated in specific industries or
are responsible for a specific department within an organization
that assigns them to another occupation. Other managerial occupations that are discussed elsewhere in the Handbook include
the following:
Page
Administrative services managers.............................................. 29
Advertising, marketing, promotions,
public relations, and sales managers...................................... 32
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Education administrators........................................................... 41
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Food service managers............................................................... 55
Industrial production managers.................................................. 67
Lodging managers...................................................................... 70
Medical and health services managers....................................... 73

Sources of Additional Information
For more information on top executives, including educational
programs, contact:
hhAmerican Management Association, 1601
Broadway, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10019. Internet:
http://www.amanet.org

hhNational Management Association, 2210 Arbor Blvd.,
Dayton, OH 45439. Internet: http://www.nma1.org

86 Occupational Outlook Handbook

For more information on executive financial management careers, contact:
hhFinancial Executives International, 200
Campus Dr., Florham Park, NJ 07932. Internet:
http://www.financialexecutives.org

hhFinancial Management Association International, College
of Business Administration, University of South Florida, 4202
East Fowler Ave., BSN 3331, Tampa, FL 33620. Internet:
http://www.fma.org

For information about management skills development, including the Certified Manager (CM) credential, contact:
hhInstitute for Certified Professional Managers, James
Madison University, MSC 5504, Harrisonburg, VA 22807.
Internet: http://www.icpm.biz
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos012.htm

Business and Financial Operations Occupations
Accountants and Auditors
Significant Points

•
•
•

Most jobs require at least a bachelor’s degree in accounting or a related field.
Job opportunities should be favorable; those who
have earned professional recognition through certification or licensure, especially a CPA, should enjoy
the best prospects.
Much faster than average employment growth will
result from an increase in the number of businesses,
changing financial laws and regulations, and greater
scrutiny of company finances.

Nature of the Work
Accountants and auditors help to ensure that firms are run efficiently, public records kept accurately, and taxes paid properly
and on time. They analyze and communicate financial information for various entities such as companies, individual clients,
and Federal, State, and local governments. Beyond carrying out
the fundamental tasks of the occupation—providing information to clients by preparing, analyzing, and verifying ­financial
documents—many accountants also offer budget analysis,
­financial and investment planning, information technology consulting, and limited legal services.
Specific job duties vary widely among the four major fields
of accounting and auditing: public accounting, management
­accounting, government accounting, and internal auditing.
Public accountants perform a broad range of accounting,
auditing, tax, and consulting activities for their clients, which
may be corporations, governments, nonprofit organizations, or
individuals. For example, some public accountants concentrate
on tax matters, such as advising companies about the tax advantages and disadvantages of certain business decisions and
preparing individual income tax returns. Others offer advice in
areas such as compensation or employee healthcare benefits,
the design of ­accounting and data processing systems, and the
­selection of controls to safeguard assets. Still others audit clients’ financial statements and inform investors and authorities
that the statements have been correctly prepared and reported.

These accountants are also referred to as external ­auditors.
­Public accountants, many of whom are Certified ­Public
­Accountants (CPAs), generally have their own businesses or
work for public accounting firms.
Some public accountants specialize in forensic ­accounting—
investigating and interpreting white-collar crimes such as securities fraud and embezzlement, bankruptcies and contract
disputes, and other complex and possibly criminal financial transactions, including money laundering by organized
­criminals. Forensic accountants combine their knowledge of
accounting and finance with law and investigative techniques to
determine whether an activity is illegal. Many forensic accountants work closely with law enforcement personnel and lawyers
during investigations and often appear as expert witnesses during trials.
Management accountants—also called cost, managerial, industrial, corporate, or private accountants—record and analyze the financial information of the companies for which they
work. Among their other responsibilities are budgeting, performance evaluation, cost management, and asset management.
Usually, management accountants are part of executive teams
involved in strategic planning or the development of new products. They analyze and interpret the financial information that
corporate executives need to make sound business decisions.
They also prepare financial reports for other groups, including
stockholders, creditors, regulatory agencies, and tax authorities.
Within accounting departments, management accountants may
work in various areas, including financial analysis, planning
and budgeting, and cost accounting.
Government accountants and auditors work in the public
sector, maintaining and examining the records of government
agencies and auditing private businesses and individuals whose
activities are subject to government regulations or taxation. Accountants employed by Federal, State, and local governments
ensure that revenues are received and expenditures are made
in accordance with laws and regulations. Those employed by
the Federal Government may work as Internal Revenue Service
agents or in financial management, financial institution examination, or budget analysis and administration.
Internal auditors verify the effectiveness of their organization’s internal controls and check for mismanagement, waste,
or fraud. They examine and evaluate their firms’ financial and
information systems, management procedures, and internal

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 87

unique data management and analytical needs. Accountants
also are beginning to perform more technical duties, such as
implementing, controlling, and auditing computer systems and
networks and developing technology plans.
Work environment. Most accountants and auditors work
in a typical office setting. Some may be able to do part of their
work at home. Accountants and auditors employed by public
accounting firms, government agencies, and organizations with
multiple locations may travel frequently to perform audits at
branches, clients’ places of business, or government facilities.
Almost half of all accountants and auditors worked a standard 40-hour week in 2008, but many worked longer hours, particularly if they are self-employed and have numerous clients.
Tax specialists often work long hours during the tax season.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Accountants and auditors analyze and interpret financial information.
controls to ensure that records are accurate and controls are adequate. They also review company operations, evaluating their
efficiency, effectiveness, and compliance with corporate policies and government regulations. Because computer systems
commonly automate transactions and make information readily
available, internal auditors may also help management evaluate
the effectiveness of their controls based on real-time data, rather
than personal observation. They may recommend and review
controls for their organization’s computer systems, to ensure
their reliability and integrity of the data. Internal auditors may
also have specialty titles, such as information technology auditors, environmental auditors, and compliance auditors.
Technology is rapidly changing the nature of the work of
most accountants and auditors. With the aid of special software packages, accountants summarize transactions in the
standard formats of financial records and organize data in special ­formats employed in financial analysis. These accounting
packages greatly reduce the tedious work associated with data
­management and recordkeeping. Computers enable accountants and auditors to be more mobile and to use their clients’
computer systems to extract information from databases and
the Internet. As a result, a growing number of accountants and
auditors with extensive computer skills specialize in correcting problems with software or in developing software to meet

Most accountants and auditors need at least a bachelor’s degree
in accounting or a related field. Many accountants and auditors
choose to obtain certification to help advance their careers, such
as becoming a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Education and training. Most accountant and auditor positions require at least a bachelor’s degree in accounting or a
related field. Some employers prefer applicants with a master’s degree in accounting, or with a master’s degree in business administration with a concentration in accounting. Some
­universities and colleges are now offering programs to prepare
students to work in growing specialty professions such as internal auditing. Many professional associations offer continuing
professional education courses, conferences, and seminars.
Some graduates of junior colleges or business or correspondence schools, as well as bookkeepers and accounting clerks
who meet the education and experience requirements set by
their employers, can obtain junior accounting positions and advance to accountant positions by demonstrating their ­accounting
skills on the job.
Most beginning accountants and auditors may work under supervision or closely with an experienced accountant or auditor
before gaining more independence and responsibility.
Licensure and certification.   Any accountant filing a report
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is required by law to be a Certified Public Accountant (CPA). This
may include senior level accountants working for or on behalf
of public companies that are registered with the SEC. CPAs are
licensed by their State Board of Accountancy. Any accountant
who passes a national exam and meets the other requirements
of the State where they practice can become a CPA. The vast
majority of States require CPA candidates to be college graduates, but a few States will substitute a number of years of public
accounting experience for a college degree.
As of 2009, 46 States and the District of Columbia required
CPA candidates to complete 150 semester hours of college
coursework—an additional 30 hours beyond the usual 4-year
bachelor’s degree. California, Colorado, New Hampshire, and
Vermont are the only States that do not require 150 semester
hours for certification. Many schools offer a 5-year combined
bachelor’s and master’s degree to meet the 150 semester hour
requirement, but a master’s degree is not required. Prospective
accounting majors should carefully research accounting curri-

88 Occupational Outlook Handbook

cula and the requirements of any States in which they hope to
become licensed.
All States use the four-part Uniform CPA Examination prepared by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
(AICPA). The CPA examination is rigorous, and less than onehalf of those who take it each year pass every part on the first
try. Candidates are not required to pass all four parts at once,
but most States require candidates to pass all four sections within 18 months of passing their first section. The CPA exam is
now computerized and is offered 2 months out of every quarter
at various testing centers throughout the United States. Most
States also require applicants for a CPA license to have some
accounting experience; however requirements vary by State or
jurisdiction.
Nearly all States require CPAs and other public accountants to
complete a certain number of hours of continuing ­professional
education before their licenses can be renewed. The professional associations representing accountants sponsor numerous
courses, seminars, group study programs, and other forms of
continuing education.
Other qualifications. Previous experience in accounting or
auditing can help an applicant get a job. Many colleges offer
students the opportunity to gain experience through summer or
part-time internship programs conducted by public accounting
or business firms. In addition, as many business processes are
now automated, practical knowledge of computers and their
­applications is a great asset for jobseekers in the accounting
and auditing fields.
People planning a career in accounting and auditing should
have an aptitude for mathematics and be able to analyze, compare, and interpret facts and figures quickly. They must be able
to clearly communicate the results of their work to clients and
managers both verbally and in writing. Accountants and auditors must be good at working with people, business systems,
and computers. At a minimum, accountants and auditors should
be familiar with basic accounting and computer software packages. Because financial decisions are made on the basis of their
statements and services, accountants and auditors should have
high standards of integrity.
Certification and advancement. Professional recognition
through certification or other designation provides a distinct
advantage in the job market. Certification can attest to professional competence in a specialized field of accounting and auditing. Accountants and auditors can seek credentials from a
wide variety of professional societies.
The Institute of Management Accountants confers the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) designation upon applicants who complete a bachelor’s degree or who attain a
minimum score or higher on specified graduate school entrance exams. Applicants must have worked at least 2 years in
management accounting, pass a four-part examination, agree
to meet continuing education requirements, and comply with
standards of professional conduct. The exam covers areas such
as financial statement analysis, working-capital policy, capital
structure, valuation issues, and risk management.
The Institute of Internal Auditors offers the Certified Internal Auditor (CIA) designation to graduates from accredited
colleges and universities who have worked for 2 years as in-

ternal auditors and have passed a four-part examination. The
IIA also offers the designations of Certified in Control Self-Assessment (CCSA), Certified Government Auditing Professional
(CGAP), and Certified Financial Services Auditor (CFSA) to
those who pass the exams and meet educational and experience
­requirements.
ISACA confers the Certified Information Systems Auditor
(CISA) designation upon candidates who pass an examination
and have 5 years of experience auditing information systems.
Information systems experience, financial or operational auditing experience, or related college credit hours can be substituted for up to 2 years of information systems auditing, control
or security experience.
For those accountants with their CPA, the AICPA offers the
option to receive any or all of the Accredited in Business Valuation (ABV), Certified Information Technology Professional
(CITP), or Personal Financial Specialist (PFS) designations.
CPAs with these designations demonstrate a level of expertise in
these areas in which accountants practice ever more ­frequently.
The business valuation designation requires a written exam and
the completion of a minimum of 10 business valuation projects that demonstrate a candidate’s experience and competence.
The technology designation requires the achievement of a set
number of points awarded for business technology experience
and education. Candidates for the personal financial specialist
designation also must achieve a certain level of points based
on experience and education, pass a written exam, and submit
references.
Many senior corporation executives have a background in
accounting, internal auditing, or finance. Beginning public accountants often advance to positions with more responsibility
in 1 or 2 years and to senior positions within another few years.
Those who excel may become supervisors, managers, or partners; open their own public accounting firm; or transfer to executive positions in management accounting or internal auditing
in private firms.
Management accountants often start as cost accountants,
junior internal auditors, or trainees for other accounting positions. As they rise through the organization, they may advance
to accounting manager, chief cost accountant, budget director,
or manager of internal auditing. Some become controllers, treasurers, financial vice presidents, chief financial officers, or corporation presidents.
Public accountants, management accountants, and internal
auditors usually have much occupational mobility. Practitioners
often shift into management accounting or internal ­auditing
from public accounting, or between internal auditing and management accounting. It is less common for ­accountants and
auditors to move from either management accounting or internal auditing into public accounting. Additionally, because they
learn about and review the internal controls of various business
units within a company, internal auditors often gain the experience needed to become upper-level ­managers.

Employment
Accountants and auditors held about 1.3 million jobs in 2008.
They worked throughout private industry and government, but
24 percent of accountants and auditors worked for accounting,

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 89

tax preparation, bookkeeping, and payroll services firms. Approximately 8 percent of accountants and auditors were selfemployed.
Most accountants and auditors work in urban areas, where
public accounting firms and central or regional offices of businesses are concentrated.
Some individuals with backgrounds in accounting and auditing are full-time college and university faculty; others teach
part time while working as self-employed accountants or as accountants for private industry or in government. (See ­teachers—
postsecondary elsewhere in the Handbook.)

Job Outlook
Accountants and auditors are expected to experience much
faster than average employment growth from 2008-18. Job
­opportunities should be favorable; accountants and auditors
who have a professional certification, especially CPAs, should
have the best prospects.
Employment change. Employment of accountants and auditors is expected to grow by 22 percent between 2008 and 2018,
which is much faster than the average for all occupations. This
occupation will have a very large number of new jobs arise,
about 279,400 over the projections decade. An increase in the
number of businesses, changing financial laws and corporate
governance regulations, and increased accountability for protecting an organization’s stakeholders will drive job growth.
As the economy grows, the number of business establishments will increase, requiring more accountants and auditors
to set up books, prepare taxes, and provide management advice.
As these businesses grow, the volume and complexity of information reviewed by accountants and auditors ­regarding costs,
expenditures, taxes, and internal controls will expand as well.
The continued globalization of business also will lead to more
demand for accounting expertise and services related to international trade and accounting rules and international mergers
and acquisitions. Additionally, there is a growing movement
towards International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS),
which uses a judgment-based system to determine the fairmarket value of assets and liabilities, which should increase demand for accountants and auditors because of their specialized
expertise.
An increased need for accountants and auditors also will arise
from a greater emphasis on accountability, transparency, and
controls in financial reporting. Increased scrutiny of company
finances and accounting procedures will create opportunities
for accountants and auditors, particularly CPAs, to audit financial records more thoroughly and completely. Management
accountants and internal auditors increasingly will be needed
to discover and eliminate fraud before audits, and ensure that
important processes and procedures are documented accurately
and thoroughly. Forensic accountants also will be needed to

detect illegal financial activity by individuals, companies, and
organized crime rings.
Job prospects. Job opportunities should be favorable. Accountants and auditors who have earned professional recognition through certification or other designation, especially a
CPA, should have the best job prospects. Applicants with a
master’s degree in accounting or a master’s degree in business
administration with a concentration in accounting also may
have an advantage.
Individuals who are proficient in accounting and auditing
computer software and information systems or have expertise in
specialized areas—such as international business, international
financial reporting standards, or current legislation—may have
an advantage in getting some accounting and auditing jobs. In
addition, employers increasingly seek applicants with strong
interpersonal and communication skills. Many accountants
work on teams with others who have different backgrounds, so
they must be able to communicate ­accounting and financial information clearly and concisely. Regardless of qualifications,
­however, competition will ­remain keen for the most prestigious
jobs in major accounting and ­business firms.
In addition to openings from job growth, the need to replace accountants and auditors who retire or transfer to other
occupations will produce numerous job openings in this large
­occupation.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary accountants and auditors were $59,430 in May 2008. The middle half of the occupation earned between $45,900 and $78,210. The bottom
10 percent earned less than $36,720, and the top 10 percent
earned more than $102,380. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of accountants and auditors
were as follows:
Accounting, tax preparation, bookkeeping,
and payroll ­services.................................................$61,480
Management of companies and enterprises..................59,820
Insurance carriers..........................................................59,550
Local government..........................................................53,660
State government...........................................................51,250

According to a salary survey conducted by the National Association of Colleges and Employers, bachelor’s degree candidates in accounting received starting offers averaging $48,993
a year in July 2009; master’s degree candidates in accounting
were offered $49,786 initially.
Wage and salary accountants and auditors usually receive
standard benefits, including health and medical insurance, life
insurance, a 401(k) plan, and paid annual leave. High-level se-

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Accountants and auditors...................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

13-2011

1,290,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
1,570,000

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
279,400
22

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

90 Occupational Outlook Handbook

nior accountants may receive additional benefits, such as the
use of a company car and an expense account.

Related Occupations
Accountants and auditors design internal control systems and
analyze financial data. Others for whom training in accounting
is valuable include
Page
Bookkeeping, accounting, and auditing clerks........................ 563
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Loan officers............................................................................ 109
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents........................ 121

Some accountants have assumed the role of management
analysts and are involved in the design, implementation, and
maintenance of accounting software systems. Others who perform similar work include
Computer network, systems, and database administrators...... 128
Computer software engineers and computer programmers..... 134

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos001.htm

Appraisers and Assessors
of Real Estate
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Workers generally must be licensed or certified, but
State requirements vary.
About 27 percent were self-employed.
Employment is expected to grow more slowly than
the average over the 2008-18 decade.
During recessions, demand for appraisers declines;
demand for assessors is less affected by economic
and real estate market fluctuations.

Sources of Additional Information

Nature of the Work

Information on accredited accounting programs can be obtained from:
hhAACSB International—Association to Advance
Collegiate Schools of Business, 777 South Harbour
Island Blvd., Suite 750, Tampa FL 33602. Internet:
http://www.aacsb.edu/accreditation/
AccreditedMembers.asp

Appraisers and assessors of real estate estimate the value of
real property whenever it is sold, mortgaged, taxed, insured, or
developed. They work in localities they are familiar with, so
they have knowledge of any environmental or other concerns
that may affect the value of a property. They note any unique
characteristics of the property and of the surrounding area, such
as a specific architectural style of a building or a major highway
located next to the parcel. They also take into account additional aspects of a property such as the condition of the foundation
and roof of a building or any renovations that may have been
done. They might take pictures to document a certain room or
feature, in addition to photographing the exterior of the building. After visiting the property, the appraiser or assessor will
estimate the value of the property by taking into consideration
such things as comparable home sales, lease records, location,
view, previous appraisals, and income potential. During the entire process, appraisers and assessors keep a meticulous record
of their research, observations, and methods used in calculating
the property valuation.
Appraisers have independent clients and typically focus on
valuing one property at a time. They often specialize in a certain type of real estate. For example, commercial appraisers
specialize in property used for commercial purposes, such as
stores or hotels. Residential appraisers focus on appraising
homes or other residences and only provide appraisals for those
that house 1 to 4 families. Other appraisers have a general practice and are willing to appraise the value of any type of real
property.
Assessors predominately work for local governments and are
responsible for valuing properties for property tax assessment
purposes. Unlike appraisers, who generally focus on one property at a time, assessors often value entire neighborhoods using
mass appraisal techniques and computer-assisted mass ­appraisal
systems to value all the homes in a local neighborhood at once.
Although they do not usually focus on a single property, they

Information about careers in certified public accounting and
CPA standards and examinations may be obtained from:
hhAmerican Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10036.
Internet: http://www.aicpa.org

hhAICPA Examinations Team, Parkway Corporate Center,
1230 Parkway Ave., Suite 311, Ewing, NJ 08628-3018.
Internet: http://www.cpa-exam.org
Information on CPA licensure requirements by State may
be obtained from:
hhNational Association of State Boards of Accountancy,
150 Fourth Ave. North, Suite 700, Nashville, TN 37219-2417.
Internet: http://www.nasba.org
Information on careers in management accounting and the
CMA designation may be obtained from:
hhInstitute of Management Accountants, 10 Paragon Dr.,
Montvale, NJ 07645-1718. Internet: http://www.imanet.org
Information on careers in internal auditing and the CIA designation may be obtained from:
hhThe Institute of Internal Auditors, 247 Maitland
Ave., Altamonte Springs, FL 32701-4201. Internet:
http://www.theiia.org
Information on careers in information systems auditing and
the CISA designation may be obtained from:
hhISACA, 3701 Algonquin Rd., Suite 1010, Rolling
Meadows, IL 60008. Internet: http://www.isaca.org

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 91

The offices of most independent-fee appraisers are relatively
small, occupied by either the appraisers alone or by them and
a small staff. However, private institutions such as banks and
mortgage companies often employ several appraisers within
one establishment. The size of offices of assessors depends
mostly on the size of the local jurisdiction and the amount of
work for which a particular office is responsible.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Appraisers play an important role in the purchasing and selling
of real estate.
may use single property methods if the property owner challenges the assessment. Revaluations of assessed properties are
performed cyclically on a schedule established by State statute
or local practice Depending on the size of the jurisdiction and
the number of staff in an assessor’s office, a mass appraisal firm
or a revaluation firm may do much of the work of valuing the
properties in the jurisdiction. These results are then officially
certified by the assessor.
When properties are reassessed, assessors issue notices to
property owners indicating the new assessment. Assessors must
be current on tax assessment procedures and must be able to
defend the accuracy of their property assessments, either to the
owner directly or at a public hearing, since assessors are responsible for dealing with taxpayers who want to contest their
assigned property assessments. Assessors also keep a database
of every parcel in their jurisdiction, labeling the property owner,
assessment history, and size of the property, as well as property
maps of the jurisdiction detailing the property distribution of
the jurisdiction.
Work environment. Appraisers and assessors spend much of
their time researching data and writing reports. However, with
the advancement of computers and other technologies, such as
wireless Internet, time spent in the office has decreased because
research can now be done in less time and at site locations. Records that once required a visit to a courthouse or city hall often
can be found online. On-site visits usually occur during daylight hours, and according to the client’s schedule. Time spent
on-site rather than in the office also depends on the specialty.
For example, residential appraisers tend to spend less time on
office work than commercial appraisers, who could spend up to
several weeks on one property analyzing information and writing reports. Appraisers who work for private institutions generally spend most of their time inside the office, making on-site
visits when necessary. Appraisers and assessors usually conduct on-site appraisal work alone.
Assessors and privately employed appraisers usually work a
standard 40-hour work week. However, self-employed appraisers, often called “independent fee appraisers,” tend to work
more than a standard 40-hour work week, including spending
their evenings and weekends writing reports. Approximately 13
percent of appraisers and assessors worked part time in 2008.

The requirements to become a fully qualified appraiser or assessor are complex and vary by State and, sometimes, by the
value or type of property. In general, both appraisers and assessors must be licensed or certified. Prospective appraisers and
assessors should check with their State to determine the specific
requirements.
Education and training. Many practicing appraisers and assessors have at least a bachelor’s degree. Coursework in related
subjects such as economics, finance, mathematics, computer
science, English, and business or real estate law can be very
useful for prospective appraisers and assessors.
Federal law mandates that most appraisers hold State certification. Requirements for these certifications vary by State, but
there are certain minimum standards that appraisers must meet.
Most appraisers of residential real property must have at least
an associate degree, while appraisers of commercial real property are required to have at least a bachelor’s degree.
Unlike appraisers, there are no federally mandated education
and training requirements for assessors. In most States, the State
assessor board sets education and experience requirements that
must be met to obtain a certificate to practice as an assessor.
A few States have no Statewide requirements, with standards
instead set by each locality.
In States that mandate certification for assessors, the requirements are usually similar to those for appraisers. Some States
also have more than one level of certification. All candidates
must attend State-approved schools and facilities and take basic appraisal courses. Although appraisers generally value one
property at a time while assessors value many at once, both
occupations use similar methods and techniques. As a result,
assessors and appraisers tend to take the same basic courses.
In addition to passing a Statewide examination, candidates are
usually required to have a set number of on-the-job hours that
must be completed. For those States not requiring certificates
for assessors, the hiring office usually will require the candidate to take basic appraisal courses, complete on-the-job training, and accrue a sufficient number of work hours to meet the
requirements for obtaining appraisal licenses or certificates.
Many assessors also possess a State appraisal license.
Assessors tend to start out in an assessor’s office that is willing to provide on-the-job training; smaller municipalities are
often unable to provide this experience. An alternate source of
experience for aspiring assessors is through a revaluation firm.
Licensure.    Being a Certified Residential Real Property
­Appraiser is the minimum qualification for valuing any residential property with a loan amount exceeding $250,000 and
for valuing any other type of real property with a loan value of
less than $250,000. Candidates for this certification must have
at least an associate degree or in lieu of the degree, 21 units of

92 Occupational Outlook Handbook

specified college-level education. In addition, this certification
requires 200 hours of appraiser-specific classroom training and
2,500 hours of work experience accrued over at least 2 years.
Certified General Real Property Appraisers have no restrictions on the types or values of real property for which they can
give valuations. Candidates for this certification must have at
least a bachelor’s degree, or in lieu of the degree, 30 units of
specified college-level education. In addition to a degree, this
certification requires 300 hours of appraiser-specific classroom
training and 3,000 hours of work experience accrued over at
least 30 months. At least half of these hours must be in nonresidential appraisal work.
In addition to the Federally required Certified Residential
and Certified General Real Property Appraiser classifications,
most States also have the Licensed Residential Real Property
Appraiser classification. Holders of this license are permitted
to appraise noncomplex one-to-four residential units having a
transaction value of less than $1,000,000, and complex oneto-four residential units having a transaction value of less than
$250,000. For the Licensed Residential Appraiser classification, candidates must obtain 150 qualifying education hours
and at least 2,000 hours of on-the-job training obtained over a
period of no less than 1 year. In addition, all candidates must
pass an examination.
In many States, those working on their appraiser requirements for licensure or certification are classified as a “trainee.”
Training programs vary by State but usually require at least 75
hours of specified appraisal education before one can apply for
a trainee position. The number of additional courses trainees
must take depends on the State requirements and the kind of
license they wish to obtain.
Across all levels of certification and licensure, 15 hours of
classroom education must be devoted to the Uniform Standards
of Professional Appraisal Practice (USPAP), which are set forth
by the Appraisal Standards Board (ASB) of the Appraisal Foundation. Additionally, the Licensed Residential, Certified Residential, and the General Real Property Appraiser designations
each have an associated examination that must be passed before
these credentials are awarded.
For both appraisers and assessors, continuing education is
necessary to maintain a license or certification. The minimum
continuing education requirement for appraisers is 14 hours per
year. Appraisers must also complete a 7-hour National USPAP
Update Course every 2 years. Some States have further requirements. Continuing education may be obtained in any Stateapproved school or facility, as well as in recognized seminars
and conferences held by associations or related organizations.
Assessors also must fulfill a continuing education requirement
in most States, but the amount varies by State.
Other qualifications. Appraisers and assessors must possess good analytical skills, mathematical skills, and the ability

to pay attention to detail. They also must be able to work alone
as well as with other people. Because they work with the public,
appraisers and assessors must be polite and have the ability to
listen and thoroughly answer any questions from clients about
their work.
Certification and advancement. Many appraisers and assessors choose to become a designated member of a regional or nationally recognized appraiser or assessor association.
Designations are a way for appraisers or assessors to establish
themselves in the profession, and are recognizable credentials
to show employers and potential clients a higher level of education and experience. Obtaining a designation usually requires 5
to 10 years of training and experience, which is more than the
minimum licensing requirements. Many appraisal associations
have a membership category specifically for trainees, who then
can receive full membership after licensure. Since States differ
greatly on the requirements to become an assessor, licensure
is not necessarily required for membership or designations;
however, the imposed designation qualifications tend to be very
stringent.
Advancement within the occupation comes with experience.
The higher the level of appraiser licensure, for example, the
higher the fees an independent fee appraiser may charge. Staying in one particular region or focusing on one type of appraising specialty also will help to establish one’s business, reputation, and expertise. Assessors often have a career progression
within their office, starting as a trainee and eventually ending
up appointed or elected as a senior appraiser or supervisor.

Employment
In 2008, appraisers and assessors of real estate held about
92,400 jobs. About 27 percent were self-employed; virtually all
were appraisers. Employment was concentrated in areas with
high levels of real estate activity, such as major metropolitan
areas. Assessors are more uniformly spread throughout the
country than appraisers because every locality has at least one
assessor.
About 29 percent of appraisers and assessors worked in local government; nearly all were assessors. Another 31 percent,
mainly appraisers, worked for real estate firms.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow more slowly than the average.  
Job opportunities should be best in areas with active real estate
markets, and most job openings will result from the need to
replace appraisers and assessors who retire or otherwise leave
the occupation permanently.
Employment change. Employment of appraisers and assessors of real estate is expected to grow more slowly than the average over the 2008-18 decade, increasing by 5 percent. Demand
for appraisal services is strongly tied to the real estate market,

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Appraisers and assessors of real estate..............................................

SOC
Code
13-2021

Employment,
2008
92,400

Projected
Employment,
2018
96,600

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
4,200
5

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 93

which can fluctuate in the short term. Over the long term, employment growth will be driven by economic expansion and
population increases—factors that generate demand for real
property. However, employment will be held down to a certain
extent by productivity increases brought about by the increased
use of computers and other technologies, which allow appraisers
and assessors to deal with more properties. The increased use of
automated valuation models to conduct appraisals for mortgage
purposes might also shift work away from ­appraisers.
Job prospects. Most job openings will result from the need to
replace appraisers and assessors who retire or otherwise leave the
occupation permanently. Employment opportunities should be
best in areas with active real estate markets. Although opportunities for established certified appraisers are expected to be available in these areas, aspiring entrants to this occupation may have
difficulty locating a trainee position because traditional sources
of training positions, such as real estate offices and financial institutions, increasingly prefer not to take on new trainees.
The cyclical nature of the real estate market will have a direct
effect on the job prospects of appraisers, especially those who
appraise residential properties. In times of recession, fewer people buy or sell real estate, causing a decrease in the demand for
appraisers. As a result, opportunities will be best for appraisers
who are able to switch specialties and appraise different types
of properties.
Because assessors are needed in every local or State jurisdiction to make assessments for property tax purposes regardless
of the state of the local economy, assessors generally are less
affected by economic and real estate market fluctuations than
are appraisers.

Earnings
Median annual wages of appraisers and assessors of real ­estate
were $47,370 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $34,330 and $66,640. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $25,900, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$88,680. Median annual wages of those working for local governments were $43,550. Median annual wages of those working
in activities related to real estate were $47,890. Earnings for
independent-fee appraisers can vary significantly because they
are paid fees on a per appraisal basis.

Related Occupations
Other occupations that involve the inspection of real estate include the following:
Page
Construction and building inspectors....................................... 628
Real estate brokers and sales agents........................................ 540

Another occupation involved in determining the value of
items is:
Claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners,
and investigators..................................................................... 96

Sources of Additional Information
For more information on licensure requirements, contact
hhThe Appraisal Foundation, 1155 15th St. NW.,
Suite 1111, Washington, DC 20005. Internet:
http://www.appraisalfoundation.org

For more information on individual State licensure requirements, contact
hhAppraisal Subcommittee (ASC), 1401 St. NW., Suite 760,
Washington, D.C. 20005. Internet: http://www.asc.gov
For more information on appraisers of real estate, contact

hhAmerican Society of Appraisers, 555 Herndon
Pkwy., Suite 125, Herndon, VA 20170. Internet:
http://www.appraisers.org

hhAppraisal Institute, 550 W. Van Buren
St., Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60607. Internet:
http://www.appraisalinstitute.org

hhNational Association of Independent Fee Appraisers, 401
N. Michigan Ave., Suite 2200, Chicago, IL 60611. Internet:
http://www.naifa.com
For more information on assessors of real estate, contact

hhInternational Association of Assessing Officers,

314 W. 10th St., Kansas City, MO 64105. Internet:
http://www.iaao.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos300.htm

Budget Analysts
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

The need for sound financial analysis will spur job
growth for budget analysts.
A bachelor’s degree generally is the minimum educational requirement, but some employers prefer or
require a master’s degree.
Candidates with a master’s degree are expected to
have the best opportunities.
About 41 percent of all budget analysts work in government.

Nature of the Work
Budget analysts help organizations allocate their financial resources. They develop, analyze, and execute budgets, as well as
estimate future financial needs for private businesses, nonprofit
organizations, and government agencies. In private sector firms,
a budget analyst’s main responsibility is to examine the budget
and seek new ways to improve efficiency and increase profits.
In nonprofit and governmental organizations, which usually are
not concerned with profits, analysts try to find the most efficient
way to distribute funds and other resources among various departments and programs.
In addition to managing an organization’s budget, analysts
are often involved in program performance evaluation, policy
analysis, and the drafting of budget-related legislation. At times,
they also conduct training sessions for company or government
personnel regarding new budget procedures.

94 Occupational Outlook Handbook

At the beginning of each budget cycle, managers and department heads submit operational and financial proposals to budget analysts for review. These plans outline the organization’s
programs, estimate the financial needs of these programs, and
propose funding initiatives to meet those needs. Analysts then
examine these budget estimates and proposals for completeness, accuracy, and conformance with established procedures,
regulations, and organizational objectives. Sometimes they employ cost-benefit analyses to review financial requests, assess
program tradeoffs, and explore alternative funding methods.
They also examine past budgets and research economic and financial developments that affect the organization’s income and
expenditures.
After the initial review process, budget analysts consolidate
individual departmental budgets into operating and capital budget summaries. These summaries contain statements that argue
for or against funding requests. Budget summaries are then
submitted to senior management, or as is often the case in government organizations, to appointed or elected officials. Budget
analysts then help the chief operating officer, agency head, or
other top managers analyze the proposed plan and devise possible alternatives if the projected results are unsatisfactory. The
final decision to approve the budget usually is made by the organization head in a private firm, or by elected officials, such as
State legislators, in government.
Throughout the year, analysts periodically monitor the budget by reviewing reports and accounting records to determine
if allocated funds have been spent as specified. If deviations
­appear between the approved budget and actual spending, budget analysts may write a report explaining the variations and
recommending revised procedures. To avoid or alleviate deficits, budget analysts may recommend program cuts or a reallocation of excess funds. They also inform program managers

Budget analysts help organizations determine the best use of
financial resources.

and others within the organization of the status and availability
of funds in different accounts.
Data and statistical analysis software has greatly increased
the amount of data and information that budget analysts can
compile, review, and produce. Analysts use spreadsheet, database, and financial analysis software to improve their understanding of different budgeting options and to provide accurate,
up-to-date information to agency leaders. In addition, many organizations are beginning to incorporate Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP) programs into their budget-making process.
ERP programs can consolidate all of an organization’s operating information into a single computer system, which helps
analysts estimate the effects that a budget alteration will have
on each part of an organization.
Work environment. Budget analysts usually work in a comfortable office setting. They spend the majority of their time
working independently, compiling and analyzing data and preparing budget proposals. Some budget analysts travel to obtain budget details first-hand or to personally verify funding
­allocation.
The schedules of budget analysts vary throughout the budget
cycle, and many are required to work additional hours during
the initial development, mid-year reviews, and final reviews of
budgets. The pressures of deadlines and tight work schedules
can be stressful. In 2008, about 48 percent of budget analysts
worked 40 hours per week, while about 11 percent worked
more than 50 hours per week.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A bachelor’s degree usually is the minimum educational requirement for budget analyst jobs, but some organizations prefer or require a master’s degree. Entry-level budget analysts
usually begin with limited responsibilities but can be promoted
to intermediate-level positions within 1 to 2 years, and to senior
positions with additional experience.
Education and training. Employers generally require budget analysts to have at least a bachelor’s degree, but some prefer
or require a master’s degree. Within the Federal Government,
a bachelor’s degree in any field is sufficient for an entry-level budget analyst position. State and local governments have
varying requirements, but usually require a bachelor’s degree
in one of many areas, including accounting, finance, business,
public administration, economics, statistics, political science,
or sociology. Because developing a budget requires strong numerical and analytical skills, courses in statistics or accounting
are helpful, regardless of the prospective budget analyst’s major
field of study. Some States may require a master’s degree. Occasionally, budget-related or finance-related work experience
can be substituted for formal education.
In most organizations, budget analysts usually learn the job
by working through one complete budget cycle. During the
cycle, which typically lasts 1 year, analysts become familiar
with the various steps involved in the budgeting process. Many
budget analysts also take professional development classes
throughout their careers.
Other qualifications. Budget analysts must abide by strict
ethical standards. Integrity, objectivity, and confidentiality are
all essential when dealing with financial information, and budget analysts must avoid any personal conflicts of interest. Most

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 95

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Budget analysts..................................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

13-2031

67,200

Projected
Employment,
2018
77,400

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
10,100
15

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

budget analysts also need mathematical skills and should be
able to use software packages, including spreadsheet, database,
data-mining, and financial analysis programs. Strong oral and
written communication skills also are essential, because budget
analysts must prepare, present, and defend budget proposals to
decision makers. In addition, budget analysts must be able to
work under strict time constraints.
Certification and advancement. Entry-level budget analysts
usually begin with limited responsibilities, working under close
supervision. Capable analysts can be promoted to intermediatelevel positions within 1 to 2 years, and to senior positions with
additional experience. Because of the importance and high visibility of their jobs, senior budget analysts may be promoted to
management positions in various parts of their organizations, or
with other organizations with which they have worked.
Government budget analysts employed at the Federal, State,
or local level may earn the Certified Government Financial
Manager designation granted by Advancing Government Accountability, an organization that represents government
­accountability officers. To earn this designation, candidates
must have a minimum of a bachelor’s degree, 24 credit hours
of study in ­financial management, and 2 years of professionallevel experience in ­governmental financial management. They
also must pass a series of three exams that cover topics on the
governmental environment; governmental accounting, financial
reporting, and ­budgeting; and governmental financial management and control. To maintain the designation, individuals must
complete 80 hours of continuing professional education every
2 years.

er amount of time. As a result, agency leaders have begun to
demand more data, analyses, and other types of information relevant to the budgeting process. This has increased the workload
of budget analysts, and created the need for more workers. As
this process continues, demand for budget analysts will grow.
Job prospects. Job openings will result from employment
growth and from the need to replace workers who retire or leave
the occupation for other reasons. Candidates with a master’s
degree are expected to have the best opportunities. Familiarity
with spreadsheet, database, data-mining, financial-analysis, and
Enterprise Resource Planning software packages also should
enhance a jobseeker’s prospects.

Employment

Related Occupations

Budget analysts held 67,200 jobs in 2008. Government is a
major employer, accounting for 41 percent of budget analyst
jobs. Budget analysts were also employed in manufacturing;
management services; professional, scientific, and technical
services; and schools.

Job Outlook
Budget analyst jobs are expected to increase faster than average. Candidates with a master’s degree are expected to have the
best opportunities.
Employment change. Employment of budget analysts is expected to increase by 15 percent between 2008 and 2018, faster
than the average for all occupations. Employment growth will
be driven by the continuing demand for sound financial analysis
in both the public and the private sectors.
As businesses and other organizations become more complex
and specialized, budget planning and financial control will demand greater attention. In recent years, computer applications
used in budget analysis have become increasingly sophisticated, allowing more data to be analyzed and processed in a short-

Earnings
Wages of budget analysts vary by experience, education, and
employer. Median annual wages of budget analysts in May 2008
were $65,320. The middle 50 percent earned between $52,290
and $82,150. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $42,470,
and the highest 10 percent earned more than $100,360. Median
annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers
of budget analysts were:
Aerospace product and parts manufacturing...............$70,830
Federal Executive Branch.............................................70,650
Management of companies and enterprises..................70,460
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........58,190
Elementary and secondary schools...............................57,700

The average annual salary in March 2009 for budget analysts
employed by the Federal Government was $80,456.
Other workers involved in financial analysis include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Loan officers............................................................................ 109
Management analysts............................................................... 111
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents........................ 121

Sources of Additional Information
Information about career opportunities as a budget analyst may
be available from your State or local employment service.
Information on careers and certification in government financial management may be obtained from:
hhAdvancing of Government Accountability, 2208
Mount Vernon Ave., Alexandria, VA 22301. Internet:
http://www.agacgfm.org

96 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Information on careers in budget analysis at the State government level may be obtained from:
hhNational Association of State Budget Officers, Hall of
the States Building, Suite 642, 444 North Capitol St. NW.,
Washington, DC 20001. Internet: http://www.nasbo.org
Information on obtaining budget analyst positions with the Federal Government is available from the Office of Personnel Management through USAJOBS, the Federal Government’s official
employment information system. This resource for locating and
applying for job opportunities can be accessed through the Internet at http://www.usajobs.gov/ or through an interactive voice
response telephone system at (703) 724-1850. This number is not
toll free, and charges may result. For advice on how to find and
apply for Federal jobs, see the Occupational Outlook ­Quarterly
article “How to get a job in the Federal Government,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos003.htm

Claims Adjusters, Appraisers,
Examiners, and Investigators
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Employment is concentrated in insurance-related
­industries.
Training and entry requirements vary widely.
College graduates and those with related experience
should have the best opportunities for most types of
jobs; competition will be keen for jobs as investigators.
Job opportunities should be best in health insurance
companies, and in regions susceptible to natural
­disasters.

Nature of the Work
Individuals and businesses purchase insurance policies to protect against monetary losses. In the event of a loss, policyholders
submit claims, or requests for payment, seeking compensation
for their loss. Adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators deal with those claims. They work primarily for property
and casualty insurance companies, for whom they handle a
wide variety of claims alleging property damage, liability, or
bodily injury. Their main role is to investigate claims, negotiate
settlements, and authorize payments to claimants, who are the
policyholders who make a claim. They must be mindful not to
violate their rights under Federal and State privacy laws. They
must determine whether the customer’s insurance policy covers
the loss and how much of the loss should be paid. Although
many adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators have
overlapping functions and may even perform the same tasks,

the insurance industry generally assigns specific roles to each of
these claims workers.
Adjusters plan and schedule the work required to process a
claim. They might, for example, handle the claim filed after
an automobile accident or after a storm damages a customer’s
home. Adjusters investigate claims by interviewing the claimant and witnesses, consulting police and hospital records, and
inspecting property damage to determine how much the company should pay for the loss. Adjusters may consult with other
professionals, such as accountants, architects, construction
workers, engineers, lawyers, and physicians, who can offer a
more expert evaluation of a claim. The information gathered—
including photographs and statements, either written, or recorded audio or video—is set down in a report that is then used to
evaluate the claim. When the policyholder’s claim is approved,
the claims adjuster negotiates with the claimant and settles the
claim. When claims are contested, adjusters will work with attorneys and ­expert witnesses to defend the insurer’s position.
Some large insurance companies centralize claims adjustment in a claims center, where the payout amount is estimated
and a check is issued immediately. However, cases handled by
independent adjusters, or those involving business losses or homeowner claims, such as hurricane or fire damage, all require a
senior adjuster to physically inspect the damage and determine
proper compensation.
When it comes to business or residential loss caused by, for
example, vandalism or flooding, claimants can opt not to rely
on the insurance company’s adjuster and may instead choose to
hire a public adjuster. Public adjusters are self employed and
work in the best interest of the client, rather than the insurance
company. In doing so, the adjuster prepares and presents claims
to insurance companies, looking to negotiate the best possible
settlement for the claimant. Insurance carriers also use the service of independent adjusters on a freelance basis, often in lieu
of hiring them as regular employees. In this case the independent adjusters work in the interest of the insurance company.
Claims examiners within property and casualty insurance
firms may have duties similar to those of an adjuster, but often
their primary job is to review claims after they are submitted
in order to ensure that proper guidelines have been followed.
They may assist adjusters with complicated claims or when,
for instance, a natural disaster suddenly greatly increases the
volume of claims.
Most claims examiners work for life or health insurance
companies. In health insurance companies, examiners review
health-related claims to see whether costs are reasonable given
the ­diagnosis. They use guides that have information on the
average period of disability, expected treatments, and average
hospital stays for various ailments. Examiners check claim applications for completeness and accuracy, interview medical
specialists, and consult policy files to verify the information
reported in a claim. They then authorize appropriate payment,
deny the claim, or refer the claim to an investigator for a more
thorough review. Claims examiners usually specialize in group
or individual insurance plans and in hospital, dental, or prescription drug claims.
In life insurance, claims examiners review the causes of
death, particularly in the case of an accident, since most life

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 97

insurance policies pay additional benefits if a death is accidental. Claims examiners also may review new applications for life
insurance to make sure that the applicants have no serious illnesses that would make them a high risk to insure.
Another occupation that plays an important role in the accurate settlement of claims is that of the appraiser, whose role is
to estimate the cost or value of an insured item. The majority of
appraisers employed by insurance companies and independent
adjusting firms are auto damage appraisers. These appraisers
inspect damaged vehicles after an accident and estimate the
cost of repairs. This information is then relayed to the adjuster,
who incorporates the appraisal into the settlement.
Many claims adjusters and auto damage appraisers are
equipped with laptop computers from which they can download
the necessary forms and files from insurance company data­
bases. Specialized software then generates estimates on standard forms. Adjusters also utilize digital cameras, which allow
photographs of the damage to be sent to the company, allowing
for faster and more efficient processing of claims.
When adjusters or examiners suspect fraud, they refer the
claim to an investigator. Insurance investigators handle claims
in which the company suspects fraudulent or criminal activity, such as arson, falsified workers’ disability claims, staged
accidents, or unnecessary medical treatments. The severity of
insurance fraud cases can vary greatly, from claimants simply
overstating damage to a vehicle to complicated fraud rings
supported by dishonest doctors, lawyers, and even insurance
­personnel.
Investigators usually start with a database search to obtain
background information on claimants and witnesses. Investigators can access personal information and identify Social Security numbers, aliases, driver’s license numbers, addresses, phone
numbers, criminal records, and past claims histories to establish
whether a claimant has ever attempted insurance fraud. Then,
investigators may visit claimants and witnesses to obtain an
oral statement, take photographs, and inspect facilities, such as
doctors’ offices, to determine, for example, whether the doctors have a proper license. Investigators often consult with legal
counsel and can be expert witnesses in court cases.
Often, investigators also perform surveillance work. For example, in a case involving fraudulent workers’ compensation
claims, an investigator may covertly observe the claimant for
several days or even weeks. If the investigator observes the subject performing an activity that is ruled out by injuries stated
in a workers’ compensation claim, the investigator will take
photos to document the activity and report it to the insurance
company.
Work environment. Working environments of claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators vary greatly.
Many claims adjusters and auto damage appraisers often work
outside the office, inspecting damaged buildings and automobiles. Adjusters who inspect damaged buildings must be wary
of potential hazards, such as collapsed roofs and floors, as well
as weakened structures.
Some adjusters report to the office every morning to get their
assignments, while others simply call in from home and spend
their days traveling to claim sites. Occasionally, experienced
adjusters must be away from home for days—for example,

when they travel to the scene of a disaster such as a tornado,
hurricane, or flood—to work with local adjusters and government officials.
Most claims examiners employed by life and health insurance
companies work a standard 5-day, 40-hour week in a typical office environment. In contrast, adjusters often must arrange their
work schedules to accommodate evening and weekend appointments with clients. This sometimes results in adjusters working
irregular schedules, especially when they have a lot of claims
to scrutinize. Adjusters are often called to work in the event of
emergencies and may have to work 50 or 60 hours a week until
all claims are resolved.
Appraisers spend much of their time offsite at automotive
body shops estimating vehicle damage costs. The remaining
time may be spent working in the office. Many independent
appraisers work from home, as continually improving valuation
software has made estimating damage easier and more routine.
Auto damage appraisers typically work regular hours, and rarely work on the weekends. Self employed appraisers also have
the flexibility to make their own hours, as many appraisals are
done by appointment.
Some days, investigators will spend all day in the office,
searching databases, making telephone calls, and writing reports. Other times, they may be away, performing surveillance activities or interviewing witnesses. Some of the work
can involve disagreements with claimants, so the job can be
stressful and potentially confrontational. Insurance investigators often work irregular hours because of the need to conduct
­surveillance and contact people who are not available during
normal working hours. Early morning, evening, and weekend
work is common.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Training and entry requirements vary widely. Although many in
these occupations do not have a college degree, most companies
prefer to hire college graduates, or those with some insurancerelated work experience or vocational training.
Education and training. There are no formal education
requirements for any of these occupations, and a high school
degree is typically the minimal requirement needed to obtain
employment. However, most employers prefer to hire college

Claims adjusters evaluate insurance claims, report their findings, and make recommendations.

98 Occupational Outlook Handbook

graduates or people who have some insurance-related work experience or vocational training.
While a variety of degrees can be an asset, no specific college
major is recommended. For example, a claims adjuster who has
a business or an accounting background might be suited to specialize in claims of financial loss due to strikes, breakdowns
of equipment, or damage to merchandise. College training in
architecture or engineering is helpful in adjusting industrial
claims, such as those involving damage from fires or other accidents. A legal background can be beneficial to someone handling workers’ compensation and product liability cases. A
medical background is useful for those examiners working on
medical and life insurance claims.
While auto damage appraisers are not required to have a college education, most companies prefer to hire persons with formal training, previous experience, or those with knowledge and
technical skills who can identify and estimate the cost of repair.
Many vocational colleges offer 2-year programs in auto body
repair and teach students how to estimate the costs to repair
damaged vehicles.
For investigator jobs, most insurance companies prefer to
hire people trained as law enforcement officers, private investigators, claims adjusters, or examiners because these workers
have good interviewing and interrogation skills.
Beginning claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators work on small claims under the supervision of an experienced worker. As they learn more about claims ­investigation
and settlement, they are assigned larger, more complex claims.
Trainees take on more responsibility as they demonstrate
­competence in handling assignments and progress in their
coursework. Auto damage appraisers typically receive onthe-job training, which may last several months. This ­training
­usually involves of working under close supervision while estimating damage costs until the employer decides the trainee is
ready to perform estimates on their own.
Continuing education is very important for claims adjusters,
appraisers, examiners, and investigators because Federal and
State laws and court decisions affect how claims are handled
and the scope of insurance policies. Also, examiners working
on life and health claims must be familiar with new medical
procedures and prescription drugs. Examiners working on
auto claims must be familiar with new car models and repair
­techniques.
Many companies offer training sessions to inform their
employees of industry changes, and a number of schools and
­associations give courses and seminars on various topics ­having
to do with claims. Online courses are also making distance
learning possible.
Licensure.    Licensing requirements for claims adjusters,
appraisers, examiners, and investigators vary by State. Some
States have few requirements, while others require either the
completion of pre-licensing education, a satisfactory score on
a licensing exam, or both. Earning a voluntary professional
designation can sometimes substitute for completing an exam.
In some States, claims adjusters employed by insurance companies can work under the company license and need not become licensed themselves. Public adjusters may need to meet
separate or additional requirements. For example, some States

require public adjusters to file a surety bond—a unique contract
between at least three parties.
Some States that require licensing also require a certain number of continuing education credits per year in order to renew the
license. Workers can fulfill their continuing education requirements by attending classes or workshops, by writing ­articles
for claims publications, or by giving lectures and presentations.
Other qualifications. Claims adjusters, appraisers, and examiners often work closely with claimants, witnesses, and other
insurance professionals, so they must be able to communicate
effectively with others. Knowledge of computer applications
also is very helpful. In addition, a valid driver’s license and a
good driving record are required for workers who must travel
on the job. Some companies require applicants to pass a series
of written tests designed to measure their communication, analytical, and general mathematical skills.
When hiring investigators, employers look for individuals
who have ingenuity and who are persistent and assertive. Investigators should not be afraid of confrontation, should communicate well, and should be able to think on their feet. Good interviewing and interrogation skills also are important and usually
are acquired in earlier careers in law enforcement.
Certification and advancement. Employees who demonstrate competence in claims work or administrative skills may
be promoted to more responsible managerial or administrative
jobs. Similarly, claims investigators may rise to become supervisor or manager of the investigations department. Once they
achieve expertise, many choose to start their own independent
adjusting or auto damage appraising firms.
Numerous examiners and adjusters choose to earn professional certifications and designations to demonstrate their expertise. Although requirements for these designations vary,
some entail a minimum number of years of experience and the
successful completion of an examination; in addition, a certain
number of continuing education credits must be earned each
year to retain the designation.

Employment
Adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators held about
306,300 jobs in 2008. Insurance carriers employed 49 percent
of claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators;
agencies, brokerages, and other insurance related activities,
such as private claims adjusting companies, employed another
24 percent. Less than 4 percent of these jobs were held by auto
damage insurance appraisers. About 2 percent of adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators were self-employed.

Job Outlook
Overall employment is expected to increase as fast as average.
For claims adjusters and examiners, opportunities will be best
with health insurance companies. For appraiser jobs, opportunities will be best for those who have some vocational training
and previous auto body repair experience. Keen competition is
expected for investigator jobs as the number of applicants typically outnumbers the number of positions available.
Employment change. Employment of claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators is expected to grow by
7 percent over the 2008–18 decade, as fast as average for all
occupations. Employment growth of adjusters and claims ex-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 99

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators...............
Claims adjusters, examiners, and investigators..............................
Insurance appraisers, auto damage................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

13-1030
13-1031
13-1032

306,300
294,600
11,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
327,200
315,500
11,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
20,900
7
20,900
7
100
1

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

aminers will primarily stem from the growth of the health insurance industry. Rising health care premiums and attempts by
large insurance carriers to minimize costs will result in a greater
need for claims examiners to more scrupulously review a growing number of medical claims. More claims being made by a
growing elderly population also should spur demand for adjusters and claims examiners. Although technology is reducing the
amount of time it takes for an adjuster to complete a claim,
thereby increasing the number of claims that one adjuster can
handle, demand for these jobs will increase anyway because
many tasks cannot be easily automated.
Employment of insurance investigators is not expected to
grow significantly, despite the expected increase in the number
of claims in litigation and complexity of insurance fraud cases.
Efficiencies gained through the Internet will continue to reduce
the amount of time it takes investigators to perform background
checks, allowing them to handle more cases.
Little to no change in employment of auto damage appraisers is expected. Despite a growing number of drivers and auto
insurance policies being sold by insurance companies, the number of claims being filed is not expected to increase as much as
the number of policies as efforts to make vehicles, roads, and
highways safer will yield a decrease in the number of claims
per policy.
Job prospects. Job opportunities for claims adjusters and
examiners will be best in the health insurance industry as the
industry seeks to minimize the number of paid claims, and in
areas susceptible to natural disasters, such as the Gulf coast or
West coast. Hurricanes in Florida or wild fires in California, for
example, will continue to spur demand, and opportunities with
smaller independent firms will be particularly good. And while
technology has made the work more efficient, workers will still
be needed to contact policyholders, inspect damaged property,
and consult with experts. Numerous job openings also will result from the need to replace workers who transfer to other occupations or leave the labor force. College graduates and those
with previous related experience should have the best opportunities for jobs as claims adjusters, examiners, and investigators. Auto damage appraisers with related vocational training
and auto body shop experience should have the best prospects.
People entering these occupations with no formal training may
find more opportunities with large insurance companies rather
than small independent firms who prefer to hire experienced
workers.
Competition for investigator jobs will remain keen because
the occupation attracts many qualified people, including ­retirees
from law enforcement, the military, and experienced claims adjusters and examiners who choose to get an investigator license.

Heightened media and public awareness of insurance fraud also
may attract qualified candidates to this occupation.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary claims adjusters,
examiners, and investigators were $55,760 in May 2008. The
middle 50 percent earned between $42,400 and $70,860. The
lowest 10 percent earned less than $34,140, and the highest
10 percent earned more than $84,260.
Median annual wages of wage and salary auto damage
­insurance appraisers were $53,440 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $43,990 and $63,180. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $36,500, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $73,210.
Many claims adjusters, especially those who work for insurance companies, receive additional bonuses or benefits as part
of their job. Adjusters are often furnished with a laptop computer, a smart phone, and a company car, or are reimbursed for
the use of their own vehicle for business purposes.

Related Occupations
Property-casualty insurance adjusters and life and health insurance examiners must determine the validity of a claim and negotiate a settlement. They also are responsible for determining
how much to reimburse the client. Occupations whose duties
are related include:
Page
Bill and account collectors....................................................... 561
Billing and posting clerks and machine operators................... 587
Bookkeeping, accounting, and auditing clerks........................ 563
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Credit authorizers, checkers, and clerks................................... 589
Medical records and health information technicians............... 423

In determining the validity of a claim, insurance adjusters
must inspect the damage to assess the magnitude of the loss.
Workers who perform similar duties include:
Page
Construction and building inspectors....................................... 628
Fire inspectors and investigators.............................................. 525

To ensure that company practices and procedures are followed, property and casualty examiners review insurance
claims to which a claims adjuster has already proposed a settlement. Other workers who review documents for accuracy and
compliance with a given set of rules and regulations are:
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents........................ 121

Auto damage appraisers must be familiar with the structure
and functions of various automobiles and their parts. They must

100 Occupational Outlook Handbook

also be familiar with techniques to estimate value. The following workers have similar duties:
Appraisers and assessors of real estate...................................... 90
Automotive body and related repairers.................................... 687
Automotive service technicians and mechanics....................... 690

Insurance investigators detect and investigate fraudulent
claims and criminal activity. Their work is similar to that of:
Private detectives and investigators.......................................... 477

Sources of Additional Information
General information about a career as a claims adjuster, appraiser, examiner, or investigator is available from the home offices of many insurance companies. Information about licensing requirements for claims adjusters may be obtained from the
department of insurance in each State.
Information about the property-casualty insurance field can
be obtained by contacting:
hhInsurance Information Institute, 110 William St., New York,
NY 10038. Internet: http://www.iii.org
For information about professional designation and training
programs, contact any of the following organizations:
hhAmerican Institute for Chartered Property Casualty
Underwriters and the Insurance Institute of America, 720
Providence Rd., Suite 100, Malvern, PA 19355–3433. Internet:
http://www.aicpcu.org

hhInternational Claim Association, 1155 15th St. NW., Suite
500, Washington, DC 20005. Internet: http://www.claim.org

hhNational Association of Public Insurance Adjusters, 21165
Whitfield Place, Suite 105, Potomac Falls, VA 20165. Internet:
http://www.napia.com
Information on careers in auto damage appraising can be obtained from:
hhIndependent Automotive Damage Appraisers Association,
P.O. Box 12291 Columbus, GA 31917–2291. Internet:
http://www.iada.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos125.htm

Cost Estimators
Significant Points

•
•
•

About 59 percent of cost estimators work in the construction industry, and another 15 percent are employed by manufacturers.
Good job opportunities are expected; those with industry work experience and a bachelor’s degree in a
related field will have the best prospects.
Voluntary certification can be beneficial to cost estimators; some employers may require professional
certification for employment.

Nature of the Work
Accurately forecasting the cost, size, and duration of future
projects is vital to the survival of any business. Cost ­estimators
develop the cost information that business owners and managers
need to make a bid for a contract or to decide on the profitability of a proposed new project or product. They also ­determine
which endeavors are making a profit.
Regardless of the industry in which they work, estimators collect and analyze data on all of the factors that can affect costs,
such as materials, labor, location, duration of the project, and
special machinery requirements, including computer hardware
and software. Job duties vary widely depending on the type and
size of the project.
The methods for estimating costs can also differ greatly by
industry. On a large construction project, for example, the estimating process begins with the decision to submit a bid. After
reviewing various preliminary drawings and specifications, the
estimator visits the site of the proposed project. The estimator
gathers information on access to the site; surface topography
and drainage, and the availability of electricity, water, and other
services. The estimator records this information, which may go
in the final project estimate.
After the site visit, the estimator determines the quantity of
materials and the labor required to complete the firm’s part of
the project. This process, called the quantity survey or “takeoff,” involves completing standard estimating forms, filling in
dimensions, numbers of units, and other information. A cost estimator working for a general contractor, for example, estimates
the costs of all of the items that the contractor must provide. Although subcontractors estimate their costs as part of their own
bidding process, the general contractor’s cost estimator often
analyzes bids made by subcontractors. Also during the takeoff
process, the estimator must make decisions concerning equipment needs, the sequence of operations, the size of the crew
required, and physical constraints at the site. Allowances for
wasted materials, inclement weather, shipping delays, and other
factors that may increase costs also must be incorporated in the
estimate.
After completing the quantity surveys, the estimator prepares
a cost summary for the entire project, which includes the costs
of labor, equipment, materials, subcontractors, overhead, taxes,
insurance, markup, and any additional costs that may affect the
project. The chief estimator then prepares the bid proposal for
submission to the owner. On large construction projects, there
may be several estimators, each specializing in one area, such
as electrical work or excavation, concrete, and forms.
Construction cost estimators also may be employed by the
project’s architect, engineering firm, or owner to help establish
a budget, manage and control project costs, and to track actual
costs relative to bid specifications as the project develops. During construction, estimators may be employed to manage the
cost of change orders and negotiate and settle and extra costs or
mitigate potential claims. Estimators may also be called upon
as expert witness on cost in a construction dispute case.
In manufacturing, cost estimators usually are assigned to the
engineering, cost, or pricing department. The estimator’s goal
is to accurately estimate the costs associated with developing
and producing products. The job may begin when management

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 101

Cost estimators develop information that business owners and
managers need to determine the potential profitability of a new
project or product.
requests an estimate of the costs associated with a major redesign of an existing product or the development of a new product or production process. For example, when estimating the
cost of manufacturing a new product, the estimator works with
engineers, first reviewing blueprints or conceptual drawings to
determine the machining operations, tools, gauges, and materials that will be required. The estimator then prepares a parts list
and determines whether it would be more efficient to produce
or to purchase the parts. To do this, the estimator asks for price
information from potential suppliers. The next step is to determine the cost of manufacturing each component of the product.
Some high-technology products require a considerable amount
of computer programming during the design phase. The cost of
software development is one of the fastest growing and most
difficult activities to estimate. As a result, some cost estimators
now specialize in estimating only computer software development and related costs.
Thereafter, the cost estimator prepares time-phase charts and
learning curves. Time-phase charts indicate the time required
for tool design and fabrication, tool “debugging”—finding and
correcting all problems—manufacturing of parts, assembly,
and testing. Learning curves graphically represent the rate at
which the performance of workers producing parts for the new
product improves with practice. These curves are commonly
called “cost reduction” curves, because many problems—such
as ­engineering changes, rework, shortages of parts, and lack of
operator skills—diminish as the number of units produced increases, resulting in lower unit costs.
Using all of this information, the estimator then calculates the
standard labor hours necessary to produce a specified number
of units. Standard labor hours are then converted to dollar values, to which are added factors for waste, overhead, and profit
to yield the unit cost in dollars. The estimator compares the cost
of purchasing parts with the firm’s estimated cost of manufacturing them to determine which is less expensive.
Computers play a vital role in cost estimation because the
process often involves complex mathematical calculations and
requires advanced mathematical techniques. For example, to
undertake a parametric analysis (a process used to estimate
costs per unit based on square footage or other specific require-

ments of a project), cost estimators use a computer database
containing information on the costs and conditions of many
other similar projects. Although computers cannot be used for
the entire estimating process, they can relieve estimators of
much of the drudgery associated with routine, repetitive, and
time-consuming calculations. New and improved cost estimating software has lead to more efficient computations, leaving
estimators more time to visit and analyze projects.
Operations research, production control, cost, and price analysts who work for government agencies may do significant
amounts of cost estimating in the course of their usual duties.
In addition, the duties of construction managers may include
estimating costs. (For more information, see the statements on
operations research analysts and construction managers elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Work environment. Estimators spend most of their time in
offices, but visits to construction worksites and factory floors
are often needed for their work. In some industries, there may
be frequent travel between a firm’s headquarters, its subsidiaries, and subcontractors.
Estimators usually work a 40-hour week, but overtime is
common. Cost estimators often work under pressure and stress,
especially when facing bid deadlines. Inaccurate estimating can
cause a firm to lose a bid or to lose money on a job that was not
accurately estimated.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Job entry requirements for cost estimators will vary by industry. In the construction and manufacturing industries, employers increasingly prefer to hire cost estimators with a bachelor’s
degree in a related field, although it is also possible for experienced construction workers to become cost estimators. Voluntary certification can be beneficial to cost estimators; some
employers, including the Federal Government, may require
professional certification for employment.
Education and training.
In the construction industry,
employers increasingly prefer individuals with a degree in
construction management, building science, or construction
science, all of which usually include several courses in cost estimating. Most construction estimators also have considerable
construction experience, gained through work in the industry,
internships, or cooperative education programs; and for some
estimators, years of experience can substitute for a degree in
addition to taking classes in the field or getting an associate
degree. Applicants with a thorough knowledge of construction
materials, costs, and procedures in areas ranging from heavy
construction to electrical work, plumbing systems, or masonry
work have a competitive edge.
In manufacturing industries, employers prefer to hire individuals with a degree in engineering, physical science, operations
research, mathematics, or statistics or in accounting, finance,
business, economics, or a related subject. In most industries,
experience in quantitative techniques is important.
Many colleges and universities include cost estimating as part
of bachelor’s and associate degree curriculums in civil engineering, industrial engineering, information systems development,
and construction management or construction engineering
technology. In addition, cost estimating is often part of master’s
degree programs in construction science or construction man-

102 Occupational Outlook Handbook

agement. Organizations representing cost estimators, such as
the American Society of Professional Estimators (ASPE), the
Association for the Advancement of Cost Engineering (AACE
International) and the Society of Cost Estimating and Analysis (SCEA), also sponsor educational and professional development programs. These programs help students, estimatorsin-training, and experienced estimators learn about changes
affecting the profession. Specialized courses and programs in
cost-estimating techniques and procedures also are offered by
many technical schools, community colleges, and universities.
Estimators also receive long-term training on the job because
every company has its own way of handling estimates. Working with an experienced estimator, newcomers become familiar
with each step in the process. Those with no experience reading
construction specifications or blueprints first learn that aspect
of the work. Subsequently, they may accompany an experienced estimator to the construction site or shop floor, where
they observe the work being done, take measurements, or perform other routine tasks. As they become more knowledgeable,
estimators learn how to tabulate quantities and dimensions from
drawings and how to select the appropriate prices for materials.
Other qualifications. Cost estimators need to have an aptitude for mathematics, be able to analyze, compare, and interpret detailed but sometimes poorly defined information,
and be able to make sound and accurate judgments based on
this information. The ability to focus on details, while analyzing and managing larger obstacles, is vital. Assertiveness and
self-assurance in presenting and supporting conclusions are
also important, as are strong communications and interpersonal
skills, because estimators may work as part of a team alongside
managers, owners, engineers, and design professionals. Cost
estimators also need to be proficient with computers and have
skills in programming. Familiarity with cost estimation software, including commercial, and Building Information Modeling (BIM) software is beneficial. BIM software technology
takes standard blueprints and creates three-dimensional models
on the computer, allowing for better estimates of the building
process. Proficiency in project management and the ability to
incorporate work breakdown structure (WBS) techniques are
increasingly important in cost estimating complex development
projects.
Certification and advancement. Voluntary certification can
be beneficial to cost estimators because it provides professional
recognition of the estimator’s competence and experience. In
some instances, individual employers may even require professional certification for employment. The ASPE, AACE International, and SCEA administer certification programs. To become
certified, estimators usually must have between 2 and 8 years of
estimating experience and must pass a written examination. In
addition, certification requirements may include the publication
of at least one article or paper in the field.

For most estimators, advancement takes the form of higher
pay and prestige. Some move into management positions, such
as project manager for a construction firm, program manager
for a government contractor, or manager of the industrial engineering department for a manufacturer. Others may go into
business for themselves as consultants, providing estimating
services for a fee to government or to construction or manufacturing firms.

Employment
Cost estimators held about 217,800 jobs in 2008. About 59 percent of estimators were in the construction industry and another
15 percent were employed in manufacturing. The remainder
worked in a wide range of other industries.
Cost estimators work throughout the country, usually in or
near major industrial, commercial, and government centers and
in cities and suburban areas experiencing rapid change or development.

Job Outlook
Employment is projected to grow much faster than average.
Overall, good job opportunities are expected; those with industry work experience and a bachelor’s degree in a related field
will have the best prospects.
Employment change. Employment of cost estimators is expected to grow by 25 percent between 2008 and 2018, much
faster than average for all occupations. Growth in the construction industry will account for most new jobs in this occupation. In particular, construction and repair of highways, streets,
bridges, subway systems, airports, water and sewage systems,
and electric power plants and transmission lines will stimulate
the need for more cost estimators. Similarly, an increasing population will result in more construction of residential homes,
hospitals, schools, restaurants, and other structures that require
cost estimators. As the population ages, the demand for ­nursing
and extended-care facilities will also increase. The growing
complexity of ­construction projects will also boost demand for
cost estimators as more workers specialize in a particular area
of construction.
Job prospects. Because there are no formal bachelor’s degree programs in cost estimating, some employers have difficulty recruiting qualified cost estimators, resulting in good employment opportunities. Job prospects in construction should
be best for those who have a degree in construction science,
construction management, or building science or have years of
practical experience in the various phases of construction or
in a specialty craft area. Knowledge of Building Information
Modeling software would also be helpful. For cost estimating
jobs in manufacturing, those who have degrees in mathematics,
statistics, engineering, accounting, business administration, or

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Cost estimators...................................................................................

SOC
Code
13-1051

Employment,
2008
217,800

Projected
Employment,
2018
272,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
55,200
25

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 103

economics, and who are familiar with cost estimation software
should have the best job prospects.
In addition to job openings arising from employment growth,
many additional openings should result annually from the need
to replace workers who transfer to other occupations due to the
sometimes stressful nature of the work, or who retire or leave
the occupation for other reasons.
Employment of cost estimators, like that of many other construction workers, is sensitive to the fluctuations of the economy. Workers in these trades may experience periods of unemployment when the overall level of construction falls. On the
other hand, shortages of these workers may occur in some areas
during peak periods of building activity.

Earnings
Salaries of cost estimators vary widely by experience, education, size of firm, and industry. Median annual wages of wage
and salary cost estimators in May 2008 were $56,510. The
middle 50 percent earned between $42,720 and $74,320. The
lowest 10 percent earned less than $33,150, and the highest 10
percent earned more than $94,470. Median annual wages in
the industries employing the largest numbers of cost estimators
were:
Nonresidential building construction..........................$65,410
Building equipment contractors....................................60,510
Building finishing contractors.......................................55,430
Residential building construction..................................55,390
Foundation, structure, and building
exterior contractors....................................................54,670

Related Occupations
Other workers who quantitatively analyze cost information
­include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners, and investigators....... 96
Construction managers............................................................... 38
Economists............................................................................... 209
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Industrial production managers.................................................. 67
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Loan officers............................................................................ 109
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118

Sources of Additional Information
Information about career opportunities, certification, educational programs, and cost-estimating techniques may be obtained from:
hhAACE International, 209 Prairie Ave., Suite 100,
Morgantown, WV 26501. Internet: http://www.aacei.org

hhAmerican Society of Professional Estimators (ASPE),
2525 Perimeter Place Drive, Suite 103, Nashville, TN 37214.
Internet: http://www.aspenational.org

hhSociety of Cost Estimating and Analysis, 527 Maple
Ave. East, Suite 301, Vienna, VA 22180. Internet:
http://www.sceaonline.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos006.htm

Financial Analysts
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Financial analyst positions require a bachelor’s or
master’s degree.
Positions may also require professional licenses and
certifications.
Keen competition is anticipated for these highly paid
positions.
Financial analysts earn high wages.

Nature of the Work
Financial analysts provide guidance to businesses and individuals making investment decisions. Financial analysts assess
the performance of stocks, bonds, commodities, and other types
of investments. Also called securities analysts and investment
­analysts, they work for banks, insurance companies, mutual
and pension funds, securities firms, the business media, and
other businesses, making investment decisions or recommendations. Financial analysts study company financial statements
and analyze commodity prices, sales, costs, expenses, and tax
rates to determine a company’s value by projecting its future
earnings. They often meet with company officials to gain a better insight into the firms’ prospects and management.
Financial analysts can be divided into two categories: buy
side analysts and sell side analysts. Analysts on the buy side
work for companies that have a great deal of money to invest.
These companies, called institutional investors, include mutual
funds, hedge funds, insurance companies, independent money
managers, and nonprofit organizations with large endowments.
Buy side financial analysts devise investment strategies. Conversely, sell side analysts help securities dealers, such as banks
and other firms, sell stocks, bonds, and other investments. The
business media hire financial advisors that are supposed to be
impartial, and occupy a role somewhere in the middle.
Financial analysts generally focus on trends impacting a specific industry, region, or type of product. For example, an analyst will focus on a subject area such as the utilities industry, an
area such as Latin America, or the options market. Firms with
larger research departments assign analysts even narrower subject areas. They must understand how new regulations, policies,
and political and economic trends may impact the investments
they are watching. Risk analysts evaluate the risk in portfolio
decisions, project potential losses, and determine how to limit
potential losses and volatility using diversification, currency futures, derivatives, short selling, and other investment decisions.

104 Occupational Outlook Handbook

panies or potential investors, and face the pressure of deadlines.
Much of their research must be done after office hours because
their days are filled with telephone calls and meetings.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Financial analysts research and analyze financial data, helping
managers make sound decisions.
Some experienced analysts called portfolio managers supervise a team of analysts and select the mix of products, industries, and regions for their company’s investment portfolio.
Hedge fund and mutual fund managers are called fund managers. Fund and portfolio managers frequently make split-second
buy or sell decisions in reaction to quickly changing market
conditions. These managers are not only responsible for the
overall portfolio, but are also expected to explain investment
decisions and strategies in meetings with investors.
Ratings analysts evaluate the ability of companies or governments to pay their debts, including bonds. On the basis of their
evaluation, a management team rates the risk of a company
or government defaulting on its bonds. Other financial analysts perform budget, cost, and credit analysis as part of their
­responsibilities.
Financial analysts use spreadsheet and statistical software
packages to analyze financial data, spot trends, create portfolios, and develop forecasts. Analysts also use the data they find to
measure the financial risks associated with making a particular
investment decision. On the basis of their results, they recommend whether to buy, hold, or sell particular investments.
Work environment. Financial analysts usually work in offices. They may work long hours, travel frequently to visit com-

Financial analysts must have a bachelor’s degree. Many positions require a master’s degree in finance or a Master of Business Administration (MBA). Positions may also require professional licenses and certifications. However, licenses and
certifications are generally only earned after someone is hired.
Education and training. A bachelor’s or graduate degree
is required for financial analysts. Most companies require a
bachelor’s degree in a related field, such as finance, business,
accounting, statistics, or economics. An understanding of statistics, economics, and business is essential, and knowledge of
accounting policies and procedures, corporate budgeting, and
financial analysis methods is recommended. An MBA or a master’s degree in finance is often required. Advanced courses or
knowledge of options pricing, bond valuation, and risk management are important.
Licensure.    The Financial Industry Regulatory ­Authority
(FINRA) is the main licensing organization for the securities industry. Depending on an individual’s work, different
licenses may be required, although buy side analysts are less
likely to need licenses. The majority of these licenses require
­sponsorship by an employer, so companies do not expect individuals to have these licenses before starting a job. Experienced
workers who change jobs will need to have their licenses renewed with the new company.
Other qualifications. Strong math, analytical, and problemsolving skills are essential qualifications for financial analysts.
Good communication skills are necessary because these workers must present complex financial concepts and strategies.
Self-confidence, maturity, and the ability to work independently are important. Financial analysts must be detail-oriented,
motivated to seek out obscure information, and familiar with
the workings of the economy, tax laws, and money markets.
­Although much of the software they use is proprietary, financial
analysts must be comfortable working with spreadsheets and
statistical packages.
With the increasing global diversification of investments,
companies are assigning more financial analysts to cover
foreign markets. These analysts normally specialize in one
country, such as Brazil, or one region, such as Latin America.
Companies prefer financial analysts to have the international
experience necessary to understand the language, culture, business environment, and political conditions in the country or region that they cover.
Certification and advancement. Although not always required, certifications enhance professional standing and are
recommended by employers. Certifications are becoming increasingly common. Financial analysts can earn the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, sponsored by the CFA
Institute. To qualify for this designation, applicants need a
bachelor’s degree, four years of related work experience, and
must pass three exams. Applicants can take the exams while
they are obtaining the required work experience. Passing the
exams requires several hundred hours of self-study. These ex-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 105

ams cover subjects such as ­accounting, economics, securities
analysis, ­financial markets and instruments, corporate finance,
asset valuation, and portfolio management. Additional certifications are helpful for financial analysts who specialize in specific
areas, such as risk ­management.
Financial analysts advance by moving into positions where
they are responsible for larger or more important products. They
may supervise teams of financial analysts. They may become
portfolio managers or fund managers, directing the investment
portfolios of their companies or funds.

Employment
Financial analysts held 250,600 jobs in 2008. Many financial
analysts work at large financial institutions based in New York
City or other major financial centers. About 47 percent of financial analysts worked in the finance and insurance industries,
including securities and commodity brokers, banks and credit
institutions, and insurance carriers. Others worked throughout
private industry and government.

than double the national median wage. The middle 50 percent
earned between $54,930 and $99,100. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $43,440, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $141,070. Annual performance bonuses are quite
common and can be a significant part of their total earnings.

Related Occupations
Other jobs requiring expertise in finance and investment ­include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Securities, commodities, and financial
services sales agents............................................................. 553

Job Outlook

Sources of Additional Information

Employment of financial analysts is expected to grow much
faster than the average for all occupations. However, keen competition will continue for these well-paid jobs, especially for
new entrants.
Employment change. As the level of investment increases,
overall employment of financial analysts is expected to increase
by 20 percent during the 2008–18 decade, which is much faster
than the average for all occupations. Primary factors for this
growth are increasing complexity and global diversification of
investments and growth in the overall amount of assets under
management. As the number and type of mutual and hedge
funds and the amount of assets invested in these funds increase,
companies will need more financial analysts to research and
recommend investments. As the international investment increases, companies will need more analysts to cover the global
range of investment options.
Job prospects. Despite employment growth, keen competition is expected for these high-paying jobs. Growth in financial
services will create new positions, but there are still far more
people who would like to enter the occupation. For those aspiring to financial analyst jobs, a strong academic background,
including courses such as finance, accounting, and economics,
is essential. Certifications and graduate degrees, such as a CFA
certification or a master’s degree in business or finance, significantly improve an applicant’s prospects.

For general information on securities industry employment,
contact:
hhFinancial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA),
1735 K St. NW. Washington, DC 20006. Internet:
http://www.finra.org

Earnings
Median annual wages, excluding bonuses, of wage and salary
financial analysts were $73,150 in May 2008, which is more

hhSecurities Industry and Financial Markets Association,
120 Broadway, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10271.  Internet:
http://www.sifma.org
For information on financial analyst careers and training,
contact:
hhAmerican Academy of Financial Management,
200 L&A Rd., Suite B, Metairie, LA 70001. Internet:
http://www.aafm.us
For information on financial analyst careers and CFA certification, contact:
hhCFA Institute, 560 Ray C. Hunt Dr., Charlottesville, VA
22903. Internet: http://www.cfainstitute.org
For additional career information, see the ­Occupational
Outlook Quarterly article “Financial analysts and personal
­financial advisors” online at http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/
2000/summer/art03.pdf and in print at many libraries and career centers.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos301.htm

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Financial analysts...............................................................................

SOC
Code
13-2051

Employment,
2008
250,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
300,300

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
49,600
20

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

106 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Insurance Underwriters
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Most large insurance companies prefer to hire candidates who have a bachelor’s degree or some insurance-related experience.
Continuing education is necessary for advancement.
Employment is expected to decline slowly as the
spread of automated underwriting software increases
worker productivity
Job opportunities should be best for those with strong
computer skills and a background in finance.

Nature of the Work
Insurance companies protect individuals and organizations
from financial loss by assuming billions of dollars in risk each
year—risks of car accident, property damage, illness, and ­other
occurrences. Underwriters decide whether insurance is provided and, if so, under what terms. They identify and calculate
the risk of loss from policyholders, establish who receives a
policy, determine the appropriate premium, and write policies
that cover this risk. An insurance company may lose business to
competitors if risk underwriting is too conservative, or it may
have to pay excessive claims if the underwriting actions are too
liberal.
Using sophisticated computer software, underwriters analyze
information in insurance applications to determine whether a
risk is acceptable and will not result in a loss. Insurance applications often are supplemented with reports from loss-control
representatives, medical reports, reports from data vendors, and
actuarial studies. Underwriters then must decide whether to issue the policy and, if so, determine the appropriate premium. In
making this determination, underwriters consider a wide variety of factors about the applicant. For example, an underwriter
working in health insurance will consider age, family history,
lifestyle, and current health, whereas an underwriter working
for a property-casualty insurance company is concerned with
the causes of loss to which property is exposed, such as hurricanes or earthquakes, and the safeguards taken by the applicant.
Therefore, underwriters serve as the main link between the insurance carrier and the insurance agent.
Technology plays an important role in an underwriter’s job.
Underwriters use computer applications called “smart” systems
to calculate risks more efficiently and accurately. Such systems—also known as “automated underwriting systems”—analyze and rate insurance applications, recommend acceptance
or denial of the risk, and adjust the premium rate according to
the risk. To start the process, underwriters create software rules
to screen applicants based on certain criteria, such as income
and credit score for mortgage applicants or age and family
medical history for life insurance applicants. After the software
completes its assessment, underwriters can either approve or
refute the decision, or, if it is questionable, request additional
information from the applicant. These automated systems allow

underwriters to quickly make decisions and, in most cases, effectively make sound judgments and minimize losses.
The Internet also has aided underwriters in their work. Many
insurance carriers’ computer systems are linked to various databases on the Internet that allow immediate access to information—such as driving records and credit scores—necessary in
determining a potential client’s risk. This kind of access reduces
the time and paperwork needed for an underwriter to complete
a risk assessment.
Although there are many lines of insurance work, most underwriters specialize in one of four broad categories: life,
health, mortgage, and property and casualty. Life and health
insurance underwriters may further specialize in individual or
group policies.
An increasing proportion of insurance sales, particularly in
life and health insurance, are being made through group contracts. A standard group policy insures everyone in a specified group through a single contract at a standard premium.
The group underwriter analyzes the overall composition of the
group to ensure that the total risk is not excessive. Another type
of group policy provides members of a group—senior citizens,
for example—with individual policies that reflect their particular needs. These usually are casualty policies, such as those
covering automobiles. The casualty underwriter analyzes the
application of each group member and makes individual appraisals. Some group underwriters meet with union or employer
representatives to discuss the types of policies available to their
group.
Property and casualty underwriters specialize in either commercial or personal insurance and then by type of risk insured,
such as fire, homeowners’, automobile, or marine. In cases
where property-casualty companies provide insurance through
a single “package” policy covering various types of risks, the
underwriter must be familiar with different types of insurance.
For business insurance, the underwriter should be able to evaluate the firm’s entire operation in appraising its application for
insurance.
Work environment. Underwriters mainly have sedentary
desk jobs that do not require strenuous physical activity. Most
underwriters are based in a company headquarters or regional
branch office, but they occasionally attend meetings away from
home. Construction and marine underwriters frequently travel
to inspect worksites and assess risks.
Although some overtime may be required, underwriters typically work a standard 40-hour week. Those in managerial positions often work more than 40 hours per week.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Although there are no formal education requirements for becoming an underwriter, employers prefer candidates who have
either a bachelor’s degree or insurance-related experience and
strong computer skills. Much of what an underwriter does may
be learned through on-the-job training, so the majority of underwriters start their careers as trainees.
Education and training. For entry-level underwriting jobs,
most large insurance companies prefer college graduates who
have a degree in business administration or finance. However,
a bachelor’s degree in almost any field—plus courses in busi-

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 107

Insurance underwriters review insurance applications and determine the appropriate premium to charge a customer.
ness law and accounting—provides a good general background
and may be sufficient to qualify entry-level jobseekers. Because computers are an integral part of most underwriters’ jobs,
some coursework with computers is also beneficial. Still, many
­employers prefer to hire candidates who have several years of
related experience in underwriting or insurance.
New employees usually start as underwriter trainees or assistant underwriters. Under the supervision of an experienced
risk analyst, beginning underwriters may help collect information on applicants and evaluate routine applications. Property
and casualty trainees study claims files to become familiar with
factors associated with certain types of losses. Many larger
insurers offer work-study training programs, which generally
last from a few months to a year. As trainees gain experience,
they are assigned policy applications that are more complex and
cover greater risks.
The computer programs many underwriters use to assess risk
are continually being updated, so on-the-job computer training
may continue throughout an underwriter’s career.
Other qualifications. Underwriters must pay attention to
detail and possess good judgment to make sound decisions.
Additionally, good communication and interpersonal skills are

beneficial because much of the underwriter’s work involves
dealing with agents and other professionals.
Certification and advancement.
Continuing education
is necessary for advancement, because changes in tax laws,
government benefits programs, and other State and Federal
­regulations can affect the insurance needs of clients and businesses. Independent-study programs for experienced underwriters are also available. The Insurance Institute of America
offers a training program for beginning underwriters. The Institute also offers the designation of Associate in Commercial
Underwriting (ACU) for those starting a career in underwriting business insurance policies, or an Associate in Personal
Insurance (API) for those interested in underwriting personal
insurance policies. To earn either the ACU or API designation,
underwriters complete a series of courses and examinations that
generally last 1 to 2 years.
The American Institute for Chartered Property Casualty
­Underwriters awards the Chartered Property and Casualty Underwriter (CPCU) designation to experienced underwriters.
Earning the CPCU designation requires passing eight exams,
having at least 3 years of insurance experience, and abiding by
the Institute’s and CPCU Society’s code of professional ethics.
The American College offers the equivalent Chartered Life
Underwriter (CLU) designation and the Registered Health
Underwriter (RHU) designation for life and health insurance
professionals. For those new to the industry, the American College also offers the Life Underwriter Training Council Fellow
(FUTCF), an introductory course that teaches basic insurance
concepts.
Experienced underwriters who complete courses of study
may advance to senior underwriter or underwriting manager
positions. Some underwriting managers are promoted to senior
managerial jobs, but these managers often need a master’s degree. Other underwriters are attracted to the earnings potential
of sales and, therefore, obtain State licenses to sell insurance
and related financial products as agents or brokers.

Employment
Insurance underwriters held about 102,900 jobs in 2008. Insurance carriers employed 67 percent of all underwriters. Most
of the remaining underwriters work in insurance agencies and
­brokerages.
Most underwriters are based in the insurance company’s
home office. But some, mainly in the property and casualty
area, work out of regional branch offices of the insurance company. These underwriters usually have the authority to underwrite most risks and determine an appropriate rating without
consulting the home office.

Job Outlook
Although employment is expected to decline slowly, job prospects will remain good because of high turnover.
Employment change. Employment of underwriters is expected to decline 4 percent during the 2008-18 decade. Demand
for underwriters will continue to be offset by automation and
technological advancement—factors that have resulted, in large
part, to stagnant employment levels over the past two decades.
For example, upgrades to underwriting software have helped

108 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Insurance underwriters.......................................................................

SOC
Code
13-2053

Employment,
2008
102,900

Projected
Employment,
2018
98,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
-4,300
-4

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

increase underwriter productivity. Automated underwriting
quickly rates and analyzes ­insurance applications, reducing the
need for underwriters. In addition, adoption of this technology
into other segments of insurance, such as life and health and
long-term care, will continue to impede employment growth
through the projection period, although at a slower rate than in
the past. Nonetheless, even as automated underwriting continues to be ­adopted and upgrades to underwriting software makes
workers more ­productive, the need for humans to verify information will continue.
Additionally, some demand for underwriters may arise as insurance carriers try to restore profitability. As the carriers’ returns on their investments have declined, insurers may place
more emphasis on underwriting to generate revenues. An expected increase in sales of health insurance and long-term care
insurance, designed specifically for the elderly, also may result
in some new jobs. As members of the baby-boom generation
grow older and a growing share of the Nation’s population
moves into the older age groups, more people are expected to
purchase these kinds of insurance products.
Job prospects. Job opportunities should be best for those
with experience in related insurance jobs, a background in finance, and strong computer and communication skills. The
need to replace workers who retire or transfer to another occupation will create many job openings. In fact, high turnover
will account for most job openings. High turnover among underwriters results, in part, from the limited upward mobility of
workers in the occupation—a scenario that is likely to continue
through the projections decade (2008-18).
New and emerging fields of insurance may also be a source
of job opportunities for underwriters. Insurance carriers are always assessing new risks and offering new types of policies to
meet changing circumstances. Underwriters are needed particularly in product development, where they assess risks and set
the premiums for new lines of insurance. Growing demand for
long-term care insurance—a relatively new product offered by
insurance carriers—may also provide some job opportunities
for underwriters.

group life and health insurance. Insurance companies usually
pay tuition for underwriting courses that their trainees complete, and some also offer salary incentives.

Earnings

Information on the CLU and RHU designations can be
­obtained from
hhThe American College, 270 S. Bryn
Mawr Ave., Bryn Mawr, PA 19010. Internet:
http://www.theamericancollege.edu

Median annual wages of wage and salary insurance underwriters were $56,790 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $43,490 and $76,700 a year. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $35,010, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $99,940. Median annual wages of underwriters
working with insurance carriers were $57,480, while underwriters’ median annual wages in agencies, brokerages, and
­other insurance-related activities were $54,410.
Insurance companies usually provide better-than-average
benefits, including retirement plans and employer-financed

Related Occupations
Underwriters make decisions based on financial and statistical
data. Other occupations with similar responsibilities include the
following:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Credit analysts.......................................................................... 823
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Loan officers............................................................................ 109

Other related jobs in the insurance industry include
Claims adjusters, appraisers, examiners,
and investigators..................................................................... 96
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534

Sources of Additional Information
Information about a career as an insurance underwriter is available from the home offices of many insurance companies.
Information about the property-casualty insurance field can
be obtained by contacting
hhInsurance Information Institute, 110 William St., New York,
NY 10038. Internet: http://www.iii.org
Information on the underwriting function and the CPCU and
AU designations can be obtained from
hhAmerican Institute for Chartered Property and Casualty
Underwriters and Insurance Institute of America, 720
Providence Rd., Suite 100, Malvern, PA 19355. Internet:
http://www.aicpcu.org

hhCPCU Society, 720 Providence Rd., Malvern, PA 19355.
Internet: http://www.cpcusociety.org

The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos026.htm

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 109

Loan Officers
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Nearly 9 out of 10 loan officers work for commercial
banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and related
financial institutions.
Educational requirements range from a high school
diploma for many loan officers to a bachelor’s ­degree
for commercial loan officers; previous banking, lending, or sales experience is highly valued.
Good job opportunities are expected for mortgage
and consumer loan officers and excellent opportunities are expected for commercial loan officers.
Earnings often fluctuate with the number of loans
generated, rising substantially when the economy is
strong and interest rates are low.

Nature of the Work
Many individuals take out loans to buy a house, car, or pay for
a college education. Businesses use loans to start companies,
purchase inventory, or invest in capital equipment. Loan ­officers
facilitate this lending by finding potential clients and helping
them to apply for loans. Loan officers gather information to
determine the likelihood that individuals and businesses will
repay the loan. Loan officers may also provide guidance to prospective borrowers who have problems qualifying for traditional loans. For example, loan officers might determine the most
appropriate type of loan for a particular customer and explain
specific requirements and restrictions associated with the loan.
Loan officers usually specialize in commercial, consumer, or
mortgage loans. Commercial or business loans help companies
pay for new equipment or expand operations. Consumer loans
include home equity, automobile, and personal loans. Mortgage
loans are loans made to purchase real estate or to refinance an
existing mortgage.
Loan officers guide clients through the process of applying
for a loan. The process begins with the client contacting the
bank through a phone call, visiting a branch, or filling out a
Web-based loan application. The loan officer obtains basic information from the client about the purpose of the loan and the
applicant’s ability to pay the loan. The loan officer may need to
explain the different types of loans and credit terms available to
the applicant. Loan officers answer questions about the process
and sometimes assist clients in filling out the ­application.
After a client completes an application, the loan officer begins the process of analyzing and verifying the information
on the application to determine the client’s creditworthiness.
Often, loan officers can quickly access the client’s credit history by using underwriting software that determines if a client
is eligible for the loan. When a credit history is not available or
when unusual financial circumstances are present, the loan officer may request additional financial information from the client
or, in the case of commercial loans, copies of the company’s
financial statements. Commercial loans are often too complex

Loan officers guide clients through the loan application ­process.
for a loan officer to rely solely on underwriting software. The
variety in companies’ financial statements and varying types of
collateral require human judgment. Collateral is any asset, such
as a factory, house, or car, owned by the borrower that becomes
the property of the bank if the loan is not repaid. Loan officers
comment on, and verify, the information of a loan application
in a loan file, which is used to analyze whether the prospective
loan meets the lending institution’s requirements. Loan officers
then decide, in consultation with their managers, whether to
grant the loan.
Commercial loans are sometimes so large—for example, the
loan needed to build a new shopping mall—that a single bank
will not lend all of the money. In this case, a commercial loan
officer may work with other banks or investment bankers to put
together a package of loans from multiple sources to finance
the project.
In many instances, loan officers act as salespeople. Commercial loan officers, for example, contact firms to determine their
needs for loans. If a firm is seeking new funds, the loan officer
will try to persuade the company to obtain the loan from his or
her institution. Similarly, mortgage loan officers develop relationships with commercial and residential real estate agencies,
so that when an individual or firm buys a property, the real estate agent might recommend contacting a specific loan officer
for financing.
Some loan officers, called loan underwriters, specialize in
evaluating a client’s creditworthiness and may conduct a financial analysis or other risk assessment.
Other loan officers, referred to as loan collection officers,
contact borrowers with delinquent loan accounts to help them
find a method of repayment to avoid their defaulting on the
loan. If a repayment plan cannot be developed, the loan collection officer initiates collateral liquidation, in which the lender
seizes the collateral used to secure the loan—a home or car, for
example—and sells it to repay the loan.

110 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Work environment. Working as a loan officer usually involves considerable work outside the office. For example,
commercial and mortgage loan officers frequently work away
from their offices and rely on laptop computers and cellular
telephones to keep in contact with their employers and clients.
Mortgage loan officers often work out of their home or car,
visiting offices or homes of clients to complete loan applications. Commercial loan officers sometimes travel to other cities
to prepare complex loan agreements. Consumer loan officers,
however, are likely to spend most of their time in an office.
Most loan officers work a standard 40-hour week, but many
work longer, depending on the number of clients and the demand for loans. Mortgage loan officers can work especially
long hours because they are free to take on as many customers
as they choose. Loan officers are especially busy when interest
rates are low, causing a surge in loan applications.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Loan officers need a high school diploma and receive on-thejob training. Commercial loan officer positions often require
a bachelor’s degree in finance, economics, or a related field.
Previous banking, lending, or sales experience is also highly
valued by employers.
Education and training. Loan officer positions generally
require a high school degree. Loan officers receive on-the-job
training consisting of some formal company-sponsored training
and informal training on the job over their first few months of
employment. Commercial loan officer positions often require
a bachelor’s degree in finance, economics, or a related field.
Because commercial loan officers analyze the finances of businesses applying for credit, they need to understand business accounting, financial statements, and cash flow analysis. Loan officers often advance to their positions after gaining ­experience
in various other related occupations, such as teller or customer
service representative.
Licensure.   Recent federal legislation requires that all mortgage loan officers be licensed. Licensing requirements include
at least 20 hours of coursework, passing a written exam, passing
a background check, and having no felony convictions. There
are also continuing education requirements for mortgage loan
officers to maintain their licenses. There are currently no specific licensing requirements for other loan officers.
Other qualifications. People planning a career as a loan
officer should be good at working with others, confident, and
highly motivated. Loan officers must be willing to attend community events as representatives of their employer. Sales ability, good interpersonal and communication skills, and a strong
desire to succeed also are important qualities for loan officers.
Banks generally require their employees to pass a background

check. Most employers also prefer applicants who are familiar
with computers and banking and financial software.
Certification and advancement. Capable loan officers may
advance to larger branches of their firms or to managerial positions. Some loan officers advance to supervise other loan officers and clerical staff.
Various banking associations and private schools offer courses and programs for students interested in lending and for experienced loan officers who want to keep their skills current. For
example, the Bank Administration Institute, an ­affiliate of the
American Banker’s Association, offers the Loan Review Certificate Program for people who review and approve loans.
The Mortgage Bankers Association offers the Certified Mortgage Banker (CMB) designation to loan officers in real estate
finance. The association offers three CMB designations: residential, commerce, and master to candidates who have 3 years
of experience, earn educational credits, and pass an exam.
Completion of these courses and programs generally enhances
employment and advancement opportunities.

Employment
Loan officers held about 327,800 jobs in 2008. Nearly 9 out of
10 loan officers were employed by commercial banks, savings
institutions, credit unions, and related financial institutions.
Loan officers are employed throughout the Nation, but most
work in urban and suburban areas. At some banks, particularly
in rural areas, the branch or assistant manager often handles the
loan application process.

Job Outlook
Loan officers can expect average employment growth. Good
job opportunities should exist for loan officers.
Employment change. Employment of loan officers is projected to grow 10 percent between 2008 and 2018, which is
about as fast as the average for all occupations. Employment
growth will be driven by economic expansion and population
increases—factors that generate demand for loans. Growth will
be partially offset by increased automation that speeds the lending process and by the growing use of the Internet to apply for
and obtain loans. However, these changes have also reduced the
cost and complexity associated with refinancing loans, which
could increase the number of loans originated.
The use of automated underwriting software has made the
loan evaluation process much simpler than in the past. Underwriting software allows loan officers—particularly loan underwriters—to evaluate many more loans in less time. In addition,
the mortgage application process has become highly automated
and standardized, a simplification that has enabled mortgage
loan vendors to offer their services over the Internet. Online
vendors accept loan applications from customers over the Internet and determine which lenders have the best interest rates

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Loan officers......................................................................................

SOC
Code
13-2072

Employment,
2008
327,800

Projected
Employment,
2018
360,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
33,000
10

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 111

for particular loans. With this knowledge, customers can go
directly to the lending institution, thereby bypassing mortgage
loan brokers. Shopping for loans on the Internet is expected to
become more common in the future and to slow job growth for
loan officers.
Job prospects. Most job openings will result from the need
to replace workers who retire or otherwise leave the occupation
permanently. Good job opportunities should exist for mortgage
and consumer loan officers. College graduates and those with
banking, lending, or sales experience should have the best job
prospects. Excellent opportunities should exist for commercial
loan officers as banks report having a hard time finding qualified candidates.
Job opportunities for loan officers are influenced by the volume of applications, which is determined largely by interest
rates and by the overall level of economic activity. Although
loans remain a major source of revenue for banks, demand for
new loans fluctuates and affects the income and employment
opportunities of loan officers. An upswing in the economy or
a decline in interest rates often results in a surge in real estate buying and mortgage refinancing, requiring loan officers
to work long hours processing applications and inducing lenders to hire additional loan officers. Loan officers often are paid
by commission on the value of the loans they place, and when
the real estate market slows they often suffer a decline in earnings and may even be subject to layoffs. The same applies to
commercial loan officers, whose workloads increase during
good economic times as companies seek to invest more in their
businesses. In difficult economic conditions, an increase in the
number of delinquent loans results in more demand for loan
collection officers.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary loan officers were
$54,700 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$39,710 and $76,860. The lowest 10 percent earned less than
$30,850, while the top 10 percent earned more than $106,360.
Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest
numbers of loan officers were as follows:
Federal Executive Branch...........................................$69,070
Management of companies and enterprises..................58,100
Nondepository credit intermediation............................54,240
Activities related to credit intermediation.....................54,140
Depository credit intermediation..................................53,490

The form of compensation for loan officers varies. Most are
paid a commission based on the number of loans they originate. Some institutions pay only salaries, while others pay their
loan officers a salary plus a commission or bonus based on the
number of loans or the performance of the loans that they originated. Loan officers who are paid on commission usually earn
more than those who earn only a salary, and those who work
for smaller banks generally earn less than those employed by
larger institutions.
Earnings often fluctuate with the number of loans generated,
rising substantially when the economy is strong and interest
rates are low.

Related Occupations
Loan officers help people manage financial assets and secure
loans. Occupations that involve similar functions include:
Page
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Loan counselors....................................................................... 823
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Real estate brokers and sales agents........................................ 540
Securities, commodities, and
financial services sales agents.............................................. 553

Sources of Additional Information
Information about a career as a mortgage loan officer can be
obtained from:
hhMortgage Bankers Association, 1331 L
St. NW., Washington, DC 20005. Internet:
http://www.mortgagebankers.org
State bankers’ associations can furnish specific information
about job opportunities in their State. Also, individual banks
can supply information about job openings and the activities, responsibilities, and preferred qualifications of their loan
­officers.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos018.htm

Management Analysts
Significant Points

•

•
•

Despite 24 percent employment growth, keen competition is expected for jobs; opportunities should
be best for those with a graduate degree, specialized
expertise, and a talent for salesmanship and public
­relations.
About 26 percent, three times the average for all
­occupations, are self-employed.
A bachelor’s degree is sufficient for many entry-level
government jobs; many positions in private industry
require a master’s degree, specialized ­expertise, or
both.

Nature of the Work
As business becomes more complex, firms are continually faced
with new challenges. They increasingly rely on ­management
analysts to help them remain competitive amidst these ­changes.
Management analysts, often referred to as management
­consultants in private industry, analyze and propose ways to
improve an organization’s structure, efficiency, or profits.
For example, a small but rapidly growing company might
employ a consultant who is an expert in just-in-time invento-

112 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Management analysts collect and analyze information in order
to make recommendations to managers.
ry management to help improve its inventory-control system.
In another case, a large company that has recently acquired a
new division may hire management analysts to help reorganize
the corporate structure and eliminate duplicate or nonessential
jobs. In recent years, information technology and electronic
commerce have provided new opportunities for management
analysts. Companies hire consultants to develop strategies
for entering and remaining competitive in the new electronic
marketplace. (For information on computer specialists working in consulting, see the following statements elsewhere in the
­Handbook: computer software engineers; computer systems
analysts; computer scientists; and computer programmers.)
Management analysts might be single practitioners or part
of large international organizations employing thousands of
other consultants. Some analysts and consultants specialize in
a specific industry, such as healthcare or telecommunications,
while others specialize by type of business function, such as
human resources, marketing, logistics, or information systems.
In government, management analysts tend to specialize by type
of agency. The work of management analysts and consultants
varies with each client or employer and from project to project.
Some projects require a team of consultants, each specializing
in one area. In other projects, consultants work independently
with the organization’s managers. In all cases, analysts and
consultants collect, review, and analyze information in order to
make recommendations to managers.
Both public and private organizations use consultants for a
variety of reasons. Some lack the internal resources needed to
handle a project, while others need a consultant’s expertise to
determine what resources will be required and what problems
may be encountered if they pursue a particular opportunity. To
retain a consultant, a company first solicits proposals from a
number of consulting firms specializing in the area in which
it needs assistance. These proposals include the estimated cost
and scope of the project, staffing requirements, references from
previous clients, and a completion deadline. The company then
selects the proposal that best suits its needs. Some firms, however, employ internal management consulting groups rather
than hiring outside consultants.
After obtaining an assignment or contract, management
analysts first define the nature and extent of the problem that

they have been asked to solve. During this phase, they analyze
relevant data—which may include annual revenues, employment, or expenditures—and interview managers and employees
while observing their operations. The analysts or consultants
then develop solutions to the problem. While preparing their
­recommendations, they take into account the nature of the organization, the relationship it has with others in the industry, and
its internal organization and culture. Insight into the problem
often is gained by building and solving mathematical models,
such as one that shows how inventory levels affect costs and
product delivery times.
Once they have decided on a course of action, consultants
report their findings and recommendations to the client. Their
suggestions usually are submitted in writing, but oral presentations regarding findings are also common. For some projects,
management analysts are retained to help implement their suggestions.
Like their private-sector colleagues, management analysts in
government agencies try to increase efficiency and worker productivity and to control costs. For example, if an agency is planning to purchase personal computers, it must first determine
which type to buy, given its budget and data-processing needs.
In this case, management analysts would assess the prices and
characteristics of various machines and determine which ones
best meet the agency’s needs. Analysts may manage contracts
for a wide range of goods and services to ensure quality performance and to prevent cost overruns.
Work environment. Management analysts usually divide
their time between their offices and the client’s site. In either
situation, much of an analyst’s time is spent indoors in clean,
well-lit offices. Because they must spend a significant portion
of their time with clients, analysts travel frequently.
Analysts and consultants generally work at least 40 hours a
week. Uncompensated overtime is common, especially when
project deadlines are approaching. Analysts may experience
a great deal of stress when trying to meet a client’s demands,
­often on a tight schedule.
Self-employed consultants can set their workload and hours
and work at home. On the other hand, their livelihood depends
on their ability to maintain and expand their client base. Salaried consultants also must impress potential clients to get and
keep clients for their company.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Entry requirements for management analysts vary. For some
entry-level positions, a bachelor’s degree is sufficient. For others, a master’s degree or specialized expertise is required.
Education and training.
Educational requirements for
entry-level jobs in this field vary between private industry and
government. Many employers in private industry generally seek
individuals with a master’s degree in business administration
or a related discipline. Some employers also require additional
years of experience in the field or industry in which the worker
plans to consult. Other firms hire workers with a bachelor’s
degree as research analysts or associates and promote them to
consultants after several years. Some government agencies require experience, graduate education, or both, but many also

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 113

hire people with a bachelor’s degree and little work experience
for entry-level management analyst positions.
Few universities or colleges offer formal programs in management consulting; however, many fields of study provide a
suitable educational background for this occupation because
of the wide range of areas addressed by management analysts. Common fields of study include business, management,
­accounting, marketing, economics, statistics, computer and
information science, or engineering. Most analysts also have
years of experience in management, human resources, information technology, or other specialties. Analysts also routinely
attend conferences to keep abreast of current developments in
their field.
Other qualifications. Management analysts often work with
minimal supervision, so they need to be self-motivated and disciplined. Analytical skills, the ability to get along with a wide
range of people, strong oral and written communication skills,
good judgment, time-management skills, and creativity are
other desirable qualities. The ability to work in teams also is an
important attribute as consulting teams become more common.
Certification and advancement. As consultants gain experience, they often become solely responsible for specific projects,
taking on more responsibility and managing their own hours. At
the senior level, consultants may supervise teams working on
more complex projects and become more involved in seeking
out new business. Those with exceptional skills may eventually
become partners in the firm and focus on attracting new clients and bringing in revenue. Senior consultants who leave their
consulting firms often move to senior management positions
at non-consulting firms. Others with entrepreneurial ambition
may open their own firms.
A high percentage of management consultants are self-­
employed, in part because business startup and overhead costs
are low. Since many small consulting firms fail each year because of lack of managerial expertise and clients, persons interested in opening their own firm must have good organizational
and marketing skills. Several years of consulting experience are
also helpful.
The Institute of Management Consultants USA, Inc. offers
the Certified Management Consultant (CMC) designation to
those who meet minimum levels of education and experience,
submit client reviews, and pass an interview and exam covering
the IMC USA’s Code of Ethics. Management consultants with
a CMC designation must be recertified every 3 years. Certification is not mandatory for management consultants, but it may
give a jobseeker a competitive advantage.

Employment
Management analysts held about 746,900 jobs in 2008. About
26 percent of these workers, three times the average for all
­occupations, were self-employed. Management analysts are

found throughout the country, but employment is concentrated
in large metropolitan areas. Management analysts work in a
range of industries, including management, scientific, and technical consulting firms; computer systems design and related
services firms; and Federal, State, and local governments.

Job Outlook
Employment of management analysts is expected to grow 24
percent, much faster than the average for all occupations. Despite projected rapid employment growth, keen competition is
expected for jobs as management analysts because the independent and challenging nature of the work and the high earnings
potential make this occupation attractive to many.
Employment change. Employment of management analysts
is expected to grow by 24 percent, much faster than the average,
over the 2008–18 decade, as industry and government increasingly rely on outside expertise to improve the performance of
their organizations. Job growth is projected in very large consulting firms with international expertise and in smaller consulting firms that specialize in specific areas, such as biotechnology, healthcare, information technology, human resources,
engineering, and marketing. Growth in the number of individual practitioners may be hindered by increasing use of consulting
teams that are often more versatile.
Job growth for management analysts will be driven by a number of changes in the business environment that have forced
firms to take a closer look at their operations. These changes
include regulatory changes, developments in information technology, and the growth of electronic commerce. In addition, as
firms try to solve regulatory changes due to the current economic credit and housing crisis, consultants will be hired to render
advice on the recovery process. Firms will also hire information
technology consultants who specialize in “green” or environmentally safe use of technology management consulting to help
lower energy consumption and implement “green” initiatives.
Traditional companies hire analysts to help design intranets,
company Web sites, or to establish online businesses. New Internet startup companies hire analysts not only to design Web
sites but also to advise them in traditional business practices,
such as pricing strategies, marketing, and inventory and human
resource management.
To offer clients better quality and a wider variety of services,
consulting firms are partnering with traditional computer software and technology firms. Also, many computer firms are developing consulting practices of their own to take advantage
of this expanding market. Although information technology
consulting should remain one of the fastest growing consulting areas, employment in the computer services industry can be
volatile, and so the most successful management analysts may
also consult in other business areas.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Management analysts.........................................................................

SOC
Code
13-1111

Employment,
2008
746,900

Projected
Employment,
2018
925,200

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
178,300
24

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

114 Occupational Outlook Handbook

The growth of international business will also contribute to
an increase in demand for management analysts. As U.S. firms
expand their business abroad, many will hire management analysts to help them form the right strategy for entering the market;
to advise them on legal matters pertaining to specific countries;
or to help them with organizational, administrative, and other
issues, especially if the U.S. company is involved in a partnership or merger with a local firm. These trends provide management analysts with more opportunities to travel or work abroad
but also require them to have a more comprehensive knowledge
of international business and foreign cultures and languages.
Just as globalization creates new opportunities for management
analysts, it also allows U.S. firms to hire management analysts
in other countries; however, because international work is expected to increase the total amount of work, this development is
not expected to adversely affect employment in this occupation.
Furthermore, as international and domestic markets become
more competitive, firms will need to use resources more efficiently. Management analysts will be increasingly sought to
help reduce costs, streamline operations, and develop marketing strategies. As this process expands and as businesses downsize, even more opportunities will be created for analysts to
perform duties that were previously handled internally. Finally,
more management analysts will also be needed in the public
sector, as Federal, State, and local government agencies seek to
improve efficiency.
Job prospects. Despite rapid employment growth, keen
competition is expected. The pool of applicants from which
employers can draw is quite large, since analysts can have very
diverse educational backgrounds and work experience. Furthermore, the independent and challenging nature of the work,
combined with high earnings potential, makes this occupation
attractive to many. Job opportunities are expected to be best for
those with a graduate degree, specialized expertise, and a talent
for salesmanship and public relations.
Economic downturns can also have adverse effects on employment for some management consultants. In these times,
businesses look to cut costs, and consultants may be considered
an excess expense. On the other hand, some consultants might
experience an increase in work during recessions because they
advise businesses on how to cut costs and remain profitable.

Earnings
Salaries for management analysts vary widely by years of experience and education, geographic location, specific expertise,
and size of employer. Generally, management analysts employed in large firms or in metropolitan areas have the highest
salaries. Median annual wages of wage and salary management
analysts in May 2008 were $73,570. The middle 50 percent
earned between $54,890 and $99,700. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $41,910 and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $133,850. Median annual wages in the industries
employing the largest numbers of management analysts were:
Computer systems and design related services...........$82,090
Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services....................................................81,670
Federal Executive Branch.............................................79,830
Management of companies and enterprises..................73,760
State government...........................................................55,590

Salaried management analysts usually receive common benefits, such as health and life insurance, a retirement plan, vacation, and sick leave, as well as less common benefits, such as
profit sharing and bonuses for outstanding work. In addition,
all travel expenses usually are reimbursed by the employer.
­Self-employed consultants have to maintain their own office
and provide their own benefits.

Related Occupations
Management analysts collect, review, and analyze data; make
recommendations; and implement their ideas. Occupations
with similar duties include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Economists............................................................................... 209
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118

Some management analysts specialize in information technology and work with computers, similar to:
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140

Most management analysts also have managerial experience
similar to that of:
Administrative services managers.............................................. 29
Advertising, marketing, promotions, public relations,
and sales managers................................................................. 32
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Human resources, training, and labor
relations managers and specialists......................................... 61
Industrial production managers.................................................. 67
Top executives............................................................................ 83

Sources of Additional Information
Information about career opportunities in management consulting is available from:
hhAssociation of Management Consulting Firms, 370
Lexington Ave., Suite 2209, New York, NY 10017. Internet:
http://www.amcf.org
Information about the Certified Management Consultant designation can be obtained from:
hhInstitute of Management Consultants USA, Inc., 2025
M St. NW., Suite 800, Washington, DC 20036. Internet:
http://www.imcusa.org
Information on obtaining a management analyst position
with the Federal Government is available from the Office of
Personnel Management (OPM) through USAJOBS, the Federal
Government’s official employment information system. This resource for locating and applying for job opportunities can be accessed through the Internet at http://www.usajobs.opm.gov or
through an interactive voice response telephone system at (703)
724-1850 or TDD (978) 461-8404. These numbers are not toll
free, and charges may result. For advice on how to find and apply for Federal jobs, see the Occupational Outlook Quarterly

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 115

article “How to get a job in the Federal Government,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos019.htm

Meeting and Convention Planners
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

People with a variety of educational or work backgrounds can become meeting and convention planners.
Planners often work long hours in the period prior to
and during a meeting or convention, and extensive
travel may be required.
Employment is expected to grow faster than the average for all occupations.
Opportunities will be best for individuals with a bachelor’s degree and some experience as a meeting planner.

Nature of the Work
Meetings and conventions bring people together for a common
purpose, and meeting and convention planners work to ensure
that this purpose is achieved seamlessly. Planners coordinate
every detail of meetings and conventions, from the speakers and
meeting location to arranging for printed materials and audiovisual equipment.
The first step in planning a meeting or convention is determining the purpose, message, or impression that the sponsoring organization wants to communicate. Planners increasingly
focus on how meetings affect the goals of their organizations;
for example, they may survey prospective attendees to find out
what motivates them and how they learn best. A more recent
option for planners is to decide whether the meeting or convention can achieve goals in a virtual format versus the traditional
meeting format. Virtual conferences are offered over the Internet where attendees view speakers and exhibits online. After
this decision is made, planners then choose speakers, entertainment, and content, and arrange the program to present the organization’s information in the most effective way.
Meeting and convention planners search for prospective
meeting sites, primarily hotels and convention or conference
centers. When choosing a site, the planner considers who the
prospective attendees are and how they will get to the meeting.
Being close to a major airport is important for organizations
that have attendees traveling long distances who are pressed for
time. The planner may also select a site based on its attractiveness to increase the number of attendees.
Once they have narrowed down possible locations for the
meeting, planners issue requests for proposals to all possible
meeting sites in which they are interested. These requests state
the meeting dates and outline the planner’s needs for the meet-

ing or convention, including meeting and exhibit space, lodging, food and beverages, telecommunications, audio-visual
requirements, transportation, and any other necessities. The
establishments respond with proposals describing what space
and services they can supply, and at what price. Meeting and
convention planners review these proposals and either make
recommendations to the clients or management or choose the
site themselves.
Once the location is selected, meeting and convention
­planners arrange support services, coordinate with the facility,
prepare the site staff for the meeting, and set up all forms of
electronic communication needed for the meeting or convention, such as e-mail, voice mail, video, and online communication.
Meeting logistics, the management of the details of meetings
and conventions, such as labor and materials, is another major component of the job. Planners register attendees and issue name badges, coordinate lodging reservations, and arrange
transportation. They make sure that all necessary supplies are
ordered and transported to the meeting site on time, that meeting rooms are equipped with sufficient seating and audio-visual
equipment, that all exhibits and booths are set up properly, and
that all materials are printed. They also make sure that the meeting adheres to fire and labor regulations and oversee food and
beverage distribution.
There also is a financial management component of the work.
Planners negotiate contracts with facilities and suppliers. These
contracts, which have become increasingly complex, are often
drawn up more than a year in advance of the meeting or convention. Contracts often include clauses requiring the planner
to book a certain number of rooms for meetings in order to
qualify for space discounts and imposing penalties if the rooms
are not filled. Therefore, it is important that the planner closely
estimates how many people will attend the meeting based on
previous meeting attendance and current circumstances. Planners must also oversee the finances of meetings and conventions. They are given overall budgets by their organizations and
must create a detailed budget, forecasting what each aspect of
the event will cost. Additionally, some planners oversee meetings that ­contribute significantly to their organization’s operating budget and must ensure that the event meets income goals.
An important part of the work is measuring how well the
meeting’s purpose was achieved. After determining what the
objectives are, planners try to measure if objectives were met
and if the meeting or conference was a success. The most common way to gauge their success is to have attendees fill out
surveys about their experiences at the event. Planners can ask
specific questions about what sessions were attended, how well
organized the event appeared, how they felt about the overall
experience, and ask for suggestions on how to improve the next
event. If the purpose of a meeting or convention is publicity,
a good measure of success would be how much press coverage the event received. A more precise measurement of meeting
success, and one that is gaining importance, is return on investment. Planners compare the costs and benefits of an event and
show whether it was worthwhile to the organization. For example, if a company holds a meeting to motivate its employees and

116 Occupational Outlook Handbook

improve company morale, the planner might track employee
turnover before and after the meeting.
Some aspects of the work vary by the type of organization
for which planners work. Those who work for associations
must market their meetings to association members, convincing
members that attending the meeting is worth their time and expense. Marketing is usually less important for corporate ­meeting
planners because employees are generally required to attend
company meetings. Corporate planners usually have shorter
time frames in which to prepare their meetings. Planners who
work in Federal, State, and local governments must learn how
to operate within established government procedures, such as
procedures and rules for procuring materials and booking lodging for government employees. Government meeting ­planners
also need to be aware of any potential ethics violations.
Convention service managers, meeting professionals who
work in hotels, convention centers, and similar establishments,
act as liaisons between the meeting facility and planners who
work for associations, businesses, or governments. They present food service options to outside planners, coordinate special
requests, suggest hotel services based on the planner’s budget,
and otherwise help outside planners present effective meetings
and conventions in their facilities.
In large organizations or those that sponsor large meetings or
conventions, meeting professionals are more likely to specialize
in a particular aspect of meeting planning. Some ­specialties are
conference coordinators, who handle most of the meeting logistics; registrars, who handle advance registration and payment,
name badges, and the set-up of on-site registration; and education planners, who coordinate the meeting content, including
speakers and topics. In organizations that hold very large or
complex meetings, there may be several senior positions, such
as manager of registration, education seminar ­coordinator, or
conference services director, with the entire meeting planning
department headed by a department director.
Work environment. The work of meeting and convention
planners may be considered either stressful or energizing,
but there is no question that it is fast-paced and demanding.
Planners oversee multiple operations at one time, face numerous deadlines, and orchestrate the activities of several different groups of people. Meeting and convention planners spend
the majority of their time in offices, but during meetings, they
work on-site at the hotel, convention center, or other meeting
location. They travel regularly to attend meetings and to visit
prospective meeting sites. The extent of travel depends upon
the type of organization for which the planner works. Local
and regional organizations require mostly regional travel, while
national and international organizations require travel to more
distant locales, including travel abroad.
Work hours can be long and irregular, with planners working
more than 40 hours per week in the time leading up to a meeting and fewer hours after finishing a meeting. During meetings
or conventions, planners may work very long days, starting as
early as 5:00 a.m. and working until midnight. They are sometimes required to work on weekends.
Some physical activity is required, including long hours of
standing and walking and some lifting and carrying of boxes of
materials, exhibits, or supplies. Planners work with the public

Meeting and convention planners search for prospective
meeting sites, primarily hotels and convention or conference
­centers.
and with workers from diverse backgrounds. They may get to
travel to luxurious hotels and interesting places and meet speakers and meeting attendees from around the world, while enjoying a high level of autonomy.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
People with a variety of educational or work backgrounds become meeting and convention planners. Many migrate into the
occupation after gaining planning experience. For example, an
administrative assistant may begin planning small meetings and
gradually move into a full-time position as a meeting and convention planner. Although there are some certification programs
and college courses in meeting and convention planning available, most needed skills are learned through experience.
Education and training. Many employers prefer applicants
who have a bachelor’s degree, but this is not always required.
The proportion of planners with a bachelor’s degree is increasing because the work and responsibilities are becoming more
complex.
Other planners enter the profession by gaining planning experience while working in another position, such as administrative assistant. Others enter the occupation after working in
hotel sales or as marketing or catering coordinators. These are
effective ways to learn about meeting and convention planning
because these hotel personnel work with numerous meeting
planners, participate in negotiations for hotel services, and witness many different meetings. Workers who enter the occupation in these ways often start at a higher level than those with
bachelor’s degrees and no experience.
Planners with college degrees have backgrounds in a variety
of disciplines, but some useful undergraduate majors are marketing, public relations, communications, business, and hotel
or hospitality management. Individuals who have studied hospitality management may start out with greater responsibilities
than those with other academic backgrounds.  College students
may also gain experience by planning meetings for a university
organization or club.
Several universities offer bachelor’s or master’s degrees with
majors in meetings management. Additionally, meeting and
convention planning continuing education programs are offered

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 117

by a few universities and colleges. These programs are designed
for career development of meeting professionals as well as for
people wishing to enter the occupation. Some programs may
require 40 to more than 100 classroom hours and may last anywhere from 1 semester to 2 years.
Once hired, most of the training is done informally on the
job. Entry-level planners generally begin by performing small
tasks under the supervision of senior meeting professionals.
For example, they may issue requests for proposals and discuss
the resulting proposals with higher level planners. They also
may ­assist in registration, review of contracts, or the creation of
meeting timelines, schedules, or objectives. They may start by
planning small meetings, such as committee meetings. Those
who start at small organizations have the opportunity to learn
more quickly since they will be required to take on a larger
number of tasks.
Other qualifications. Because meeting and convention planners communicate with a wide range of people, they must have
excellent written and verbal communications skills and interpersonal skills in order to convey the needs of the organization
effectively. In addition, they must be good at establishing and
maintaining relationships with clients and suppliers.
Meeting and convention planners must be detail-oriented
with excellent organizational skills, and they must be able to
multi-task, meet tight deadlines, and maintain composure under pressure in a fast-paced environment. Quantitative and analytic skills are needed to formulate and follow budgets and to
­understand and negotiate contracts. The ability to speak multiple languages is a plus, since some planners must communicate
with meeting attendees and speakers from around the world.
Planners also need computer skills, such as the ability to use
financial and registration software and the Internet.
Certification and advancement. To advance in this occupation, planners must volunteer to take on more responsibility and
find new and better ways of doing things in their organizations.
The most important factors are demonstrated skill on the job,
determination, and gaining the respect of others within the organization. Because formal education is increasingly important,
those who enter the occupation may enhance their professional
standing by enrolling in meeting planning courses offered by
professional meeting and convention planning organizations,
colleges, or universities.
As meeting and convention planners prove themselves, they
are given greater responsibilities. This may mean taking on a
wider range of duties or moving to another planning specialty
to gain experience in that area before moving to a higher level.
For example, a planner may be promoted from conference coordinator, with responsibility for meeting logistics, to program
coordinator, with responsibility for booking speakers and formatting the meeting’s program. The next step up may be meeting manager, who supervises all parts of the meeting, and then

director of meetings, and then possibly department director of
meetings and education. Another path for promotion is to move
from a small organization to a larger one, taking on responsibility for larger meetings and conventions.
The Convention Industry Council offers the Certified
­Meeting Professional (CMP) credential, a voluntary certification for meeting and convention planners. Although the CMP
is not required, it is widely recognized in the industry and may
help in career advancement. To qualify, candidates must have a
minimum of 3 years of meeting management experience, fulltime employment in a meeting management capacity, and proof
of accountability for successfully completed meetings. Those
who qualify must then pass an examination that covers topics
such as adult learning, financial management, facilities and services, logistics, and meeting programs.
The Society of Government Meeting Professionals (SGMP)
offers the Certified Government Meeting Professional credential. This certification is not required to work as a government
meeting planner. It may, however, be helpful to those who want
to demonstrate knowledge of issues specific to planning government meetings, such as regulations and policies governing
procurement and travel. To qualify for certification, candidates
must have at least 1 year of membership in SGMP. Membership requires employment as a meeting planner within Federal,
State, or local government or for a firm that works on government contracts. To become certified, members must take a
3-day course and pass an exam.
With significant experience, meeting planners may become
independent meeting consultants, advance to vice president or
executive director of an association, or start their own meeting
planning firms.

Employment
Meeting and convention planners held about 56,600 jobs in
2008. About 27 percent worked for religious, grantmaking,
civic, professional, and similar organizations and 14 percent
worked for accommodation, including hotels and motels. The
remaining worked for educational services, public and private,
and in other industries that host meetings. About 6 percent of
meeting planners were self-employed.

Job Outlook
Employment of meeting and convention planners is expected to
grow faster than the average for all occupations. Opportunities
will be best for individuals with a bachelor’s degree and some
meeting planning experience.
Employment change. Employment of meeting and convention planners is expected to grow 16 percent over the 2008-18
decade, which is faster than the average for all occupations. As
businesses and organizations become increasingly international, meetings and conventions become even more important. In

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Meeting and convention planners......................................................

SOC
Code
13-1121

Employment,
2008
56,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
65,400

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
8,800
16

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

118 Occupational Outlook Handbook

organizations that span the country or the globe, the periodic
meeting is increasingly the only time the organization can bring
all of its members together. Despite the proliferation of alternative forms of communication, such as e-mail, videoconferencing, and the Internet, face-to-face interaction is still irreplaceable. In fact, these new forms of communication which foster
interaction and connect individuals and groups that previously
would not have collaborated actually increase the demand for
meetings by these new groups and individuals. Industries that
are experiencing high growth tend to experience corresponding
growth in meetings and conferences.
Job prospects. In addition to openings from employment
growth, there will be some job openings that arise due to the
need to replace workers who leave this occupation. Opportunities will be best for individuals with a bachelor’s degree and
some meeting planning experience. A CMP is also viewed favorably by potential employers.
The skills that meeting planners develop are useful in whichever industry they work. They often do not need industryspecific knowledge, which allows them to change industries
relatively easily. There will also be opportunities for freelance
meeting planners to contract with organizations that do not
maintain meeting planners on staff.
Demand for corporate meeting planners is susceptible to
business cycle fluctuations because meetings are usually among
the first expenses cut when budgets are tight. For associations,
fluctuations are less pronounced because meetings are generally a source of revenue rather than an expense. However, since
fewer people are able to attend association meetings during recessions, associations often reduce their meeting staff as well.
Associations for industries such as healthcare, in which meeting attendance is required for professionals to maintain their
licensure, are the least likely to experience cutbacks during
downturns in the economy.

Sources of Additional Information
For information about meeting planner certification, contact:
hhConvention Industry Council, 700 N. Fairfax
St., Suite 510, Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.conventionindustry.org
For information about the Certified Government Meeting
Professional designation, contact:
hhSociety of Government Meeting Professionals, 908
King St., Lower Level, Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.sgmp.org
For information about internships and on-campus student
meeting planning organizations, contact:
hhProfessional Convention Management Association, 2301 S.
Lake Shore Dr., Suite 1001, Chicago, IL 60616-1419. Internet:
http://www.pcma.org
For information about meeting planning education, entering
the profession, and career paths, contact:
hhMeeting Professionals International, 3030 Lyndon B
Johnson Fwy., Suite 1700, Dallas, TX 75234-2759. Internet:
http://www.mpiweb.org
For additional career information about meeting and convention planners, see the Occupational Outlook ­Quarterly
article “Meeting and convention planners,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2005/fall/art03.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos298.htm

Personal Financial Advisors

Earnings
Median annual wages of meeting and convention planners in
May 2008 were $44,260. The middle 50 percent earned between $34,480 and $57,820. The lowest 10 percent earned less
than $27,450, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$74,610. In May 2008, median annual wages in the industries
employing the largest numbers of meeting and convention planners were as follows:
Management, scientific, and technical
consulting services..................................................$49,600
Business, professional, labor, political,
and similar organizations...........................................47,670
Other support services...................................................44,290
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........41,860
Traveler accommodation...............................................41,470

Related Occupations
Other occupations that have similar planning and organizing
responsibilities include:
Page
Food service managers............................................................... 55
Lodging managers...................................................................... 70
Public relations specialists....................................................... 350
Travel agents............................................................................ 557

Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Most personal financial advisors have a bachelor’s
degree.
Math, analytical, and interpersonal skills are important.
Keen competition is anticipated for these highly
paid positions, despite much faster than average job
growth.
About 29 percent of personal financial advisors are
self-employed.

Nature of the Work
Personal financial advisors assess the financial needs of individuals and assist them with investments, tax laws, and insurance decisions. Advisors help their clients identify and plan for
short-term and long-term goals. Advisors help clients plan for
retirement, education expenses, and general investment ­choices.
Many also provide tax advice or sell insurance. Although most
planners offer advice on a wide range of topics, some specialize
in areas such as retirement and estate planning or risk management.

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 119

the general public. Private bankers manage portfolios for these
individuals using the resources of the bank, including teams of
financial analysts, accountants, lawyers, and other professionals. Private bankers sell these services to wealthy individuals,
generally spending most of their time working with a small
number of clients. Private bankers normally directly manage
their customers’ finances.
Work environment.
Personal financial advisors usually
work in offices or their own homes. Personal financial advisors
usually work standard business hours, but they also schedule
meetings with clients in the evenings or on weekends. Many
also teach evening classes or hold seminars to bring in more
clients. Some personal financial advisors spend a fair amount of
their time traveling, to attend conferences or training sessions
or to visit clients.
Private bankers also generally work during standard business
hours, but because they work so closely with their clients, they
may have to be available outside normal hours upon request.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Personal financial advisors usually work with many clients and
often must find their own customers.
Personal financial advisors usually work with many clients
and often must find their own customers. Many personal financial advisors spend a great deal of their time marketing their
services. Many advisors meet potential clients by giving seminars or through business and social networking. Finding clients
and building a customer base is one of the most important aspects of becoming a successful financial advisor.
Financial advisors begin work with a client by setting up a
consultation. This is usually an in-person meeting where the
advisor obtains as much information as possible about the client’s finances and goals. The advisor creates a comprehensive
financial plan that identifies problem areas, makes recommendations for improvement, and selects appropriate investments
­compatible with the client’s goals, attitude toward risk, and expectation or need for investment returns. Advisors sometimes
seek advice from financial analysts, accountants, or lawyers.
Financial advisors usually meet with established clients at
least once a year to update them on potential investments and
adjust their financial plan to any life changes—such as marriage, disability, or retirement. Financial advisors also answer
clients’ questions regarding changes in benefit plans or the consequences of changing their job. Financial planners must educate their clients about risks and possible scenarios so that the
clients don’t harbor unrealistic expectations.
Many personal financial advisors are licensed to directly buy
and sell financial products, such as stocks, bonds, derivatives,
annuities, and insurance products. Depending upon the agreement they have with their clients, personal financial advisors
may have their clients’ permission to make decisions regarding
the buying and selling of stocks and bonds.
Private bankers or wealth managers are personal financial
advisors who work for people who have a lot of money to invest. Because they have so much capital, these clients resemble
institutional investors and approach investing differently from

Personal financial advisors must have a bachelor’s degree.
Many also earn a master’s degree in finance or business administration or get professional designations. Math, analytical, and
interpersonal skills are important.
Education and training. A bachelor’s or graduate degree is
strongly preferred for personal financial advisors. Employers
usually do not require a specific field of study for personal financial advisors, but a bachelor’s degree in accounting, finance,
economics, business, mathematics, or law provides good preparation for the occupation. Courses in investments, taxes, estate
planning, and risk management are also helpful. Programs in
financial planning are becoming more available in colleges and
universities.
Licensure.   Personal financial advisors who directly buy or
sell stocks, bonds, insurance policies, or specific investment
advice need a combination of licenses that varies based upon
the products they sell. In addition to those licenses, smaller
firms that manage clients’ investments must be registered with
state regulators, and larger firms must be registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Personal financial advisors who choose to sell insurance need licenses issued by State
boards. State licensing board information and requirements for
registered investment advisors are available from the North
American Securities Administrator Association.
Other qualifications.
Personal financial advisors need
strong math, analytical, and interpersonal skills. They need
strong sales ability, including the ability to make a wide-range
of customers feel comfortable. Personal financial advisor training emphasizes the different types of investors, and how to tailor advice to the investor’s personality. They need the ability to
present financial concepts to clients in easy-to-understand language. Some advisors have experience in a related occupation,
such as accountant, auditor, insurance sales agent, or broker.
Private bankers may have previously worked as a financial
analyst and need to understand and explain highly technical investment strategies and products.
Certification and advancement. Although not always required, certifications enhance professional standing and are

120 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Personal financial advisors.................................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

13-2052

208,400

Projected
Employment,
2018
271,200

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
62,800
30

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

recommended by employers. Personal financial advisors may
obtain the Certified Financial Planner (CFP) credential. This
certification, issued by the Certified Financial Planner Board
of Standards, requires 3 years of relevant experience; the completion of education requirements, including a bachelor’s degree; passing a comprehensive examination, and adherence to
a code of ethics. The exam tests the candidate’s knowledge of
the financial planning process, insurance and risk management,
employee benefits planning, taxes and retirement planning, and
investment and estate planning. Candidates are also required to
have a working knowledge of debt management, planning liability, emergency fund reserves, and statistical modeling.
Personal financial advisors have several different paths to
advancement. Those who work in firms may move into managerial positions. Others may choose to open their own branch
offices for securities firms and serve as independent registered
representatives of those firms.

Employment
Personal financial advisors held 208,400 jobs in May 2008.
Jobs were spread throughout the country, although a significant number are located in New York, California, and Florida.
About 63 percent worked in finance and insurance industries,
including securities and commodity brokers, banks, insurance ­carriers, and financial investment firms. About 29 percent
of personal financial advisors were self-employed, operating
small investment advisory firms.

Job Outlook
Employment of personal financial advisors is expected to grow
much faster than the average for all occupations. Despite strong
job growth, keen competition will continue for these well paid
jobs, especially for new entrants.
Employment change. Personal financial advisors are projected to grow by 30 percent over the 2008–18 period, which is
much faster than the average for all occupations. Growing numbers of advisors will be needed to assist the millions of workers
expected to retire in the next 10 years. As more members of the
large baby boom generation reach their peak years of retirement savings, personal investments are expected to increase and
more people will seek the help of experts. Many companies also
have replaced traditional pension plans with retirement savings
programs, so more individuals are managing their own retirements than in the past, creating jobs for advisors. In addition,
as people are living longer, they should plan to finance longer
retirements.
The growing number and assets of very wealthy individuals
will help drive growth of private bankers and wealth managers.
The need for private bankers to explain and manage increasing
complexity of financial and investment products will continue
to drive growth.

Job prospects. Personal financial advisors will face keen
competition, as relatively low barriers to entry and high ­wages
attract many new entrants. Many individuals enter the field
by working for a bank or full-service brokerage. Because the
­occupation requires sales, people who have strong selling skills
will ultimately be most successful. A college degree and certification can lend credibility.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary personal financial
advisors were $69,050 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $46,390 and $119,290. Personal financial advisors who work for financial services firms are often paid a
salary plus bonus. Bonuses are not included in the wage data
listed here. Advisors who work for financial investment or planning firms or who are self-employed typically earn their money
by charging a percentage of the clients’ assets under management. They may also earn money by charging hourly fees for
their services or through fees on stock and insurance purchases.
Advisors generally receive commissions for financial products
they sell, in addition to charging a fee. Wages of self-employed
workers are not included in the earnings given here.

Related Occupations
Other jobs requiring expertise in finance and investment or in
the sale of financial products include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Insurance sales agents.............................................................. 534
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Real estate brokers and sales agents........................................ 540
Securities, commodities, and financial
services sales agents............................................................. 553

Sources of Additional Information
For general information on securities industry employment,
contact:
hhFinancial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA),
1735 K St. NW., Washington, DC 20006. Internet:
http://www.finra.org

hhSecurities Industry and Financial Markets Association,
120 Broadway, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10271. Internet:
http://www.sifma.org
For information on state and federal investment advisor
­registration, contact:
hhNorth American Securities Administrator Association,
750 First St. NE., Suite 1140, Washington, DC 20002.
Internet: http://www.nasaa.org

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 121

hhSecurities and Exchange Commission (SEC), 100 F St.
NE., Washington, DC 20549. Internet: http://www.sec.gov
For information on personal financial advisor careers, contact:
hhCertified Financial Planner Board of Standards, Inc.,
1425 K St. NW., Suite 500, Washington, DC 20005. Internet:
http://www.cfp.net

hhFinancial Planning Association, 4100 E. Mississippi
Ave., Suite 400, Denver, CO 80246-3053. Internet:
http://www.fpanet.org
For additional career information, see the Occupational
Outlook Quarterly article “Financial analysts and personal financial advisors” online at http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/
2000/summer/art03.pdf and in print at many libraries and
­career centers.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos302.htm

Tax Examiners, Collectors,
and Revenue Agents
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents work
for Federal, State, and local governments.
Many workers have a bachelor’s degree, but relevant
experience is important for many jobs.
Employment is expected to grow as fast as the average, while retirements should create additional job
openings.
Competition will be greatest for positions with the
­Internal Revenue Service.

Nature of the Work
Taxes are one of the certainties of life, and as long as governments collect taxes, there will be jobs for tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents. By reviewing tax returns, conducting
audits, identifying taxes payable, and collecting overdue tax
dollars, these workers ensure that governments obtain revenues
from businesses and citizens.
Tax examiners do similar work, whether they are employed at
the Federal, State, or local government level. They review filed
tax returns for accuracy and determine whether tax credits and
deductions are allowed by law. Because many States assess individual income taxes based on the taxpayer’s reported Federal
adjusted gross income, tax examiners working for the Federal
Government report any adjustments or corrections they make
to the States. State tax examiners then determine whether the
adjustments affect the taxpayer’s State tax liability. At the local
level, tax examiners often have additional duties, but an integral
part of the work still includes the need to determine the factual
basis for claims for refunds.

Tax examiners usually deal with the simplest tax returns—
those filed by individual taxpayers with few deductions or those
filed by small businesses. At the entry level, many tax examiners perform clerical duties, such as reviewing tax returns and
entering them into a computer system for processing. If there is
a problem, tax examiners may contact the taxpayer to resolve it.
Tax examiners also review returns for accuracy, checking taxpayers’ math and making sure that the amounts that they report
match those reported from other sources, such as employers
and banks. In addition, examiners verify that Social Security
numbers match names and that taxpayers have correctly interpreted the instructions on tax forms.
Much of a tax examiner’s job involves making sure that tax
credits and deductions claimed by taxpayers are legitimate. Tax
examiners contact taxpayers by mail or telephone to address
discrepancies and request supporting documentation. They may
notify taxpayers of any overpayment or underpayment and either issue a refund or request further payment. If a taxpayer
owes additional taxes, tax examiners adjust the total amount by
assessing fees, interest, and penalties and notify the taxpayer of
the total liability. Although most tax examiners deal with uncomplicated returns, some may work with more complex tax
issues, such as pensions or business net operating losses.
Revenue agents specialize in tax-related accounting work
for the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and for equivalent
agencies in State and local governments. Like tax examiners,
they audit returns for accuracy. However, revenue agents handle
complicated income, sales, and excise tax returns of businesses
and large corporations. As a result, their work differs in a number of ways from that of tax examiners.
Entry-level Federal revenue agents usually audit tax returns
of small businesses whose market specializations are similar.
As they develop expertise in an industry, such as construction,
retail sales, or finance, insurance, and real estate, revenue agents
work with tax returns of large corporations.
Many experienced revenue agents specialize; for example,
they may focus exclusively on multinational businesses. But
all revenue agents working for the Federal Government must
keep abreast of the lengthy, complex, and frequently changing
tax code. Computer technology has simplified the research process, allowing revenue agents Internet access to relevant legal
bulletins, IRS notices, and tax-related court decisions. Revenue
agents also use computers to analyze data and identify trends
that help pinpoint tax offenders.
At the State level, revenue agents have duties similar to those
of their counterparts in the Federal Government. State revenue
agents use revenue adjustment reports forwarded by the IRS to
determine whether adjustments made by Federal revenue agents
affect a taxpayer’s taxable income in the eyes of the States. In
addition, State agents consider the sales and income taxes for
their own States.
At the local level, revenue agents have varying titles and duties, but they still perform field audits or office audits of financial records for business firms. In some cases, local revenue
agents also examine financial records of individuals. These
­local agents, like their State counterparts, rely on the information contained in Federal tax returns. However, local agents also

122 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Many tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents have a
bachelor’s degree, but relevant experience is important for
many jobs.
must be knowledgeable enough to apply local tax laws regarding income, utility fees, or school taxes.
Collectors, also called revenue officers in the IRS, deal with
delinquent accounts. The process of collecting a delinquent
­account starts with the revenue agent or tax examiner sending
a report to the taxpayer. If the taxpayer makes no effort to resolve the delinquent account, the case is assigned to a collector.
When a collector takes a case, he or she first sends the taxpayer
a notice. The collector then works with the taxpayer on how to
settle the debt.
In cases in which taxpayers fail to file a tax return, Federal
collectors may request that the IRS prepare the return on a taxpayer’s behalf. In other instances, collectors are responsible
for verifying claims that delinquent taxpayers cannot pay their
­taxes. They investigate these claims by researching court information on the status of liens, mortgages, or financial statements; locating assets through third parties, such as neighbors
or local departments of motor vehicles; and requesting legal
summonses for other records. Ultimately, collectors must decide whether the IRS should take a lien—a claim on an asset
such as a bank account, real estate, or an automobile—to settle
a debt. Collectors also have the discretion to garnish wages—
that is, take a portion of earned wages—to collect taxes owed.
A big part of a collector’s job at the Federal level is imposing
and following up on delinquent taxpayers’ payment deadlines.
For each case file, collectors must maintain records, including
contacts, telephone numbers, and actions taken.
Like tax examiners and revenue agents, collectors use computers to maintain files. Computer technology also gives ­collectors
access to data to help them identify high-risk ­debtors—those
who are unlikely to pay or are likely to flee. Collectors at the
IRS usually work independently. However, they call on experts
when tax examiners or revenue agents find fraudulent returns,

or when the seizure of a property will involve complex legal
steps.
At the State level, collectors decide whether to take action by
reviewing tax returns filed in the State where they work. Collection work may be handled over the telephone or turned over
to a collector who specializes in obtaining settlements. These
collectors contact people directly and have the authority to issue subpoenas and request seizures of property. At the local
levels, collectors have less power than their State and Federal
counterparts. Although they can start the processes leading to
the seizure of property and garnishment of wages, they must go
through the local court system.
Work environment. Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue
agents work in clean, pleasant, and comfortable office settings.
Depending upon work assignment, travel may be necessary.
Revenue agents at both the Federal and State levels spend a
significant portion of their time in the offices of private firms,
accessing tax-related records. Some agents may be permanently
stationed in the offices of large corporations with complicated
tax structures. Agents at the local level usually work in city
halls or municipal buildings. Collectors travel to local courthouses, county and municipal seats of government, businesses,
and taxpayers’ homes to look up records, search for assets, and
settle delinquent accounts.
Stress can result from the need to work under a deadline. Collectors also must face the unpleasant task of confronting delinquent taxpayers.
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents generally work
a 40-hour week, although some overtime might be needed during the tax season. State and local tax examiners, who may review sales, gasoline, and cigarette taxes instead of handling tax
returns, may have a steadier workload year-round.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Many tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents have a
bachelor’s degree. But relevant experience, or a combination
of postsecondary education and experience, is sufficient qualification for many jobs. Specialized experience is sufficient to
qualify for many jobs in State and local government.
Education and training. In the Federal Government, workers must have a bachelor’s degree or a combination of some college education and related experience. After being hired by the
IRS, employees can expect to attend several multiweek training
seminars. In State and local governments, workers often have
an associate degree, some college-level business classes and
specialized experience, or a high school diploma and specialized experience.
For more advanced entry-level positions, applicants often
must have a bachelor’s degree. Candidates may sometimes
qualify without a bachelor’s degree, however, if they can demonstrate experience working with tax records, tax laws and
regulations, documents, financial accounts, or similar ­records.
Specific education and training requirements vary by occupational specialty.
Tax examiners usually must have a bachelor’s degree in accounting or a related discipline or a combination of education
and full-time accounting, auditing, or tax compliance work. Tax
examiner candidates at the IRS must have a bachelor’s degree

Management, Business, and Financial Occupations 123

or one year of full-time specialized experience, which could
include full-time work in accounting, bookkeeping, or tax analysis. After they are hired, tax examiners receive some formal
training. In addition, annual employer-provided updates keep
tax examiners current with changes in procedures and regulations.
Collectors usually must have some combination of college
education and experience in collections, management, customer service, or tax compliance, or as a loan officer or credit
manager. A bachelor’s degree is required for employment as a
collector with the IRS. No additional experience is required,
and experience may not be substituted for the degree. Degrees
in business, finance, accounting, and criminal justice are good
backgrounds.
Entry-level collectors receive formal and on-the-job training
under an instructor’s guidance before working independently.
Collectors usually complete initial training by the end of their
second year of service, but may receive advanced technical instruction as they gain seniority and take on more difficult cases.
Also, collectors are encouraged to continue their professional
education by attending meetings to exchange information about
how changes in tax laws affect collection methods.
Revenue agents usually must have a bachelor’s degree in accounting, business administration, economics, or a related discipline or a combination of education and full-time business
administration, accounting, or auditing work. Revenue agents
with the IRS must have either a bachelor’s degree or 30 semester hours of accounting coursework along with specialized
experience. Specialized experience includes full-time work in
accounting, bookkeeping, or tax analysis.
Other qualifications. Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents work with confidential financial and personal information; therefore, trustworthiness is crucial for maintaining
the confidentiality of individuals and businesses. Applicants
for Federal Government jobs must submit to a background
­investigation.
Collectors need good interpersonal and communication skills
because they deal directly with the public and because their reports are scrutinized when the tax agency must legally justify
attempts to seize assets. They must be able to negotiate well
and deal effectively with others in potentially confrontational
situations.
Revenue agents need strong analytical, organizational, and
time management skills. They also must be able to work independently, because they spend so much time away from their
home office, and they must keep current with changes in the tax
code and laws. Revenue agents that travel need a valid driver’s
license to perform their duties.
Advancement. Advancement potential within Federal, State,
and local agencies varies for tax examiners, revenue agents, and
collectors. For related jobs outside government, experienced

workers can take a licensing exam administered by the Federal
Government to become enrolled agents—nongovernment tax
professionals authorized to represent taxpayers before the IRS.
Collectors who demonstrate leadership skills and a thorough
knowledge of collection activities may advance to supervisory
or managerial collector positions, in which they oversee the activities of other collectors. It is only these higher level supervisors and managers who may authorize the more serious actions
against individuals and businesses. The more complex collection attempts which usually are directed at larger businesses are
reserved for collectors at these higher levels.
Newly hired revenue agents expand their accounting knowledge and remain up to date by consulting auditing manuals and
other sources for detailed information about individual industries. Employers also continually offer training in new auditing
techniques and tax-related issues and court decisions. As revenue agents gain knowledge and experience, they may specialize
in an industry, work with large corporations, and cover increasingly complex tax returns. Some revenue agent advancement
specialties involve assisting in criminal investigations, auditing
the books of suspected criminals, working with grand juries to
help secure indictments, or becoming an international agent.

Employment
In 2008, tax examiners, revenue agents, and collectors held
about 72,700 jobs. About 98 percent worked for government.
About 2 percent were self employed. In the IRS, tax examiners and revenue agents predominate because of the role of the
agency. Collectors make up a smaller proportion, because most
disputed tax liabilities do not require enforced ­collection.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow as fast as the average, while
retirements over the next 10 years should create additional job
openings at all levels of government.
Employment change. Employment of tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents is projected to grow 13 percent
during the 2008-18 decade, which is considered as fast as the
average. Demand for tax examiners, revenue agents, and tax
collectors will stem from changes in government policy toward
tax enforcement and from growth in the number of businesses.
Two factors should increase the demand for revenue agents
and tax collectors—the Federal Government is expected to
­increase its tax enforcement efforts, and new technology and information sharing among tax agencies make it easier for agencies to pinpoint potential offenders, increasing the number of
cases for audit and collection.
The work of tax examiners is especially well suited to automation, adversely affecting demand for these workers in
particular. In addition, more than 40 States and many local tax
agencies contract out part of their tax collection functions to

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents..................................

SOC
Code
13-2081

Employment,
2008
72,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
82,200

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
9,500
13

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational
­Information Included in the Handbook.

124 Occupational Outlook Handbook

private-sector collection agencies in order to reduce costs, and
this trend is likely to continue. The IRS outsourced some tax
collection activities, but the agency is ending this practice.
Job prospects. The large number of retirements expected
over the next 10 years is expected to create many job openings
at all levels of government. Both State and Federal tax agencies
are continuing to focus enforcement on higher income taxpayers and businesses, which file more complicated tax returns.
Because of this, workers with knowledge of accounting, tax
laws, and experience working with complex tax issues will have
the best opportunities.
Competition will be greatest for positions with the IRS. Opportunities at the Federal level will reflect the tightening or relaxation of budget constraints imposed on the IRS, the primary
employer of these workers.
Employment at the State and local levels may fluctuate with
the overall state of the economy. When the economy is contracting, State and local governments are likely to freeze hiring and
lay off workers in response to budgetary constraints.

Earnings
In May 2008, median annual wages for all tax examiners, collectors, and revenue agents were $48,100. The middle 50 percent earned between $36,590 and $66,730. The bottom 10 percent earned less than $28,390, and the top 10 percent earned
more than $89,630. However, wages vary considerably, depending on the level of government and occupational specialty.
For example, in March 2009, the Federal Government’s average
annual salary was $42,035 for tax ­examiners, $91,507 for internal revenue agents, and $63,547 for tax ­specialists.
IRS employees receive family, vacation, and sick leave.
Full-time permanent IRS employees are offered tax-deferred
­retirement savings and investment plans with employer matching contributions, health insurance, and life insurance.

Related Occupations
Other occupations that analyze and interpret financial data
­include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Cost estimators......................................................................... 100
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Financial managers.................................................................... 52
Loan officers............................................................................ 109
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118

Sources of Additional Information
Information on obtaining positions as tax examiners, collectors, or revenue agents with the Federal Government is
available from the Office of Personnel Management through
USAJOBS, the Federal Government’s official employment
information system. This resource for locating and applying
for job opportunities can be accessed through the Internet at
http://www.usajobs.opm.gov or through an interactive voice
response telephone system at (703) 724-1850 or TDD (978)
461-8404. These numbers are not toll free, and charges may
result.
State or local government personnel offices can provide information about tax examiner, collector, or revenue agent jobs
at those levels of government.
For information about careers at the Internal Revenue Service, contact:
hhInternal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Ave. NW.,
Washington, D.C. 20224. Internet: http://www.jobs.irs.gov
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos260.htm

Professional and Related
Occupations
Computer and Mathematical Occupations
Actuaries
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

A strong background in mathematics is essential.
Actuaries generally have a bachelor’s degree and
must pass a series of examinations—often taking 4 to
8 years—to gain full professional status.
Competition for jobs will be keen as the number of
qualified candidates is expected to exceed the number
of positions available.
About 55 percent of actuaries are employed by insurance carriers.

Nature of the Work
Through their knowledge of statistics, finance, and business,
actuaries assess the risk of events occurring and help create
policies for businesses and clients that minimize the cost of
that risk. For this reason, actuaries are essential to the insurance ­industry.
Actuaries analyze data to estimate the probability and likely
cost to the company of an event such as death, sickness, injury,
disability, or loss of property. Actuaries also address financial
matters, such as how a company should invest resources to
maximize return on investments, or how an individual should
invest in order to attain a certain retirement income level. Using their expertise in evaluating various types of risk, actuaries help design insurance policies, pension plans, and other
financial strategies in a manner which will help ensure that the
plans are maintained on a sound financial basis.
Most actuaries are employed in the insurance industry, specializing in either property and casualty insurance or life and
health insurance. They use sophisticated modeling techniques
to forecast the likelihood of certain events occurring, and the
impact these events will have on claims and potential losses
for the company. For example, property and casualty actuaries
calculate the expected number of claims resulting from automobile accidents, which varies depending on the insured person’s age, sex, driving history, type of car, and other factors.
Actuaries ensure that the premium charged for such insurance
will enable the company to cover potential claims and other
expenses. This premium must be profitable, yet competitive
with other insurance companies.
Within the life and health insurance fields, actuaries help
companies develop health and long-term-care insurance policies by predicting the likelihood of occurrence of heart disease,
diabetes, stroke, cancer, and other chronic ailments among a

particular group of people who have something in common,
such as living in a certain area or having a family history of
illness. Such work of actuaries can be beneficial to both the
consumer and the company because the ability to accurately
predict the likelihood of a particular health event among a certain group ensures that premiums are assessed fairly based on
the risk to the company.  Additionally, life insurance actuaries
help companies develop annuity and life insurance policies
for individuals by estimating how long someone is expected
to live.
Actuaries in other financial service industries manage credit
and help set a price for corporate security offerings. They also
devise new investment tools to help their firms compete with
other companies. Pension actuaries work under the provisions
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) of
1974 which sets minimum standards for pension and health
plans in private industry. Actuaries working for the government help manage social programs such as Social Security
and Medicare.
Actuaries help determine corporate policy on risk, for example, and also help explain complex technical matters to
company executives, government officials, shareholders,
policyholders, or the general public. They may testify before
public agencies on proposed legislation that affects their businesses or explain changes in contract provisions to customers.
They also may help companies develop plans to enter new
lines of business or new geographic markets by forecasting
demand in competitive settings.
Consulting actuaries provide advice to clients on a contract
basis. The duties of most consulting actuaries are similar to
those of other actuaries. For example, some may evaluate
company pension plans by calculating the future value of employee and employer contributions and determining whether
the amounts are sufficient to meet the future needs of retirees.
Others help companies reduce their insurance costs by offering them advice on how to lessen the risk of injury on the
job. Consulting actuaries sometimes testify in court regarding the value of potential lifetime earnings of a person who
is disabled or killed in an accident, the current value of future
pension benefits (in divorce cases), or other values arrived at
by complex calculations. Some actuaries work in reinsurance,
a field in which one insurance company arranges to share a
large prospective liability policy with another insurance company in exchange for a percentage of the premium.
Work environment. Actuaries have desk jobs, and their
offices usually are comfortable and pleasant. While most actuaries work at least 40 hours a week, those in consulting type
jobs may be required to travel and thus work more than 40
hours per week.
125

126 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Actuaries need a strong background in mathematics, statistics,
and general business. They generally have a bachelor’s degree
and are required to pass a series of exams in order to become
certified professionals.
Education and training. Actuaries need a strong foundation in mathematics and general business. Usually, actuaries
earn an undergraduate degree in mathematics, statistics, or
actuarial science, or a business-related field such as finance,
economics, or business. While in college, students should
complete coursework in economics, applied statistics, and
corporate finance, which is a requirement for professional
certification. Furthermore, many students obtain internships
to gain experience in the profession prior to graduation. More
than 100 colleges and universities offer an actuarial science
program, and most offer a degree in mathematics, statistics,
economics, or finance.
Increasingly, companies are requiring potential employees
to have passed the initial actuarial exam described in the next
section, which tests an individual’s proficiency in mathematics—including calculus, probability, and statistics before being hired.
Beginning actuaries often rotate among different jobs in an
organization, such as marketing, underwriting, financial reporting and product development, to learn various actuarial
operations and phases of insurance work. At first, they prepare
data for actuarial projects or perform other simple tasks. As
they gain experience, actuaries may supervise clerks, prepare
correspondence, draft reports, and conduct research. They
may move from one company to another early in their careers
as they advance to higher positions.
Licensure.   Two professional societies sponsor programs
leading to full professional status in their specialty: the Society of Actuaries (SOA) and the Casualty Actuarial Society
(CAS). The SOA certifies actuaries in the fields of life insurance, health benefits systems, retirement systems, and finance
and investment. The CAS gives a series of examinations in the
property and casualty field, which includes automobile, homeowners, medical malpractice, workers compensation, and
personal injury liability.
Four of the first seven exams in the SOA and CAS examination series are jointly sponsored by the two societies and

Actuaries need a strong background in mathematics.

cover the same material. For this reason, students do not need
to commit themselves to a specialty until they have taken the
initial examination, which tests an individual’s competence in
mathematics and helps evaluate their potential as actuaries. If
candidates pass the initial exam, prospects can begin taking
the next series of exams with the help of self-study guides
and courses. Those who pass two or more examinations have
better opportunities for employment at higher starting salaries
than those who do not. These initial exams can be taken while
the candidate is still in college.
Many candidates find work as an actuary immediately after
graduation and work through the certification process while
gaining some experience in the field. In fact, many employers
pay the examination fees and provide their employees time to
study. As actuaries pass exams, they are often rewarded with
a pay increase. Despite the fact that employers are supportive
during the exam process, home study is necessary and many
actuaries study for months to prepare for each exam.
The process for gaining certification in the Casualty Actuarial Society is predominantly exam-based. To reach the first
level of certification, the Associate or ACAS level, a candidate
must complete seven exams, attend one course on professionalism and complete the coursework in applied statistics, corporate finance, and economics required by both the SOA and
CAS. This process generally takes from 4 to 8 years. The next
level, the Fellowship, or FCAS level, requires passing two additional exams in advanced topics, including investment and
assets and dynamic financial analysis and the valuation of insurance. Most actuaries reach the fellowship level 2 to 3 years
after attaining Associate status.
The certification process of the Society of Actuaries blends
exams with computer learning modules and coursework. After
taking the initial exams, candidates must choose a specialty—
group and health benefits, individual life and annuities, retirement benefits, investments or finance/enterprise risk management. To reach the Associate or ASA level, a candidate must
complete the initial five exams, the coursework in applied statistics, corporate finance, and economics required by the SOA
and CAS, eight computer modules with two subsequent essays, and a seminar in professionalism. This process generally
takes from 4 to 8 years. To attain the Fellowship or FSA level,
a candidate must pass two additional exams within a chosen
specialty and must complete three computer modules, a seminar in professionalism, and a course in fellowship admissions.
Attaining Fellowship status usually takes an additional 2 to 3
years after becoming an Associate.
Specific requirements apply to pension actuaries, who verify the financial status of defined benefit pension plans for the
Federal Government. These actuaries must be enrolled by the
Joint Board of the U.S. Treasury Department and the U.S. Department of Labor for the Enrollment of Actuaries. To qualify
for enrollment, applicants must meet certain experience requirements and pass two exams administered by the SOA, as
stipulated by the Board.
Other qualifications. Actuaries should have strong computer skills and be able to develop and use spreadsheets and
databases, as well as standard statistical analysis software.
Knowledge of programming languages, such as Visual Basic

Professional and Related Occupations 127

for Applications, SAS, or SQL, is also useful. Companies also
increasingly prefer well-rounded individuals who, in addition
to having acquired a strong technical background, have some
training in business and possess strong communication skills.
Good interpersonal skills also are important, particularly for
consulting actuaries.
To perform their duties effectively, actuaries must keep up
with current economic and social trends and legislation, as
well as developments in health, business, and finance that
could affect insurance or investment practices.
Advancement.   Advancement depends largely on job performance and the number of actuarial examinations passed.
Actuaries with a broad knowledge of the insurance, pension,
investment, or employee benefits fields can rise to executive
positions in their companies, such as Chief Risk Officer or
Chief ­Financial Officer. These generally require that actuaries
use their abilities for assessing risk and apply it to the entire company as a whole. Actuaries with supervisory ability
may advance to management positions in other areas, such
as underwriting, accounting, data processing, marketing, and
advertising. Some experienced actuaries move into consulting, often by opening their own consulting firm. A few actuaries transfer to college and university faculty positions.
(See the section on teachers—postsecondary elsewhere in the
­Handbook.)

Employment
Actuaries held about 19,700 jobs in 2008. About 55 percent
of all actuaries were employed by insurance carriers. Approximately 16 percent work for management, scientific and technical consulting services. Others worked for insurance agents
and brokers and in the management of companies and enterprises industry. A relatively small number of actuaries are employed by government agencies.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow much faster than the average for all occupations. Competition for jobs will be keen as
the number of qualified candidates is expected to exceed the
number of positions available.
Employment change. Employment of actuaries is expected
to increase by 21 percent over the 2008–18 period, which is
much faster than the average for all occupations. While employment in the insurance industry—the largest employer of
actuaries—will experience some growth, greater job growth
will occur in other industries, such as financial services and
consulting.
Despite slower than average growth of the insurance industry, employment in this key sector is expected to increase
during the projection period as actuaries will be needed to

develop, price, and evaluate a variety of insurance products
and calculate the costs of new risks. Natural disasters should
continue to require the work of actuaries in property and casualty insurance while the growing popularity of annuities, a
financial product offered primarily by life insurance companies, will also spur demand. Penetration among actuaries into
non-traditional areas, such as the financial services sector, to
help price corporate security offerings, for example, will also
contribute to some employment growth.
Consulting firms should experience strong employment
demand as an increasing number of industries utilize actuaries to assess risk. Increased regulation of managed healthcare
companies and drafting healthcare legislation will also spur
employment growth.
Nonetheless, growth may be, to a degree, offset by corporate downsizing and consolidation of the insurance industry—
the largest employer of actuaries. Life insurance companies,
for example, are expected to increasingly shed high level actuarial positions as companies merge and streamline operations.
Pension actuaries will also experience declining demand. This
is largely due to the decline of defined benefit plans, which
required review by an actuary, in favor of investment-based
retirement funds, such as 401ks.
Job prospects. Job seekers are likely to face competition
because the number of job openings is expected to be less
than the number of qualified applicants. College graduates
who have passed two of the initial exams and completed an
internship should enjoy the best prospects. A solid foundation in mathematics, including the ability to compute complex
probability and statistics, is essential. Experience or skills in
computer programming can also be important. In addition to
job growth, a small number of jobs will open up each year to
replace actuaries who retire or transfer to new jobs.
The best employment opportunities should be in consulting
firms. Companies that may not find it cost-effective to employ
their own actuaries are increasingly hiring consulting actuaries to analyze various risks. Openings should also be available in the healthcare field if changes take place in managed
healthcare. The desire to contain healthcare costs will provide
job opportunities for actuaries who will be needed to evaluate the risks associated with new medical issues, such as the
impact of new diseases.
Because actuarial skills are increasingly seen as useful to
other industries that deal with risk, such as the airline and the
banking industries, additional job openings may be created in
these industries.

Earnings
Median annual wages of actuaries were $84,810 in May 2008.
The middle 50 percent earned between $62,020 and $119,110.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Actuaries............................................................................................

SOC
Code
15-2011

Employment,
2008
19,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
23,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
4,200
21

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

128 Occupational Outlook Handbook

The lowest 10 percent had wages less than $49,150, while the
top 10 percent earned more than $160,780.
According to the National Association of Colleges and Employers, annual starting salaries for graduates with a bachelor’s degree in actuarial science averaged $56,320 in July
2009.

Computer Network, Systems,
and Database Administrators
Significant Points

•

Related Occupations
Other workers whose jobs require mathematical and statistical
skills include:
Page
Accountants and auditors........................................................... 86
Budget analysts.......................................................................... 93
Economists............................................................................... 209
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Insurance underwriters............................................................. 106
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Statisticians.............................................................................. 148

Sources of Additional Information
Career information on actuaries specializing in pensions is
available from:
hhAmerican Society of Pension Professionals & Actuaries,
4245 N. Fairfax Dr., Suite 750, Arlington, VA 22203.
Internet: http://www.aspa.org
For information about actuarial careers in life and health
insurance, employee benefits and pensions, and finance and
investments, contact:
hhSociety of Actuaries (SOA), 475 N. Martingale
Rd., Suite 600, Schaumburg, IL 60173-2226. Internet:
http://www.soa.org
For information about actuarial careers in property and casualty insurance, contact:
hhCasualty Actuarial Society (CAS), 4350 N.
Fairfax Dr., Suite 250 Arlington, VA 22203. Internet:
http://www.casact.org

hhThe SOA and CAS jointly sponsor a Web site for
those interested in pursuing an actuarial career. Internet:
http://www.beanactuary.org
For general information on a career as an actuary, contact:

hhAmerican Academy of Actuaries, 1850 M St.
NW., Suite 300, Washington, DC 20036. Internet:
http://www.actuary.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos041.htm

•
•

Employment is projected to grow much faster than
the average for all occupations and add 286,600 new
jobs over the 2008–18 decade.
Excellent job prospects are expected.
Workers can enter this field with many different levels
of formal education, but relevant computer skills are
always needed.

Nature of the Work
Information Technology (IT) has become an integral part of
modern life. Among its most important functions are the efficient transmission of information and the storage and analysis of
information. The workers described below all help individuals
and organizations share and store information through computer
networks and systems, the Internet, and computer databases.
Network architects or network engineers are the designers of
computer networks. They set up, test, and evaluate systems such
as local area networks (LANs), wide area networks (WANs),
the Internet, intranets, and other data communications systems.
Systems are configured in many ways and can range from a connection between two offices in the same building to globally
distributed networks, voice mail, and e-mail systems of a multinational organization. Network architects and engineers perform
network modeling, analysis, and planning, which often require
both hardware and software solutions. For example, setting up a
network may involve the installation of several pieces of hardware, such as routers and hubs, wireless adaptors, and cables,
as well as the installation and configuration of software, such as
network drivers. These workers may also research related products and make necessary hardware and software recommendations, as well as address information security issues.
Network and computer systems administrators design, install, and support an organization’s computer systems. They are
responsible for LANs, WANs, network segments, and Internet
and intranet systems. They work in a variety of environments,
including large corporations, small businesses, and government
organizations. They install and maintain network hardware and
software, analyze problems, and monitor networks to ensure
their availability to users. These workers gather data to evaluate a system’s performance, identify user needs, and determine
system and network requirements.
Systems administrators are responsible for maintaining system efficiency. They ensure that the design of an organization’s
computer system allows all of the components, including computers, the network, and software, to work properly together.
Administrators also troubleshoot problems reported by users and by automated network monitoring systems and make
recommendations for future system upgrades. Many of these
workers are also responsible for maintaining network and system security.

Professional and Related Occupations 129

Computer network, systems, and database administrators help
organizations share and store information.
Database administrators work with database management
software and determine ways to store, organize, analyze, use,
and present data. They identify user needs and set up new computer databases. In many cases, database administrators must
integrate data from old systems into a new system. They also
test and coordinate modifications to the system when needed,
and troubleshoot problems when they occur. An organization’s
database administrator ensures the performance of the system,
understands the platform on which the database runs, and adds
new users to the system. Because many databases are ­connected
to the Internet, database administrators also must plan and
­coordinate security measures with network administrators.
Some database administrators may also be responsible for database design, but this task is usually performed by database designers or database analysts. (Database designers are covered
in the Handbook section on computer software engineers and
computer programmers.)
Computer security specialists plan, coordinate, and maintain
an organization’s information security. These workers educate
users about computer security, install security software, monitor networks for security breaches, respond to cyber attacks,
and, in some cases, gather data and evidence to be used in prosecuting cyber crime. The responsibilities of computer security
specialists have increased in recent years as cyber attacks have
become more sophisticated.
Telecommunications specialists focus on the interaction between computer and communications equipment. These workers design voice, video, and data-communication systems,
supervise the installation of the systems, and provide main-

tenance and other services to clients after the systems are installed. They also test lines, oversee equipment repair, and may
compile and maintain system records.
Web developers are responsible for the technical aspects of
Web site creation. Using software languages and tools, they create applications for the Web. They identify a site’s users and
oversee its production and implementation. They determine
the information that the site will contain and how it will be organized, and may use Web development software to integrate
databases and other information systems. Some of these workers may be responsible for the visual appearance of Web sites.
­Using design software, they create pages that appeal to the
tastes of the site’s users.
Webmasters or Web administrators are responsible for maintaining Web sites. They oversee issues such as availability to
users and speed of access, and are responsible for approving the
content of the site. Webmasters also collect and analyze data
on Web activity, traffic patterns, and other metrics, as well as
monitor and respond to user feedback.
Work environment. Network and computer systems administrators, network architects, database administrators, computer
security specialists, Web administrators, and Web developers
normally work in well-lighted, comfortable offices or computer
laboratories. Most work about 40 hours a week. However, about
15 percent of network and systems administrators; 14 percent
of database administrators; and about 16 percent of network
systems and data communications analysts (which includes
network architects, telecommunications specialists, Web administrators, and Web developers) worked more than 50 hours
per week in 2008. In addition, some of these workers may be
required to be “on call” outside of normal business hours in
order to resolve system failures or other problems.
As computer networks expand, more of these workers may
be able to perform their duties from remote locations, reducing
or eliminating the need to travel to the customer’s workplace.
Injuries in these occupations are uncommon, but like other
workers who spend long periods in front of a computer terminal typing on a keyboard, these workers are susceptible to eyestrain, back discomfort, and hand and wrist problems such as
carpal tunnel syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Training requirements vary by occupation. Workers can enter
this field with many different levels of formal education, but
relevant computer skills are always needed. Certification may
improve an applicant’s chances for employment and can help
workers maintain adequate skill levels throughout their careers.
Education and training. Network and computer systems
administrators often are required to have a bachelor’s degree,
although an associate degree or professional certification, along
with related work experience, may be adequate for some positions. Most of these workers begin as computer support specialists before advancing into network or systems administration
positions. (Computer support specialists are covered elsewhere
in the Handbook.) Common majors for network and systems
administrators are computer science, information science, and
management information systems (MIS), but a degree in any
field, supplemented with computer courses and experience,
may be adequate. A bachelor’s degree in a computer-related

130 Occupational Outlook Handbook

field generally takes 4 years to complete and includes courses in
computer science, computer programming, computer engineering, mathematics, and statistics. Most programs also include
general education courses such as English and communications.
MIS programs usually are part of the business school or college
and contain courses such as finance, marketing, accounting, and
management, as well as systems design, networking, database
management, and systems security.
For network architect and database administrator positions, a bachelor’s degree in a computer-related field generally
is required, although some employers prefer applicants with a
­master’s ­degree in business administration (MBA) with a concentration in information systems. MBA programs usually require 2 years of study beyond the undergraduate degree, and, like
undergraduate business programs, include courses on finance,
marketing, accounting, and management, as well as database
management, electronic business, and systems management and
design. In addition to formal education, network architects may
be required to have several years of relevant work experience.
For Webmasters, an associate degree or certification is sufficient although more advanced positions might require a
computer-related bachelor’s degree. For telecommunications
specialists, employers prefer applicants with an associate degree in electronics or a related field, but for some positions,
experience may substitute for formal education. Applicants for
security specialist and Web developer positions generally need
a bachelor’s degree in a computer-related field, but for some
positions, related experience and certification may be adequate.
Certification and other qualifications. Workers in these
occupations must have strong problem-solving, analytical, and
communication skills. Because they often deal with a number
of tasks simultaneously, the ability to concentrate and pay close
attention to detail also is important. Although these workers
sometimes work independently, they frequently work in teams
on large projects. As a result, they must be able to communicate
effectively with other computer workers, such as programmers
and managers, as well as with users or other staff who may have
no computer background.
Jobseekers can enhance their employment opportunities by
earning certifications, which are offered through product vendors, computer associations, and other training institutions.
Many employers regard these certifications as the industry standard, and some require their employees to be certified. In some
cases, applicants without formal education may use certification and experience to qualify for some positions.
Because technology changes rapidly, computer specialists
must continue to acquire the latest skills. Many organizations
offer intermediate and advanced certification programs that pertain to the most recent technological advancements.
Advancement.   Entry-level network and computer systems
administrators are involved in routine maintenance and monitoring of computer systems. After gaining experience and
­expertise, they are often able to advance to more senior-level
positions. They may also advance to supervisory positions.
Database administrators and network architects may advance
into managerial positions, such as chief technology officer, on
the basis of their experience. Computer specialists with work

experience and considerable expertise in a particular area may
find opportunities as independent consultants.
Computer security specialists can advance into supervisory
positions, or may move into other occupations, such as computer systems analysts.

Employment
Computer network, systems, and database administrators held
about 961,200 jobs in 2008. Of these, 339,500 were network
and computer systems administrators, 120,400 were database
administrators, and 292,000 were network and data communications analysts. In addition, about 209,300 were classified as
“computer specialists, all other,” a residual category.
These workers were employed in a wide range of industries.
About 14 percent of all computer network, systems, and database administrators were in computer systems design and related services. Substantial numbers of these workers were also
employed in telecommunications companies, financial firms
and insurance providers, business management organizations,
schools, and government agencies. About 7 percent were selfemployed.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow much faster than the average,
and job prospects should be excellent.
Employment change. Overall employment of computer network, systems, and database administrators is projected to increase by 30 percent from 2008 to 2018, much faster than the
average for all occupations. In addition, this occupation will
add 286,600 new jobs over that period. Growth, however, will
vary by specialty.
Employment of network and computer systems administrators is expected to increase by 23 percent from 2008 to 2018.
Computer networks are an integral part of business, and demand for these workers will increase as firms continue to invest
in new technologies. The increasing adoption of mobile technologies means that more establishments will use the Internet to
conduct business online. This growth translates into a need for
systems administrators who can help organizations use technology to communicate with employees, clients, and consumers.
Growth will also be driven by the increasing need for information security. As cyber attacks become more sophisticated,
demand will increase for workers with security skills.
Employment of database administrators is expected to grow
by 20 percent from 2008 to 2018. Demand for these workers is
expected to increase as organizations need to store, organize,
and analyze increasing amounts of data. In addition, as more
databases are connected to the Internet, and as data security
becomes increasingly important, a growing number of these
workers will be needed to protect databases from attack.
Employment of network systems and data communications
analysts is projected to increase by 53 percent from 2008 to
2018, placing it among the fastest growing of all occupations.
This occupational category includes network architects and engineers, as well as Web administrators and developers. Demand
for network architects and engineers will increase as organizations continue to upgrade their IT capacity and incorporate
the newest technologies. The growing reliance on wireless networks will result in a need for many more of these workers.

Professional and Related Occupations 131

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer network, systems, and database administrators................
Database administrators.................................................................
Network and computer systems administrators.............................
Network systems and data communications analysts....................
All other computer specialists........................................................

SOC
Code
–
15-1061
15-1071
15-1081
15-1099

Employment,
2008
961,200
120,400
339,500
292,000
209,300

Projected
Employment,
2018
1,247,800
144,700
418,400
447,800
236,800

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
286,600
30
24,400
20
78,900
23
155,800
53
27,500
13

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Workers with knowledge of information security also will be in
demand, as computer networks transmit an increasing amount
of sensitive data.
Demand for Web administrators and Web developers will
also be strong. More of these workers will be needed to accommodate the increasing amount of data sent over the Internet, as
well as the growing number of Internet users. In addition, as
the number of services provided over the Internet expands, Web
administrators and developers will continue to see employment
increases.
Growth in computer network, systems, and database administrators will be rapid in the computer systems design, data
processing and hosting, software publishing, and technical
consulting industries, as these types of establishments utilize or
provide an increasing array of IT services. Growth will also be
rapid in healthcare, as these organizations look to increase their
efficiency and improve patient care through the use of information systems and other technology.
Growth in this occupation may be tempered somewhat by
offshore outsourcing, as firms transfer work to countries with
lower-prevailing wages and highly skilled work forces. In addition, the consolidation of IT services may increase efficiency,
reducing the demand for workers.
Job prospects. Computer network, systems, and database administrators should continue to enjoy excellent job prospects.
In general, applicants with a college degree and certification
will have the best opportunities. However, for some of these
occupations, opportunities will be available for applicants with
related work experience. Job openings in these occupations will
be the result of strong employment growth, as well as the need
to replace workers who transfer to other occupations or leave
the labor force.

Earnings
Median annual wages of network and computer systems administrators were $66,310 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $51,690 and $84,110. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $41,000, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $104,070. Median annual wages in the industries
employing the largest numbers of network and computer systems administrators in May 2008 were as follows:
Management of companies and enterprises................$70,680
Computer systems design and related services.............70,490
Wired telecommunications carriers...............................66,950
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........57,380
Elementary and secondary schools...............................56,320

Median annual wages of database administrators were
$69,740 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$52,340 and $91,850. The lowest 10 percent earned less than
$39,900, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $111,950.
In May 2008, median annual wages of database administrators
employed in computer systems design and related services were
$78,510, and for those in management of companies and enterprises, wages were $74,730.
Median annual wages of network systems and data communication analysts were $71,100 in May 2008. The middle
50 percent earned between $54,330 and $90,740. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $41,660, and the highest 10
percent earned more than $110,920. These wages encompass
network architects, telecommunications specialists, Webmasters, and Web developers. Median annual wages in the
industries employing the largest numbers of network systems and data communications analysts in May 2008 were
as follows:
Wired telecommunications carriers.............................$75,930
Insurance carriers..........................................................74,910
Management of companies and enterprises..................73,720
Computer systems design and related services.............72,410
Local government..........................................................64,230

Related Occupations
Other occupations that work with information technology
include:
		
Page
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer software engineers and computer programmers........ 134
Computer support specialists................................................... 138
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140

Sources of Additional Information
For additional information about a career as a computer network, systems, or database administrator, contact:
hhThe League of Professional System Administrators, 15000
Commerce Pkwy., Suite C, Mount Laurel, NJ 08054. Internet:
http://www.lopsa.org

hhData Management International, 19239 N. Dale Mabry
Hwy. #132, Lutz, FL 33548. Internet: http://www.dama.org
Additional information on a career in information technology
is available from the following organizations:

132 Occupational Outlook Handbook

hhAssociation for Computing Machinery (ACM), 2 Penn
Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://computingcareers.acm.org

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE., Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos305.htm

without people controlling them. Robots perform many tasks,
such as sweeping floors in peoples’ homes, assembling cars on
factory production lines, and “auto-piloting” airplanes.
Computer science researchers employed by academic institutions (covered in the section on teachers—postsecondary,
elsewhere in the Handbook) have job functions that are similar in many ways to those employed by other organizations. In
general, researchers in academic settings have more flexibility
to focus on pure theory, while those working in business or scientific organizations, covered here, usually focus on projects
that have the possibility of producing patents and profits. Some
researchers in non-academic settings, however, have considerable latitude in determining the direction of their research.
Work environment. Computer scientists normally work in
offices or laboratories in comfortable surroundings. Like other
workers who spend long periods in front of a computer ­terminal
typing on a keyboard, computer scientists are susceptible to
eyestrain, back discomfort, and hand and wrist problems such
as carpal tunnel syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A Ph.D. is required for most jobs, and an aptitude for math is
important.

Computer Scientists
Significant Points

•
•
•

Most computer scientists are required to possess a
Ph.D.
Employment is projected to increase much faster than
the average for all occupations.
Job prospects are expected to be excellent.

Nature of the Work
The widespread and increasing use of computers and information technology has generated a need for highly trained, innovative workers with extensive theoretical expertise. These
workers, called computer scientists, are the designers, creators,
and inventors of new technology. By creating new technology,
or finding alternative uses for existing resources, they solve
complex business, scientific, and general computing problems.
Some computer scientists work on multidisciplinary projects,
collaborating with electrical engineers, mechanical engineers,
and other specialists.
Computer scientists conduct research on a wide array of topics.
Examples include computer hardware architecture, virtual reality, and robotics. Scientists who research hardware architecture
discover new ways for computers to process and transmit information. They design computer chips and processors, using new
materials and techniques to make them work faster and give them
more computing power. When working with virtual reality, scientists use technology to create life-like situations. For example,
scientists may invent video games that make users feel like they
are actually in the game. Computer scientists working with robotics try to create machines that can perform tasks on their own—

Computer scientists develop theories that lead to technological
innovation.

Professional and Related Occupations 133

Education and training. Most computer scientists are required to possess a Ph.D. in computer science, computer engineering, or a closely related discipline. For some positions
in the Federal Government, a bachelor’s degree in a computerrelated field may be adequate.
In order to be admitted to a Ph.D. program, applicants generally are required to obtain a bachelor’s degree with a strong
computer science or computer engineering component. Popular undergraduate majors for Ph.D. program applicants include
computer science, computer engineering, software engineering,
information systems, and information technology. A bachelor’s
degree generally takes 4 years to complete. A Ph.D. generally
requires at least 5 years of study beyond the bachelor’s degree.
Ph.D. students usually spend the first two years taking classes
on advanced topics, including computer and software systems,
artificial intelligence, digital communication, and microprocessors. Students spend the remaining years conducting research
on topics in computer science or computer engineering.
Other qualifications. Computer scientists must be able to
think logically and creatively. They must possess a strong aptitude for math and other technical topics, as these are critical to
the computing field. Because they often deal with a number of
tasks simultaneously, the ability to concentrate and pay close attention to detail also is important. Although computer scientists
sometimes work independently, they frequently work in teams
on large projects. As a result, they must be able to communicate
effectively with computer personnel, such as programmers and
managers, as well as with users or other staff who may have no
technical computer background.
Advancement.   After they gain experience with an organization, computer scientists may advance into managerial or project leadership positions. Some choose to leave private industry
for academic positions.

Employment
Computer scientists held about 28,900 jobs in 2008. Although
they are increasingly employed in every sector of the economy,
the greatest concentration of these workers, about 23 percent,
was in the computer systems design and related services industry. Many computer scientists were also employed by software
publishing firms, scientific research and development organizations, and in education.

Job Outlook
Employment growth is expected to be much faster than the average, and job prospects should be excellent.
Employment change. Employment of computer scientists
is expected to grow by 24 percent from 2008 to 2018, which is
much faster than the average for all occupations. Employment
of these computer specialists is expected to grow as individuals and organizations continue to demand increasingly sophisti-

cated technologies. Job increases will be driven, in part, by very
rapid growth in computer systems design and related services
industry, as well as the software publishing industry, which are
projected to be among the fastest growing industries in the U.S.
economy.
Computer scientists develop the theories that allow many
new technologies to be developed. The demand for increasing
efficiency in areas such as networking technology, computing
speeds, software performance, and embedded systems will lead
to employment growth. In addition, the growing emphasis on
information security will lead to new jobs.
Job prospects. Computer scientists should enjoy excellent
job prospects. Graduates from Ph.D. programs in computer science and engineering are in high demand, and many companies
report difficulties finding sufficient numbers of these highly
skilled workers. In addition to openings resulting from rapid
growth in the occupation, some additional job openings will
arise from the need to replace workers who move into other occupations or who leave the labor force.

Earnings
Median annual wages of computer and information scientists
were $97,970 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $75,340 and $124,370. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $57,480, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$151,250. Median annual wages of computer and information
scientists employed in computer systems design and related services in May 2008 were $99,900.

Related Occupations
Others who work with information technology, or who engage
in research and development include:
Page
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Computer network, systems, and database administrators........ 128
Computer software engineers................................................... 161
and computer programmers.................................................. 134
Computer support specialists................................................... 138
Engineers
Teachers—postsecondary......................................................... 282

Sources of Additional Information
Further information about computer careers is available from:
hhAssociation for Computing Machinery (ACM), 2 Penn
Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://computingcareers.acm.org

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer and information scientists, research..................................

SOC
Code
15-1011

Employment,
2008
28,900

Projected
Employment,
2018
35,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
7,000
24

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

134 Occupational Outlook Handbook

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE., Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos304.htm

Computer Software Engineers
and Computer Programmers
Significant Points

•
•
•

Computer software engineers are among the occupations projected to grow the fastest and add the most
new jobs over the 2008–18 decade, resulting in excellent job prospects.
Employment of computer programmers is expected
to decline by 3 percent through 2018.
Job prospects will be best for applicants with a bachelor’s or higher degree and relevant experience.

Nature of the Work
Computer software engineers design and develop software.
They apply the theories and principles of computer science and
mathematical analysis to create, test, and evaluate the software
applications and systems that make computers work. The tasks
performed by these workers evolve quickly, reflecting changes
in technology and new areas of specialization, as well as the
changing practices of employers. (A separate section on computer hardware engineers appears in the engineers section of
the Handbook.)
Software engineers design and develop many types of software, including computer games, business applications, operating systems, network control systems, and middleware. They
must be experts in the theory of computing systems, the structure of software, and the nature and limitations of hardware to
ensure that the underlying systems will work properly.
Computer software engineers begin by analyzing users’
needs, and then design, test, and develop software to meet those
needs. During this process they create flowcharts, diagrams,
and other documentation, and may also create the detailed sets
of instructions, called algorithms, that actually tell the computer what to do. They also may be responsible for converting
these instructions into a computer language, a process called
programming or coding, but this usually is the responsibility of
computer programmers.

Computer software engineers can generally be divided into
two categories: applications engineers and systems engineers.
Computer applications software engineers analyze end users’ needs and design, construct, deploy, and maintain general
computer applications software or specialized utility programs.
These workers use different programming languages, depending on the purpose of the program and the environment in which
the program runs. The programming languages most often used
are C, C++, Java, and Python. Some software engineers develop packaged computer applications, but most create or adapt
customized applications for business and other organizations.
Some of these workers also develop databases.
Computer systems software engineers coordinate the construction, maintenance, and expansion of an organization’s
computer systems. Working with the organization, they coordinate each department’s computer needs—ordering, inventory,
billing, and payroll recordkeeping, for example—and make
suggestions about its technical direction. They also might set
up the organization’s intranets—networks that link computers
within the organization and ease communication among various
departments. Often, they are also responsible for the design and
implementation of system security and data assurance.
Systems software engineers also work for companies that
configure, implement, and install the computer systems of other
organizations. These workers may be members of the marketing or sales staff, serving as the primary technical resource for
sales workers, or providing logistical and technical support.
Since the selling of complex computer systems often requires
substantial customization to meet the needs of the purchaser,
software engineers help to identify and explain needed changes.
In addition, systems software engineers are responsible for ensuring security across the systems they are configuring.
Computer programmers write programs. After computer
software engineers and systems analysts design software programs, the programmer converts that design into a logical series
of instructions that the computer can follow (A section on computer systems analysts appears elsewhere in the Handbook.).
The programmer codes these instructions in any of a number
of programming languages, depending on the need. The most
common languages are C++ and Python.
Computer programmers also update, repair, modify, and expand existing programs. Some, especially those working on
large projects that involve many programmers, use computerassisted software engineering (CASE) tools to automate much
of the coding process. These tools enable a programmer to concentrate on writing the unique parts of a program. Programmers
working on smaller projects often use “programmer environments,” applications that increase productivity by combining
compiling, code walk-through, code generation, test data generation, and debugging functions. Programmers also use libraries
of basic code that can be modified or customized for a specific
application. This approach yields more reliable and consistent
programs and increases programmers’ productivity by eliminating some routine steps.
As software design has continued to advance, and some programming functions have become automated, programmers
have begun to assume some of the responsibilities that were
once performed only by software engineers. As a result, some

Professional and Related Occupations 135

Employment of computer software engineers and computer programmers is expected to grow much faster than the average.
computer programmers now assist software engineers in identifying user needs and designing certain parts of computer programs, as well as other functions.
Work environment. Computer software engineers and programmers normally work in clean, comfortable offices or in
laboratories in which computer equipment is located. Software
engineers who work for software vendors and consulting firms
frequently travel to meet with customers. Telecommuting is becoming more common as technological advances allow more
work to be done from remote locations.
Most software engineers and programmers work 40 hours
a week, but about 15 percent of software engineers and 11
percent of programmers worked more than 50 hours a week
in 2008. Injuries in these occupations are rare. However, like
other workers who spend long periods in front of a computer
terminal typing at a keyboard, engineers and programmers are
susceptible to eyestrain, back discomfort, and hand and wrist
problems such as carpal tunnel syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A bachelor’s degree commonly is required for software engineering jobs, although a master’s degree is preferred for some
positions. A bachelor’s degree also is required for many computer programming jobs, although a 2-year degree or certificate
may be adequate in some cases. Employers favor applicants
who already have relevant skills and experience. Workers who
keep up to date with the latest technology usually have good
opportunities for advancement.
Education and training. For software engineering positions,
most employers prefer applicants who have at least a bachelor’s
degree and broad knowledge of, and experience with, a variety
of computer systems and technologies. The usual college majors for applications software engineers are computer science,
software engineering, or mathematics. Systems software engineers often study computer science or computer information
systems. Graduate degrees are preferred for some of the more
complex jobs.
Many programmers require a bachelor’s degree, but a 2-year
degree or certificate may be adequate for some positions. Some
computer programmers hold a college degree in computer sci-

ence, mathematics, or information systems, whereas others
have taken special courses in computer programming to supplement their degree in a field such as accounting, finance, or
another area of business.
Employers who use computers for scientific or engineering
applications usually prefer college graduates who have a degree
in computer or information science, mathematics, engineering,
or the physical sciences. Employers who use computers for
business applications prefer to hire people who have had college courses in management information systems and business,
and who possess strong programming skills. A graduate degree
in a related field is required for some jobs.
In addition to educational attainment, employers highly
value relevant programming skills and experience. Students
seeking software engineering or programming jobs can enhance their employment opportunities by participating in
internships. Some employers, such as large computer and
consulting firms, train new employees in intensive, companybased programs.
As technology advances, employers will need workers with the
latest skills. To help keep up with changing technology, workers may take continuing education and professional development
seminars offered by employers, software vendors, colleges and
universities, private training institutions, and professional computing societies. Computer software engineers also need skills
related to the industry in which they work. Engineers working
for a bank, for example, should have some expertise in finance so
that they understand banks’ computing needs.
Certification and other qualifications. Certification is a
way to demonstrate a level of competence and may provide a
jobseeker with a competitive advantage. Certification programs
are generally offered by product vendors or software firms,
which may require professionals who work with their products
to be certified. Voluntary certification also is available through
various other organizations, such as professional computing
­societies.
Computer software engineers and programmers must have
strong problem-solving and analytical skills. Ingenuity and
creativity are particularly important in order to design new,
functional software programs. The ability to work with abstract
concepts and to do technical analysis is especially important
for systems engineers because they work with the software that
controls the computer’s operation. Engineers and programmers
also must be able to communicate effectively with team members, other staff, and end users. Because they often deal with a
number of tasks simultaneously, they must be able to concentrate and pay close attention to detail. Business skills are also
important, especially for those wishing to advance to managerial positions.
Advancement. For skilled workers who keep up to date with
the latest technology, prospects for advancement are good. Advancement opportunities for computer software engineers increase with experience. Eventually, they may become a project
manager, manager of information systems, or chief information officer, especially if they have business skills and training.
Some computer software engineers with several years of experience or expertise can find lucrative opportunities working as
systems designers or independent consultants, particularly in

136 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer software engineers and computer programmers...............
Computer programmers.................................................................
Computer software engineers........................................................
Computer software engineers, applications...............................
Computer software engineers, systems software.......................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

–
15-1021
15-1030
15-1031
15-1032

1,336,300
426,700
909,600
514,800
394,800

Projected
Employment,
2018
1,619,300
414,400
1,204,800
689,900
515,000

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
283,000
21
-12,300
-3
295,200
32
175,100
34
120,200
30

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational
­Information Included in the Handbook.

specialized fields such as business-to-business transactions or
security and data assurance.
In large organizations, programmers may be promoted
to lead programmer and be given supervisory responsibilities. Some applications programmers may move into systems
programming after they gain experience and take courses in
systems software. With general business experience, programmers may become programmer-analysts or systems analysts,
or may be promoted to managerial positions. Programmers
with specialized knowledge and experience with a language or
operating system may become computer software engineers.
As employers increasingly contract with outside firms to do
programming jobs, more opportunities should arise for experienced programmers with expertise in a specific area to work
as consultants.

Employment
Computer software engineers and computer programmers held
about 1.3 million jobs in 2008. Approximately 514,800 were
computer applications software engineers, about 394,800 were
computer systems software engineers, and about 426,700
were computer programmers. Although computer software
engineers and computer programmers can be found in a wide
range of ­industries about 32 percent were employed in computer systems design and related services. Many also worked
for software publishers, manufacturers of computers and related electronic equipment, financial institutions, and insurance
providers. About 48,200 computer software engineers and computer programmers were self-employed in 2008.

Job Outlook
Overall, employment of computer software engineers and computer programmers is projected to increase much faster than the
average for all occupations. Job prospects should be best for
those with a bachelor’s degree and relevant experience.
Employment change. Overall, employment of computer
software engineers and computer programmers is projected to
increase by 21 percent from 2008 to 2018, much faster than
the average for all occupations. This will be the result of rapid
growth among computer software engineers, as employment of
computer programmers is expected to decline.
Employment of computer software engineers is expected to
increase by 32 percent from 2008–2018, which is much faster
than the average for all occupations. In addition, this occupation
will see a large number of new jobs, with more than 295,000 created between 2008 and 2018. Demand for computer software engineers will increase as computer networking continues to grow.

For example, expanding Internet technologies have spurred demand for computer software engineers who can develop Internet, intranet, and World Wide Web applications. Likewise, electronic data-processing systems in business, telecommunications,
healthcare, government, and other settings continue to become
more sophisticated and complex. Implementing, safeguarding,
and updating computer systems and resolving problems will fuel
the demand for growing numbers of systems software engineers.
New growth areas will also continue to arise from rapidly
evolving technologies. The increasing uses of the Internet, the
proliferation of Web sites, and mobile technology such the as
wireless Internet have created a demand for a wide variety of
new products. As more software is offered over the Internet, and
as businesses demand customized software to meet their specific needs, applications and systems software engineers will be
needed in greater numbers. In addition, the growing use of handheld computers will create demand for new mobile applications
and software systems. As these devices become a larger part of
the business environment, it will be necessary to integrate current computer systems with this new, more mobile technology.
In addition, information security concerns have given rise to
new software needs. Concerns over “cyber security” should result in the continued investment in software that protects computer networks and electronic infrastructure. The expansion of
this technology over the next 10 years will lead to an increased
need for software engineers to design and develop secure applications and systems, and to integrate them into older systems.
As with other information technology jobs, offshore outsourcing may temper employment growth of computer software engineers. Firms may look to cut costs by shifting operations to
foreign countries with lower prevailing wages and highly educated workers. Jobs in software engineering are less prone to being offshored than are jobs in computer programming, however,
because software engineering requires innovation and intense
research and development.
Employment of computer programmers is expected to decline
slowly, decreasing by 3 percent from 2008 to 2018. Advances in
programming languages and tools, the growing ability of users
to write and implement their own programs, and the offshore
outsourcing of programming jobs will contribute to this decline.
Because they can transmit their programs digitally, computer
programmers can perform their job function from anywhere in
the world, allowing companies to employ workers in countries
that have lower prevailing wages. Computer programmers are
at a much higher risk of having their jobs offshored than are
workers involved in more complex and sophisticated information technology functions, such as software ­engineering. Much

Professional and Related Occupations 137

of the work of computer programmers requires little localized or
specialized knowledge and can be made routine once knowledge
of a particular programming language is ­mastered.
Nevertheless, employers will continue to need some local programmers, especially those who have strong technical skills and
who understand an employer’s business and its programming
requirements. This means that programmers will have to keep
abreast of changing programming languages and techniques.
Furthermore, a recent trend of domestic sourcing may help to
keep a number of programming jobs onshore. Instead of hiring
workers in foreign locations, some organizations have begun
to contract with programmers in low-cost areas of the United
States. This allows them to reduce payroll expenses, while
eliminating some of the logistical issues that arise with offshore
outsourcing.
Job prospects. As a result of rapid employment growth over
the 2008 to 2018 decade, job prospects for computer software
engineers should be excellent. Those with practical experience and at least a bachelor’s degree in a computer-related field
should have the best opportunities. Employers will continue to
seek computer professionals with strong programming, systems
analysis, interpersonal, and business skills. In addition to jobs
created through employment growth, many job openings will result from the need to replace workers who move into managerial
positions, transfer to other occupations, or leave the labor force.
Consulting opportunities for computer software engineers also
should continue to grow as businesses seek help to manage, upgrade, and customize their increasingly complicated computer
systems.
Although employment of computer programmers is projected
to decline, numerous job openings will result from the need to
replace workers who leave the labor force or transfer to other occupations. Prospects for these openings should be best for applicants with a bachelor’s degree and experience with a variety of
programming languages and tools. As technology evolves, however, and newer, more sophisticated tools emerge, programmers
will need to update their skills in order to remain competitive.
Obtaining vendor-specific or language-specific certification also
can provide a competitive edge.

Earnings
In May 2008, median annual wages of wage-and-salary computer applications software engineers were $85,430. The
middle 50 percent earned between $67,790 and $104,870.
The lowest 10 percent earned less than $53,720, and the
­highest 10 percent earned more than $128,870. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers
of computer applications software engineers in May 2008
were as follows:
Professional and commercial equipment
and supplies merchant wholesalers.........................$93,740
Software publishers.......................................................87,710
Management of companies and enterprises..................85,990
Computer systems design and related services.............84,610
Insurance carriers..........................................................80,370

In May 2008, median annual wages of wage-and-salary computer systems software engineers were $92,430. The middle

50 percent earned between $73,200 and $113,960. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $57,810, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $135,780. Median annual wages in the
industries employing the largest numbers of computer systems
software engineers in May 2008 were as follows:
Scientific research and development services...........$102,090
Computer and peripheral equipment manufacturing......101,270
Software publishers.......................................................93,590
Navigational measuring electromedical
and control instruments manufacturing.....................91,720
Computer systems design and related services.............91,610

Median annual wages of wage-and-salary computer programmers were $69,620 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $52,640 and $89,720 a year. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $40,080, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $111,450. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of computer programmers in May
2008 are shown below:
Software publishers.....................................................$81,780
Management of companies and enterprises..................71,040
Computer systems design and related services.............70,270
Employment services....................................................70,070
Insurance carriers..........................................................69,790

According to the National Association of Colleges and Employers, starting salary offers for graduates with a bachelor’s
degree in computer science averaged $61,407 in July 2009.

Related Occupations
Other professional workers who deal extensively with computer technology or data include:
		
Page
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Computer network, systems, and database administrators......... 128
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer support specialists................................................... 138
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Statisticians.............................................................................. 148

Sources of Additional Information
State employment service offices can provide information about
job openings for computer programmers. Municipal chambers
of commerce are an additional source of information on an area’s largest employers.
Further information about computer careers is available from:
hhAssociation for Computing Machinery, 2 Penn
Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://computingcareers.acm.org

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

138 Occupational Outlook Handbook

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE., Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos303.htm

Computer Support Specialists
Significant Points

•
•
•

Job growth is projected to be faster than the average
for all occupations.
A bachelor’s degree is required for some jobs, while
an associate degree or certification is adequate for
others.
Job prospects should be good, especially for college
graduates with relevant skills and experience.

Nature of the Work
Computer support specialists provide technical assistance,
support, and advice to individuals and organizations that depend on information technology. They work within organizations that use computer systems, for computer hardware or
software vendors, or for third-party organizations that provide
support services on a contract basis, such as help-desk service
firms. Support specialists are usually differentiated between
technical support specialists and help-desk technicians.
Technical support specialists respond to inquiries from their
organizations’ computer users and may run automatic diagnostics programs to resolve problems. In addition, they may
write training manuals and train computer users in the use of
new computer hardware and software. These workers also
oversee the daily performance of their company’s computer
systems, resolving technical problems with Local Area Networks (LAN), Wide Area Networks (WAN), and other systems.
Help-desk technicians respond to telephone calls and e-mail
messages from customers looking for help with computer
problems. In responding to these inquiries, help-desk technicians must listen carefully to the customer, ask questions to
diagnose the nature of the problem, and then patiently walk
the customer through the problem-solving steps. They also
install, modify, clean, and repair computer hardware and software. Many computer support specialists start out at the help
desk.

Help-desk technicians deal directly with customer issues,
and their employers value them as a source of feedback on
their products and services. They are consulted for information about what gives customers the most trouble, as well as
other customer concerns.
Work environment. Computer support specialists normally
work in well-lighted, comfortable offices or computer laboratories. Most work about 40 hours a week. Those who work
for third-party support firms often are away from their offices,
spending considerable time working at a client’s location. As
computer networks expand, more computer support specialists may be able to provide technical support from remote locations. This capability would reduce or eliminate travel to the
customer’s workplace, and may allow some support specialists to work from home.
Injuries in this occupation are uncommon, but like other
workers who type on a keyboard for long periods, computer
support specialists are susceptible to eyestrain, back discomfort, and hand and wrist problems such as carpal tunnel
­syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A college degree is required for some computer support specialist positions, but an associate degree or certification may
be sufficient for others. Strong problem-solving and communication skills are essential.
Education and training. Due to the wide range of skills
required, there are many paths of entry to a job as a computer support specialist. Training requirements for computer
support specialist positions vary, but many employers prefer to hire applicants with some formal college education. A
bachelor’s degree in computer science, computer engineering, or information systems is a prerequisite for some jobs;
other jobs, however, may require only a computer-related associate degree. Some employers will hire applicants with a
college degree in any field, as long as the applicant has the
necessary technical skills. For some jobs, relevant computer
experience and certifications may substitute for formal education.

Employment of computer support specialists is expected to increase faster than the average.

Professional and Related Occupations 139

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer support specialists.............................................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

15-1041

565,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
643,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
78,000
14

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Most support specialists receive on-the-job training after
being hired. This training can last anywhere from 1 week to
1 year, but a common length is about 3 months. Many computer support specialists, in order to keep up with changes
in technology, continue to receive training throughout their
careers by attending professional training programs offered
by employers, hardware and software vendors, colleges and
universities, and private training institutions.
Certification and other qualifications. For some jobs,
professional certification may qualify an applicant for employment. Certification can demonstrate proficiency in a
product or process, and help applicants obtain some entrylevel positions. Some hardware and software vendors require
their computer support specialists to be certified, and many
of these will fund this training after an applicant is hired.
Voluntary certification programs are offered by a wide variety of organizations, including product vendors and training
institutions, and are available across the Nation.
People interested in becoming a computer support specialist must have strong problem-solving, analytical, and communication skills because troubleshooting and helping others
are vital parts of the job. The constant interaction with other
computer personnel, customers, and employees requires
computer ­support specialists to communicate effectively via
e-mail, over the phone, or in person. Strong writing skills are
useful in writing e-mail responses and preparing manuals for
employees and customers.
Advancement. Entry-level computer support specialists
generally work directly with customers or in-house users.
They may advance into positions that handle products or
problems with higher levels of technical complexity. Some
may advance into management roles. Some computer support specialists may find opportunities in other occupations,
such as computer programmers or software engineers, designing products rather than assisting ­users. Promotions depend heavily on job performance, but formal education and
professional certification can improve advancement opportunities. Advancement opportunities in hardware and software
companies can occur quickly, sometimes within months.

Employment
Computer support specialists held about 565,700 jobs in
2008. Although they worked in a wide range of industries,
about 18 percent were employed in the computer systems
design and related services industry. Substantial numbers
of these workers were also employed in administrative and
support services companies, financial institutions, insurance
companies, government agencies, educational institutions,
software publishers, telecommunications organizations, and
healthcare ­organizations.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to increase faster than the average. Job
prospects should be good, especially for those with a college degree and relevant skills.
Employment change. Employment of computer support specialists is expected to increase by 14 percent from 2008 to 2018,
which is faster than the average for all occupations. Demand for
these workers will result as organizations and individuals continue to adopt the newest forms of technology. As technology
becomes more complex and widespread, support specialists will
be needed in greater numbers to resolve the technical problems
that arise. Businesses, especially, will demand greater levels of
support, as information technology has become essential in the
business environment.
Job growth will be fastest in several industries that rely heavily on technology. These include the computer systems design
and related services industry; the data processing, hosting and related services industry; the software publishing industry; and the
management, scientific, and technical consulting industry. These
industries will employ a growing number of support specialists
as they utilize and provide an increasing array of IT services.
Healthcare and related establishments, in addition, may see substantial growth as these organizations look to improve their efficiency and patient care through the use of information systems
and other technology.
Overall growth may be dampened, to a certain extent, as some
jobs are outsourced to offshore locations. Advances in technology
increasingly allow computer support specialists to provide assistance remotely. Some employers may seek to reduce expenses by
hiring workers in areas that have lower prevailing wages.
Job prospects. Job prospects are expected to be good; those
who possess a bachelor’s degree, relevant technical and communication skills, and previous work experience should have even
better opportunities than applicants with an associate degree or
professional certification.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage-and-salary computer support
specialists were $43,450 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $33,680 and $55,990. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $26,580, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $70,750. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of computer support specialists in
May 2008 were as follows:
Professional and commercial equipment
and supplies merchant wholesalers.........................$48,580
Management of companies and enterprises..................45,200
Colleges, universities, and professional schools...........43,130
Computer systems design and related services.............43,080
Elementary and secondary schools...............................40,550

140 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Related Occupations

Nature of the Work

Other occupations that deal with technology or respond to customer inquiries include:

Nearly all organizations rely on computer and information technology (IT) to conduct business and operate efficiently. Computer systems analysts use IT tools to help enterprises of all
sizes achieve their goals. They may design and develop new
computer systems by choosing and configuring hardware and
software, or they may devise ways to apply existing systems’
resources to additional tasks.
Most systems analysts work with specific types of computer
systems—for example, business, accounting, and financial systems or scientific and engineering systems—that vary with the
kind of organization. Analysts who specialize in helping an
organization select the proper system hardware and software
are often called system architects or system designers. Analysts
who specialize in developing and fine-tuning systems often
have the more general title of systems analysts.
To begin an assignment, systems analysts consult with an
organization’s managers and users to define the goals of the
system and then design a system to meet those goals. They
specify the inputs that the system will access, decide how the
inputs will be processed, and format the output to meet users’
needs. Analysts use techniques such as structured analysis, data
­modeling, information engineering, mathematical model building, sampling, and a variety of accounting principles to ensure
their plans are efficient and complete. They also may prepare
cost-benefit and return-on-investment analyses to help management decide whether implementing the proposed technology
would be financially feasible.
When a system is approved, systems analysts oversee the
implementation of the required hardware and software components. They coordinate tests and observe the initial use of
the system to ensure that it performs as planned. They prepare
specifications, flow charts, and process diagrams for computer
programmers to follow; then they work with programmers to
“debug,” or eliminate errors, from the system. Systems analysts
who do more in-depth testing may be called software quality
assurance analysts. In addition to running tests, these ­workers
­diagnose problems, recommend solutions, and determine
whether program requirements have been met. After the system
has been implemented, tested, and debugged, computer systems analysts may train its users and write instruction manuals.
In some organizations, programmer-analysts design and
update the software that runs a computer. They also create
custom applications tailored to their organization’s tasks. Because they are responsible for both programming and systems
analysis, these workers must be proficient in both areas. (A
separate section on computer software engineers and ­computer
programmers appears elsewhere in the Handbook.) As this
dual proficiency becomes more common, analysts are increasingly working with databases, object-oriented programming
­languages, client–server applications, and multimedia and Internet technology.
One challenge created by expanding computer use is the need
for different computer systems to communicate with each other.
Many systems analysts are involved with “networking,” connecting all the computers within an organization or across organizations, as when setting up e-commerce networks to facilitate
business between companies.

Page
Broadcast and sound engineering technicians and radio
operators............................................................................... 337
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Computer network, systems, and database administrators......... 128
Computer software engineers and computer programmers....... 134
Customer service representatives............................................. 567

Sources of Additional Information
For additional information about a career as a computer support
specialist, contact:
hhAssociation of Support Professionals, 122 Barnard Ave.,
Watertown, MA 02472. Internet: http://asponline.com

hhHDI, 102 South Tejon, Suite 1200, Colorado Springs, CO,
80903. Internet: http://www.thinkhdi.com
For additional information about computer careers, contact:

hhAssociation for Computing Machinery, 2 Penn

Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://computingcareers.acm.org

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW., Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE., Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos306.htm

Computer Systems Analysts
Significant Points

•
•
•

Employment is expected to increase much faster than
average.
Excellent job prospects are expected as organizations continue to adopt increasingly sophisticated
technologies.
Employers generally prefer applicants who have at
least a bachelor’s degree; relevant work experience
also is very important.

Professional and Related Occupations 141

Computer systems analysts use information technology to help
organizations operate more effectively.
Work environment. Computer systems analysts work in
o­ ffices or laboratories in comfortable surroundings. Many work
about 40 hours a week, but some work more than 50 hours a
week. Some analysts telecommute, using computers to work
from remote locations.
Injuries in this occupation are uncommon, but computer systems analysts, like other workers who spend long periods typing
on a computer, are susceptible to eyestrain, back discomfort,
and hand and wrist problems such as carpal tunnel syndrome.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Training requirements for computer systems analysts vary depending on the job, but many employers prefer applicants who
have a bachelor’s degree. Relevant work experience also is very
important. Advancement opportunities are good for those with
the necessary skills and experience.

Education and training. When hiring computer systems
analysts, employers usually prefer applicants who have at least
a bachelor’s degree. For more technically complex jobs, people
with graduate degrees are preferred. For jobs in a technical or
scientific environment, employers often seek applicants who
have at least a bachelor’s degree in a technical field, such as
computer science, information science, applied mathematics,
engineering, or the physical sciences. For jobs in a business
environment, employers often seek applicants with at least a
bachelor’s degree in a business-related field such as management information systems (MIS). Increasingly, employers are
seeking individuals who have a master’s degree in business
administration (MBA) with a concentration in information
­systems.
Despite the preference for technical degrees, however,
people who have degrees in other areas may find employment as systems analysts if they also have technical skills.
Courses in computer science or related subjects combined
with practical experience can qualify people for some jobs in
the ­occupation.
Employers generally look for people with expertise relevant
to the job. For example, systems analysts who wish to work
for a bank may need some expertise in finance, and systems
analysts who wish to work for a hospital may need some knowledge of health management. Furthermore, business enterprises
generally prefer individuals with information technology, business, and accounting skills and frequently assist employees in
obtaining these skills.
Technological advances come so rapidly in the computer
field that continuous study is necessary to remain competitive. ­Employers, hardware and software vendors, colleges and
universities, and private training institutions offer continuing
­education to help workers attain the latest skills. Additional
training may come from professional development seminars offered by professional computing societies.
Other qualifications. Employers usually look for people
who have broad knowledge and experience related to computer
systems and technologies, strong problem-solving and analytical skills, and the ability to think logically. In addition, the ability to concentrate and pay close attention to detail is important
because computer systems analysts often deal with many tasks
simultaneously. Although these workers sometimes work independently, they frequently work in teams on large projects.
Therefore, they must have good interpersonal skills and be able
to communicate effectively with computer personnel, users,
and other staff who may have no technical background.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Computer systems analysts................................................................

SOC
Code
15-1051

Employment,
2008
532,200

Projected
Employment,
2018
640,300

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
108,100
20

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational
­Information Included in the Handbook.

142 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Advancement.   With experience, systems analysts may be
promoted to senior or lead analyst. Those who possess leadership ability and good business skills also can become computer and information systems managers or can advance into
executive positions such as chief information officer. Those
with work experience and considerable expertise in a particular subject or application may find lucrative opportunities as
independent consultants, or they may choose to start their own
computer consulting firms.

Employment
Computer systems analysts held about 532,200 jobs in 2008.
Although they are employed in many industries, 24 percent of
these workers were in the computer systems design and related
services industry. Computer systems analysts also were employed by governments; insurance companies; financial institutions; and business management firms. About 30,300 computer
systems analysts were self-employed in 2008.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow much faster than the average
for all occupations, and job prospects should be excellent.
Employment change. Employment of computer systems
analysts is expected to grow by 20 percent from 2008 to 2018,
which is much faster than the average for all occupations. Demand for these workers will increase as organizations continue
to adopt and integrate increasingly sophisticated technologies
and as the need for information security grows.
As information technology becomes an increasingly important aspect of the business environment, the demand for
computer networking, Internet, and intranet functions will
drive demand for computer systems analysts. The increasing
adoption of the wireless Internet, known as WiFi, and of personal mobile computers has created a need for new systems
that can integrate these technologies into existing networks.
Explosive growth in these areas is expected to fuel demand for
analysts who are knowledgeable about systems development
and integration. In addition, as sensitive data continues to be
transmitted and stored electronically, the need for ­information
­security specialists is expected to grow rapidly. Furthermore,
the healthcare industry is expected to increase its use of
­information technology and will demand the services of this
occupation. The adoption of e-prescribing, electronic health
­records, and other IT platforms will drive this trend, creating a
large number of new jobs.
As with other information technology jobs, employment
growth may be tempered somewhat by offshoring. Firms may
look to cut costs by shifting operations to foreign countries with
lower prevailing wages and highly skilled workers. However,
due to the high level of expertise that is required, as well as the
frequent need to be near the job site, systems analysts are less
likely to be offshored than other IT occupations.
Job prospects. Job prospects should be excellent. Job openings will occur as a result of strong job growth and from the
need to replace workers who move into other occupations or
who leave the labor force.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage and salary computer systems
analysts were $75,500 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $58,460 and $95,810 a year. The lowest 10
percent earned less than $45,390, and the highest 10 percent
earned more than $118,440. Median annual wages in the industries employing the largest numbers of computer systems
analysts in May 2008 were:
Professional and commercial equipment
and supplies ­merchant wholesalers.........................$89,670
Computer systems design and related services.............78,680
Data processing, hosting, and related services..............78,010
Management of companies and enterprises..................76,070
Insurance carriers..........................................................74,610

Related Occupations
Other workers who use computers extensively and who use
logic and creativity to solve business and technical problems
include:
Page
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Computer network, systems, and database administrators......... 128
Computer software engineers and computer programmers....... 134
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Management analysts............................................................... 111
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Statisticians.............................................................................. 148

Sources of Additional Information
Further information about computer careers is available from:
hhAssociation for Computing Machinery (ACM), 2 Penn
Plaza, Suite 701, New York, NY 10121-0701. Internet:
http://computingcareers.acm.org/

hhInstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
Computer Society, Headquarters Office, 2001 L St.
NW, Suite 700 Washington, DC 20036-4910. Internet:
http://www.computer.org

hhNational Workforce Center for Emerging Technologies,
3000 Landerholm Circle SE, Bellevue, WA 98007. Internet:
http://www.nwcet.org

hhUniversity of Washington Computer Science and
Engineering Department, AC101 Paul G. Allen Center, Box
352350, 185 Stevens Way, Seattle, WA 98195-2350. Internet:
http://www.cs.washington.edu/WhyCSE

hhNational Center for Women and Information Technology,
University of Colorado, Campus Box 322 UCB, Boulder, CO
80309-0322. Internet: http://www.ncwit.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos287.htm

Professional and Related Occupations 143

Mathematicians
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

A Ph.D. in mathematics usually is the minimum educational requirement, except in the Federal Government.
Much faster than average employment growth is expected for mathematicians.
Keen competition for jobs is expected.
Ph.D. holders with a strong background in mathematics and a related field, such as computer science or
engineering, should have better employment opportunities in related occupations.

Nature of the Work
Mathematics is one of the oldest and most fundamental sciences. Mathematicians use mathematical theory, computational
techniques, algorithms, and the latest computer technology to
solve economic, scientific, engineering, and business problems. The work of mathematicians falls into two broad classes:
theoretical (pure) mathematics and applied mathematics. These
classes, however, are not sharply defined and often overlap.
Theoretical mathematicians advance mathematical knowledge by developing new principles and recognizing previously
unknown relationships between existing principles of mathematics. Although these workers seek to increase basic knowledge without necessarily considering its practical use, such pure
and abstract knowledge has been instrumental in producing or
furthering many scientific and engineering achievements. Many
theoretical mathematicians are employed as university faculty,
dividing their time between teaching and conducting research.
(See the statement on teachers—postsecondary elsewhere in
the Handbook.)
Applied mathematicians use theories and techniques, such as
mathematical modeling and computational methods, to formulate and solve practical problems in business, government, engineering, and the physical, life, and social sciences. For example, they may analyze the most efficient way to schedule airline
routes between cities, the effects and safety of new drugs, the

aerodynamic characteristics of an experimental ­automobile, or
the cost-effectiveness of alternative manufacturing processes.
Applied mathematicians working in industrial research and
development may develop or enhance mathematical methods
when solving a difficult problem. Some mathematicians, called
cryptanalysts, analyze and decipher encryption systems—
codes—designed to transmit military, political, financial, or
law-enforcement-related information.
Applied mathematicians start with a practical problem, envision its separate elements, and then reduce the elements to
mathematical variables. They often use computers to analyze
relationships among the variables, and they solve complex
problems by developing models with alternative solutions.
Individuals with titles other than mathematician also do
work in applied mathematics. In fact, because mathematics
is the foundation on which so many other academic disciplines are built, the number of workers using mathematical
techniques is much greater than the number formally called
mathematicians. For example, engineers, computer scientists,
physicists, and economists are among those who use mathematics extensively. Some professionals, including statisticians, actuaries, and operations research analysts, are actually
specialists in a particular branch of mathematics. (For more
information, see the statements on actuaries, operations research analysts, and statisticians elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Applied mathematicians frequently are required to collaborate
with other workers in their organizations to find common solutions to problems.
Work environment.
Mathematicians usually work in
comfortable offices. They often are part of interdisciplinary
teams that may include economists, engineers, computer scientists, physicists, technicians, and others. Deadlines, overtime work, special requests for information or analysis, and
prolonged travel to attend seminars or conferences may be
part of their jobs.
Mathematicians who work in academia usually have a mix
of teaching and research responsibilities. These mathematicians
may conduct research by themselves or in close collaboration
with other mathematicians. Collaborators may work together
at the same institution or from different locations, using technology such as e-mail to communicate. Mathematicians in academia also may be aided by graduate students.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Applied mathematicians use math to solve practical problems.

A Ph.D. degree in mathematics usually is the minimum educational requirement for prospective mathematicians, except in
the Federal Government.
Education and training. In private industry, candidates for
mathematician jobs typically need a Ph.D., although there may
be opportunities for those with a master’s degree. Most of the
positions designated for mathematicians are in research-anddevelopment laboratories, as part of technical teams.
In the Federal Government, entry-level job candidates usually must have at least a bachelor’s degree with a major in mathematics or 24 semester hours of mathematics courses. Outside
the Federal Government, bachelor’s degree holders in mathematics usually are not qualified for most jobs, and many seek
advanced degrees in mathematics or a related discipline. However, bachelor’s degree holders who meet State certification

144 Occupational Outlook Handbook

requirements may become primary or secondary school mathematics teachers. (For additional information, see the statement
on teachers- kindergarten, elementary, middle, and secondary
elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Most colleges and universities offer a bachelor’s degree in
mathematics, and many universities offer master’s and doctoral degrees in pure or applied mathematics. Courses usually
required for these programs include calculus, differential equations, and linear and abstract algebra. Additional courses might
include probability theory and statistics, mathematical analysis,
numerical analysis, topology, discrete mathematics, and mathematical logic. In graduate programs, students also conduct
research and take advanced courses, usually specializing in a
subfield of mathematics.
Many colleges and universities advise or require students majoring in mathematics to take courses in a closely related field,
such as computer science, engineering, life science, physical
science, or economics. A double major in mathematics and
another related discipline is particularly desirable to many
employers. High school students who are prospective college
mathematics majors should take as many mathematics courses
as possible while in high school.
Other qualifications. For jobs in applied mathematics,
training in the field in which mathematics will be used is very
important. Mathematics is used extensively in physics, actuarial science, statistics, engineering, and operations research.
Computer science, business and industrial management, economics, finance, chemistry, geology, life sciences, and behavioral sciences are likewise dependent on applied mathematics.
Mathematicians also should have substantial knowledge of
computer programming, because most complex mathematical
computation and much mathematical modeling are done on a
computer.
Mathematicians need to have good reasoning to identify, analyze, and apply basic principles to technical problems. Communication skills also are important because mathematicians must
be able to interact and discuss proposed solutions with people
who may not have extensive knowledge of mathematics.
Advancement.    The majority of those with a master’s degree in mathematics who work in private industry do so not as
mathematicians but in related fields, such as computer science,
where they have titles such as computer programmer, systems
analyst, or systems engineer. In these occupations, workers can
advance to management positions.

Employment
Mathematicians held about 2,900 jobs in 2008. Many people
with mathematical backgrounds also worked in other occupations. For example, there were about 54,800 jobs for postsecondary mathematical science teachers in 2008.

Many mathematicians work for the Federal Government, primarily in the U.S. Department of Defense which accounts for
about 81 percent of the mathematicians employed by the Federal Government. Many of the other mathematicians employed
by the Federal Government work for the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) or the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA).
In the private sector, major employers include scientific research and development services and management, scientific,
and technical consulting services. Some mathematicians also
work for insurance carriers.

Job Outlook
Employment of mathematicians is expected to grow much faster
than average. However, keen competition for jobs is expected.
Employment change. Employment of mathematicians is
expected to increase by 22 percent during the 2008–18 decade, which is much faster than average for all occupations.
Advancements in technology usually lead to expanding applications of mathematics, and more workers with knowledge of
mathematics will be required in the future. However, jobs in
industry and government often require advanced knowledge
of related scientific disciplines in addition to mathematics.
The most common fields in which mathematicians study and
find work are computer science and software development,
physics, engineering, and operations research. Many mathematicians also are involved in financial analysis and in life
sciences research.
Job prospects. Job competition will remain keen because
employment in this occupation is relatively small and few new
jobs are expected. Ph.D. holders with a strong background in
mathematics and a related discipline, such as engineering or
computer science, and who apply mathematical theory to realworld problems will have the best job prospects in related occupations. In addition, mathematicians with experience in
computer programming will better their job prospects in many
occupations.
Holders of a master’s degree in mathematics will face very
strong competition for jobs in theoretical research. Because
the number of Ph.D. degrees awarded in mathematics continues to exceed the number of available university positions—­
especially tenure-track positions—many graduates will need to
find employment in industry and government.
Employment in theoretical mathematical research is sensitive
to general economic fluctuations and to changes in government
spending. Job prospects will be greatly influenced by changes
in public and private funding for research and development.

Earnings
Median annual wages of mathematicians were $95,150 in
May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $71,430

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Mathematicians..................................................................................

SOC
Code
15-2021

Employment,
2008
2,900

Projected
Employment,
2018
3,600

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
700
22

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Professional and Related Occupations 145

and $119,480. The lowest 10 percent had earnings of less
than $53,570, while the highest 10 percent earned more than
$140,500.
In March 2009, the average annual salary in the Federal Government was $107,051 for mathematicians; $107,015 for mathematical statisticians; and $101,645 for cryptanalysts.

Related Occupations
Other occupations that require extensive knowledge of mathematics or, in some cases, a degree in mathematics include the
following:
Page
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Computer network, systems, and database administrators......... 128
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer software engineers and computer programmers....... 134
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Statisticians.............................................................................. 148

A strong background in mathematics also facilitates employment for the following workers:
Economists............................................................................... 209
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Physicists and astronomers...................................................... 206
Teachers—postsecondary......................................................... 282
Teachers—preschool, kindergarten, elementary,
middle, and secondary.......................................................... 288

Sources of Additional Information
For more information about careers and training in mathematics, especially for doctoral-level employment, contact
hhAmerican Mathematical Society, 201 Charles St.,
Providence, RI 02904-2294. Internet: http://www.ams.org
For specific information on careers in applied mathematics,
contact
hhSociety for Industrial and Applied Mathematics, 3600
Market St. 6th Floor, Philadelphia, PA 19104-2688. Internet:
http://www.siam.org
Information on obtaining positions as mathematicians with
the Federal Government is available from the Office of Personnel Management through USAJOBS, the Federal Government’s official employment information system. This resource
for locating and applying for job opportunities can be accessed
through the Internet at http://www.usajobs.gov or through an
interactive voice response telephone system at (703) 724-1850
or TDD (978) 461-8404. These numbers are not toll free, and
charges may result.
For advice on how to find and apply for Federal jobs, see
the Occupational Outlook Quarterly article “How to get a job
in the Federal Government,” online at http://www.bls.gov/
opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the In-

ternet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos043.htm

Operations Research Analysts
Significant Points

•
•
•

Candidates should have strong quantitative and computer skills; employers prefer workers who have completed advanced math courses.
Employment is projected to grow much faster than
average.
Individuals with a master’s or Ph.D. degree in operations research or management science should have
excellent employment prospects; some entry-level
positions are available to those with a bachelor’s degree.

Nature of the Work
Operations research analysts formulate and apply mathematical modeling methods to develop and interpret information that assists management with policy formulation and
other managerial functions. Using analytical techniques,
operations research analysts help managers to make better
decisions and solve problems. The procedures of operations
­research were first formalized by the military. They have been
used in wartime to effectively deploy radar, search for enemy
submarines, and get supplies to where they are most needed.
In peacetime and in private enterprises, operations research
is used in planning business ventures and analyzing options
by using statistical analysis, data mining, simulation, computer modeling, linear programming, and other mathematical
­techniques.
In addition to the military, operations research analysts today
are employed in almost every industry, as companies and organizations must effectively manage money, materials, equipment, people, and time. Operations research analysts reduce the
complexity of these elements by applying analytical methods
from mathematics, science, and engineering, to help companies
make better decisions and improve efficiency. Using sophisticated software tools, operations research analysts are largely
responsible for solving complex problems, such as setting up
schedules for sports leagues or determining how to organize
products in supermarkets. Presenting the pros and cons of each
possible scenario, analysts present solutions to managers, who
use the information to make decisions.
Analysts are often involved in top-level strategizing, planning, and forecasting. They help to allocate resources, measure
performance, schedule, design production facilities and systems, manage the supply chain, set prices, coordinate transportation and distribution, or analyze large databases.
The duties of operations research analysts vary according
to the structure and management of the organizations they are
assisting. Some firms centralize operations research in one
department; others use operations research in each division.
Many analysts work with management consulting companies

146 Occupational Outlook Handbook

that perform contract work for other firms. Analysts working in
these positions often have areas of specialization, such as transportation or finance. Because problems are very complex and
often require expertise from many disciplines, most analysts
work in teams.
Teams of analysts usually start projects by listening to managers describe problems. Analysts ask questions and search for
data that may help to formally define a problem. For example,
an operations research team for an auto manufacturer may be
asked to determine the best inventory level for each of the parts
needed on a production line and to determine the optimal number of windshields to be kept in stock. Too many windshields
would be wasteful and expensive, whereas too few could halt
production.
Analysts study the problem, breaking it into its components.
Then they gather information from a variety of sources. To
determine the optimal inventory, operations research analysts
might talk with engineers about production levels, discuss purchasing arrangements with buyers, and examine storage-cost
data provided by the accounting department. They might also
find data on past inventory levels or other statistics that may
help them to project their needs.
Relevant information in hand, the team determines the most
appropriate analytical technique. Techniques used may include
Monte Carlo simulations, linear and nonlinear programming,
dynamic programming, queuing and other stochastic-process
models, Markov decision processes, econometric methods,
data envelopment analysis, neural networks, expert systems,
decision analysis, and the analytic hierarchy process. Nearly all
of these techniques involve the construction of mathematical
models that attempt to describe the system. The problem of the
windshields, for example, would be described as a set of equations that represent real-world conditions.
Using these models, the team can explicitly describe the
different components and clarify the relationships among
them. The model’s inputs can then be altered to examine what
might happen to the system under different circumstances. In
most cases, a computer program is used to numerically evaluate the model.
A team will often run the model with a variety of different inputs to determine the results of each change. A model for airline
flight scheduling, for example, might stipulate such things as
connecting cities, the amount of fuel required to fly the routes,
projected levels of passenger demand, varying ticket and fuel
prices, pilot scheduling, and maintenance costs. Analysts may
also use optimization techniques to determine the most cost effective or profit-maximizing solution for the airline.
Based on the results of the analysis, the operations research
team presents recommendations to managers. Managers may
ask analysts to modify and rerun the model with different inputs
or change some aspect of the model before making their deci-

Operations research analysts can advance by becoming technical specialists or supervisors on more complicated projects.
sions. Once a manager reaches a final decision, the team usually
works with others in the organization to ensure the plan’s successful implementation.
Work environment. Operations research analysts generally work 40 hours a week; some, however, work longer. While
most of their work is done in an office environment, they may
spend time in the field, analyzing processes through direct observation. Because they work on projects that are of immediate
interest to top managers, operations research analysts often are
under pressure to meet deadlines.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Some entry-level positions are available to those with a bachelor’s degree in operations research, management science, or
a related field, but higher degrees are required for many positions. Strong quantitative and computer skills are essential.
Employers prefer workers who have completed advanced math
courses.
Education and training. A bachelor’s degree coupled with
extensive coursework in mathematics and other quantitative
subjects usually is the minimum education requirement. Many
employers, however, prefer applicants with a master’s degree in
operations research, management science, or a closely related
field—such as computer science, engineering, business, applied
mathematics, or information systems. Dual graduate degrees
in operations research and computer science are especially attractive to employers. There are numerous degree programs in
operations research and closely related fields in colleges and
universities across the United States.
Continuing education is important for operations research analysts. Keeping up to date with technological advances, software
tools, and improvements in analytical methods is vital for maintaining their problem-solving skills.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Operations research analysts..............................................................

SOC
Code
15-2031

Employment,
2008
63,000

Projected
Employment,
2018
76,900

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
13,900
22

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Professional and Related Occupations 147

Other qualifications. Those considering careers as operations research analysts should be able to pay attention to
detail because much time is spent on data analysis. Candidates should also have strong computer and quantitative skills
and be able to perform complex research. Employers prefer
analysts who understand how to use advanced operations research software and statistical packages. Although not always
required, having programming skills can be very helpful.
Since operations research is a multi-disciplinary field, a
background in political science, economics, statistics, engineering, accounting, and management can also be useful.
Operations research analysts must be able to think logically,
work well with people, and write and speak well.
Advancement.    Beginning analysts usually perform routine computational work under the supervision of more experienced analysts. As novices gain knowledge and experience,
they are assigned more complex tasks and are given greater
autonomy to design models and solve problems.
Operations research analysts can advance by becoming
technical specialists or project team leaders. Analysts also
gain valuable insights into the industry where they work and
may assume higher level managerial or administrative positions. Operations research analysts with significant experience
or expertise may become independent consultants. Others
may move into corporate management, where they eventually
may become chief operating officers.

Employment
Operations research analysts held about 63,000 jobs in 2008.
Major employers include computer systems design firms; insurance carriers and other financial institutions; management;
telecommunications companies; and scientific, and technical
consulting services firms. Most operations research analysts
in the Federal Government work for the Department of Defense.

Job Outlook
Employment is projected to grow much faster than average.
Individuals with a master’s or Ph.D. degree in operations research or management science should have excellent job opportunities; some entry-level positions are available to those
with a bachelor’s degree.
Employment change. Employment of operations research
analysts is expected to grow 22 percent over the 2008–18
period, much faster than the average for all occupations. As
technology advances and companies further emphasize efficiency, demand for operations research analysis should continue to grow. Technological advancements have extended the
availability of data access and storage, making information
more readily available. Advancements in computing capabilities and analytical software have made it cheaper and faster
for analysts to solve problems. As problem solving becomes
cheaper and faster with technological advances, more firms
will have the ability to employ or consult with analysts.
Additionally, organizations increasingly will be faced with
the pressure of growing domestic and international competition and must work to maximize organizational efficiency. As
a result, businesses increasingly will rely on operations research analysts to optimize profits by improving productivity

and ­reducing costs. As new technologies are introduced into
the marketplace, operations research analysts will be needed
to determine how to best use those new technologies.
Job prospects. Jobs for operations research analysts exist
in almost every industry because of the diversity of applications for their work. As businesses and government agencies
continue to contract out jobs to cut costs, opportunities for
operations research analysts will be best in management, scientific, and technical consulting firms. The relatively small
pool of qualified candidates will result in excellent opportunities for those with a master’s or Ph.D. degree in operations
research or management science. Operations research is not
a particularly well-known field, which means there are fewer
applicants competing for each job.
In addition to job growth, some openings will result from
the need to replace analysts retiring or leaving the occupation
for other reasons.

Earnings
Median annual wages of operations research analysts were
$69,000 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$51,780 and $92,920. The lowest 10 percent had wages of
less than $40,000, while the highest 10 percent earned more
than $118,130. Median annual wages of operations research
analysts working in management, scientific, and technical
consulting services were $80,290 in May 2008. The average
annual salary for operations research analysts in the Federal
Government was $107,198 in March 2009.
Operations research analysts generally are paid fixed annual
salaries with the possibility of bonuses. They also receive benefits typical of professional employees, such as medical and
life insurance and 401(k) programs. Many employers offer
training programs, including tuition reimbursement programs
that allow analysts to attend advanced university classes.

Related Occupations
Operations research analysts apply advanced analytical methods to large, complicated problems, similar to:
Page
Computer software engineers and computer programmers....... 134
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140
Economists............................................................................... 209
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Management analysts............................................................... 111
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Statisticians.............................................................................. 148

Sources of Additional Information
For information on career opportunities and a list of degree programs for operations research analysts, contact:
hhInstitute for Operations Research and the Management
Sciences, 7240 Parkway Dr., Suite 300, Hanover, MD 21076.
Internet: http://www.informs.org
For information on operations research careers and degree
programs in the Armed Forces, contact:

148 Occupational Outlook Handbook

hhMilitary Operations Research Society, 1703 N.
Beauregard St., Suite 450, Alexandria, VA 22311. Internet:
http://www.mors.org
Information on obtaining positions as operations research analysts with the Federal Government is available
from the Office of Personnel Management through USAJOBS, the Federal Government’s official employment information system. This resource for locating and applying
for job opportunities can be accessed through the Internet
at http://www.usajobs.opm.gov or through an interactive
voice response telephone system at (703) 724-1850 or TDD
(978) 461-8404. These numbers are not toll free, and charges
may result. For advice on how to find and apply for Federal jobs, see the Occupational Outlook Quarterly article
“How to get a job in the Federal Government,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos044.htm

Statisticians

or of a group of things by surveying a small portion of the total.
For example, to determine the size of the audience for particular
programs, television-rating services survey only a few ­thousand
families, rather than all viewers. Statisticians decide where and
how to gather the data, determine the type and size of the sample group, and develop the survey questionnaire or reporting
form. They also prepare instructions for workers who will collect and tabulate the data. Finally, statisticians analyze, interpret, and summarize the data with the use of computer software.
In business and industry, statisticians play an important role in
quality control and in product development and improvement. In
an automobile company, for example, statisticians might design
experiments in which engines are run until failure and breakdown in order to determine the failure time of engines exposed
to extreme weather conditions. Working for a pharmaceutical
company, statisticians might develop and evaluate the results of
clinical trials to determine the safety and effectiveness of new
medications. At a computer software firm, statisticians might
help construct new statistical software packages to analyze data
more accurately and efficiently. In addition to designing experiments for product development and testing, some statisticians
are involved in deciding what products to manufacture, how
much to charge for them, and to whom the products should be

Significant Points

•

•

About 30 percent of statisticians work for Federal,
State, and local governments; private-industry employers include scientific research and development
services, insurance carriers, and pharmaceutical and
medicine manufacturing.
A master’s degree in statistics or mathematics is the
minimum educational requirement for most jobs. Individuals with a degree in statistics are likely to have
opportunities in a variety of fields.

Nature of the Work
Statistics is the scientific application of mathematical principles
to the collection, analysis, and presentation of numerical data.
Statisticians apply their mathematical and statistical knowledge
to the design of surveys and experiments; the collection, processing, and analysis of data; and the interpretation of experiments and survey results. Opinion polls, statements about the
accuracy of scales and other measuring devices, and information about average earnings in an occupation are all usually the
work of statisticians.
Statisticians may apply their knowledge of statistical methods
to a variety of subject areas, such as biology, economics, engineering, medicine, public health, psychology, marketing, education,
and sports. Many economic, social, political, and military decisions cannot be made without statistical techniques, such as the
design of experiments to gain Federal approval of a newly manufactured drug. Statistics might be needed to show whether the
seemingly good results of a drug were likely because of the drug
rather than just the effect of random variation in patient outcomes.
One technique that is especially useful to statisticians is
­sampling—obtaining information about a population of people

Advanced computer programs have led to jobs for statisticians
in many industries.

Professional and Related Occupations 149

marketed. Statisticians also may manage assets and liabilities,
determining the risks and returns of certain investments.
Nearly every government agency employs statisticians.
Some government statisticians develop surveys that measure
population growth, consumer prices, or unemployment. Other
statisticians work for scientific, environmental, and agricultural agencies and may help figure out the average level of
pesticides in drinking water, the number of endangered species living in a particular area, or the number of people afflicted with a certain disease. Statisticians also are employed
in national defense agencies, determining the accuracy of new
weapons and the likely effectiveness of defense strategies.
Because statistical specialists are employed in so many different kinds of work, specialists who use statistics often have
different professional designations. For example, a person using statistical methods to analyze economic data may be called
an econometrician, while statisticians in public health and medicine may hold titles such as biostatistician or biometrician.
Work environment. Statisticians generally work regular
hours in an office environment. Sometimes, they may work
more hours to meet deadlines.
Some statisticians travel to provide advice on research projects, supervise and set up surveys, or gather statistical data.  
Although e-mail and teleconferencing make it easier for statisticians to work with clients in different areas, there still are situations that require the statistician to be present, such as during
meetings or while gathering data.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
A master’s degree in statistics or mathematics is the minimum
educational requirement, but research and academic jobs generally require a Ph.D., while Federal Government jobs require at
least a bachelor’s degree.
Education and training. A master’s degree in statistics or
mathematics usually is the minimum educational requirement
for most statistician jobs. Research and academic positions
usually require a Ph.D. in statistics. Beginning positions in industrial research often require a master’s degree combined with
several years of experience.
Jobs with the Federal Government require at least a bachelor’s
degree. The training required for employment as an entry-level
statistician in the Federal Government is a bachelor’s degree, including at least 15 semester hours of statistics or a combination
of 15 hours of mathematics and statistics with at least 6 semester
hours in statistics. Qualifying as a mathematical statistician in the
Federal Government requires 24 semester hours of mathematics
and statistics, with a minimum of 6 semester hours in statistics
and 12 semester hours in an area of advanced mathematics, such
as calculus, differential equations, or vector analysis.
Many colleges and universities offer degree programs in statistics, biostatistics, or mathematics, while other schools also

offer graduate-level courses in applied statistics for students majoring in biology, business, economics, education, engineering,
psychology, and other fields. Acceptance into graduate statistics
programs does not require an undergraduate degree in statistics, although good training in mathematics is essential. Many
schools also offer degrees in fields that include a sufficient number of courses in statistics to qualify graduates for some entrylevel positions with the Federal Government. Required subjects
for statistics majors include differential and integral calculus,
statistical methods, mathematical modeling, and probability
theory. Additional recommended courses for undergraduates include linear algebra, design and analysis of experiments, applied
multivariate analysis, and mathematical statistics.
Because computers are used extensively for statistical applications, a strong background in computer science is highly recommended. For positions involving quality and improvement
in productivity, training in engineering or physical science is
useful. A background in biological, chemical, or health science
is important for positions involving the preparation and testing
of pharmaceutical or agricultural products. Courses in economics and business administration are valuable for many jobs in
market research, business analysis, and forecasting.
Advancements in technology have made a great impact on
statistics. Statistical modeling continues to become quicker and
easier because of increased computational power and new analytical methods or software. Continuing education is important
for statisticians, who need to stay abreast of emerging technologies to perform well.
Other qualifications. Good communication skills are important
for statisticians who seek a job in private industry, because these
statisticians often need to explain technical matters to persons without statistical expertise. An understanding of business and the economy also is valuable for those who plan to work in private industry.
Advancement.   Beginning statisticians generally are supervised
by an experienced statistician. With experience, they may advance
to positions with more technical responsibility and, in some cases,
supervisory duties. Opportunities for promotion are greater for
people with advanced degrees. Master’s and Ph.D. degree ­holders
usually enjoy independence in their work and may engage in
­research, develop statistical methods, or, after a number of years
of experience in a particular area, become statistical consultants.

Employment
Statisticians held about 22,600 jobs in 2008. About 20 percent
of these jobs were in the Federal Government, where statisticians were concentrated in the Departments of Commerce,
Agriculture, and Health and Human Services. Another 10 percent were found in State and local governments. Most of the
remaining jobs were in private industry, especially in scientific
research and development services, insurance carriers, and
pharmaceutical and medicine manufacturing.

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Statisticians........................................................................................

SOC
Code
15-2041

Employment,
2008
22,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
25,500

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
2,900
13

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

150 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Job Outlook

Related Occupations

Average employment growth is projected. Individuals with a
degree in statistics should have opportunities in a variety of
fields.
Employment change. Employment of statisticians is projected to grow 13 percent from 2008 to 2018, about as fast as
the average for all occupations. The demand for individuals
with a background is statistics is projected to grow, although
some jobs will be in occupations with titles other than statistician.
The use of statistics is widespread and growing. Statistical
models aid in decision making in both private industry and
government. There will always be a demand for the skills statisticians provide. Technological advances are expected to spur
demand for statisticians. Ever-faster computer processing allows statisticians to analyze greater amounts of data much
more quickly and to gather and sort through large amounts
of data that would not have been analyzed in the past. As data
processing continues to become more efficient and less expensive, an increasing number of employers will want to employ
statisticians to take advantage of the new information available.
Biostatisticians should experience employment growth,
­primarily because of the growing pharmaceuticals business.
As pharmaceutical companies develop new treatments and
medical technologies, biostatisticians will be needed to do research and clinical trials.
Job prospects. Individuals with a degree in statistics have
opportunities in a variety of fields. For example, many jobs involve the analysis and interpretation of data from economics,
biological science, psychology, computer software engineering, education, and other disciplines. Additional job openings will become available as currently employed statisticians
transfer to other ­occupations, retire, or leave the workforce for
other reasons.
Among graduates with a master’s degree in statistics, those
with a strong background in an allied field, such as finance, biology, engineering, or computer science, should have the best
prospects of finding jobs related to their field of study.

Among the people who work with statistics are those in such
diverse occupations as the following:

Earnings
Median annual wage-and-salary wages of statisticians were $72,610
in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $52,730 and
$95,170. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $39,740, while the
highest 10 percent earned more than $117,190.
The average annual salary for statisticians in the Federal
Government was $92,322 in March 2009, while mathematical
statisticians averaged $107,015.

Page
Actuaries.................................................................................. 125
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer software engineers and computer programmers....... 134
Computer systems analysts...................................................... 140
Economists............................................................................... 209
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Financial analysts..................................................................... 103
Market and survey researchers................................................. 212
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Operations research analysts.................................................... 145
Personal financial advisors....................................................... 118
Social scientists, other.............................................................. 226

Some statisticians also work as:
Teachers—kindergarten, elementary, middle,
and secondary....................................................................... 288
Teachers—postsecondary......................................................... 282

Sources of Additional Information
For information about career opportunities in statistics, contact
hhAmerican Statistical Association, 732 North Washington
St., Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet: http://www.amstat.org
For more information on doctoral-level careers and training in mathematics, a field closely related to statistics,
­contact
hhAmerican Mathematical Society, 201 Charles St.,
Providence, RI 02904. Internet: http://www.ams.org
Information on obtaining positions as statisticians with the
Federal Government is available from the ­Office of Personnel
Management through USAJOBS, the ­Federal Government’s official employment information ­system. This resource for locating and applying for job opportunities can be accessed through
the Internet at http://www.usajobs.opm.gov or through an interactive voice response telephone system at (703) 724-1850
or TDD (978) 461-8404. These numbers are not toll free, and
­charges may result.
For advice on how to find and apply for Federal jobs, see
the Occupational Outlook Quarterly article “How to get a job
in the Federal Government,” online at http://www.bls.gov/
opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos045.htm

Professional and Related Occupations 151

Architects, Surveyors, and Cartographers
Architects, Except
Landscape and Naval
Significant Points

•
•
•

About 21 percent of architects are self-employed—
almost 3 times the proportion for all occupations.
Licensing requirements include a professional degree in architecture, at least 3 years of practical work,
training, and passing all divisions of the Architect
Registration Examination.
Architecture graduates may face competition, especially for jobs in the most prestigious firms.

Nature of the Work
People need places in which to live, work, play, learn, worship,
meet, govern, shop, and eat. Architects are responsible for designing these places, whether they are private or public; indoors
or out; rooms, buildings, or complexes. Architects are licensed
professionals trained in the art and science of building design
who develop the concepts for structures and turn those concepts
into images and plans.
Architects create the overall look of buildings and other
structures, but the design of a building involves far more than its
appearance. Buildings also must be functional, safe, and economical and must suit the needs of the people who use them.
Architects consider all these factors when they design buildings
and other structures.
Architects may be involved in all phases of a construction
project, from the initial discussion with the client through the
final delivery of the completed structure. Their duties require
specific skills—designing, engineering, managing, supervising,
and communicating with clients and builders. Architects spend
a great deal of time explaining their ideas to clients, construction contractors, and others. Successful architects must be able
to communicate their unique vision persuasively.

It takes many years of education and experience to become a
licensed architect.

The architect and client discuss the objectives, requirements,
and budget of a project. In some cases, architects provide
­various predesign services: conducting feasibility and environmental impact studies, selecting a site, preparing cost analysis
and land-use studies, or specifying the requirements the design
must meet. For example, they may determine space requirements by researching the numbers and types of potential users
of a building. The architect then prepares drawings and a report
presenting ideas for the client to review.
After discussing and agreeing on the initial proposal, architects develop final construction plans that show the building’s
appearance and details for its construction. Accompanying these
plans are drawings of the structural system; air-conditioning,
heating, and ventilating systems; electrical systems; communications systems; plumbing; and, possibly, site and ­landscape
plans. The plans also specify the building materials and, in some
cases, the interior furnishings. In developing designs, architects
follow building codes, zoning laws, fire regulations, and other
ordinances, such as those requiring easy access by people who
are disabled. Computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) and
building information modeling (BIM) technology has replaced
traditional paper and pencil as the most common method for
creating design and construction drawings. Continual revision
of plans on the basis of client needs and budget constraints is
often necessary.
Architects may also assist clients in obtaining construction
bids, selecting contractors, and negotiating construction contracts. As construction proceeds, they may visit building sites
to make sure that contractors follow the design, adhere to the
schedule, use the specified materials, and meet work quality standards. The job is not complete until all construction is
finished, required tests are conducted, and construction costs
are paid. Sometimes, architects also provide postconstruction services, such as facilities management. They advise on
energy ­efficiency measures, evaluate how well the building
design adapts to the needs of occupants, and make necessary
­improvements.
Often working with engineers, urban planners, interior designers, landscape architects, and other professionals, architects
in fact spend a great deal of their time coordinating information
from, and the work of, other professionals engaged in the same
project.
They design a wide variety of buildings, such as office and
apartment buildings, schools, churches, factories, hospitals,
houses, and airport terminals. They also design complexes such
as urban centers, college campuses, industrial parks, and entire
communities.
Architects sometimes specialize in one phase of work. Some
specialize in the design of one type of building—for example,
hospitals, schools, or housing. Others focus on planning and
predesign services or construction management and do minimal
design work.
Work environment. Usually working in a comfortable environment, architects spend most of their time in offices consulting with clients, developing reports and drawings, and working

152 Occupational Outlook Handbook

with other architects and engineers. However, they often visit
construction sites to review the progress of projects. In 2008,
approximately 1 in 5 architects worked more than 50 hours per
week, as long hours and work during nights and weekends is
often necessary to meet deadlines.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
There are three main steps in becoming an architect: completing a professional degree in architecture; gaining work experience through an internship; and attaining licensure by passing
the Architect Registration Exam.
Education and training. In most States, architects must
hold a professional degree in architecture from one of the 117
schools of architecture that have degree programs accredited by
the National Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB). However, State architectural registration boards set their own standards, so graduation from a non-accredited program may meet
the educational requirement for licensing in a few States.
Most architects earn their professional degree through a
5-year Bachelor of Architecture degree program, which is intended for students with no previous architectural training.
­Others earn a master’s degree after completing a bachelor’s
degree in another field or after completing a preprofessional architecture program. A master’s degree in architecture can take
1 to 5 years to complete depending on the extent of previous
training in architecture.
The choice of degree depends on preference and educational
background. Prospective architecture students should consider
the options before committing to a program. For example, although the 5-year bachelor of architecture offers the most direct
route to the professional degree, courses are specialized, and
if the student does not complete the program, transferring to a
program in another discipline may be difficult. A typical program includes courses in architectural history and theory, building design with an emphasis on CADD, structures, technology,
construction methods, professional practice, math, physical sciences, and liberal arts. Central to most architectural programs
is the design studio, where students apply the skills and concepts learned in the classroom and create drawings and three-­
dimensional models of their designs.
Many schools of architecture also offer postprofessional degrees for those who already have a bachelor’s or master’s degree in architecture or other areas. Although graduate education
beyond the professional degree is not required for practicing
architects, it may be useful for research, teaching, and certain
specialties.
All State architectural registration boards require architecture graduates to complete a training period—usually at least
3 years—before they may sit for the licensing exam. Every
State follows the training standards established by the Intern
Development Program, a program of the American Institute
of ­Architects and the National Council of Architectural Registration Boards (NCARB). These standards stipulate broad
­training under the supervision of a licensed architect. Most
new ­graduates complete their training period by working as interns at architectural firms. Some States ­allow a portion of the
training to occur in the offices of related professionals, such
as ­engineers or general contractors. Architecture students who

complete internships while still in school can count some of
that time toward the 3-year training period.
Interns in architectural firms may assist in the design of one
part of a project, help prepare architectural documents or drawings, build models, or prepare construction drawings on CADD.
Interns also may research building codes and materials or write
specifications for building materials, installation criteria, the
quality of finishes, and other related details.
Licensure.   All States and the District of Columbia require individuals to be licensed (registered) before they may call themselves architects and contract to provide architectural services.
During the time between graduation and becoming licensed,
architecture school graduates generally work in the field under
the supervision of a licensed architect who takes legal responsibility for all work. Licensing requirements include a professional degree in architecture, a period of practical training or
internship, and a passing score on all divisions of the Architect
Registration Examination. The examination is broken into nine
divisions consisting of either multiple choice or graphical questions. The eligibility period for completion of all divisions of
the exam varies by State.
Most States also require some form of continuing education to maintain a license, and many others are expected to
adopt mandatory continuing education. Requirements vary by
State but usually involve the completion of a certain number
of ­credits annually or biennially through workshops, formal
university classes, conferences, self-study courses, or other
sources.
Other qualifications. Architects must be able to communicate their ideas visually to their clients. Artistic and drawing
ability is helpful, but not essential, to such communication.
More important are a visual orientation and the ability to understand spatial relationships. Other important qualities for anyone
interested in becoming an architect are creativity and the ability
to work independently and as part of a team. Computer skills
are also required for writing specifications, for 2-dimensional
and 3- dimensional drafting using CADD programs, and for financial management.
Certification and advancement. A growing number of architects voluntarily seek certification by the National Council
of Architectural Registration Boards. Certification is awarded
after independent verification of the candidate’s educational
transcripts, employment record, and professional references.
Certification can make it easier to become licensed across
States. In fact, it is the primary requirement for reciprocity of
licensing among State Boards that are NCARB members. In
2009, approximately one-third of all licensed architects had this
certification.
After becoming licensed and gaining experience, architects take on increasingly complex assignments, eventually
­managing entire projects. In large firms, architects may advance
to supervisory or managerial positions. Some architects become
partners in established firms, while others set up their own practices. Some graduates with degrees in architecture also enter
related fields, such as graphic, interior, or industrial ­design; urban planning; real estate development; civil ­engineering; and
construction management.

Professional and Related Occupations 153

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Architects, except landscape and naval..............................................

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

17-1011

141,200

Projected
Employment,
2018
164,200

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
22,900
16

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

Employment
Architects held about 141,200 jobs in 2008. Approximately 68
percent of jobs were in the architectural, engineering, and related services industry. A small number worked for residential
and nonresidential building construction firms and for government agencies responsible for housing, community planning, or
construction of government buildings, such as the U.S. Departments of Defense and Interior and the General Services Administration. About 21 percent of architects are self-employed.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow faster than the average for all
occupations. Competition is expected, especially for positions
at the most prestigious firms, and opportunities will be best for
those architects who are able to distinguish themselves with
their creativity.
Employment change. Employment of architects is expected
to increase by 16 percent between 2008 and 2018, which is
faster than the average for all occupations. Current demographic
trends will lead to an increase in demand for architects. As the
population of Sunbelt States continues to grow, the people living there will need new places to live and work. As the population continues to live longer and baby boomers retire, there
will be a need for more healthcare facilities, nursing homes, and
retirement communities. In education, buildings at all levels are
getting older and enrollments continue to increase, which will
require many school districts and universities to build new facilities and renovate existing ones.
In recent years, some architecture firms have outsourced the
drafting of construction documents and basic design for largescale commercial and residential projects to architecture firms
overseas. This trend is expected to continue and may have a
negative impact on employment growth for lower-level architects and interns who would normally gain experience by producing these drawings.
Job prospects. Besides employment growth, additional job
openings will arise from the need to replace architects who
transfer to other occupations or stop working for other reasons.
A growing number of students are graduating with architectural degrees and some competition for entry-level jobs can be
­anticipated. Competition will be especially keen for jobs at the
most prestigious architectural firms as prospective architects try
to build their reputation. Prospective architects who have had
internships while in school will have an advantage in obtaining
positions after graduation. Opportunities will be best for those
architects who are able to distinguish themselves from others
with their creativity.
There should be demand for architects with knowledge of
“green” design. Green design, also known as sustainable design, emphasizes the efficient use of resources such as energy
and water, waste and pollution reduction, conservation, and

environmentally friendly design, specifications, and materials.
Rising energy costs and increased concern about the environment has led to many new buildings being built green.
Employment of architects is strongly tied to the activity of the
construction industry and some types of construction are sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy. For example, during
recessions nonresidential construction of office and retail space
tends to fall as funding for these projects becomes harder to
obtain and the demand for these spaces falls. Firms involved in
the design of institutional buildings, such as schools, hospitals,
nursing homes, and correctional facilities, will be less affected
by fluctuations in the economy. Residential construction makes
up a small portion of work for architects, so major changes in
the housing market would not be as significant as fluctuations
in the nonresidential market.
Opportunities are also geographically sensitive, and some
parts of the Nation may have fewer new building projects. Also,
many firms specialize in specific buildings, such as hospitals
or office towers, and demand for these buildings may vary by
region. Architects may find it increasingly necessary to gain
reciprocity in order to compete for the best jobs and projects
in other States.

Earnings
Median annual wages of wage-and-salary architects were
$70,320 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between
$53,480 and $91,870. The lowest 10 percent earned less than
$41,320, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $119,220.
Those just starting their internships can expect to earn considerably less.
Earnings of partners in established architectural firms may
fluctuate because of changing business conditions. Some architects may have difficulty establishing their own practices and
may go through a period when their expenses are greater than
their income, requiring substantial financial resources.
Many firms pay tuition and fees toward continuing education
requirements for their employees.

Related Occupations
Others workers involved in the construction and maintenance
of buildings include:
Page
Construction managers............................................................... 38
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Landscape architects................................................................ 154
Urban and regional planners.................................................... 220

Architects design buildings and related structures. Other occupations with design responsibilities include:
Commercial and industrial designers....................................... 304
Graphic designers..................................................................... 312
Interior designers...................................................................... 314

154 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Sources of Additional Information
Information about education and careers in architecture can be
obtained from:
hhThe American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Ave.
NW, Washington, DC 20006. Internet: http://www.aia.org

hhThe National Architectural Accrediting Board, 1735
New York Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20006. Internet:
http://www.naab.org

hhThe National Council of Architectural Registration Boards,
Suite 700K, 1801 K St. NW, Washington, D.C. 20006.
Internet: http://www.ncarb.org

hhThe American Institute of Architects and the American
Institute of Architecture Students jointly sponsor a Web site:
http://www.archcareers.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos038.htm

Landscape Architects
Significant Points

•
•

•

About 21 percent of landscape architects are selfemployed—almost 3 times the proportion for all
­occupations.
Almost all States require landscape architects to be
licensed, which generally requires a degree in landscape architecture from an accredited school, work
experience, and a passing score on the Landscape Architect Registration Exam.

In planning a site, landscape architects first consider the purpose of the project and the funds available. They then analyze
the natural elements of the site, such as the climate, soil, slope
of the land, drainage, and vegetation. They also assess existing
buildings, roads, walkways, and utilities to determine what improvements are necessary. At all stages, they evaluate the project’s impact on the local ecosystem.
After studying and analyzing the site, landscape architects
prepare a preliminary design. To address the needs of the ­client,
as well as the conditions at the site, they frequently make
changes before a final design is approved. They also take into
account any local, State, or Federal regulations, such as those
protecting wetlands or historic resources. In preparing designs,
computer-aided design (CAD) has become an essential tool for
most landscape architects. Many landscape architects also use
video simulation to help clients envision the proposed ideas and
plans. For larger scale site planning, landscape architects also
use geographic information systems (GIS) technology, a computer mapping system.
Throughout all phases of planning and design, landscape
architects consult with other professionals, such as civil engineers, hydrologists, or building architects, involved in the
­project. Once the design is complete, they prepare a proposal
for the client. They produce detailed plans of the site, ­including
written reports, sketches, models, photographs, land-use
­studies, and cost estimates and submit them for approval by the
client and by regulatory agencies. When the plans are approved,
landscape architects prepare working drawings showing all
­existing and proposed features. They also outline in detail the
methods of construction and draw up a list of necessary materials. Landscape architects then monitor the implementation of
their ­design, while general contractors or landscape contractors
usually direct the actual construction of the site and installation
of plantings.

Good job opportunities are expected, but new graduates may face competition for jobs in the largest and
most prestigious firms.

Nature of the Work
People enjoy attractively designed gardens, public parks and
playgrounds, residential areas, college campuses, shopping centers, golf courses, and parkways. Landscape architects ­design
these areas so they are not only functional but also beautiful and
harmonious with the natural environment. They plan the location of buildings, roads, and walkways, and the arrangement of
flowers, shrubs, and trees. They also design and plan the restoration of natural places disturbed by humans, such as wetlands,
stream corridors, mined areas, and forested land.
Working with building architects, surveyors, and engineers,
landscape architects help determine the best arrangement of
roads and buildings. They also collaborate with environmental
scientists, foresters, and other professionals to find the best way
to conserve or restore natural resources. Once these decisions
are made, landscape architects create detailed plans indicating
new topography, vegetation, walkways, and other landscaping
details, such as fountains and decorative features.

Landscape architects are involved in a wide variety of construction projects.

Professional and Related Occupations 155

Some landscape architects work on a variety of types of
projects. Others specialize in a particular area, such as street
and highway beautification, waterfront improvement projects,
parks and playgrounds, or shopping centers. Still others work
in ­regional planning and resource management; feasibility,
environmental impact, and cost studies; or site construction.
Increasingly, landscape architects work in environmental remediation, such as preservation and restoration of wetlands or
abatement of stormwater run-off in new developments. Historic
landscape preservation and restoration is another area where
landscape architects increasingly play a role.
Landscape architects who work for government agencies do
site and landscape design for government buildings, parks, and
other public lands, as well as park and recreation planning in
national parks and forests. In addition, they may prepare environmental impact statements and studies on environmental
­issues such as public land-use planning.
Work environment. Landscape architects spend most of their
time in offices creating plans and designs, preparing ­models
and cost estimates, doing research, or attending ­meetings with
clients and other professionals involved in a design or planning
project. The remainder of their time is spent at the site. During
the design and planning stage, landscape architects visit and
analyze the site to verify that the design can be incorporated
into the landscape. After the plans and specifications are completed, they may spend additional time at the site observing or
supervising the construction. Those who work in large national
or regional firms can spend considerably more time out of the
office traveling to sites.
Although many landscape architects work approximately
40 hours per week, about 1 in 5 worked more than 50 hours
per week in 2008, as long hours and work during nights and
­weekends is often necessary to meet deadlines.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Almost every State requires landscape architects to be licensed.
While requirements vary among the States, they usually include a degree in landscape architecture from an accredited
school; work experience; and a passing score on the Landscape
­Architect Registration Exam.
Education and training. A bachelor’s or master’s degree
in landscape architecture usually is necessary for entry into
the profession. Sixty-seven colleges and universities offered
undergraduate or graduate programs in landscape architecture
that were accredited by the Landscape Architecture Accreditation Board of the American Society of Landscape Architects
in 2009. There are two undergraduate professional degrees: a
Bachelor of Landscape Architecture (BLA) and a Bachelor of
Science in Landscape Architecture (BSLA). These programs
usually require 4 or 5 years of study for completion. Those who
hold an undergraduate degree in a field other than landscape

architecture can enroll in a Master of Landscape Architecture
(MLA) graduate degree program, which typically takes 3 years
of ­full-time study to complete. Those who hold undergraduate
degrees in landscape architecture can earn their MLA in 2 years.
Courses required in these programs usually include subjects
such as surveying, landscape design and construction, landscape ecology, site design, and urban and regional planning.
Other courses include history of landscape architecture, plant
and soil science, geology, professional practice, and general
management. The design studio is a key component of any curriculum. Whenever possible, students are assigned real projects, providing them with valuable hands-on experience. While
working on these projects, students become proficient in the use
of computer-aided design, model building, geographic information systems, and video simulation.
Many employers recommend that prospective landscape
­architects complete a summer internship with a landscape architecture firm during their formal educational studies.  Interns
are able to hone their technical skills and gain an understanding
of the day-to-day operations of the business, including how to
win clients, generate fees, and work within a budget.
Licensure and certification. As of 2009, there were 49
States that required landscape architects to be licensed. Licensing is based on the Landscape Architect Registration Examination (L.A.R.E.), sponsored by the Council of Landscape
Architectural Registration Boards, and administered in two
portions, a graphic portion and a multiple-choice portion. Applicants ­wishing to take the exam usually need a degree from
an accredited school plus 1 to 4 years of work experience under the ­supervision of a licensed landscape architect, although
standards vary by State. For those without an accredited landscape architecture degree, most states provide alternative paths
to qualify to take the L.A.R.E., usually requiring more work
experience. Currently, 13 States require that a State examination be passed in ­addition to the L.A.R.E. to satisfy registration
requirements. State examinations focus on laws, environmental
regulations, plants, soils, climate, and any other characteristics
unique to the State.
Because requirements for licensure are not uniform, landscape architects may find it difficult to transfer their registration from one State to another. National standards include
­graduating from an accredited program, serving 3 years of
internship under the supervision of a registered landscape architect, and ­passing the L.A.R.E. can satisfy requirements in
most States. By ­meeting national requirements, a landscape
­architect can also obtain certification from the Council of Landscape Architectural Registration Boards which can be useful in
­obtaining reciprocal licensure in other States.
In States where licensure is required, new hires may be called
“apprentices” or “intern landscape architects” until they be-

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Landscape architects..........................................................................

SOC
Code
17-1012

Employment,
2008
26,700

Projected
Employment,
2018
32,000

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
5,300
20

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

156 Occupational Outlook Handbook

come licensed. Their duties vary depending on the type and size
of the employing firm. They may do project research or prepare
­working drawings, construction documents, or base maps of
the area to be designed. Some are allowed to ­participate in the
actual design of a project. However, interns must perform all
work under the supervision of a licensed landscape architect.
Additionally, all drawings and specifications must be signed
and sealed by the licensed landscape architect, who takes legal responsibility for the work. After gaining experience and
becoming licensed, landscape architects usually can carry a
­design through all stages of development.
A majority of States require some form of continuing education to maintain a license. Requirements usually involve the
completion of workshops, seminars, formal university classes,
conferences, self-study courses, or other classes.
The Federal Government does not require its landscape architects to be licensed. Candidates for entry positions with the Federal Government should have a bachelor’s or master’s degree in
landscape architecture.
Other qualifications. People planning a career in landscape
architecture should appreciate nature, enjoy working with their
hands, and possess strong analytical skills. Creative vision and
artistic talent also are desirable qualities. Good oral and written
communication skills are essential. Landscape architects must
be able to convey their ideas to other professionals and clients
and to make presentations before large groups. Landscape architects must also be able to draft and design using CAD software. Knowledge of computer applications of all kinds, including word processing, desktop publishing, and spreadsheets is
also important. Landscape architects use these tools to develop
presentations, proposals, reports, and land impact studies for
clients, colleagues, and superiors.
Many landscape architects are self-employed. Self-discipline, business acumen, and good marketing skills are important qualities for those who choose to open their own business.
Even with these qualities, however, some may struggle while
building a client base.
Advancement.   After several years, landscape architects may
become project managers, taking on the responsibility for meeting schedules and budgets, in addition to overseeing the project
design. Later, they may become associates or partners of a firm,
with a proprietary interest in the business.
Those with landscape architecture training also qualify for
jobs closely related to landscape architecture, and may, after
gaining some experience, become construction supervisors,
land or environmental planners, or landscape consultants.

Employment
Landscape architects held about 26,700 jobs in 2008. About 51
percent of landscape architects were employed in architectural,
engineering, and related services. State and local governments
employed approximately 6 percent. About 21 percent of landscape architects were self-employed.
Employment of landscape architects is concentrated in ­urban
and suburban areas throughout the country; some landscape
­architects work in rural areas, particularly those employed by
the Federal Government to plan and design parks and ­recreation
areas.

Job Outlook
Employment is expected to grow much faster than the average
for all occupations. There should be good job prospects overall,
but new graduates may face competition for jobs in the largest
and most prestigious landscape architecture firms.
Employment change. Employment of landscape architects
is expected to increase by 20 percent during the 2008–18 decade, which is much faster than the average for all occupations.
Employment will grow as the planning and development of
new construction, together with the continued redevelopment
of existing buildings, creates more opportunities for landscape
architects. With land costs rising and the public desiring more
beautiful spaces, the importance of good site planning and landscape design is growing.
Additionally, environmental concerns and increased demand
for sustainably designed construction projects will spur demand
for the services of landscape architects. For example, landscape
architects are involved in designing green roofs that are covered
with some form of vegetation, and that can significantly reduce
costs associated with heating and cooling a building, as well as
reduce air and water pollution. Landscape architects will also
be needed to design plans to manage storm water run-off in a
way that avoids pollution of waterways and conserves water
resources.
Job prospects. There should be good job opportunities overall as demand for landscape architecture services increases,
but new graduates can expect to face competition for jobs in
the largest and most prestigious landscape architecture firms.
Many employers prefer to hire entry-level landscape architects
who have internship experience, which significantly reduces
the amount of on-the-job training required. Opportunities will
be best for landscape architects who develop strong technical
skills—such as computer design—communication skills, and
knowledge of environmental codes and regulations. Those with
additional training or experience in urban planning increase
their opportunities for employment in landscape architecture
firms that specialize in site planning as well as landscape design.
Opportunities will vary by year and geographic region, depending on local economic conditions. During a recession,
when real estate sales and construction slow down, landscape
architects may face greater competition for jobs and sometimes
layoffs. But because landscape architects can work on many
different types of projects, they may have steadier work than
other design professionals when traditional construction slows.
In addition to growth, the need to replace landscape architects who retire or leave the labor force will produce some job
­openings.

Earnings
In May 2008, median annual wages for landscape architects
were $58,960. The middle 50 percent earned between $45,840
and $77,610. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $36,520
and the highest 10 percent earned over $97,370. Architectural,
engineering, and related services employed more landscape architects than any other group of industries, and there the median
annual wages were $59,610 in May 2008.

Professional and Related Occupations 157

Related Occupations
Landscape architects use their knowledge of design, construction, land-use planning, and environmental issues to develop
a landscape project. Others whose work requires similar skills
are:
Page
Architects, except landscape and naval.................................... 151
Construction managers............................................................... 38
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and
surveying and mapping technicians..................................... 157
Urban and regional planners.................................................... 220

Others workers concerned with the environment include:
Environmental scientists and specialists.................................. 199
Geoscientists and hydrologists................................................. 202

Sources of Additional Information
Additional information, including a list of colleges and universities offering accredited programs in landscape architecture, is
available from:
hhAmerican Society of Landscape Architects, Career
Information, 636 Eye St. NW., Washington, DC 20001-3736.
Internet: http://www.asla.org
General information on registration or licensing requirements
is available from:
hhCouncil of Landscape Architectural Registration Boards,
3949 Pender Dr., Suite 120, Vienna, VA 22030. Internet:
http://www.clarb.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos039.htm

Surveyors, Cartographers,
Photogrammetrists, and Surveying
and Mapping Technicians
Significant Points

•
•
•

About 7 out of 10 jobs were in architectural, engineering, and related services.
Employment is expected to grow faster than the
­average for all occupations.
Surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists
who have a bachelor’s degree and strong technical
skills should have favorable job prospects.

Nature of the Work
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying and mapping technicians are responsible for measuring
and mapping the Earth’s surface. Surveyors establish official
land, airspace, and water boundaries. They write descriptions
of land for deeds, leases, and other legal documents; define

airspace for airports; and take measurements of construction
and mineral sites. ­Other surveyors provide data about the
shape, contour, location, ­elevation, or dimension of land or
land features. Cartographers and photogrammetrists collect,
analyze, interpret, and map geographic information using
data from surveys and photographs. Surveying and mapping
technicians assist these professionals by collecting data in
the field, making calculations, and helping with computeraided drafting. Collectively, these occupations play key roles
in the field of geospatial information.
Surveyors measure distances, directions, and angles between points on, above, and below the Earth’s surface. In the
field, they select known survey reference points and determine the precise location of important features in the survey
area using specialized equipment. Surveyors also research
legal records, look for evidence of previous boundaries, and
analyze data to determine the location of boundary lines.
They are sometimes called to provide expert testimony in
court regarding their work or the work of other surveyors.
Surveyors also record their results, verify the accuracy of
data, and prepare plots, maps, and reports.
Some surveyors perform specialized functions that support
the work of other surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists. For example, geodetic surveyors use high-accuracy
techniques, including satellite observations, to measure
large areas of the earth’s surface. Geophysical prospecting
surveyors mark sites for subsurface exploration, usually to
look for petroleum. Marine or hydrographic surveyors survey harbors, rivers, and other bodies of water to determine
shorelines, the topography of the bottom, water depth, and
other features.
Surveyors use the Global Positioning System (GPS) to locate reference points with a high degree of precision. To use
this system, a surveyor places a satellite signal receiver—a
small instrument mounted on a tripod—on a desired point,
and another receiver on a point for which the geographic
position is known. The receiver simultaneously collects information from several satellites and the known reference
point to establish a precise position. The receiver also can be
placed in a vehicle for tracing out road systems. Because receivers now come in different sizes and shapes, and because
the cost of receivers has fallen, much more surveying work
can be done with GPS. Surveyors then interpret and check
the results produced by GPS.
Field measurements are often taken by a survey party that
gathers the information needed by the surveyor. A typical
survey party consists of a party chief and one or more surveying technicians and helpers. The party chief, who may
be either a surveyor or a senior surveying technician, leads
day-to-day work activities. Surveying technicians assist the
party chief by adjusting and operating surveying instruments, such as the total station, which measures and records
angles and distances simultaneously. Surveying technicians
compile notes, make sketches, and enter the data obtained
from surveying instruments into computers either in the field
or at the office.
Photogrammetrists and cartographers measure, map, and
chart the Earth’s surface. Their work involves everything

158 Occupational Outlook Handbook

from performing geographical research and compiling data
to producing maps. They collect, analyze, and interpret both
spatial data—such as latitude, longitude, elevation, and distance—and nonspatial data—such as population density,
land-use patterns, annual precipitation levels, and demographic ­characteristics. Their maps may give both physical
and social characteristics of the land. They prepare maps in
either digital or graphic form, using information provided
by geodetic surveys and remote sensing systems including
aerial cameras, satellites, light-­imaging detection and ranging (LIDAR), or other ­technologies.
LIDAR uses lasers attached to planes and other equipment
to digitally map the topography of the Earth. It is often more
­accurate than traditional surveying methods and also can be
used to collect other forms of data, such as the location and
density of forests. Data developed by LIDAR can be used by
­surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists to provide
spatial information to specialists in geology, seismology,
­forestry, ­construction, and other fields.
Geographic Information Systems (GIS) have become an
integral tool for surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying and mapping technicians. Workers use
GIS to assemble, integrate, analyze, and display data about
location in a digital format. They also use GIS to compile
information from a variety of sources. GIS typically are used

to make maps which combine information useful for environmental studies, geology, engineering, planning, business
marketing, and other disciplines. As more of these systems
are developed, many mapping specialists are being called
geographic information specialists.
Work environment. Surveyors and surveying technicians
usually work an 8-hour day, 5 days a week and may spend
a lot of time outdoors. Sometimes, they work longer hours
during the summer, when weather and light conditions are
most suitable for fieldwork. Construction-related work may
be limited during times of inclement weather.
Surveyors and technicians engage in active, sometimes
strenuous, work. They often stand for long periods, walk
considerable distances, and climb hills with heavy packs of
instruments and other equipment. They also can be exposed
to all types of weather. Traveling is sometimes part of the
job, and surveyors and technicians may commute long distances, stay away from home overnight, or temporarily relocate near a survey site. Surveyors also work indoors while
planning surveys, searching court records for deed information, analyzing data, and preparing reports and maps.
Cartographers and photogrammetrists spend most of their
time in offices using computers. However, certain jobs may
require extensive field work to verify results and acquire
data.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement

Land surveyors frequently take measurements in the field.

Most surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists have a
bachelor’s degree in surveying or a related field. Every State
requires that surveyors be licensed.
Education and training. In the past, many people with
little formal training started as members of survey crews and
worked their way up to become licensed surveyors, but this
has become increasingly difficult. Now, most surveyors need
a bachelor’s degree. A number of universities offer bachelor’s
degree programs in surveying, and many community colleges, technical institutes, and vocational schools offer 1-year,
2-year, and 3-year programs in surveying or surveying technology.
Cartographers and photogrammetrists usually have a bachelor’s degree in cartography, geography, surveying, engineering, forestry, computer science, or a physical science, although
a few enter these positions after working as technicians. With
the development of GIS, cartographers and photogrammetrists
need more education and stronger technical skills—including
more experience with computers—than in the past.
Most cartographic and photogrammetric technicians also
have specialized postsecondary education. High school students interested in surveying and cartography should take
courses in algebra, geometry, trigonometry, drafting, mechanical drawing, and computer science.
Licensure.   All 50 States and all U.S. territories license surveyors. For licensure, most State licensing boards require that
individuals pass a series of written examinations given by the
National Council of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying (NCEES). After passing a first exam, the Fundamentals of
Surveying, most candidates work under the supervision of an
experienced surveyor for 4 years before taking a second exam,

Professional and Related Occupations 159

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying and
mapping technicians.......................................................................
Surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists.........................
Cartographers and photogrammetrists.......................................
Surveyors...................................................................................
Surveying and mapping technicians..............................................

SOC
Code
–
17-1020
17-1021
17-1022
17-3031

Employment,
2008
147,000
70,000
12,300
57,600
77,000

Projected
Employment,
2018
174,500
81,800
15,600
66,200
92,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
27,600
11,900
3,300
8,600
15,700

19
17
27
15
20

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

the Principles and Practice of Surveying. Additionally, most
States also require surveyors to pass a written examination
prepared by the State licensing board.
Specific requirements for training and education vary
among the States. An increasing number of States require a
bachelor’s degree in surveying or in a closely related field,
such as civil engineering or forestry, regardless of the number
of years of experience. Some States require the degree to be
from a school accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET). Most States also have a
continuing education requirement.
Additionally, a number of States require cartographers and
photogrammetrists to be licensed as surveyors, and some
States have specific licenses for photogrammetrists.
Other qualifications. Surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists should be able to visualize objects, distances,
sizes, and abstract forms. They must work with precision and
accuracy because mistakes can be costly. Surveying and mapping is a cooperative operation, so good interpersonal skills
and the ability to work as part of a team is important.
Certification and advancement. High school graduates
with no formal training in surveying usually start as apprentices. Beginners with postsecondary school training in surveying usually can start as technicians or assistants. With on-thejob experience and formal training in surveying—either in
an institutional program or from a correspondence school—
workers may advance to senior survey technician, then to
party chief. Depending on State licensing requirements, they
may advance to licensed surveyor in some cases.
The National Society of Professional Surveyors, a member organization of the American Congress on Surveying and
Mapping, has a voluntary certification program for surveying
technicians. Technicians are certified at four levels requiring
progressive amounts of experience and the passing of written examinations. Although not required for State licensure,
many employers require certification for promotion to positions with greater responsibilities.
The American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote
Sensing (ASPRS) has voluntary certification programs for
technicians and professionals in photogrammetry, remote
sensing, and GIS. To qualify for these professional distinctions, individuals must meet work experience and training
standards and pass a written examination. The professional
recognition these certifications bestow can help workers gain
promotions.

Employment
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying
technicians held about 147,000 jobs in 2008. Employment was
distributed by occupational specialty as follows:
Surveying and mapping technicians..............................77,000
Surveyors.......................................................................57,600
Cartographers and photogrammetrists..........................12,300

The architectural, engineering, and related services industry—including firms that provided surveying and mapping services to other industries on a contract basis—provided 7 out
of 10 jobs for these workers. Federal, State, and local governmental agencies provided about 15 percent of these jobs. Major
Federal Government employers are the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS), the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, the U.S. Forest Service, and the Army Corps of Engineers. Most surveyors in State
and local government work for highway departments or urban
planning and redevelopment agencies. Utility companies also
employ surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying technicians.

Job Outlook
These occupations should experience faster than ­average employment growth. Surveyors, cartographers, and ­photogrammetrists
who have a bachelor’s degree and strong technical skills should
have favorable job prospects.
Employment change. Employment of surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying and mapping technicians is expected to grow 19 percent from 2008 to 2018, which
is faster than the average for all occupations. Increasing demand
for fast, accurate, and complete geographic information will be
the main source of job growth.
An increasing number of firms are interested in geographic
information and its applications. For example, GIS can be used
to create maps and information used in emergency planning, security, marketing, urban planning, natural resource exploration,
construction, and other applications. Also, the increased popularity of online interactive mapping systems and GPS devices
have created a higher demand for and awareness of current and
accurate digital geographic information among consumers.
Growth in construction stemming from increases in the population and the related need to upgrade the Nation’s infrastructure will cause growth for surveyors and surveying technicians
who ensure that projects are completed with precision and in

160 Occupational Outlook Handbook

line with original plans. These workers are usually the first on
the job for any major construction project, and they provide information and recommendations to engineers, architects, contractors, and other professionals during all phases of a construction project.
Job prospects. In addition to openings from growth, job
openings will continue to arise from the need to replace workers
who transfer to other occupations or who leave the labor force
altogether. Many cartographers and surveyors are approaching
retirement age. Surveyors, cartographers, and photogrammetrists who have a bachelor’s degree and strong technical skills
should have favorable job prospects.
Opportunities for surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and technicians should remain concentrated in engineering, surveying, mapping, building inspection, and
­drafting services firms. Increasing demand for geographic
data, as opposed to traditional surveying services, will mean
better opportunities for mapping technicians and professionals who are involved in the development and use of GIS and
digital mapmaking.
The demand for traditional surveying services is strongly tied
to construction activity and opportunities will vary by year and
geographic region, depending on local economic conditions.
During a recession, when real estate sales and construction slow
down, surveyors and surveying technicians may face greater
competition for jobs and sometimes layoffs. However, because
these workers can work on many different types of projects,
they may have steadier work than other workers when construction slows.

employed by local governments had median annual wages of
$40,510.

Earnings

6 Montgomery Village Ave., Suite 403, Gaithersburg, MD
20879. Internet: http://www.aagsmo.org

Median annual wages of cartographers and photogrammetrists
were $51,180 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $39,510 and $69,220. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $31,440 and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$87,620.
Median annual wages of surveyors were $52,980 in May
2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $38,800 and
$70,010. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $29,600 and
the highest 10 percent earned more than $85,620. Median annual wages of surveyors employed in architectural, engineering, and related services were $51,870 in May 2008.
Median annual wages of surveying and mapping technicians were $35,120 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $27,370 and $45,860. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $21,680, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $58,030. Median annual wages of surveying and
mapping technicians employed in architectural, engineering,
and related services were $33,220 in May 2008, while those

Related Occupations
Workers who use surveying data in land development and construction include:
Page
Architects, except landscape and naval.................................... 151
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Landscape architects................................................................ 154

Cartography is related to the work of:
Environmental scientists and specialists.................................. 199
Social scientists, other.............................................................. 226
Urban and regional planners.................................................... 220

Sources of Additional Information
For career information on surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying technicians, contact:
hhAmerican Congress on Surveying and Mapping, 6
Montgomery Village Ave., Suite 403, Gaithersburg, MD
20879. Internet: http://www.acsm.net
Information about career opportunities, licensure requirements, and the surveying technician certification program is
available from:
hhNational Society of Professional Surveyors, 6 Montgomery
Village Ave., Suite 403, Gaithersburg, MD 20879. Internet:
http://www.nspsmo.org
For information on a career as a geodetic surveyor, contact:

hhAmerican Association of Geodetic Surveying (AAGS),

For career information on photogrammetrists, photogrammetric technicians, remote sensing scientists, and image-based
cartographers or geographic information system specialists,
contact:
hhASPRS: Imaging and Geospatial Information Society,
5410 Grosvenor Lane, Suite 210, Bethesda, MD 20814-2160.
Internet: http://www.asprs.org
Information on careers in remote sensing, photogrammetry, surveying, GIS, and other geography-related disciplines
also is available from the Spring 2005 Occupational Outlook Quarterly article, “Geography Jobs”, available online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2005/spring/art01.pdf.
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos040.htm

Professional and Related Occupations 161

Engineers
Significant Points

•
•
•
•

Employment is projected to grow about as fast as
the average for all occupations, although growth will
vary by specialty; overall job opportunities for engineers are expected to be good.
A bachelor’s degree in engineering is required for
most entry-level jobs, but some research positions
may require a graduate degree.
Starting salaries are among the highest of all college
graduates.
Continuing education is critical for engineers in order
to keep up with improvements in technology.

Nature of the Work
Engineers apply the principles of science and mathematics
to develop economical solutions to technical problems. Their
work is the link between scientific discoveries and the commercial applications that meet societal and consumer needs.
Many engineers develop new products. During the process,
they consider several factors. For example, in developing an
industrial robot, engineers specify the functional requirements
precisely; design and test the robot’s components; integrate
the components to produce the final design; and evaluate the
­design’s overall effectiveness, cost, reliability, and safety. This
process applies to the development of many different products,
such as chemicals, computers, powerplants, helicopters, and
toys.
In addition to their involvement in design and development,
many engineers work in testing, production, or maintenance.
These engineers supervise production in factories, determine
the causes of a component’s failure, and test manufactured
products to maintain quality. They also estimate the time and
cost required to complete projects. Supervisory engineers are
responsible for major components or entire projects. (See the
statement on engineering and natural sciences managers elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Engineers use computers extensively to produce and analyze
designs; to simulate and test how a machine, structure, or system operates; to generate specifications for parts; to monitor
the quality of products; and to control the efficiency of processes. Nanotechnology, which involves the creation of highperformance materials and components by integrating atoms
and molecules, also is introducing entirely new principles to the
design process.
Most engineers specialize. Following are details on the 17
engineering specialties covered in the Federal Government’s
Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) system. Numerous
other specialties are recognized by professional societies, and
each of the major branches of engineering has numerous subdivisions. Civil engineering, for example, includes structural and
transportation engineering, and materials engineering includes
ceramic, metallurgical, and polymer engineering. Engineers

also may specialize in one industry, such as motor vehicles, or
in one type of technology, such as turbines or semiconductor
materials.
Aerospace engineers design, test, and supervise the manufacture of aircraft, spacecraft, and missiles. Those who work with
aircraft are called aeronautical engineers, and those working
specifically with spacecraft are astronautical engineers. Aerospace engineers develop new technologies for use in aviation,
defense systems, and space exploration, often specializing in
areas such as structural design, guidance, navigation and control, instrumentation and communication, and production methods. They also may specialize in a particular type of aerospace
product, such as commercial aircraft, military fighter jets, helicopters, spacecraft, or missiles and rockets, and may become
experts in aerodynamics, thermodynamics, celestial mechanics,
propulsion, acoustics, or guidance and control systems.
Agricultural engineers apply their knowledge of engineering
technology and science to agriculture and the efficient use of
biological resources. Accordingly, they also are referred to as
biological and agricultural engineers. They design agricultural
machinery, equipment, sensors, processes, and structures, such
as those used for crop storage. Some engineers specialize in
areas such as power systems and machinery design, structural
and environmental engineering, and food and bioprocess engineering. They develop ways to conserve soil and water and
to improve the processing of agricultural products. Agricultural
engineers often work in research and development, production,
sales, or management.
Biomedical engineers develop devices and procedures that
solve medical and health-related problems by combining their
knowledge of biology and medicine with engineering principles
and practices. Many do research, along with medical scientists,
to develop and evaluate systems and products such as artificial organs, prostheses (artificial devices that replace ­missing
body parts), instrumentation, medical information systems,
and health management and care delivery systems. Biomedical engineers also may design devices used in various medical procedures, imaging systems such as magnetic resonance

Engineers design tests for new products.

162 Occupational Outlook Handbook

imaging (MRI), and devices for automating insulin injections
or controlling body functions. Most engineers in this specialty
need a sound background in another engineering specialty, such
as mechanical or electronics engineering, in addition to specialized biomedical training. Some specialties within biomedical
engineering are biomaterials, biomechanics, medical imaging,
rehabilitation engineering, and orthopedic engineering.
Chemical engineers apply the principles of chemistry to
solve problems involving the production or use of chemicals
and other products. They design equipment and processes for
large-scale chemical manufacturing, plan and test methods of
manufacturing products and treating byproducts, and supervise
production. Chemical engineers also work in a variety of manufacturing industries other than chemical manufacturing, such as
those producing energy, electronics, food, clothing, and paper.
In addition, they work in healthcare, biotechnology, and business services. Chemical engineers apply principles of physics,
mathematics, and mechanical and electrical engineering, as
well as chemistry. Some may specialize in a particular chemical
process, such as oxidation or polymerization. Others specialize
in a particular field, such as nanomaterials, or in the development of specific products. They must be aware of all aspects of
chemical manufacturing and how the manufacturing process affects the environment and the safety of workers and consumers.
Civil engineers design and supervise the construction of
roads, buildings, airports, tunnels, dams, bridges, and water
supply and sewage systems. They must consider many factors
in the design process from the construction costs and expected
lifetime of a project to government regulations and potential
environmental hazards such as earthquakes and hurricanes.
Civil engineering, considered one of the oldest engineering
disciplines, encompasses many specialties. The major ones are
structural, water resources, construction, transportation, and
geotechnical engineering. Many civil engineers hold supervisory or administrative positions, from supervisor of a construction site to city engineer. Others may work in design, construction, research, and teaching.
Computer hardware engineers research, design, develop,
test, and oversee the manufacture and installation of computer
hardware, including computer chips, circuit boards, computer
systems, and related equipment such as keyboards, routers, and
printers. (Computer software engineers—often simply called
computer engineers—design and develop the software systems
that control computers. These workers are covered elsewhere in
the Handbook.) The work of computer hardware engineers is
similar to that of electronics engineers in that they may ­design
and test circuits and other electronic components; however,
computer hardware engineers do that work only as it ­relates to
computers and computer-related equipment. The rapid ­advances
in computer technology are largely a result of the research, development, and design efforts of these engineers.
Electrical engineers design, develop, test, and supervise the
manufacture of electrical equipment. Some of this equipment
includes electric motors; machinery controls, ­lighting, and
­wiring in buildings; radar and navigation systems; communications systems; and power generation, control, and transmission devices used by electric utilities. Electrical engineers also
design the electrical systems of automobiles and aircraft. Al-

though the terms electrical and electronics engineering ­often
are used interchangeably in academia and industry, electrical
engineers traditionally have focused on the generation and
­supply of power, whereas electronics engineers have worked
on applications of electricity to control systems or signal processing. Electrical engineers specialize in areas such as power
systems engineering or electrical equipment manufacturing.
Electronics engineers, except computer, are responsible for
a wide range of technologies, from portable music players to
global positioning systems (GPS), which can continuously provide the location of, for example, a vehicle. Electronics engineers design, develop, test, and supervise the manufacture of
electronic equipment such as broadcast and communications
systems. Many electronics engineers also work in areas closely
related to computers. However, engineers whose work is related exclusively to computer hardware are considered computer hardware engineers. Electronics engineers specialize in
areas such as communications, signal processing, and control
systems or have a specialty within one of these areas—control
systems or aviation electronics, for example.
Environmental engineers use the principles of biology and
chemistry to develop solutions to environmental problems. They
are involved in water and air pollution control, recycling, waste
disposal, and public health issues. Environmental engineers
conduct hazardous-waste management studies in which they
evaluate the significance of the hazard, advise on its treatment
and containment, and develop regulations to prevent mishaps.
They design municipal water supply and industrial wastewater
treatment systems, conduct research on the environmental impact of proposed construction projects, analyze scientific data,
and perform quality-control checks. Environmental engineers
are concerned with local and worldwide environmental issues.
Some may study and attempt to minimize the effects of acid
rain, global warming, automobile emissions, and ozone depletion. They also may be involved in the protection of wildlife.
Many environmental engineers work as consultants, helping
their clients to comply with regulations, prevent environmental
damage, and clean up hazardous sites.
Health and safety engineers, except mining safety engineers and inspectors, prevent harm to people and property
by applying their knowledge of systems engineering and me-

Some engineers, like mining and civil engineers, work outside.

Professional and Related Occupations 163

chanical, chemical, and human performance principles. Using this specialized knowledge, they identify and measure
potential ­hazards, such as the risk of fires or the dangers involved in handling toxic chemicals. They recommend appropriate loss prevention measures according to their probability
of harm and ­potential damage. Health and safety engineers
develop procedures and ­designs to reduce the risk of illness,
injury, or damage. Some work in manufacturing industries to
ensure that the designs of new products do not create unnecessary hazards. They must be able to anticipate, recognize,
and ­evaluate ­hazardous conditions, as well as develop hazard
control ­methods.
Industrial engineers determine the most effective ways
to use the basic factors of production—people, machines,
­materials, information, and energy—to make a product or
provide a ­service. They are concerned primarily with increasing productivity through the management of people, methods of business organization, and technology. To maximize
efficiency, industrial engineers study product requirements
carefully and then design manufacturing and information systems to meet those requirements with the help of mathematical methods and models. They develop management control
systems to aid in financial planning and cost analysis, and
they design production planning and control systems to coordinate activities and ensure product quality. They also design or improve systems for the physical distribution of goods
and services and determine the most efficient plant locations.
Industrial engineers develop wage and ­salary administration
systems and job evaluation programs. Many industrial engineers move into management positions because the work is
closely related to the work of managers.
Marine engineers and naval architects are involved in the
design, construction, and maintenance of ships, boats, and related equipment. They design and supervise the construction
of everything from aircraft carriers to submarines and from
sailboats to tankers. Naval architects work on the basic design
of ships, including the form and stability of hulls. Marine engineers work on the propulsion, steering, and other systems of
ships. Marine engineers and naval architects apply knowledge
from a range of fields to the entire process by which water
vehicles are designed and produced. Other workers who operate or supervise the operation of marine machinery on ships
and other vessels sometimes may be called marine engineers
or, more frequently, ship engineers, but they do different work
and are covered under water transportation occupations elsewhere in the Handbook.
Materials engineers are involved in the development, processing, and testing of the materials used to create a range
of products, from computer chips and aircraft wings to golf
clubs and snow skis. They work with metals, ceramics, plastics, semiconductors, and composites to create new materials
that meet certain mechanical, electrical, and chemical requirements. They also are involved in selecting materials for new
applications. Materials engineers have developed the ability
to create and then study materials at an atomic level, using
advanced processes to replicate the characteristics of those
materials and their components with computers. Most materials engineers specialize in a particular material. For example,

metallurgical engineers specialize in metals such as steel, and
ceramic engineers develop ceramic materials and the processes for making them into useful products such as glassware
or fiber-optic communication lines.
Mechanical engineers research, design, develop, manufacture, and test tools, engines, machines, and other mechanical devices. Mechanical engineering is one of the broadest
engineering disciplines. Engineers in this discipline work on
power-producing machines such as electric generators, internal ­combustion engines, and steam and gas turbines. They
also work on power-using machines such as refrigeration and
air-conditioning equipment, machine tools, material-handling
systems, elevators and escalators, industrial production equipment, and robots used in manufacturing. Some mechanical engineers design tools that other engineers need for their work.
In addition, mechanical engineers work in manufacturing or
agriculture production, maintenance, or technical sales; many
become administrators or managers.
Mining and geological engineers, including mining safety
engineers, find, extract, and prepare coal, metals, and minerals
for use by manufacturing industries and utilities. They ­design
open-pit and underground mines, supervise the construction
of mine shafts and tunnels in underground operations, and devise methods for transporting minerals to processing plants.
­Mining engineers are responsible for the safe, economical,
and ­environmentally sound operation of mines. Some mining
engineers work with geologists and metallurgical engineers
to locate and appraise new ore deposits. Others develop new
mining equipment or direct mineral-processing operations
that separate minerals from the dirt, rock, and other materials
with which they are mixed. Mining engineers frequently specialize in the mining of one mineral or metal, such as coal or
gold. With increased emphasis on protecting the environment,
many mining engineers are working to solve problems related to land reclamation and to water and air pollution. Mining safety engineers use their knowledge of mine design and
practices to ensure the safety of workers and to comply with
State and Federal safety regulations. They inspect the surfaces
of walls and roofs, monitor air quality, and examine mining
equipment for compliance with safety practices.

Engineers typically need a bachelor’s degree.

164 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Nuclear engineers research and develop the processes, instruments, and systems used to derive benefits from nuclear energy and radiation. They design, develop, monitor, and operate
nuclear plants to generate power. They may work on the nuclear
fuel cycle—the production, handling, and use of nuclear fuel
and the safe disposal of waste produced by the generation of
­nuclear energy—or on the development of fusion energy. Some
specialize in the development of nuclear power sources for naval ­vessels or spacecraft; others find industrial and medical uses
for ­radioactive materials—for example, in equipment used to
­diagnose and treat medical problems.
Petroleum engineers design methods for extracting oil and
gas from deposits below the earth. Once these resources have
been discovered, petroleum engineers work with geologists and
other specialists to understand the geologic formation and properties of the rock containing the reservoir, to determine the drilling methods to be used, and to monitor drilling and production
operations. They design equipment and processes to achieve the
maximum profitable recovery of oil and gas. Because only a
small proportion of oil and gas in a reservoir flows out under
natural forces, petroleum engineers develop and use various
enhanced recovery methods, including injecting water, chemicals, gases, or steam into an oil reservoir to force out more of
the oil and doing computer-controlled drilling or fracturing to
connect a larger area of a reservoir to a single well. Because
even the best techniques in use today recover only a portion of
the oil and gas in a reservoir, petroleum engineers research and
develop technology and methods for increasing the recovery of
these resources and lowering the cost of drilling and production
operations.
Work environment. Most engineers work in office buildings, laboratories, or industrial plants. Others may spend time
outdoors at construction sites and oil and gas exploration and
production sites, where they monitor or direct operations or
solve onsite problems. Some engineers travel extensively to
plants or worksites here and abroad.
Many engineers work a standard 40-hour week. At times,
deadlines or design standards may bring extra pressure to a job,
requiring engineers to work longer hours.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Engineers typically enter the occupation with a bachelor’s
­degree in an engineering specialty, but some basic research
­positions may require a graduate degree. Engineers offering
their services directly to the public must be licensed. Continuing education to keep current with rapidly changing technology
is important for engineers.
Education and training. A bachelor’s degree in engineering
is required for almost all entry-level engineering jobs. ­College
graduates with a degree in a natural science or mathematics
­occasionally may qualify for some engineering jobs, especially in specialties that are in high demand. Most engineering
degrees are granted in electrical and electronics engineering,
mechanical engineering, and civil engineering. However, engineers trained in one branch may work in related branches. For
example, many aerospace engineers have training in ­mechanical
engineering. This flexibility allows employers to meet ­staffing
needs in new technologies and specialties in which engineers

may be in short supply. It also allows engineers to shift to fields
with better employment prospects or to those which more
closely match their interests.
Most engineering programs involve a concentration of study
in an engineering specialty, along with courses in both mathematics and the physical and life sciences. Many programs also
include courses in general engineering. A design course, sometimes accompanied by a computer or laboratory class or both, is
part of the curriculum of most programs. Often, general courses
not directly related to engineering, such as those in the social
sciences or humanities, also are required.
In addition to the standard engineering degree, many colleges
offer 2-year or 4-year degree programs in engineering technology. These programs, which usually include various hands-on
laboratory classes that focus on current issues in the application of engineering principles, prepare students for practical
design and production work, rather than for jobs that require
more theoretical and scientific knowledge. Graduates of 4-year
technology programs may get jobs similar to those obtained by
graduates with a bachelor’s degree in engineering. Engineering
technology graduates, however, are not qualified to register as
professional engineers under the same terms as graduates with
degrees in engineering. Some employers regard technology
program graduates as having skills between those of a technician and an engineer.
Graduate training is essential for engineering faculty positions and some research and development programs, but is not
required for the majority of entry-level engineering jobs. Many
experienced engineers obtain graduate degrees in engineering
or business administration to learn new technology and broaden
their education. Numerous high-level executives in government
and industry began their careers as engineers.
The Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
(ABET) accredits college and university programs in engineering and engineering technology. ABET accreditation is based
on a program’s faculty, curriculum, and facilities; the achievement of a program’s students; program improvements; and
institutional commitment to specific principles of quality and
ethics. Graduation from an ABET-accredited program may be
required for engineers who need to be licensed.
Although most institutions offer programs in the major
branches of engineering, only a few offer programs in the
smaller specialties. Also, programs with the same title may vary
in content. For example, some programs emphasize industrial
practices, preparing students for a job in industry, whereas others are more theoretical and are designed to prepare students for
graduate work. Therefore, students should investigate curricula
and check accreditations carefully before selecting a college.
Admissions requirements for undergraduate engineering
schools include a solid background in mathematics (algebra,
geometry, trigonometry, and calculus) and science (biology,
chemistry, and physics), in addition to courses in English, social studies, and humanities. Bachelor’s degree programs in
engineering typically are designed to last 4 years, but many students find that it takes between 4 and 5 years to complete their
studies. In a typical 4-year college curriculum, the first 2 years
are spent studying mathematics, basic sciences, introductory
engineering, humanities, and social sciences. In the last 2 years,

Professional and Related Occupations 165

most courses are in engineering, usually with a concentration
in one specialty. Some programs offer a general engineering
curriculum; students then specialize on the job or in graduate
school.
Some engineering schools have agreements with 2-year colleges whereby the college provides the initial engineering education and the engineering school automatically admits students
for their last 2 years. In addition, a few engineering schools
have arrangements that allow students who spend 3 years in
a liberal arts college studying preengineering subjects and 2
years in an engineering school studying core subjects to receive
a bachelor’s degree from each school. Some colleges and universities offer 5-year master’s degree programs. Some 5-year or
even 6-year cooperative plans combine classroom study with
practical work, permitting students to gain valuable experience
and to finance part of their education.
Licensure.   All 50 States and the District of Columbia require
licensure for engineers who offer their services directly to the
public. Engineers who are licensed are called professional engineers (PEs). This licensure generally requires a degree from
an ABET-accredited engineering program, 4 years of relevant
work experience, and completion of a State examination. Recent
graduates can start the licensing process by ­taking the examination in two stages. The initial Fundamentals of ­Engineering
(FE) examination can be taken upon graduation. Engineers who
pass this examination commonly are called engineers in training (EITs) or engineer interns (EIs). After acquiring suitable
work experience, EITs can take the second examination, called
the Principles and Practice of Engineering exam. Several States
have imposed mandatory continuing education requirements
for relicensure. Most States recognize licensure from other

States, provided that the manner in which the initial license was
obtained meets or exceeds their own licensure requirements.
Many civil, mechanical, and chemical engineers are licensed
PEs. Independently of licensure, various certification programs
are offered by professional organizations to demonstrate competency in specific fields of engineering.
Other qualifications. Engineers should be creative, inquisitive, analytical, and detail oriented. They should be able to work
as part of a team and to communicate well, both orally and in
writing. Communication abilities are becoming increasingly
important as engineers interact more frequently with specialists
in a wide range of fields outside engineering.
Engineers who work for the Federal Government usually
must be U.S. citizens. Some engineers, particularly nuclear engineers and aerospace and other engineers working for defense
contractors, may need to hold a security clearance.
Certification and advancement.
Beginning engineering
graduates usually work under the supervision of experienced
engineers and, in large companies, also may receive formal
classroom or seminar-type training. As new engineers gain
knowledge and experience, they are assigned more difficult
projects with greater independence to develop designs, solve
problems, and make decisions. Engineers may advance to become technical specialists or to supervise a staff or team of engineers and technicians. Some eventually may become engineering managers or enter other managerial or sales jobs. In sales,
an engineering background enables them to discuss a product’s
technical aspects and assist in product planning, installation,
and use. (See the statements under management and business
and financial operations occupations, and the statement on sales
engineers elsewhere in the Handbook.)

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Engineers............................................................................................
Aerospace engineers......................................................................
Agricultural engineers....................................................................
Biomedical engineers.....................................................................
Chemical engineers........................................................................
Civil engineers...............................................................................
Computer hardware engineers.......................................................
Electrical and electronics engineers...............................................
Electrical engineers....................................................................
Electronics engineers, except computer.....................................
Environmental engineers................................................................
Industrial engineers, including health and safety...........................
Health and safety engineers, except mining safety engineers
and inspectors.........................................................................
Industrial engineers....................................................................
Marine engineers and naval architects...........................................
Materials engineers........................................................................
Mechanical engineers.....................................................................
Mining and geological engineers, including mining safety
engineers....................................................................................
Nuclear engineers...........................................................................
Petroleum engineers.......................................................................
All other engineers.........................................................................

Projected
Employment,
2018
1,750,300
79,100
3,000
27,600
31,000
345,900
77,500
304,600
160,500
144,100
70,900
273,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
178,300
11
7,400
10
300
12
11,600
72
-600
-2
67,600
24
2,800
4
3,100
1
2,700
2
400
0
16,600
31
33,200
14

SOC
Code

Employment,
2008

17-2000
17-2011
17-2021
17-2031
17-2041
17-2051
17-2061
17-2070
17-2071
17-2072
17-2081
17-2110

1,571,900
71,600
2,700
16,000
31,700
278,400
74,700
301,500
157,800
143,700
54,300
240,400

17-2111
17-2112
17-2121
17-2131
17-2141

25,700
214,800
8,500
24,400
238,700

28,300
245,300
9,000
26,600
253,100

2,600
30,600
500
2,300
14,400

10
14
6
9
6

17-2151
17-2161
17-2171
17-2199

7,100
16,900
21,900
183,200

8,200
18,800
25,900
195,400

1,100
1,900
4,000
12,200

15
11
18
7

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

166 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Numerous professional certifications for engineers exist and
may be beneficial for advancement to senior technical or managerial positions. Many certification programs are offered by the
professional societies listed as sources of additional information for engineering specialties at the end of this ­statement.

Employment
In 2008, engineers held about 1.6 million jobs. Following is the
distribution of employment by engineering specialty:
Civil engineers............................................................278,400
Mechanical engineers..................................................238,700
Industrial engineers.....................................................214,800
Electrical engineers.....................................................157,800
Electronics engineers, except computer......................143,700
Computer hardware engineers.......................................74,700
Aerospace engineers......................................................71,600
Environmental engineers...............................................54,300
Chemical engineers.......................................................31,700
Health and safety engineers, except mining safety
engineers and inspectors............................................25,700
Materials engineers.......................................................24,400
Petroleum engineers......................................................21,900
Nuclear engineers..........................................................16,900
Biomedical engineers....................................................16,000
Marine engineers and naval architects............................8,500
Mining and geological engineers, including mining
safety engineers...........................................................7,100
Agricultural engineers.....................................................2,700
All other engineers......................................................183,200

About 36 percent of engineering jobs were found in manufacturing industries, and another 30 percent were in the professional, scientific, and technical services industries, primarily
in architectural, engineering, and related services. Many engineers also worked in the construction, telecommunications, and
wholesale trade industries.
Federal, State, and local governments employed about 12 percent of engineers in 2008. About 6 percent were in the ­Federal
Government, mainly in the U.S. Departments of ­Defense,
Transportation, Agriculture, Interior, and Energy, and in the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Many engineers
in State and local government agencies worked in highway and
public works departments. In 2008, about 3 percent of engineers were self-employed, many as consultants.
Engineers are employed in every State, in small and large
cities and in rural areas. Some branches of engineering are concentrated in particular industries and geographic areas; for example, petroleum engineering jobs tend to be located in States
with sizable petroleum deposits, such as Texas, Louisiana,
Oklahoma, Alaska, and California. Other branches, such as civil
engineering, are widely dispersed, and engineers in these fields
often move from place to place to work on different ­projects.

Job Outlook
Employment of engineers is expected to grow about as fast as
the average for all occupations over the next decade, but growth
will vary by specialty. Biomedical engineers should experience
the fastest growth, while civil engineers should see the largest

employment increase. Overall job opportunities in engineering
are expected to be good.
Overall employment change. Overall engineering employment is expected to grow by 11 percent over the 2008–18 decade, about as fast as the average for all occupations. Engineers
traditionally have been concentrated in slower growing or declining manufacturing industries, in which they will continue
to be needed to design, build, test, and improve manufactured
products. However, increasing employment of engineers in engineering, research and development, and consulting services
industries should generate most of the employment growth. The
job outlook varies by engineering specialty, as discussed later.
Competitive pressures and advancing technology will force
companies to improve and update product designs and to optimize their manufacturing processes. Employers will rely on
engineers to increase productivity and expand output of goods
and services. New technologies continue to improve the design
process, enabling engineers to produce and analyze various
product designs much more rapidly than in the past. Unlike the
situation in some other occupations, however, technological
advances are not expected to substantially limit employment
opportunities in engineering, because engineers are needed to
provide the ideas that lead to improved products and more productive processes.
The continued globalization of engineering work will likely
dampen domestic employment growth to some degree. There
are many well-trained, often English-speaking engineers available around the world who are willing to work at much lower
salaries than U.S. engineers. The rise of the Internet has made
it relatively easy for part of the engineering work previously
done by engineers in this country to be done by engineers in
other countries, a factor that will tend to hold down employment growth. Even so, there will always be a need for onsite
engineers to interact with other employees and clients.
Overall job prospects. Overall job opportunities in engineering are expected to be good, and, indeed, prospects will be
excellent in certain specialties. In addition to openings from job
growth, many openings will be created by the need to replace
current engineers who retire; transfer to management, sales, or
other occupations; or leave engineering for other reasons.
Many engineers work on long-term research and development projects or in other activities that continue even during
economic slowdowns. In industries such as electronics and
aerospace, however, large cutbacks in defense expenditures and
in government funding for research and development have resulted in significant layoffs of engineers in the past. The trend
toward contracting for engineering work with engineering services firms, both domestic and foreign, also has made engineers
more vulnerable to layoffs during periods of lower demand.
It is important for engineers, as it is for workers in other
technical and scientific occupations, to continue their education throughout their careers, because much of their value to
their employer depends on their knowledge of the latest technology. Engineers in high-technology areas, such as biotechnology or information technology, may find that their technical
knowledge will become outdated rapidly. By keeping current in
their field, engineers will be able to deliver the best solutions
and greatest value to their employers. Engineers who have not

Professional and Related Occupations 167

Job opportunities should be favorable for graduates of engineering programs.
kept current in their field may find themselves at a disadvantage
when seeking promotions or during layoffs.
Employment change and job outlook by engineering specialty.
Aerospace engineers are expected to have 10 percent growth
in employment over the projections decade, about as fast as the
average for all occupations. New technologies and new designs
for commercial and military aircraft and spacecraft produced
during the next decade should spur demand for aerospace engineers. The employment outlook for aerospace engineers appears
favorable. Although the number of degrees granted in aerospace
engineering has begun to increase after many years of declines,
new graduates continue to be needed to replace aerospace engineers who retire or leave the occupation for other reasons.
Agricultural engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 12 percent over the projections decade, about as fast
as the average for all occupations. Employment growth should
result from the need to increase crop yields to feed an expanding population and to produce crops used as renewable energy
sources. Moreover, engineers will be needed to develop more
efficient agricultural production and to conserve resources. In
addition, engineers will be needed to meet the increasing demand for biosensors, used to determine the optimal treatment
of crops.
Biomedical engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 72 percent over the projections decade, much faster
than the average for all occupations. The aging of the population and a growing focus on health issues will drive demand
for better medical devices and equipment designed by biomedical engineers. Along with the demand for more sophisticated
medical equipment and procedures, an increased concern for
cost-­effectiveness will boost demand for biomedical engineers, particularly in pharmaceutical manufacturing and related
industries. Because of the growing interest in this field, the
number of degrees granted in biomedical engineering has increased ­greatly. Many biomedical engineers, particularly those
­employed in research laboratories, need a graduate degree.

Chemical engineers are expected to have an employment
decline of 2 percent over the projections decade. Overall employment in the chemical manufacturing industry is expected to
continue to decline, although chemical companies will continue
to employ chemical engineers to research and develop new
chemicals and more efficient processes to increase output of
existing chemicals. However, there will be employment growth
for chemical engineers in service-providing industries, such as
professional, scientific, and technical services, particularly for
research in energy and the developing fields of biotechnology
and nanotechnology.
Civil engineers are expected to have employment growth of
24 percent over the projections decade, much faster than the average for all occupations. Spurred by general population growth
and the related need to improve the Nation’s infrastructure,
more civil engineers will be needed to design and construct or
expand transportation, water supply, and pollution control systems, and buildings and building complexes. They also will be
needed to repair or replace existing roads, bridges, and other
public structures. Because construction industries and architectural, engineering, and related services employ many civil
engineers, employment opportunities will vary by geographic
area and may decrease during economic slowdowns, when construction is often curtailed.
Computer hardware engineers are expected to have employment growth of 4 percent over the projections decade, slower
than the average for all occupations. Although the use of information technology continues to expand rapidly, the manufacture
of computer hardware is expected to be adversely affected by
intense foreign competition. As computer and ­semiconductor
manufacturers contract out more of their engineering needs to
both domestic and foreign design firms, much of the growth in
employment of hardware engineers is expected to take place in
the computer systems design and related services industry.
Electrical engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 2 percent over the projections decade. Although
strong demand for electrical devices—including electric power
generators, wireless phone transmitters, high-density batteries,
and navigation systems—should spur job growth, international
competition and the use of engineering services performed in
other countries will limit employment growth. Electrical engineers working in firms providing engineering expertise and design services to manufacturers should have better job ­prospects.
Electronics engineers, except computer, are expected to experience little to no employment change over the projections
decade. Although rising demand for electronic goods—including communications equipment, defense-related equipment,
medical electronics, and consumer products—should continue
to increase demand for electronics engineers, foreign competition in electronic products development and the use of engineering services performed in other countries will limit employment
growth. Growth is expected to be fastest in service-providing
industries—particularly in firms that provide engineering and
design services.
Environmental engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 31 percent over the projections decade, much faster
than the average for all occupations. More environmental engineers will be needed to help companies comply with envi-

168 Occupational Outlook Handbook

ronmental regulations and to develop methods of cleaning up
environmental hazards. A shift in emphasis toward preventing
problems rather than controlling those which already exist, as
well as increasing public health concerns resulting from population growth, also are expected to spur demand for environmental engineers. Because of this employment growth, job
­opportunities should be favorable.
Health and safety engineers, except mining safety engineers
and inspectors, are expected to have employment growth of 10
percent over the projections decade, about as fast as the average
for all occupations. Because health and safety engineers make
production processes and products as safe as possible, their
services should be in demand as concern increases for health
and safety within work environments. As new technologies for
production or processing are developed, health and safety engineers will be needed to ensure that they are safe.
Industrial engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 14 percent over the projections decade, faster than
the average for all occupations. As firms look for new ways to
reduce costs and raise productivity, they increasingly will turn
to industrial engineers to develop more efficient processes and
reduce costs, delays, and waste. This focus should lead to job
growth for these engineers, even in some manufacturing industries with declining employment overall. Because their work
is similar to that done in management occupations, many industrial engineers leave the occupation to become managers.
Numerous openings will be created by the need to replace industrial engineers who transfer to other occupations or leave
the labor force.
Marine engineers and naval architects are expected to have
employment growth of 6 percent over the projections decade,
slower than the average for all occupations. Continued demand
for naval vessels and recreational small craft should more than
offset the long-term decline in the domestic design and construction of large oceangoing vessels. Good prospects are expected for marine engineers and naval architects because of
growth in employment, the need to replace workers who retire

or take other jobs, and the limited number of students pursuing
careers in this occupation.
Materials engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 9 percent over the projections decade, about as fast as
the average for all occupations. Growth should result from increased use of composite and other nontraditional materials developed through biotechnology and nanotechnology research.
As manufacturing firms contract for their materials engineering
needs, most employment growth is expected in professional,
scientific, and technical services industries.
Mechanical engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 6 percent over the projections decade, slower than
the average for all occupations. Mechanical engineers are involved in the production of a wide range of products, and continued efforts to improve those products will create continued
demand for their services. In addition, some new job opportunities will be created through the effects of emerging technologies
in biotechnology, materials science, and nanotechnology. Additional opportunities outside of mechanical engineering will
exist because the skills acquired through earning a degree in
mechanical engineering often can be applied in other engineering specialties.
Mining and geological engineers, including mining safety
engineers, are expected to have employment growth of 15 percent over the projections decade, faster than the average for
all occupations. Following a lengthy period of decline, strong
growth in demand for minerals is expected to create some employment growth over the 2008–18 period. Moreover, many
currently employed mining engineers are approaching retirement age, a factor that should create additional job openings.
Furthermore, relatively few schools offer mining engineering
programs, resulting in good job opportunities for graduates. The
best opportunities may require frequent travel or even living
overseas for extended periods as mining operations around the
world recruit graduates of U.S. mining engineering programs.
Nuclear engineers are expected to have employment growth
of 11 percent over the projections decade, about as fast as the

Table 1. Earnings distribution by engineering specialty, May 2008.
Specialty
Aerospace engineers........................................................................................
Agricultural engineers......................................................................................
Biomedical engineers.......................................................................................
Chemical engineers..........................................................................................
Civil engineers.................................................................................................
Computer hardware engineers.........................................................................
Electrical engineers..........................................................................................
Electronics engineers, except computer...........................................................
Environmental engineers..................................................................................
Health and safety engineers,
except mining safety engineers and inspectors............................................
Industrial engineers..........................................................................................
Marine engineers and naval architects.............................................................
Materials engineers..........................................................................................
Mechanical engineers.......................................................................................
Mining and geological engineers, including mining safety engineers.............
Nuclear engineers.............................................................................................
Petroleum engineers.........................................................................................
Engineers, all other..........................................................................................

Lowest
10%
$58,130
43,150
47,640
53,730
48,140
59,170
52,990
55,330
45,310

Lowest
25%
$72,390
55,430
59,420
67,420
58,960
76,250
64,910
68,400
56,980

43,540
47,720
43,070
51,420
47,900
45,020
68,300
57,820
49,270

56,190
59,120
57,060
63,830
59,230
57,970
82,540
80,040
67,360

$92,520
68,730
77,400
84,680
74,600
97,400
82,160
86,370
74,020

Highest
25%
$114,530
86,400
98,830
105,000
94,470
122,750
102,520
106,870
94,280

Highest
10%
$134,570
108,470
121,970
130,240
115,630
148,590
125,810
129,920
115,430

72,490
73,820
74,140
81,820
74,920
75,960
97,080
108,020
88,570

90,740
91,020
94,840
102,040
94,400
96,030
115,170
148,700
110,310

106,220
107,270
118,630
124,470
114,740
122,750
136,880
>166,400
132,070

Median

Professional and Related Occupations 169

average for all occupations. Most job growth will be in research
and development and engineering services. Although no commercial nuclear power plants have been built in the United
States for many years, increased interest in nuclear power as
an energy source will spur demand for nuclear engineers to
research and develop new designs for reactors. They also will
be needed to work in defense-related areas, to develop nuclear
medical technology, and to improve and enforce waste management and safety standards. Nuclear engineers are expected to
have good employment opportunities because the small number
of nuclear engineering graduates is likely to be in rough balance
with the number of job openings.
Petroleum engineers are expected to have employment
growth of 18 percent over the projections decade, faster than
the average for all occupations. Petroleum engineers increasingly will be needed to develop new resources, as well as new
methods of extracting more from existing sources. Excellent
opportunities are expected for petroleum engineers because
the number of job openings is likely to exceed the relatively
small number of graduates. Petroleum engineers work around
the world, and in fact, the best employment opportunities may
include some work in other countries.

Earnings
Earnings for engineers vary significantly by specialty, industry,
and education. Variation in median earnings and in the earnings distributions for engineers in a number of specialties is especially significant. Table 1 shows wage distributions in May
2008 for engineers in specialties covered in this ­statement.
In the Federal Government, mean annual salaries for engineers ranged from $81,085 in agricultural engineering to
$126,788 in ceramic engineering in March 2009.
As a group, engineers earn some of the highest average
starting salaries among those holding bachelor’s degrees. Average starting salary offers for graduates of bachelor’s degree
programs in engineering, according to a July 2009 survey by
the National Association of Colleges and Employers, were as
­follows:
Petroleum....................................................................$83,121
Chemical.......................................................................64,902
Mining and Mineral......................................................64,404
Computer.......................................................................61,738
Nuclear..........................................................................61,610
Electrical/electronics and communications...................60,125
Mechanical....................................................................58,766
Industrial/manufacturing...............................................58,358
Materials........................................................................57,349
Aerospace/aeronautical/astronautical............................56,311
Agricultural...................................................................54,352
Bioengineering and biomedical....................................54,158
Civil...............................................................................52,048

Related Occupations
Engineers apply the principles of natural science and math-

ematics in their work. Other workers who use scientific and
mathematical principles include the following:
		
Page
Agricultural and food scientists............................................... 177
Architects, except landscape and naval.................................... 151
Atmospheric scientists............................................................. 192
Biological scientists................................................................. 181
Chemists and materials scientists............................................. 195
Computer and information systems managers........................... 35
Computer scientists.................................................................. 132
Computer software engineers and computer programmers..... 134
Drafters..................................................................................... 170
Engineering and natural sciences managers............................... 46
Engineering technicians........................................................... 173
Environmental scientists and specialists.................................. 199
Geoscientists and hydrologists................................................. 202
Mathematicians........................................................................ 143
Physicists and astronomers...................................................... 206
Sales engineers......................................................................... 545
Science technicians.................................................................. 230

Sources of Additional Information
Information about careers in engineering is available from:
hhJETS, 1420 King St., Suite 405, Alexandria, VA 22314.
Internet: http://www.jets.org
Information on ABET-accredited engineering programs is
available from:
hhABET, Inc., 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD
21202. Internet: http://www.abet.org
Those interested in information on the Professional Engineer
licensure should contact:
hhNational Council of Examiners for Engineering and
Surveying, P.O. Box 1686, Clemson, SC 29633. Internet:
http://www.ncees.org

hhNational Society of Professional Engineers,
1420 King St., Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.nspe.org
Information on general engineering education and career resources is available from:
hhAmerican Society for Engineering Education, 1818
N St. NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20036. Internet:
http://www.asee.org
Information on obtaining engineering positions with the
­ ederal Government is available from the ­Office of Personnel
F
Management through USAJOBS, the Federal Government’s
­official employment ­information system. This resource for
locating and applying for job ­opportunities can be accessed
through the Internet at http://www.usajobs.opm.gov or
through an interactive voice response telephone system at (703)
724–1850 or TDD (978) 461–8404. These numbers are not toll
free, and charges may result. For advice on how to find and
­apply for Federal jobs, see the Occupational Outlook Quarterly
article “How to get a job in the Federal Government,” online at
http://www.bls.gov/opub/ooq/2004/summer/art01.pdf.
For more detailed information on an engineering specialty,
contact societies representing the individual branches of en-

170 Occupational Outlook Handbook

gineering. Each can provide information about careers in the
particular branch.
Aerospace engineers
hhAmerican Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Inc.,
1801 Alexander Bell Dr., Suite 500, Reston, VA 20191.
Internet: http://www.aiaa.org
Agricultural engineers
hhAmerican Society of Agricultural and Biological
Engineers, 2950 Niles Rd., St. Joseph, MI 49085. Internet:
http://www.asabe.org
Biomedical engineers
hhBiomedical Engineering Society, 8401 Corporate
Dr., Suite 140, Landover, MD 20785. Internet:
http://www.bmes.org
Chemical engineers

Health and safety engineers

hhAmerican Society of Safety Engineers, 1800 E Oakton St.,
Des Plaines, IL 60018. Internet: http://www.asse.org
Industrial engineers

hhInstitute of Industrial Engineers, 3577 Parkway Lane, Suite
200, Norcross, GA 30092. Internet: http://www.iienet.org
Marine engineers and naval architects

hhSociety of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers,
601 Pavonia Ave., Jersey City, NJ 07306. Internet:
http://www.sname.org
Materials engineers

hhASM International, 9639 Kinsman Rd., Materials Park, OH
44073. Internet: http://www.asminternational.org

hhMinerals, Metals, and Materials Society, 184 Thorn
Hill Rd., Warrendale, PA 15086. Internet: http://www.tms.org
Mechanical engineers

hhAmerican Chemical Society, Department of Career

hhAmerican Society of Mechanical Engineers, 3 Park Ave.,

Services, 1155 16th St. NW., Washington, DC 20036.
Internet: http://www.chemistry.org

New York, NY 10016. Internet: http://www.asme.org

hhSAE International, 400 Commonwealth Dr., Warrendale,

hhAmerican Institute of Chemical Engineers, 3 Park Ave.,

PA 15096. Internet: http://www.sae.org

New York, NY 10016. Internet: http://www.aiche.org

Mining and geological engineers, including mining safety
engineers
hhSociety for Mining, Metallurgy, and Exploration, Inc.,
8307 Shaffer Parkway, Littleton, CO 80127. Internet:
http://www.smenet.org

Civil engineers
hhAmerican Society of Civil Engineers, 1801 Alexander Bell
Dr., Reston, VA 20191. Internet: http://www.asce.org
Computer hardware engineers

hhIEEE Computer Society, 2001 L St. NW., Suite 700.,
Washington, DC 20036. Internet: http://www.computer.org
Electrical and electronics engineers
hhIEEE–USA, 2001 L St. NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC
20036. Internet: http://www.ieeeusa.org
Environmental engineers
hhAmerican Academy of Environmental Engineers, 130
Holiday Court, Suite 100, Annapolis, MD 21401. Internet:
http://www.aaee.net

Nuclear engineers

hhAmerican Nuclear Society, 555 North Kensington Ave., La
Grange Park, IL 60526. Internet: http://www.ans.org
Petroleum engineers

hhSociety of Petroleum Engineers, 222 Palisades Creek Dr.,
Richardson, TX 75080. Internet: http://www.spe.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos027.htm

Drafters and Engineering Technicians
Nature of the Work

Drafters
Significant Points

•
•
•

Opportunities should be best for individuals with at
least 2 years of postsecondary training in drafting.
Overall employment is projected to grow more slowly
than average, but growth will vary by specialty.
Demand for various types of drafters depends on the
needs of local industry.

Drafters prepare technical drawings and plans, which are used
by production and construction workers to build everything
from microchips to skyscrapers.
Drafters’ drawings provide visual guidelines and show how
to construct a product or structure. Drawings include technical details and specify dimensions, materials, and procedures.
Drafters fill in technical details using drawings, rough sketches,
specifications, and calculations made by engineers, surveyors,
architects, or scientists. For example, many drafters use their
knowledge of standardized building techniques to draw in the
details of structures. Some use their understanding of engineering and manufacturing theory and standards to draw the parts

Professional and Related Occupations 171

of a machine; they determine design elements, such as the numbers and kinds of fasteners needed to assemble the machine.
Drafters use technical handbooks, tables, calculators, and computers to complete their work.
Most drafters use Computer Aided Design and Drafting
(CADD) systems to prepare drawings. Consequently, some
drafters may be referred to as CADD operators. With CADD
systems, drafters can create and store drawings electronically
so that they can be viewed, printed, or programmed directly into
automated manufacturing systems. CADD systems also permit
drafters to quickly prepare variations of a design. Although
drafters use CADD extensively, they still need knowledge of
traditional drafting techniques in order to fully understand and
explain concepts.
Drafting work has many specialties; the most common types
of drafters are the following:
Aeronautical drafters prepare engineering drawings that detail plans and specifications used in the manufacture of aircraft,
missiles, and related parts.
Architectural drafters draw architectural and structural features of buildings for new construction projects. These workers may specialize in a type of building, such as residential or
commercial, or in a kind of material used, such as reinforced
concrete, masonry, steel, or timber.
Civil drafters prepare drawings and topographical and relief
maps used in major construction or civil engineering projects,
such as highways, bridges, pipelines, flood-control projects,
and water and sewage systems.
Electrical drafters prepare wiring and layout diagrams used
by workers who erect, install, and repair electrical equipment
and wiring in communication centers, power plants, electrical
distribution systems, and buildings.
Electronics drafters draw wiring diagrams, circuit board assembly diagrams, schematics, and layout drawings used in the
manufacture, installation, and repair of electronic devices and
components.
Mechanical drafters prepare drawings showing the detail
and method of assembly of a wide variety of machinery and
mechanical devices, indicating dimensions, fastening methods,
and other requirements.
Process piping or pipeline drafters prepare drawings used in
the layout, construction, and operation of oil and gas fields, refineries, chemical plants, and process piping systems.
Work environment. Drafters usually work in comfortable
offices. Because they spend long periods in front of computers
doing detailed work, drafters may be susceptible to eyestrain,
back discomfort, and hand and wrist problems. Most drafters
work a standard 40-hour week; only a small number work part
time.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Employers prefer applicants who have completed postsecondary school training in drafting, which is offered by technical
institutes, community colleges, and some 4-year colleges and
universities. Employers are most interested in applicants with
well-developed drafting and mechanical drawing skills; knowledge of drafting standards, mathematics, science, and engineering technology; and a solid background in CADD techniques.

Most drafters use computer-aided design and drafting software.
Education and training. High school courses in mathematics, science, computer technology, design, computer graphics,
and, where available, drafting are useful for people considering
a drafting career. Employers prefer applicants who have also
completed training after high school at a technical institute,
community college, or 4-year college or university. Prospective students should contact prospective employers to ask which
schools they prefer and contact schools to ask for information
about the kinds of jobs their graduates have, the type and condition of instructional facilities and equipment, and teacher
­qualifications.
Technical institutes offer intensive technical training, but
they provide a less general education than do community colleges. Either certificates or diplomas may be awarded, and
programs can vary considerably in length and in the types of
courses ­offered. Many technical institutes offer 2-year associate
degree programs.
Community colleges offer programs similar to those in technical institutes but include more classes in drafting theory and
also often require general education classes. Courses taken at
community colleges are more likely to be accepted for credit
at 4-year colleges. After completing a 2-year associate degree
program, graduates may obtain jobs as drafters or continue their
education in a related field at a 4-year college. Most 4-year colleges do not offer training in drafting, but they do offer classes

172 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Drafters..............................................................................................
Architectural and civil drafters......................................................
Electrical and electronics drafters..................................................
Mechanical drafters........................................................................
Drafters, all other...........................................................................

SOC
Code
17-3010
17-3011
17-3012
17-3013
17-3019

Employment,
2008
251,900
118,400
33,600
78,700
21,200

Projected
Employment,
2018
262,500
129,100
33,900
77,800
21,700

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
10,700
4
10,800
9
300
1
-900
-1
500
2

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

in engineering, architecture, and mathematics that are useful for
obtaining a job as a drafter.
Technical training obtained in the Armed Forces also can
be applied in civilian drafting jobs. Some additional training
may be necessary, depending on the technical area or military
­specialty.
Training differs somewhat within the drafting specialties, although the basics, such as mathematics, are similar. In an electronics drafting program, for example, students learn how to
depict electronic components and circuits in drawings. In architectural drafting, they learn the technical specifications of
­buildings.
Certification and other qualifications. Mechanical ability and visual aptitude are important for drafters. Prospective
­drafters should be able to draw well and perform detailed work
accurately. Artistic ability is helpful in some specialized fields,
as is knowledge of manufacturing and construction methods.
In addition, prospective drafters should have good interpersonal skills because they work closely with engineers, surveyors, ­architects, and other professionals and, sometimes, with
­customers.
The American Design Drafting Association (ADDA) has established a certification program for drafters. Although employers usually do not require drafters to be certified, certification
demonstrates knowledge and an understanding of nationally
recognized practices. Individuals who wish to become certified
must pass the Drafter Certification Test, which is administered
periodically at ADDA-authorized sites. Applicants are tested on
basic drafting concepts, such as geometric construction, working drawings, and architectural terms and standards.
Advancement. Entry-level or junior drafters usually do routine work under close supervision. After gaining experience,
they may become intermediate drafters and progress to more
difficult work with less supervision. At the intermediate level,
they may need to exercise more judgment and perform calculations when preparing and modifying drawings. Drafters may
eventually advance to senior drafter, designer, or supervisor.
Many employers pay for continuing education; with appropriate college degrees, drafters may go on to become engineering
technicians, engineers, or architects.

Employment
Drafters held about 251,900 jobs in 2008. Architectural and
civil drafters held 47 percent of these jobs, mechanical drafters
held about 31 percent, and electrical and electronics drafters
held about 13 percent.

About 52 percent of all jobs for drafters were in architectural, engineering, and related services firms that design construction projects or do other engineering work on a contract
basis for other industries. Another 24 percent of jobs were in
manufacturing industries such as machinery, fabricated metal
products, computer and electronic products, and transportationequipment manufacturing. Approximately 3 percent of drafters
were self-employed in 2008.

Job Outlook
Drafters can expect slower than average employment growth,
with the best opportunities expected for those with at least 2
years of postsecondary training.
Employment change. Employment of drafters is expected
to grow by 4 percent between 2008 and 2018, which is slower
than the average for all occupations. However, growth will vary
by specialty.
Architectural and civil drafting is expected to be the fastest
growing specialty, increasing by 9 percent, which is about as
fast as the average. Increases in overall construction activity
stemming from U.S. population growth and the related need
to improve the Nation’s infrastructure should spur demand for
drafters trained in architectural and civil design.
In contrast to employment of architectural and civil drafters,
little or no change in employment is expected of mechanical
drafters and of electronic and electrical drafters. Many of these
workers are concentrated in slow-growing or declining manufacturing industries that offer few opportunities for growth
related to expansion. However, increasingly complex design
problems associated with new products and manufacturing
processes will increase the demand for mechanical drafters and
electronic and electrical drafters employed in engineering and
drafting services firms that will be charged with finding solutions to these problems.
Across all specialties, CADD systems that are more powerful and easier to use will allow many tasks to be done by other
technical professionals, thus curbing demand for drafters. Job
growth also should be slowed as some drafting work, which can
be done by sending CADD files over the Internet, is outsourced
offshore to countries that pay lower wages.
Job prospects. Opportunities should be best for individuals with at least 2 years of postsecondary training in a drafting
program that provides strong technical skills and considerable
experience with CADD systems. CADD has increased the complexity of drafting applications while enhancing the productivity of drafters. It also has enhanced the nature of drafting by
creating more possibilities for design and drafting. As tech-

Professional and Related Occupations 173

nology continues to advance, employers will look for drafters
with a strong background in fundamental drafting principles, a
high level of technical sophistication, and the ability to apply
their knowledge to a broader range of responsibilities. Most job
openings are expected to arise from the need to replace drafters who transfer to other occupations or leave the labor force
completely.
Employment of drafters remains tied to industries that are
sensitive to cyclical changes in the economy, primarily construction and manufacturing. During recessions, drafters may
be laid off. However, a growing number of drafters should continue to find employment on a temporary or contract basis as
more companies turn to the employment services industry to
meet their changing needs.
Demand for particular drafting specialties varies throughout
the country because employment usually is contingent on the
needs of local industry.

Earnings
Drafters’ earnings vary by specialty, location, and level of responsibility. Median annual wages of architectural and civil
drafters were $44,490 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent
earned between $35,290 and $55,740. The lowest 10 percent
earned less than $28,220, and the highest 10 percent earned
more than $67,110. Median annual wages for architectural and
civil drafters in architectural, engineering, and related services
were $44,390.
Median annual wages of mechanical drafters were $46,640
in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned between $36,490
and $59,010. The lowest 10 percent earned less than $29,390,
and the highest 10 percent earned more than $71,340. Median
annual wages for mechanical drafters in architectural, engineering, and related services were $47,630.
Median annual wages of electrical and electronics drafters
were $51,320 in May 2008. The middle 50 percent earned
between $40,210 and $65,400. The lowest 10 percent earned
less than $32,050, and the highest 10 percent earned more than
$79,790. In architectural, engineering, and related services, median annual wages for electrical and electronics drafters were
$47,910.

Related Occupations
Other workers who prepare or analyze detailed drawings and
make precise calculations and measurements include:
Page
Architects, except landscape and naval.................................... 151
Commercial and industrial designers....................................... 304
Engineers.................................................................................. 161
Engineering technicians........................................................... 173
Landscape architects................................................................ 154
Surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists,
and surveying and mapping technicians............................... 157

Sources of Additional Information
Information on schools offering programs in drafting and related fields is available from:

hhAccrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges,
2101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 302, Arlington, VA 22201. Internet:
http://www.accsc.org
Information about certification is available from:

hhAmerican Design Drafting Association, 105 E. Main St.,
Newbern, TN 38059. Internet: http://www.adda.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos111.htm

Engineering Technicians
Significant Points

•
•
•

Electrical and electronic engineering technicians
make up 33 percent of all engineering technicians.
Employment of engineering technicians is influenced
by economic conditions similar to those which affect
engineers; as a result, job outlook varies by specialty.
Opportunities will be best for individuals with an associate degree or other postsecondary training in engineering technology.

Nature of the Work
Engineering technicians use the principles and theories of science, engineering, and mathematics to solve technical problems
in research and development, manufacturing, sales, construction, inspection, and maintenance. Their work is more narrowly
focused and application-oriented than that of scientists and
engineers. Many engineering technicians assist engineers and
scientists, especially in research and development. Others work
in quality control, inspecting products and processes, conducting tests, or collecting data. In manufacturing, they may assist
in product design, development, or production. Although many
workers who repair or maintain various types of electrical, electronic, or mechanical equipment are called technicians, those
workers are covered in the Handbook section on installation,
maintenance, and repair occupations.
Engineering technicians who work in research and development build or set up equipment, prepare and conduct experiments, collect data, calculate or record results, and help
­engineers or scientists in other ways, such as making prototype versions of newly designed equipment. They also assist in
design work, often using computer-aided design and drafting
(CADD) equipment.
Most engineering technicians specialize, learning skills and
working in the same disciplines as engineers. Occupational titles, therefore, tend to reflect this similarity. The Handbook does
not cover in detail some branches of engineering technology,
such as chemical engineering technology (the development of
new chemical products and processes) and bioengineering technology (the development and implementation of ­biomedical
equipment), for which there are accredited programs of study.

174 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Engineering technicians assist engineers in designing and testing new products.
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians operate
and maintain equipment used to test aircraft and spacecraft. New
aircraft designs are subjected to years of testing before they are
put into service, since failure of key components during flight
can be fatal. Technicians may calibrate test equipment, such as
wind tunnels, and determine causes of equipment ­malfunctions.
They may also program and run computer simulations that test
new designs virtually. Using computer and communications
systems, aerospace engineering and operations technicians often record and interpret test data.
Civil engineering technicians help civil engineers plan and
oversee the construction of highways, buildings, bridges, dams,
wastewater treatment systems, and other structures. Some estimate construction costs and specify materials to be used, and
some may even prepare drawings or perform land-surveying
duties. Others may set up and monitor instruments used to study
traffic conditions. (Cost estimators; construction and building
inspectors; drafters; and surveyors, cartographers, photogrammetrists, and surveying and mapping technicians are covered
elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Electrical and electronic engineering technicians help design,
develop, test, and manufacture electrical and electronic equipment such as communication equipment, medical monitoring
devices, navigational equipment, and computers. They may
work in product evaluation and testing, using measuring and diagnostic devices to adjust, test, and repair equipment. (Workers
whose jobs primarily involve repairing electrical and electronic
equipment are often are referred to as electronics technicians,
but they are included with electrical and electronics installers
and repairers elsewhere in the Handbook.)
Electro-mechanical engineering technicians combine knowledge of mechanical engineering technology with knowledge of
electrical and electronic circuits to design, develop, test, and
manufacture electronic and computer-controlled mechanical
systems, such as robotic assembly machines. They also operate these machines in factories and other worksites. Their work
often overlaps that of both electrical and electronic engineering
technicians and mechanical engineering technicians.
Environmental engineering technicians work closely with
environmental engineers and scientists in developing methods
and devices used in the prevention, control, or remediation of

environmental hazards. They inspect and maintain equipment
related to air pollution and recycling. Some inspect water and
wastewater treatment systems to ensure that pollution control
requirements are met.
Industrial engineering technicians study the efficient use of
personnel, materials, and machines in factories, stores, repair
shops, and offices. Working under the direction of industrial engineers, they prepare layouts of machinery and equipment, plan
the flow of work, conduct statistical studies of production time
or quality, and analyze production costs.
Mechanical engineering technicians help engineers design,
develop, test, and manufacture industrial machinery, consumer
products, and other equipment. They may assist in product tests
by, for example, setting up instrumentation for auto crash tests.
They may make sketches and rough layouts, record and analyze data, make calculations and estimates, and report on their
findings. When planning production, mechanical engineering technicians prepare layouts and drawings of the assembly
process and of parts to be manufactured. They estimate labor
costs, equipment life, and plant space. Some test and inspect
machines and equipment or work with engineers to eliminate
production problems.
Work environment. Most engineering technicians work 40
hours a week in laboratories, in offices, in manufacturing or
­industrial plants, or on construction sites. Some may be exposed to hazards from equipment, chemicals, or toxic materials,
but incidents are rare as long as proper procedures are followed.

Training, Other Qualifications, and Advancement
Most employers prefer to hire engineering technicians with an
associate degree or other postsecondary training in engineering technology. Training is available at technical institutes,
at community colleges, at extension divisions of colleges
and universities, at public and private vocational-technical
schools, and in the Armed Forces.
Education and training. Although it may be possible to
qualify for certain engineering technician jobs without formal
training, most employers prefer to hire someone with a 2-year
associate degree or other postsecondary training in engineering technology. Workers with less formal engineering technology training need more time to learn skills while on the job.
Prospective engineering technicians should take as many high
school science and math courses as possible to prepare for
programs in engineering technology after high school.
Most 2-year associate degree programs accredited by the
Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) include at
least college algebra and trigonometry and one or two basic
science courses. Depending on the specialty, more math or
science may be required. About 700 ABET-accredited programs are offered in engineering technology specialties.
The type of technical courses required depends on the
specialty. For example, prospective mechanical engineering
technicians may take courses in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, and mechanical design; prospective electrical engineering technicians may need classes in electrical circuits, microprocessors, and digital electronics; and those preparing to
work in environmental engineering technology need courses

Professional and Related Occupations 175

Projections data from the National Employment Matrix
Occupational Title
Engineering technicians, except drafters...........................................
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians.......................
Civil engineering technicians.........................................................
Electrical and electronic engineering technicians..........................
Electro-mechanical technicians.....................................................
Environmental engineering technicians.........................................
Industrial engineering technicians.................................................
Mechanical engineering technicians..............................................
Engineering technicians, except drafters, all other........................

SOC
Code
17-3020
17-3021
17-3022
17-3023
17-3024
17-3025
17-3026
17-3027
17-3029

Employment,
2008
497,300
8,700
91,700
164,000
16,400
21,200
72,600
46,100
76,600

Projected
Employment,
2018
523,100
8,900
107,200
160,400
15,600
27,500
77,400
45,500
80,600

Change,
2008-2018
Number
Percent
25,800
5
200
2
15,500
17
-3,600
-2
-800
-5
6,400
30
4,800
7
-700
-1
4,000
5

(NOTE) Data in this table are rounded. See the discussion of the employment projections table in the Handbook introductory chapter on Occupational Information Included in the Handbook.

in environmental regulations and safe handling of hazardous
materials.
Technical institutes offer intensive technical training
through application and practice, but they provide less theory
and general education than do community colleges. Many
technical institutes offer 2-year associate degree programs
and are similar to or part of a community college or State university system. Other technical institutes are run by private
organizations, with programs that vary considerably in length
and types of courses offered.
Community colleges offer curriculums that are similar to
those in technical institutes but include more theory and liberal arts. There may be little or no difference between programs at technical institutes and community colleges, as both
offer associate degrees. After completing the 2-year program,
some graduates get jobs as engineering technicians, whereas
others continue their education at 4-year colleges. However,
an associate degree in pre-engineering is different from one in
engineering technology. Students who enroll in a 2-year preengineering program may find it difficult to find work as an
engineering technician if they decide not to enter a 4-year engineering program because pre-engineering programs usually
focus less on hands-on applications and more on academic
preparatory work. Conversely, graduates of 2-year engineering technology programs may not receive credit for some
of the courses they have taken if they choose to transfer to
a 4-year engineering program. Colleges having 4-year programs usually do not offer engineering technician training,
but college courses in science, engineering, and mathematics
are useful for obtaining a job as an engineering technician.
Many 4-year colleges offer bachelor’s degrees in engineering
technology, but graduates of these programs often are hired to
work as technologists or applied engineers, not technicians.
Vocational-technical schools, another source of technical
training, include postsecondary public institutions that serve
local students and emphasize training needed by local employers. Most schools that offer training to become an engineering
technician require a high school diploma or its equivalent for
admission.
Other training in technical areas may be obtained in the
Armed Forces. Many military technical training programs are
highly regarded by employers. However, skills acquired in
military programs are often narrowly focused and may be less
applicable in civilian industry, which often requires broader

training. Therefore, some additional training may be needed,
depending on the acquired skills and the kind of job.
Other qualifications. Because many engineering technicians assist in design work, creativity is desirable. Good communication skills and the ability to work well with others also
are important because engineering technicians are typically
part of a team of engineers and other technicians.
Certification and advancement. Engineering technicians
usually begin by performing routine duties under the close
supervision of an experienced technician, technologist, engineer, or scientist. As they gain experience, they are given more
difficult assignments with only general supervision. Some engineering technicians eventually become supervisors.

Employment
Engineering technicians held 497,300 jobs in 2008. Approximately 33 percent were electrical and electronic engineering
technicians, as indicated by the following tabulation.
Electrical and electronic engineering technicians.......164,000
Civil engineering technicians........................................91,700
Industrial engineering technicians................................72,600
Mechanical engineering technicians.............................46,100
Environmental engineering technicians........................21,200
Electro-mechanical technicians.....................................16,400
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians.........8,700
Engineering technicians, except drafters, all other.......76,600

About 34 percent of all engineering technicians worked in
manufacturing. Another 25 percent worked in professional, scientific, and technical service industries, mostly in engineering
or business services companies that do engineering work on
contract for government, manufacturing firms, or other organizations.
In 2008, the Federal Government employed 35,300 engineering technicians. State governments employed 31,300, and local
governments employed 25,100.

Job Outlook
Overall employment of engineering technicians is expected
to grow slower than the average for all occupations, but projected growth and job prospects vary by specialty. Opportunities will be best for individuals with an associate degree or
other postsecondary training in engineering technology.

176 Occupational Outlook Handbook

Employment change. Overall employment of engineering technicians is expected to grow by 5 percent between
2008 and 2018, slower than the average for all occupations.
Competitive pressures will force companies to improve and
update manufacturing facilities and product designs, although
increased ­efficiencies and automation of many support activities will curtail job growth for engineering technicians.
Employment of engineering technicians in some design
functions may also be affected by increasing globalization of
the development process. To reduce costs and speed project
completion, some companies may relocate part of their development operations to facilities overseas, affecting both engineers and engineering technicians—particularly in electronics
and computer-related specialties. However, some aspects of
the work of engineering technicians require on-site presence,
particularly in the ­environmental, civil, and industrial specialties, so demand for these ­engineering technicians within the
United States should continue to grow.
Because engineering technicians work closely with engineers, employment of engineering technicians is often influenced by the same local and national economic conditions that
affect engineers. As a result, the employment outlook varies
with industry and specialization.
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians are expected to have 2 percent employment growth between 2008
and 2018, signifying little or no change. Although demand
for aerospace products will continue to grow, increased use of
computer simulations for designing and testing new products
will diminish the need for new aerospace engineering technicians.
Civil engineering technicians are expected to have 17 percent employment growth between 2008 and 2018, faster than
the average for all occupations. Spurred by population growth
and the related need to improve the Nation’s infrastructure,
more civil engineering technicians will be needed to expand
transportation, water supply, and pollution control systems,
as well as large buildings and building complexes. They also
will be needed to repair or replace existing roads, bridges, and
other public structures.
The number of electrical and electronic engineering technician jobs is expected to decline by 2 percent between 2008 and
2018, signifying little or no change. Despite rising demand for
electronic goods—including communications equipment, defense-related equipment, medical electronics, and consumer
products—foreign competition in design and manufacturing,
together with increased efficiencies in the design process, will
reduce demand for these workers.
The number of electro-mechanical technician jobs is expected to decline moderately by 5 percent between 2008 and
2018. As with the closely related electrical and electronic
engineering technicians and mechanical engineering technicians, job losses will be caused by increased productivity in
the design and manufacture of electro-mechanical products
such as unmanned aircraft and robotic equipment.
Environmental engineering technicians are expected to have
30 percent employment growth between 2008 and 2018, much
faster than the average for all occupations. More environmental engineering technicians will be needed to comply with en-

vironmental regulations and to develop methods of cleaning
up existing hazards. A shift in emphasis toward preventing
problems rather than controlling those which already exist,
as well as increasing public health concerns resulting from
population growth, also will spur demand.
Industrial engineering technicians are expected to have 7
percent employment growth between 2008 and 2018, about
as fast as average. As firms continue to seek new means of
reducing costs and increasing productivity, demand for industrial engineering technicians to analyze and improve production processes should increase. This should lead to some job
growth even in manufacturing industries with slowly growing
or declining employment.
Mechanical engineering technicians are expected to decline
by 1 percent between 2008 and 2018, which represents little
or no change. Increased foreign competition in both design
services and manufacturing, together with improved efficiencies in design and testing, will reduce the need for mechanical
engineering technicians.
Job prospects. Job prospects will vary by specialty and
location, as employment is influenced by economic conditions
similar to those which affect engineers. In general, opportunities will be best for individuals with an associate degree or
other postsecondary training in engineering technology. As
technology becomes more sophisticated, employers will continue to look for technicians who are skilled in new technology and who require little additional training. Even in specialties that are expected to experience job declines, there will
still be job openings resulting from the need to replace technicians who retire or leave the labor force for any other reason.

Earnings
Median annual wages in May 2008 of engineering technicians
by specialty are shown in the following tabulation.
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians.....$55,040
Electrical and electronic engineering technicians.........53,240
Mechanical engineering technicians.............................48,130
Industrial engineering technicians................................47,180
Electro-mechanical technicians.....................................46,310
Civil engineering technicians........................................44,290
Environmental engineering technicians........................41,100

Median annual wages of wage and salary electrical and electronic engineering technicians were $53,240 in May 2008. The
middle 50 percent earned between $41,550 and $64,120. The
lowest 10 percent earned less than $32,490, and the highest 10
percent earned more than $78,560. Median annual earnings in
the industries employing the largest numbers of electrical and
electronic engineering technicians were:
Wired telecommunications carriers.............................$56,080
Architectural, engineering, and related services...........51,650
Semiconductor and other electronic
component manufacturing........................................48,960
Navigational, measuring, electromedical,
and control instruments manufacturing.....................48,200
Employment services....................................................42,960

Professional and Related Occupations 177

In May 2008, median annual wages for aerospace engineering and operations technicians in the aerospace products and
parts manufacturing industry were $52,150, and the median
annual salary for environmental engineering technicians in the
architectural, engineering, and related services industry was
$39,510. Median annual wages for civil engineering technicians in the architectural, engineering, and related services industry were $43,880. The median annual wage for industrial
engineering technicians in the semiconductor and other electronic component manufacturing industry was $43,760. In the
architectural, engineering, and related services industry, the
median annual wage for mechanical engineering technicians
was $47,130. Electro-mechanical technicians earned a median
annual wage of $44,580 in the semiconductor and other electronic component manufacturing industry.

Related Occupations
Engineering technicians apply scientific and engineering skills

that are usually gained in postsecondary programs below the
bachelor’s degree level. Similar occupations include:
Page
Broadcast and sound engineering technicians
and radio operators............................................................... 337
Drafters..................................................................................... 170
Science technicians.................................................................. 230

Sources of Additional Information

Information about careers in engineering technology is available from:
hhJETS (Junior Engineering Technical Society), 1420
King St., Suite 405, Alexandria, VA 22314. Internet:
http://www.jets.org
hhPathways to Technology. Internet:
http://www.pathwaystotechnology.org
Information on engineering technology programs accredited
by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology is
available from:
hhABET, Inc., 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD
21202. Internet: http://www.abet.org
The Occupational Information Network (O*NET) provides information on a wide range of occupational characteristics.   Links to O*NET appear at the end of the Internet version of this occupational statement, accessible at
http://www.bls.gov/ooh/ocos112.htm

Life Scientists
Agricultural and Food Scientists
Significant Points

•
•
•

Faster than average growth is expected as agricultural
and food scientists develop new products using biotechnology and work to limit the negative environmental impact of agriculture.
A bachelor’s degree in agricultural science is sufficient for most jobs in product development; a ­master’s
or Ph.D. degree is generally required for research positions.
Opportunities are expected to be good.

Nature of the Work
The work of agricultural and food scientists plays an important
role in maintaining the Nation’s food supply by ensuring agricultural productivity and food safety. Agricultural scientists
study farm crops and animals and develop ways of improving
their quantity and quality. They look for ways to improve crop
yield, control pests and weeds more safely and effectively, and
conserve soil and water. They research methods of converting
raw agricultural commodities into attractive and healthy food
products for consumers. Some agricultural scientists look for
ways to use agricultural products for fuels.
In recent years, advances in the study of genetics have
spurred the growth of biotechnology. Some agricultural and
food scientists use biotechnology to manipulate the genetic

material of plants and crops, attempting to make these organisms more productive or resistant to disease. Advances in biotechnology have opened up research opportunities in many
areas of agricultural and food science, including commercial
applications in agriculture, environmental remediation, and
the food industry. Interest in the production of ­biofuels, or
fuels manufactured from agricultural derivatives, has also increased. Some agricultural scientists work with biologists and
chemists to develop more efficient processes for turning crops
into energy sources, s